sign in sign up
<<
Home , Germanic Parent Language, Gothic language

GRAMMAR OF THE

AND THE OF ST. MARK SELECTIONS FROM TIIE OTI-IER AND THE SECOND TO TIhlOTHY WITH NOTES AND GLOSSARY

JOSEPH WRIGHT PH.D., D.C.L.. LL.D., L1TT.D. Fellau of the British Acodmy Cmpus Chrutt Profcssm of Comparattiu Pkibiogy m Ihd University of OxJord

SECOND EDITION WITH A SUPPLEMENT TO THE GRAMMAR BY 0.L. SAY C E, M.A. Uumin German in tk Univwsity oj Oxfwd

OXFORD AT THE CLARENDON PRESS Oxford U~riwvsityPress, Ely House, London W.r

CLASGOW SEG' YORK 108ONTO MELBOURNE WELLINGTON CAPE TOWN SALlSUURY 1UAnAN h..AIROBI LUSAKA ADDIS ABABA BOIBAY CALCC'TT* MADR.AS KARACHI LAHORE DACCA KU.\I.A LUUPCR HONG KONC

FIPS't I'CBLl5ilEU I'jfir REI'RINTEP I~I7, :921 rv4, 10-10, 1937, 1046, 1949 SECOND E1)ITIOS I?j+ REPRIS.TED 13j8, 1362, 1966

PRINTED IN GREAT RRITATN PREFACE IT was originally intended that this Grammar should form one of the volumes of the Students' Series of Com- parative and Historical Grammars, but some time ago f was informed by the Delegates of the Clarendon Press that a third edition of my Gothic Primer was required. It then became a question whether it would be better to issue the Primer in a revised form, or to set to work at once to write the present Grammar. I laid the two alternatives before the Delegates, and they preferred to accept the latter. As a knowledge of Gothic is indispensable to students of the oldest periods of the other , this book will, I trust, be found useful at any rate to students whose interests are mainly philological and linguistic. I have adopted as far as possible the same method of treating the subject as in my and Historical German Grammars. Considerable care and trouble have been taken in the selection of the material contained in the chapters relating to the phonology and accidence, and I venture to say that the student, who thoroughly masters the book, will not only have gained a comprehensive know- ledge of Gothic, but will also have acquired a considerable knowledge of Comparative Germanic Grammar. In selecting examples to illustrate the sound-laws I have tried as far as possible to give words which also occur in the other Germanic languages, especially in Old English and . The Old English and Old High German have been added in the Glossary. In order to give the student some idea of the skill of as a translator I have added the Greek text to St. Matthew Ch. V1, St. Mark Chapters I-V, and St. Luke Ch. XV. This will also be useful as showing the influence which the Greek syntax had upon the Gothic. The Glossary not only contains all the words occurring in the Gothic Text (pp. zoo-g~),but also all the words contained in the Phonology and Accidence, each referred to its respective paragraph. A short list of the most important works relating to Gothic will be found on PP- 197-9. From my long experience as teacher of the subject, I should strongly recommend the beginner not to work through the Phonology and the philological part of the Accidence at the outset, but to read Chapter I on Gothic pronunciation, and then to learn the paradigms, and at the same time to read some of the easier portions of the Gospels. This is undoubtedly the best plan in the end, and will lead to the most satisfactory results. In fact, it is in my opinion a sheer waste of time for a student to attempt to study in detail the phonology of any language before he has acquired a good working knowledge of its vocabufary and inflexions. In conclusion I wish to express in some measure the heartfelt thanks I owe to my wife for her valuable help in compiling the Glossary. . OXFORD, January, 1910. CONTENTS

PAGES INTRODUCTION ...... 1-3 Classification of the Indo-Germanic languages, and a few characteristics of the Germanic languages (5 I). CHAPTER I ALPHABETAND PRONUNCIATION. . . , . 4-16 The ($ 2). Representation of the Gothic vowel-system ($ 3). Pronunciation of the Gothic vowels :-a, B (ft 4) ; E (5 5) ; i, ei ($ 6) ; 6 ($ 7) ; u, ii ((j 8) ; iu ($ 9) ; af, Bi, ai ($ ro) ; ait, tiu, au (9 11). The Gothic vowel-system (§ 12). Representation of the Gothic consonant-system (F) 13). Pronunciation of the Gothic consonants :-b ($ 14) ; d ($ 15) ; f ($16); g (§ 17); h (5 18) ; (§ 19) ; j (§ 20) ; k (§ 21) ; 1, m, n (8 22) ; ~(§23);9(§24);r(§ 25); ~($26);t(§"7);P(§28); w (4 29); z ($ 30)- Phonetic survey of the Gothic sound-system (F) 31). ($9 32-4).

CHAPTER I1

THE PRIM.GERMANIC EQUIVALENTS OF THE INDO- GERMANIC~OWEL-SOUNDS...... I&~I The Indo-Germanic vowel-system ($ 35). a ((j 36) ; e (5 37); i (§ 38) ; 0 (8 39) ; u (§ 40) ; 6 (§ 41) ; (§ 42) ; 5 (§ 431 ; ? (9 44) ; 6 (§ 45) ; 5 (§ 46) ; ai (9 47) ; ei (§ 48) ; oi ($ 49); au (F) so); eu ($ 51) ; ou ($ 52). The Indg. vocalic nasals and liquids :-m ($53); n (F) 54) ; r (5 55) ; 1 CP 56). CHAPTER I11 THEPRIH. GERMAXTIC VOWEL-SYSTEM . . . . 22-25 Table of the Prim. Germanic vowel-system (4 57). The change ofa to H ($ 59) ; the change of e to i, and of PAGES i to i (4 60) ; the change of i to e (5 61); the change of u to o, and of u to ti ($62) ; the change of eu to iu ($ 63). The vowel-system at the close of the Prim. Germanic period, and table showing the normal development of the vowels in the various Germanic languages (5 64).

CHAPTER IV

THEGOTHIC DEVELOPMENT OF THE GENERALGERMANIC VOWELSOF ACCENTEDSYLLABLES . . . . 26-33 Short vowels: a (5 65); e ($3 66-7); i ($4 68-9) ; o ($4 70-1) ; u ($5 72-31. Long vowels : H (§ 74); % ($8 754) ; ($ 77) ; (§ 78) ; 5 (§§ 79-81) ; ii (4 82). : ai ($ 83) ; au ($ 84) ; iu ($85) ; eu (Q 86).

CHAPTER V

THE GOTHIC DEVELOPMENTOF THE PRIM. GERMANIC VOWELSOF UNACCENTEDSYLLABLES . . . 33-39 Indg. final consonants in the Germanic languages (5 87). Final short vowels ($ 88). Final long vowels ($ 89). Final diphthongs (5 ).

CHAPTER VI

THE PRIM. GER~IANICEQUIVALENTS OF THE GOTHIC VOWEL-SOUNDS...... 39-45 A. The vowels of accented syllables. (I) Short vowels: a (§ 91) ; ai ($ 92) ; i (§ 93) ; a6 ($ 94) ; u (§ 95). (2) Long vowels : Zi ($96); G ($97); ai ($ 98) ; ei (599) ; Zi ($ 100); RU (9 10:); ii (f) 102). (3) Dlplithongs : bi (Q103) ; au (4 104); iu ($ 105). B. The vowels of medial syllables. (I) Short vowels: a ($ 106); i ($ 107) ; u ($ 108). (2) Long vowels: T (§ ~og); ei (5 110) ; 6 ($ 111). (3) Diph- thongs : &i($ I 12) ; BU ($ 113). C. Final vowels. (Ij Short vowels : a (5 114) ; i (4 "5) ; u ($ 116). (2) Long vowels: B (5 117); ei (4 118) ; 6 ($ 1x9). (3) Diphthongs : &i (Q 120) ; bu (§ 131). Co?rle?lts vii PAGES CHAPTER VII ABLAUT($5 122-5) . ....45-49

CHAPTER VIlI THEFIRST SOUND-SHIFTING, VERNER'S LAW, AND OTHER CONSONANTCHANGES WFIICH TOOK PLACE IN THE PRIM. GERMANICLANGUAGE .. 50-70 Table of the Indo-Germanic consonant-system (8 16).The normal equivalents of the Indg. explosives in , Greek, and the Germanic languages ($ 127). The first sound-shifting :-the tenues (8 128) ; the mediae (8 129) ; tlle tenues aspiratae (4 130) ; the mediae aspiratae ($$ 131-3). The twofold develop- ment of the Indg. velars in the Germanic languages (§ 134). The chronological order of the first sound- shifting ($ 135). Verner's law ($5 136 7). Other con- sonant changes ($$ 138 47). Table of Prim. Germanic consonants (Q r 48).

CHAPTER tX THE GOTHICDEVELOPMENT OF THE GENERALGERMANIC CONSONANT-SYSTEM...... 70-83 Semivowels : w ($5 14g-51) ; j ($5 152-7). Con- sonantal liquids and nasals ($ 158); vocalic liquids and nasals ($ 159). Labiais:-p, f (3 160) ; b, 8 ($ 161). Gutturals :-k (6 162) ; kw (§ 163) ; h, x (5 164) ; xw ($ r65) ; g, 3 ($8 16-91. Dentals :-t ($ 170) ; P ($171) ; d, d ($8 r72-3). Sibilants :-s ($ 174); z ($ 175).

CHAPTER X DECLENSIONOF NOUNS. ... 84-103 A. The strong :-Masculine a-stems ($5 179-80); neuter a-sterns ($9 181-2) ; masculine ja-stems ($5 184-5); neuter ja-stems ($$ 186-7) ; mascu- line wa-stems (§ 188) ; neuter wa-steins ($ 189). The feminine 6-, j6., and w6.stems ($8 190-4). Masculine i.stems (f$ 195-7) ; feminine iastems ($5 198-aoo). ... vl11 Cbntents PACES Masculine and feminine u-stems ($$aoz-4) ; neuter u-stems ($ 2051. B. The weak declension :-Masculine n.stems ($6 207-9); fernininen-stems ($$z~o-rz); neuter n-stems ($6 213-14). C. Minor :-Stems in -r ($$zIs-16); stems in .nd ($$ZIT-18) ; masculines (Qzrg! ; feminines ($4 220-1) ; neuters ($222).

CHAPTER XI ADJECTIVES. , . , . . . . . 103-118 General remarks on the declension of adjectives ($6 223-4). A. The strong declension :-a-stems (64 2261); ja-stems ($9 228-3r) ; wa-stems ($ 232) ; i-stems l$$233-4) ; u-stems (44235-6). B. The weak declension ($9 237-8). C. The declension of ($$239-42). D. The comparison of adjectives ($9243-6). Numerals ($9 247-58).

CHAPTER XI1 (see also Appendix, Note G) PRONOUNS. . , . . . . . I 18-132 General remarks on the pronouns ($ 259). Personal pronouns ($§z60-I). Reflexive pronouns ($262). POS- sessive pronouns ($6 263-4). pronouns ($4255-9). Relative pronouns ($$27o-z). Interrogative pronouns ($5 273-4). Indefinite pronouns (5s 275-9).

CHAPTER XI11 VERBS ...... 132-166 The classification of verbs ($4 280-4). The full con- jugation of the model strong verbs niman and hBitan (4 286). The endings of strong verbs ($4 287-97). The classification of strong verbs:-Class I ($4 299-300) ; Class 11 ($6301-2); Class I11 ($4303-4); Class IV ($6 305-6) ; Class V ($5 307-8) ; Class VI (48 309-10) ; Class VII ($4 311-14). The classification of weak verbs :-Class I ($$ 316 zz) ; Class I1 ($4 323-5) ; Class 111 ($9326-a! : Class IV (@3q-31). Minor groups :- -presents ($8 332-qoj ; verbs in -mi ($5 341-3). PAGES CHAPTER XIV ADVERBS,PREPOSITIONS, AND CONJUNCTIONS . 166-169 Adverbs ($$ 344-9), Prepositions (8 350)~ Conjunc- tions (5 351). CHAPTER XV WORD-FORMATION...... 170-182 Simple and derivative nouns (45 353-4) ; noun and adjectival prefixes ($$ 355-78) ; noun suffixes ($$379- 88) ; compound nouns ($ 389). Simple and derivative adjectives ($5 390-1) ; adjectival suffixes ($$ 392-6) ; compound adjectives ($9 397-8). Simple and com- pound verbs ($5 399-401) ; verbal prefixes ($$40a-23) ; verbal suffixes ($8 424-5). CHAPTER XVI SYNTAX...... 182-194 Cases :-Accusative (3 426) ; genitive (3 427) ; dative (5 428). Adjectives (8s 429-30). Pronouns ($ 431). Verbs :-Tenses (5 432) ; Voices (4 433) ; Subjunctive (5 434) ; (5 435) ; Participles (5 436). TEXT :- Introduction . , ...... 195-199 St. Matthew ...... 200-209 St. Mark ...... 210-264 St. Luke ...... 265-277 St. John ...... 278-286 The Second Epistle to Timothy . . . . 287-291 NOTES . . . . 292-301 GLOSSARY ,. . . - . , . 302 358 PROPER NAMES . . . . 359-362 GLOSSARY OF PROPER NAMES . . . 363-366 APPENDIX. SUPPLEMENT TO THE GRAMMAR ...... 367 SUPPLEMENTARY BIBLIOGRAPHY . . 382 ABBREVIATIONS, ETC.

abl. .P ablative mid. = middle Att. = Attic NE. = New English Dor. = Doric NHG. - New High German Ezgl. = English OE. = Old English Germ. = Germanic 0.Fris. - Gr, = Greek OWG. = Old High German Horn =Homer 0.Icel. = Old Icelandic Indg. = Indo-Germanic O.Ir. = instr. = instrumental 0.5. Ion. = Ionic orig. = original(1y) Lat. .= Latin Prim. = Primitive Lith. = Lithuanian rt. = root loc. = locative Skr. - MHG. = Middle High Ger- sv. = strong verb man wv. weak verb

The asterisk * prefixed to a word denotes a theoretical form, as Goth. dags, day, from Prim. Germanic *dazaz. The colon (:) used on pp. 46-9 and elsewhere means stands in ablaut re!afion to. On the letters p, a, g, b, x see 5 126 note 5. The dagger t before a section number indicates that further informati011 will be found in the Appendix. INTRODUCTION $1. GOTHICforms one member of the Germanic (Teu- tonic) branch of the Indo-Germanic family of languages. This great family of languages is usually divided into ten branches :- I. Aryan, consisting of: (I) The Indian group, includ- ing the language of the Vedas, classical Sanskrit, anri thy Prskrit dialects ; (2) The Iranian greup, including (a)West Iranian (Old Persian, the language of the Persian crtnei- form inscriptions, dating from about 520-350 B.c.) ; (b) Eaqt Iranian (Avesta-sometimes called Zend-Avesta, Zend, and Old Bactrian-the language of the Avesta, the sacreti books of the Zoroastrians). 11. Tocharian, now extinct, represented by texts dis- covered in Chinese Turkestan, which are thought to be anterior to the tenth century A.D. 111. Hittite, a language spoken in Asia Minor in the second millennium B.C. Although the vocabulary of Hittite contains many non-Indo-Germanic elements, it possesses definite grammatical affinities with other Indo-Germanic languages. IV. Armenian, the oldest monuments of which belong to the fifth century A.D. V. Greek, with its numerous dialects. VI. Albanian, the language of ancient Illyria. The oldest monuments belong to the seventeenth century. VII. Italic, consisting of Latin and the Umbrian- Samnitic dialects. From the popular form of Latin are descended the : Portuguese, Spanish, Catalan, Proven~al,French, Italian, Raetoromanic, Ruma- nian or Wallachian. VIII. Keltic, consisting of: (I) Gaulish (known to us by Keltic names and wordsquoted by Latin and Greek authors, and inscriptions on coins); (2) Britannic, including Cymric 118~ B or Welsh, Cornish, and Bas-Breton or Armorican (the oldest records of Cymric and Bas-Breton date back to the eighth or ninth century) ; (3) Gaelic, including Irish-Gaelic, Scotch-Gaelic, and Manx. The oldest monuments are the old Gaelic ogam inscriptions, which probably date as far back as about A.D. 500. IX. Baftic.Slavonic, consisting of: (I) The Baltic division, embracing (a) Old Prussian, which became extinct in the seventeenth century, (6) Lithuanian, (c) Lettic (the oldest records of Lithuanian and Lettic belong to the sixteenth century); (2) the Slavonic division, embracing : (a) the South-Eastern group, including Russian (Great Russian, Russian, and Little Russian), Bulgarian, and Illyrian (Servian, Croatian, Slovenian); (6) the Western group, including Czech (Bohemian), Sorabian (Wendish), Polish and Polabian. X. Germanic, consisting of:- (I) Gothic. Almost the only source of our knowledge of the Gothic language is the fragments of the biblical translation made in the fourth century by Ulfilas, the Bishop of the West . See pp. 195-7. (2) Scandinavian or North Germanic-called until about the middle of the eleventh century-which.is sub-divided into two groups : (a) East Scandinavian, including Swedish, , and Danish ; (6) West Scandinavian, including Norwegian, and Icelandic. The oldest records of this branch are the runic inscrip- tions, some of which date as far back as the third or fourth century. (3) West Germanic, which is composed of :- (a) High German, the oldest monuments of which belong to about the middle of the eighth century. (b) , called Old Low Franconian or until about 1200. (c) , with records dating back to the ninth century. Up to about 1200 it is generally called Old Saxon. (4 Frisian, the oldest records of which belong to the fourteenth century. (el English, the oldest records of which belong to about the end of the seventh century. NOTE.-A few of the chief characteristics of the Germanic languages as compared with the other branches of the Indo- Germanic languages are: the first sound-shifting or Grimm's law ($8 la7-32); Verner's law ($5 138-7); the development of the so-called weak declension of adjectives ($223); the develop- ment of the preterite of weak verbs (§ 316); the use of the old periect as a preterite (4 292). PHONOLOGY

CHAPTER I ALPHABET AND PRONUNCfATfON. 4 2. T-HEGothic monuments, as handed down to us, are written In a peculiar alphabet which, according to the Greek ecciesiastical historians Philostorgios and Sokratcs, was invented by Ulfilas. But Wimmerl and others have clearly shown that Ulfilas simply took the Greek uncial alphabet as the basis for his, and that in cases where this was insufficient for his purpose he had recourse to the Latin and runic alphabets. The alphabetic se- quence of the letters can be determined with certainty from the numerical values, which agree as nearly as possible with those of the Greek. Below are given the Gothic characters in the first line, in the second line their numerical vaLes, and in the third line their in Roman characters.

' Wimmer, ' Die Runenschriit,' Berlin, 1887 ; pp, 259-74 f 31 A&habet and P?-onztnciation 5 NO~~.-I.TWO of the above 27 Gothic characters were used as numerals only, viz. U -. go and 9 = 900. The letter X occurs only in xrjstus (Chrf'st) and one or two other words, where x had probably the sound-value k. The Gothic character i was used at the beginning of a word and medially after a vowel not belonging to the same syllable, thus l&d~, iddja (1wmt) ; ): pi~1+, fra-it@(he dmortrs). 2. When the retters were used as numerals a point was placed before and after them, or a line above them, thus .n. x, '1.f = 30. 3. In words borrowed from Greek containing v in the func- tion of a vowel, it is transcribed by y, thus uv~ayoyj,synagtjgc, synagogue. y may be pronounced like the i in English bit. See p. 360. In our transcription the letter p is borrowed from the OE. or O.Norse alphabet. In some books q, hr, w are represented by kw (kv), hw (hv), v respectively.

4 3. The Gothic vowel-system is represented by the five elementary letters a, e, i, o, U, and the digraphs ei, in, ai, and au. Vowel-length was entirely omitted in writing. The sign-, placed over vowels, is here used to mark long vowels. The vowels el o (uniformly written B, b in this grammar) were always long. a, u had both a short and a long quantity. i was a short vowel, the corresponding long vowel of which was expressed by the ei after the analogy of the Greek pronunciation of el in the fourth century. iu was a falling . Each of the digraphs ai, au was used without distinction in writing to express three different sounds which are here written hi, af, ai and hu, ah, au. A brief description of the sound-values of the above 6 Phonology 14s 4-5 vowel-system will be given in the following paragraphs. Our chief sources for ascertaining the approximate quality and quantity of the Gothic simple vowels and diphthongs are:-(I) The pronunciation of the Greek and Latin alphabets as they obtained in the fourth century; the former of which was taken by Ulfilas as the basis for representing his own native sound-system. (2) A com- parison of the Gothic spelling of Greek loan-words and proper names occurring in Ulfilas with the original Greek words. (3) The spelling of Gothic proper names found in Greek and Latin records of the fourth to the eighth cen- tury. (4) The occasional fluctuating of one and the same word in the biblical translation. (5) Special sound-laws within the Gothic language itself. (6) The comparison of Gothic with the other Old Germanic languages. Q 4, a had the same sound as the a in NHG. mann, as ahtau, eight; akrs, jeld; dags, day ; nam6, name ; giba, ptt ; wafirda, words. Td had the same sound as the a in English father. In native Gothic words it occurs only in the combination Sh (see Q sg), as fahan, to catch, seiae ; bfihta, 1 brought; pahii, day. Q 6. B was a long close e-sound, strongly tinctured with the vowel sound heard in N HG. sie, she. Hence we some- times find ei (that is I), and occasionally 1, written where we should etyn~ologicallyexpect E, and vice versa. These fluctuations occur more frequently in Luke than elsewhere ; examples are : qeins qtins, Luke ii. 5 ; faheid=fahliP, Luke ii. 10. spliwands = speiwands, Mark vii. 33; mippane = mippanei, Luke ii. 43 ; izE = izei, Mark ix. I. birusj6s r= bCirusj6s, Luke ii. 41 ; duatsniwun = duat. snewun, Mark vi. 53. usdrEbi = usdribi, Mark v. 10. Examples are : jEr, ; slepan, to sleep ; nEmum, we took ; swE, as ; hidrCi, hr'fhcr. 8 6. i was probably a short like the i in English bit, as ik, I; itan, to tat; fisks, ; bindan, to bind ; arbi, henlagc ; bandi, a liand. i (written ei) was the vowel sound heard in NHG. sie, she. Cp. the beginning of 5 5. Examples are: swein, swine, pig; beitan, to bite; gasteis, guests; managei, multitude ; Aipei, tnother. § 7. 6 was a long , strongly tinctured with the vowel sound heard In NHG. gut, good. Hence we occasionally find u written, where we should etymologically expect 6, and vice versa, as supiida=supbda, Mark ix. 50; iihtgdun = iihtedun, Mark xi. 32. fail16 = faihu, Mark x. 23. Examples are : 6gan, to fear; ogjan, to terr$y ; br6par, brother; sekjan, to seek; safs6, I sowed; hairto, heart. Q 8. u had the same sound as the vowel in English put, as ubils, ; ufta, ofien ; fugls, *fowl, bird; sunus, so12 ; bundans, bound ; faihu, clrttle ; s~nu(acc. sing.), son. 6 had the same sound as the u in NHG. gut, as iit, iita, out; iihtw6, early morn; briips, bride; hiis, horcse ; piisundi, thousand. $ 0. iu was a falling diphthong (i.e. with the stress on the i), and pronounced like the ew in North. Engl. dial. pronunciation of new. It only occurs in stern- syllables (except in iihtiugs, seasonnbie), as iupa, above; piuda, people; driusan, to fall; triu, tree; kniu, knee. +§ 10. As has already been pointed out in 4 3, the di- graph ai was used by Ulfilas without distinction in writinx to represent three different sounds urhich were of threefold origin. Our means for determining the nature of these sounds are derived partly from a comparison of the Gothic forms in which they occur with the corresponding forms of the other Indo-Germanic languages, and partly from the Gothic spelling of Greek loan-words. The above remarks also hold good for the digraph au, 1L Phonology

was a short open e-sound like the b in OHG. neman, and almost like the a in English hat. It only occurs before r, h, hr (except in the case of aipphu, or, and pos- sibly wafla, well, and in the reduplicated syllable of the pret. of strong verbs belonging to Class VI I). See $5 6?, 6@, SlL Examples are : airpa, earth ; bairan, to bear; wairpan, to throw; faihu, ; tafhun, ten ; safhfan, to see ; dhuk, I increased; lailct, I lef; haihfiit, I named. But see pp. 367 ff. hi was a diphthong and had the same sound as the ei in NHG. mein, my, and nearly the same sound as the i in English mine, as Pips, oath ; Bins, one; hlhifs, lo~f; stBins, stone ; twPi, two ; nimBi, he 111q take. ai had probably the same pronunciation as OE. 63 (i. e. a long open e-sound). It occurs only in very few words before a following vowel (8 761, as saian, to sow; waian, to blow; faian, to blame; and possibly in armai6, mercy, pity. But see pp. 367 ff. ) 5 u. a6 was a short open 0-sound like the o in English not. It only occurs before r and h, as haitrn, horn; waGrd, word; daithtar, darrg/afer; afihsa, ox. See $$ 71, 73, and pp. 367 ff, hu was a pure diphthong and had approximately the same sound as the ou in English house, as BugB, ejle; BusB, ear ; dfiupus, deat/z ; hhubip, kcad ; ahthu, eight; nimhu, I may tnlze. au was a long open o-sound like the au in English aught. It only occurs in a few words before a following vowel ($80), as staua, jrtd:yt~lerzt; taui, deed; trauan, fo trust ; bauan, to build, infrabll. Cp. $$ 3 and 10. But see pp. 367 ff. $ la. From what has been said in $5 4-11, we arrive at the following Gothic vowel-system :- Short vowels a, af, i, a6, u Long ,, 9, 5, ai, ei, 6, au, ii Diphthongs Bi, fiu, iu NOTE..--I.For y, see Ej 2 note 3. The nasals and liquids in the function of vowels will be found under consonants $8 22,25. 2. Ai, au, in were falling diphthongs, that is, the stress fell upon the first of the two elen~cnts.

4 13. According to the transcription adopted in 4 a the Gothic consonant-system is represented by the following letters, which are here re-arranged after the order of the English alphabet :-b, d, f, g, b, b,j, k, 1, m, n, p, q, r, s, t, p, w, 2. Ej 14. b had a twofold pronunciation. Initially, as also medially and finally after c()!lsonants, it was a voiced explosive like English b, as barn, c/zi/d; blinds, (Ilkzd; bafran, to bear; salbtin, to a?aoint; arbi, hef7'lage; lamb, lamb ; -swarb, he wljled. Medially after vowels it was a voiced bilabial spirant, and may be pronounced like the v in English live, which is a voiced labio-dental spirant, 2s' haban, to have; sibun. seven ; ibns, men. See 4 181, Ej 15. d had a twofold pronunciation. Initially, as also medially and finally after consonants, it was a voiced explosive like the d in English do, as dags, day; diupus, death; dragan, to draw; kalds, cold; bindan, to Itid, band, he bound; huzd, treasure ; also when geminated, as iddja, I went. Medially after vowels it was a voiced interdental spirant nearly like the th in English then, as fadar. Jati~n-;badi, bed; biudan, to ofer. See § 173. Ej 16. f was probably a voiceless bilabial spirant like the fin ONG. slafan, to sle~p;a sound which does not occur in English. It may, however, be pronounced like the f in English life, which is labio-dental, as fadar, faiiz~v;fulls, full; ufar, over ; wulfs, woy; fimf, jive ; gaf, he gave. 10 Phonology [§§ 17-18

t 4 17. g. The exact pronunciation of this letter cannot be determined with certainty for all the positions in which it is found. Initial g probably had the same sound as the g in English go, as giips, good; giban, to give; the same may also have been the pronunciation of g in the combination vowel + g + consonant (other than a guttural), as bugjan, to buy; tagla, hairs; tagra (nom, pl.), tears. Cp. $8 167-8. Medially between vowels it was a voiced spirant like the widely spread pronunciation of g in NHG. tage, days, as Qugii, eye ; steigan, lo ascend. Cp. 5 168. Final postvocalic g and g in the final combination gs was probably a voiceless spirant like the ch in NHG. or in Scotch loch, as dag (acc. sing.), day; mag, he can; dags, day. Cp. 189. Before another guttural it was used to express a guttural nasal (IJ) like the y in Greek ZyyeAos, angel; Zyxr, near; and the ng in English thing, or the n in think, as aggilus, an& ; briggan, to bnng ; figgrs,fingw; drigkan, to drink ; sigqan, to sink. NOTE.--Occasionally, especially in St. Luke, the guttural nasal is expressed by n as in Latin and English, as pankeip = pagkeip, Luke xiv. 31 ; bringip = briggip, Luke xv. 22. The combination ggw was in some words equal to IJ+ gw, and in others equal to gg (a long voiced explosive) + w. When it was the one, and when the other, can only be determined upon etymological grounds. Examples of the former are siggwan, to sing; aggwus, narrow; and of the latter bliggwan, to beat, strike ; triggws, true, faifk- ful. Cp. 5 151. tgls. h, initially before vowels and probably also medially between vowels, was a strong aspirate, as haban, to have; hairtii, heart; faihu, cattle; gateihan, to announce. Cp. $164. In other positions it was a voiceless spirant gp 19-23] A@/zabet and Pronuncialio~t I I like the NHG. ch in nacht, nipipi, as hliifs, ; nahts, nrght ; falh, I hid; jah, and. $ la, hr was either a labialized h or else a voiceless w. It may be pronounced like the wh in, the Scotch pro- nunciation of when, as hreila, lime ; hrZipan, to boast; ahta, nver ; saihran, to see ; sahr, he saw ; nZhr (av.), near. Cp. notes to $ 2. 5 20. j (that is i in the function of a consonant) had nrarly the same sound-value as English y in yet. It only occurs initially and medially, as jEr, year ; juggs, young ; juk, yoke ; lagjan, to fay ; nlyjis, new ; fijands, fiend, enemy. 3 2L k had the same sound as English k, except that it must be pronounced initially before consonants (1, n, r). It occurs initially, medially, and finally, as kaGrn, corn ; kniu, knee; akrs, field; brikara, to break; ik, I; jvk, yoke. $ 22. 1, m, n had the same .;o:_lnd-valuesas in English, They all occur initially, merliaiiy, and finally, in the function of consonants. 1. laggs, long ; lhisjan, to teach ; h&ils, hak, whole ; haldan, to hold; skal, I shall; m@l,time. m. msna, moon ; mizdij, meed, reward; nam6, name; niman, to take ; nam, he took ; nimam, we take. n. nahts, night; niun, nine; mEna, moon ; rinnan, lo t74n ; Ibun, reward ; kann, I know. In the function of vowels they do not occur in stem- syllables, as fugls, fd,bird; tagl, hair; siglj6, seal; mhipms, gft; bagms, tree, beam; ibns, even; thikns, loken. See $169. 5 23. p had the same sound as English p in put. It occurs initially (in loan-words only), medially, and finally, as pund,pound; psda, coat; plinsjan, to dance; slepan, to sIee#; diups, deep ; hilpan, to he& ; saislZp, he slept; skip, sh$. 12 Phonology [§§ 14-30

Q 24. q was a labialized k, and may be pronounced like , the qu in English queen, as qiman, to come ; qEns, wfe ; sigqan, to sink; riqis, darkness; sagq, he sank; bistugq, a stumbling. See $6 2 note 3, 163. $ 26. r was a trilled lingual r, and was also so pro- nounced before consonants, and finally, like the r in Lowland Scotch. It occurs as a consonant initially, medially, and finally, as raihts, nghi, stva&Izt; rEdm, to counsel; bairan, to bear; barn, child; fidwijr, four; dahr, door. In the function of a vowel it does not occur in steni- syllables, as akrs, jXd ; tagr, tear ; huggrjan, to hunger. Cp. g 160. 5 26. s was a voiceless spirant in all positions like the s in English sin, as sama, same; sibun, seven ; wisan, to be ; Piisundi, thousand ; hiis, house ; gras, grass. $ 27. t had the same sound-value as English t in ten, as taihun, ten ; tunpus, tootla ; hfiitan, to name ; mahts, might, power; hairtij, heart ; wfiit, 1 k~zow; at, to, at. Q 28. p was a voiceless spirant like the th in English thin, as pagkjan, to think ; preis, three ; brijpar, brother ; briips, bride ; mip, with ; fanp, hefound, 4 29. w fi. e. u in the function of a consonant) had mostly the same sound-value as the w in English wit. After diphthongs and long vowels, as also after consonants not followed by a vowel, it was probably a kind of reduced u-sound, the exact quality of which cannot be determined. Examples of the former pronunciation are :-wens, hope ; witan, to know ; wrikan, to persecute ; swistar, sister ; taihsw6, rzght hand. And of the latter :-snAiws, snow ; wahrstw, work; skadwjan, to overshadow. 4 30. z was a voiced spirant like the z in English freeze, and only occurs medially in regular native Gothic forms. as huzd, hoard, ireasrsrc; hazjan, to praise; mttiza, greater. But see 176. A. Vowels (Sonants). Silort a, a6, u Gu~tural { Long- 9, 6, au, ii Short af, i palatal { Long- b, air ei To these must also be added the nasals m, n, and the liquids I, r in the function of vowels. See 5 169. B. Consonants.

Voiceless p t, tt k, kk: q Erplosives { Voiced d, dd g, gg Voiceless f pp S, ss (g?) : hr Spirants p, h, {Voiced b d E g Nasals m, mm a nn g fgg) Liquids I, 11; r, rr Semi-vowels w, j (palatal) To these must be added the aspirate h. See $ 2 note I for X. In Gothic as in the oldest period of the other Germanic languages, intervocalic double consonants were really long, and were pronounced long as in Modern Italian and Swedish, thus *a = at-ta, father; manna = man-na, -- * - --- - tuan.

$ 32. All the Indo-Germanic languages have partly pitch (musical) and partly stress accent, but one or other of the two systems of accentuation always predominates in each language, thus in Sansf sit and Old Greek the accent was predominantly pitch, whereas in the oldest periods of the Italic dialects, and the Keltic and Germanic languages, Phonology the accent was predominantly stress. This difference i!i the system of accentuation is clearly seen in Old Greek and the old Germanic languages by the preservation If the vowels of unaccented syllables in the former and the weakening or loss of them in the latter. In the early period of the parent Indg. language, the stress accent must have been more predominant than the pitch accent, because it is only upon this assumption that we are able to account for the origin of the vowels 3, 6, a (5 35, Note I), the liquid and nasal sonants ($9 5s-61, and the loss of vowel often accompanied by a loss of syllable, as in Greek gen. =a-rp-6s beside acc. *a-rCp-a ; rrC~-opacbeside Z-m-6pqv ; Gothic gen. pl. atihs-nE beside acc. *aGhsa-ns. It is now a generally accepted theory that at a later period of the parent language the system of accentuation became pre- dominantly pitch, which was preserved in Sanskrit and Old Greek, but which must have become predominantly stress again in prim. Germanic some time prior to the operation of Verner's law ($ 13%). The quality of the accent in the parent language was partly ' broken ' (acute) and partly ' slurred ' (). This distinction in the quality of the accent was preserved in prim. Germanic in final syllables containing a long vowel, as is seen by the difference in the development of the final long vowels in historic times according as they originally had the 'broken' or 'slurred ' accent ($987(I), 89). In the parent language the chief accent of a word did not always fall upon the same syllable of a word, but was free or movable as in Sanskrit and Greek, cp. e. g. Gr. nom. ~arfip~fatlzer,voc. wdi~cp, acc. rarCpa; Skr. emi, I go, pl. imPs, wego This free accent was still preserved in prim. Germanic at the time when Verner's law operated, whereby the voiceless spirants became voiced when the vowel immediately preceding them did not bear the chief accent of the word ($136). At a later period of the prim. Germanic language, the chief accent of a word became confined to the first syllable. This confining of the chief accent to the first sqllable was the cause of the great weakening-and eventual loss-which the vowels underwent in unaccented syllables in the prehistoric period of the individual Germanic languages (Ch. V). And the extent to which the weakening of unaccented syllables has been carried in some of the Modern Germanic dialects is well illustrated by such sentences as: as et it mgan, I shall have it in i/ze nzorning ; ast a dunt if id kud, I should have done it I had been able (West Y orks.). 8 33. The rule for the accentuation of uncompounded words is the same in Gothic as in the oldest period of the other Germanic languages, viz. the chief stress fell upon the first syllable, and always remained there even when suffixes and inflexional endings followed it, as fiudags, blessed; niman, to take ; reikiniin, to rule ; the preterite of reduplicated verbs, as lailot : IEtan, to Iet ; haihhit : hhitan, to calf; blindamma (masc. dat. sing.), blind; dagiis, drys; gumans, of~n~n; nimanda, fltey are taken ; barnilo, little child ; bErusjGs, parents ; briiprahans, brethren ; dalaprii, from beneafh ; dhubipa, deafness ; mannisks, human ; piudinassus, kingdom ; waldufni, power. The position of the secondary stress in trisyllabic and polysyllabic words fluctuated in Gothic, and with the present state of our knowledge of the subject it is impossible to formulate any hard and fast rules concerning it. In compound words it is necessary to distinguish be- tween compounds whose second element is a noun or an adjective, and those whose second element is a verb. In the former case the first element had the chief accent in the parent Indg. language; in the latter case the first element had or had not the chief accent according to the position of the verb in the sentence. But already in prim. German~c the second element of compound verbs nearly always had I 6 phonology C-59 34-5 the chief accent ; a change which was mostly brought about by the compound and simple verb existing side by side. This accounts for the difference in the accentuation of such pairs as Bndahafts, answer : andhujan, to answer; Bndanbms, pleasarrt : andniman, to receive. 4 34. As has been stated above, compound words, whose second element is a noun or an adjective, had originally the chief stress on the first syllable. This simple rule was preserved in Gothic, as frakunps, OE. fracup, desptsed; gaskafts, OHG. gascaft, cveation ; unmahts, injrmity ; ufkunpi, knowledge ; usfilh, burial ; akranalBus, withoict fruit ; allwaldands, tize Almigirty ; briipfaps, bnitegroom ; gistradagis, to-mowow ; IBushandja, c,:iif?ty-handed; twafibwintrus, twelve OM; piudangardi, kingdom. But in compound verbs the second element had the chief stress, as atlagjan, to lay on ; duginnan, to beph ; frakun- nan, to despise; gaqiman, to nssemble; usfulljan, to filjil. When, however, the first element of a compound verb was separated from the verb by one or more particles, it had the chief stress, as gA.u.hra.sbM, Mark viii. 23; diz-uh- pan-sat, Mark xvi. 8.

CI-IAPTER I1 THE PRIMITIVE GERMANIC EQUIVALENTS OF THE INDO-GERMANIC VOWEL-SOUNDS 5 35. The parent Indo-Germanic language had the following vowel-system :- Short vowels a, e, i, o, u, a Long ,, S, C, i, 5, ii Short diphthongs ai, ei, oi, au, eu, ou Long ,, ai, ei, bi, au, 6% BU Short vocalic 1, m, n, r NOTE.--I. The short vowels i, u, a, the long vowels i,6, and vocalic 1, m, n, r occurred originally only in syllables wh~ctt did not bear the principal accent of the word. The short vowels i, u, and vocalic 1, rn, n, r arose from the loss of e in the strong forms ei, eu, el, em, en, er, which was caused by the principal accent having been shifted to some other syllable in the word. a, the quality of which cannot be precisely defined, arose from the weakening of an original Z, Z, or 6, caused by the loss of accent. It is generally pronounced like the final vowel in German Gabe. i and ii were contractions of weak diphthongs which arose from the strong forms eia, Zi, Zi, 6i; eua, 'iu, Bu, Gu through the loss of accent. The e in eia, eua had disappeared before the contraction took place. See 8 32. a. The long diphthongs Zi, Ei, Src., mere of rare occurrence in the parent language, and their history in the prehistoric period of the various branches of the 1ndo.Germanic languages, except when final, is still solnewhat obscure. In stem.syllables they were generally either shortened to ai, ei, dc., or the second element (i, u) disappeared. In final syllables they were gener- ally shortened to ai, ei, &c. In this book no further account will be taken of the Indg. long diphthongs in stem-syllables. For their treatment in final syllables in Primitive Germanic, see 4 89. 3. Upon theoretical grounds it is generally assumed that the parent language contained long vocalic 1, m, n, r. But their history in the various Indg. languages is still uncertain. In any case they were of very rare occurrence, and are therefore left out of consideratian in this book. $ 36. a (Lat. a, Gr. a) remained, as Lat. ager, Gr. dypds, Skr. fijras, Goth. akrs, 0.Icel. akr, 05. akkar, OHG. ackar. OE. ecer, jeld, acre; Gr. bXs, Lat. gen. salis, Goth. 0.Icel. 0s. salt, OHG. salz, OE. sealt, salt; Lat. aqua, Goth. aha, 0s. OEIG. aha, OE. ea from *eahu, older +ah,, nber; Lat. alius, Gr. ikkor, Goth. aljis, other. $ 37. e (Lat. e, Gr. r) remained, as Lat. fer6, Gr. +ipw, 1187 C 18 phonology I§$38-42 Ibear, O.Ice1. bera, 0s. OHG. OE. beran,to bear; Lat. ed6, Gr. Z8opar, Skr. Mmi, I eat, O.Icel. eta, OHG. eqqan, 0s. OE. etan, to eat; Lat. pellis, Gr. =Aha, 0s. OHG. feJ, OE. fell, skin, hide. $ 38. i (Lat. i, Gr. L) remained, as Gr. Hom. ~ISpcv, Skr. vidmfi, Goth, witum, O.Icel. vitum, 0s. witun, OHG. wiqqum, OE. witon, we know, cp. Lat. videre, to see ; Lat. piscis, Goth. fisks, 0.Icel. fiskr, 0s. fisk, OHG. OE. fisc,fish; Lat. vidua (adj. fem.), bereft oof, depnved of; Goth. widuw6,OS.widowa, OHG. wituwa, OE. widewe, widow. 4 39. o (Lat. o, Gr. o) became a in stem-syllables, as Lat. oct6, Gr. &KT&, Goth. ahthu, 0s. OHG. ahto, OE. eahta, ekht; Lat. hostis, stranger, enemy, Goth. gasts, 0s. OHG. gast, OE. giest, guest; Lat. quod, Goth. ha, 0.Icel. hvat, 0s. hwat, OHG. hwctl;, OE. hw~t,what; Skr. k4s, who ? NOTE.--o remained later in unaccented syllables in prim. Germanic than in accented syllables, but became a in Gothic, as bafram = Gr. Doric gdpopas, webear; bairand = Dor. +ipov~r, thv bear. § 40. u (Lat. U, Gr. u) remained, as Gr. wuvds (gen. sing.), Goth. hunds, 0.Icel. hundr, OHG. hunt, 0s. OE. hund, dog, hound; Gr. 06p6, 0s. dud, OHG. turi, OE. duru, door; Skr. bu-budhimfi, we wafclzed, Gr. TC-rumat, he has inquired, Goth. budum, 0.Icel. buEum, 0s. budun, OHG. buturn, OE. budon, zue annoztrzccd, ofcred. 5 42. a became a in all the Indo-Germanic languages, except in the Aryan branch, where it became i, as Lat. pater, Gr. ra~ip,O.Ir. athir, Goth. fadar, 0.Icel. fardir, 0s. fader, OEIG. fater, OE. fseder, father, Skr. pit4r. from *pat&-),fafhcr; tat. status, Gr. UT~T~S,Skr. sthitas, standing, Goth. staps, 0.Icel. stat%-, 0s. stad, OHG. stat, OE. stede, prim. Germanic *stabiz, place. 5 42. B (Lat. a, Gr. Doric E, Attic, Ionic q) became 6, as Lat. mater, Gr. Dor. pbrqp, 0.Icel. mbair, 0s. m6dar. OI~G.muoter, OE. mhdor, moll~er; Gr. Dor. rppkr?p, member ofa clan, Lat. frster, Skr. bhr&tar-,Goth. brijpar, O.Icel. br66ir, 0s. briithar, OHG. bruoder, OE. briilor, brother; Lat. fagus, beech, Gr. Dor. +y6s, a kind ofoak, Goth. b6ka, letter of the alphabet, 0.Icel. 0s. biik, book, OE. bbc-trEow, beech-free. 8 43. b (Lat. E, Gr. q) remained, but it is generally written (= Goth. E, 0.Icel. 0s. OHG. 1, OE. S)in works on , as Lat. bdimus, Skr. Bdm4, Goth. btum, 0.Icel. Btum, 0s. Htun, OHG. Bqum, OE. Ston, we ate ; Lat. mensis, Gr. p4v, month, Goth. mEna, 0.Icel. mane, 0s. OHG. mano, OE. miina, moon; Goth. ga. diips, 0.Icel. dB8, OS. dad, OHG. tst, OE. dsd, deed, related to Gr. $4-no, I sltaNplace. § 44. i (Lat. i, Gr. r) remained, as Lat. su.iaus (adj.), belonging to a p@, Goth. swein, 0.Icel. svin, 0s. OHG. OE. swin, swine,ptg; cp. Skr. -inas, new ; Lat. sirnus, OS. sin, OHG. sim, OE. si-en, we may be; Lat. velimus = Goth. wileima (5 343). $ 45. ii (Lat. 6, Gr. o) remained, as Gr. =lords, swimming, Goth. fl6dus, 0.Icel. flii'6, OHG. fluot, 0s. OE. fl6d, flood, tide, cp. Lat. plbrare, to weep aloud; Gr. Dor. ~cjc, Skr. pht, Goth. fitus, 0.Icel. fotr, OHG. fuoq, 0s. OE. fGt, foot; Goth. diims, 0.Icel. diimr, OHG. tuom, OS. OE. dBm, judgment, sentelzce, related to Gr. Owp&, lteap; Lat. fliis, Goth. OE. bliima, 0s. bliimo, OHG. bluoma, blossom, flower. 4 46. ii (Lat. ii, Gr. c) remained, as Lat. miis, Gr, pis, Skr. mii$-, 0.Icel. OHG. OE. miis, mouse; Lat. siis, Gr. Cs, OHG. OE. sii, sow, pig; Goth. fiils, 0.Icel. fiill, OIIG. OE. El, foul, related to Lat. piiteij, Ism~1'1bad, Gr. a;Oo, I nznke to ?-at. 4 47. ai (Lat. ae, Gr. at, Goth. Bi, 0.Icel. ei, OS. e, OHG. ei (81, OE. 5) remained, as Lat. aedes, sa,zctuary, C 2 20 Phonology [JO 48-5 I ' originaIIyfiropZace, hearili, Skr. $dhas, $rewood, Gr. oieu, I birrn, 0 HG. eit, 0 E. ad, funeral pile, ignis, mgus ; Lat. aes, Goth. Biz, 0.Icei. eir, OHG. &r,OE. Hr, brass, metal, money; Lat. caed6, I hew, cut down, Goth. skfiidan, 0s. skSdan, skhdan, OHG. scefdan, OE. scadan, sceadan, to divide, sever. 5 48. ei (Lat. i (older ei), Gr. sr) became I, as Gr. arcixr, I go, Goth. steigan (ei = I), O.lce1. stiga, 0s. OHG. OE. stigan, to ascend; Gr. Xsino, I leave, Goth. leihran, 0s. OHG. lihan, OE. Eon from *Eohan, older *Lihan, to lend; Lat. dic6, I say, felll Gr. ~C~KVC~L,I show, Goth. ga-teihan, to tell, &cZare, 0s. af-tihan, lo d8nyp OHG. zihan, OE. tgon, to accuse; Skr. bhkdati, he splits, Goth. beitan, OE. OS. bitan, OHG. biqzan, to bite. $4B. oi (0.Lat. oi (later ii), Gr. or) became ai (cp, 5 SQ), as Gr. or&, Skr. vkda, Goth. whit, 0.Icel. veit, 0s. wEt, OHG. weiq, OE. wat, he knows; 0.Lat. oinos, later hus, Goth. bins, 0.lcel. einn, 0s. En, OHG. ein, OE. &I, one, cp. Gr. oinj, the one on di'ce ; Gr. ~4-~orec,he trusts, Goth. bPiP, 0.Icel. bei'S, 0s. bsd, OHG, beit, OE, bld, he evaifed for; Gr. TO[ = Goth. P&i (5 266). 5 50. au (Lat. au, Gr. au, Goth. Bu, 0.Icel. au, 0s. 6, OHG. ou (b), OE. Oa) remained, as Lat, auris, Goth. hii, 0s. OHG. iira, OE. Care, ear; Lat. auge6, Gr. aG(bvo, I increase, Goth. Bukan, O.Ice1. auka, OS. iikian, OHG. ouhhiin, OE. hacian, to add, inct,ease; cp. Skr. bjas-, strengfh. $ 61. eu (Lat. ou (later fi), Gr. cu, Goth. iu, O.Icel. j6 fiiih 0s. OHG. io, OE. So) remained, as Gr. yev'w, I give a taste of, Goth. kiusan, 0.Icel. kjtisa, 0s. OHG. lciosan, OE. csosan, to test, choose; Gr. ntd0opar, I inquire# Skr. bbdhati, he is awake, learns, Goth. ana-biudan, to order, command, 0. Icel. bj65a. 0s. biodan, 0 HG. biotan, OE, beodan, to ofw; Lat. douc6 (dGc6), I lead, Goth. tiuhan, OS. tiohan, OHG. ziohan, to lead; draw. See 3 63, qg 5a-61 Indo-Gen;izanic Vowel-Sounds 2 I

g 6%. ou (Lat. ou (later ii), Gr. ou) became au (cp. 4 89), as prim. Indg. "roudhos, Goth, r&ups, 0.Icel. rau'dr, 0s. ra, OHG. r6t, OE. rEad, red, cp. Lat. ri-ifus, red; prim. In&. *bhe.bhoudhe, Skr. bubddha, has waked, Goth. bAup, 0,Icel. bau'd, 0s. bad, OHG. bat, OE. bbad, has ofcred. g 68. m (Lat. em, Gr. a, ap) became um, as Gr. 8po- (in ,ip&?~, from some place or other), Goth. sums, 0.Icel. sumr, OS. OHG. OE. sum, some one; Gr. CK~T~V,Lat. centum (with n from m by , and similarly in the Germanic languages), Goth. OE. OS. hund, OHG. hunt, hundred, all front a prim. form *kmt6m. 5 64. n fLat. en, Gr. a, av) became un, as Lat. com- mentus (pp.), invented, devised, Gr. a6&paros, acting ofone's own wid, Goth. ga-munds, OHG. gi.munt, OE. ge-mynd, rementbrance, prim. form *mnt6s (pp.) from root men-, think; OS, wundar, OHG. wuntar, OE. wundor, wonder, cp. Gr. d0piw from *~aepio,I gaae at. $ 65. r (Lat. or, Gr. ap, pa) became ur, nt, as OHG. gi-turrum, OE. durron, we dare, cp. Gr. Bapods (Bpaolis), bold, BapuLo, I am of good courage; dat. pl. Gr. marpdur, Goth. fadrum, OHG. faterum, OE. fred(e)rum, tofathers; Lat. porca, the ndge between two fuwows, OHG. furuh, OE. furh, fuwow. 5 66. 1 (Lat. 01, Gr. d, la) became ul, lu, as Goth. fulls, 0.Icel. fullr, OHG. vol, OS. OE. full, prim. form *pln6s, full; Goth. wulfs, 0.Icel. ulfr, OHG. wolf, 0s. OE. wulf, prim. form "wlqos, wolf. NOTE.--I. If we summarize the vowel-changes which have been stated in this chapter, it will be seen that the following vowel-sounds fell together:-a, o, and a; original u and the u which arose from Indg. vocalic 1, m, n, r; i and ei ; I and 6; ai and oi; au and on. a As we shall sometimes have occasion to use examples from Sanskrit, it may be well to note that Indg. f, remained in this language, but that the following vowel-sounds fell together, viz. a, e, o in a; i, a in i; Ii, 8, ii in 8; tautosyllabic ai, ei, oi in 8; and tautosyllabic au, eu. ou in 8. Phonology

CHAPTER I11 THE PRIMITIVE GERMANIC VOWEL-SYSTEM

8 67. From what has been said in $8 36-62, we arrive at the following vowel-system for the prim. Germanic language :- Short vowels a, e, i, u Long ,, &, 22, i, 6, Diphthongs ai, au, eu NOTE.-+ was an open e-sound like OE. 65. 8 was a close sound like the e in NHG. reh. The origin of this vowel has not yet been satisfactorily explained. It is important to re- member that it is never the equivalent of Indo-Germanic E fQ 43) which appears as S in prim. Germanic. See $8 76,77. 8 68. This system underwent several modifications during the prim. Germanic period, i.e. before the parent language became differentiated into the various separate Germanic languages. The most important of these changes were :- 5 69. a+rJX became Six, as Goth. US. OHG. fihan, 0.Icel. fa, OE. fon, from *fagxanan, to catch, seisc, cp. Lat. pangii, Ifasten; Goth. pHhta (inf. pagkjan), 0s. thahta, OHG. dghta, OE. p6hte from older *pagxta, *paxjxtB-, I thought, cp. 0.Lat. tongeii, I know, Every prim. Germanic H in accented syllables was of this origin. cp. fr 4a. NoTE.-T~~H in the above and similar examples was still a nasalized vowel in prim. Germanic, as is seen by its develop- ment to 5 in OE. The i (§ 60) and ii (§ 62) were also nasalized vowels in prim. Germanic. 5 60. e became i under the following circumstances :- I. Before a nasal + consonant, as Goth. 0s. OE. bindan, O.1cel. binda, 0 HG. bintan, to bind, cp. Lat. of-fendimen- turn, chin-cloth, of-fendix, knot, band, Gr. =av8cp6s,fathev-in- law; Lat.ventus, Goth. winds,O.Icel.vindr, 0s. OE.wind, 8 61) Primitive Gennanic Vowel-System 23

0 HG, wint, wind ; Gr. TCYFC~ Goth. fimf* 0. Icel, fim(m), OHG. fimf, Bnf, jive. This i became i under the same conditions as those by which a became B ($ 69)) as Goth. peihan, 0s. thihan, OE. EEon, OHG. dihan, from *yr~xanan,older *peqxanan, to thrive. The result of this sound-law was the reason why the verb passed from the third into the first class of strong verbs (8 300), cp. the isolated pp. 0s. gi-pungan, OE. ge-Bungen. 2. When followed by an i, i, or j in the next syllable, as Goth. 0.5. OHG. ist, OE. is, from *isti, older "esti = Gr. Zo~r, is; OHG. irdin, earthen, beside erda, earth; Goth. midjis, 0.Icel. mi'dr, 0s. middi, OE. midd, OHG. mitti, Lat. medius, from an original form "medhjos, middle ; 0s. birid, OHG. birit, he bears, from an original form *bhCreti, through the intermediate stages *bbredi, *bCridi, *t)fribi, beside inf. beran; 0.Icel. sitja, 0s. sittian, OHG. sizzen, OE. sittan, from an original form *sedjonom, to sit. 3. In unaccented syllables, except in the combination .er when not followed by an i in the next syllable, as OE. fet, older fEt, from *f6tiz, older *Totes, feet, cp. Lat. pedes, Gr. ~68~s.Indg. e remained in unaccented sylla- bles in the combination -er when not followed by an i in the next syllable, as acc. 0s. fader, OHG. fater, OE. fzeder, Gr. *a~Cpa,father; OE. hwaeper, Gr. ndrepos,w~~ic~~ of two. 4 61. i, followed originally by an &, 6, or 6 in the next sgflabie, became e when not protected by a nasal~con- sonant or an intervening i or j, as 0.Icel. verr, 0s. OHG. OE. wer, Lat. vir, from an original form *wires, man ; OHG. OE. nest, Lat. nidus, from an original form "nizdos. In historic times, however, this law has a great number of exceptions owing to the separate la~guages having levelled out in various directions, as OE. spec beside spie, bacon; OHG. lebara beside OE. lifer, liver; OHG. leociin beside OE. liccian, to lick; OHG. lebEn 24 Phonology [4§ 62-4 beside OE. libban, to live ; OHG. quec beside OE. cwic, qr~ick,alive. § 62. u, followed originally by an 9, 8, or O in the next syllable, became o when not protected by a nasal+con- sonant or an intervening i or j, as OE. dohtor, 0s. dohter, OHG. tohter, Gr. Buyhqp, daughter; 0.Icel. ok, OHG, joh, Gr. guy&, yoke; OE. 0s. , OHG. got, from an original form *ghut6m, god, beside OHG. gutin, goddess; pp. OE. geholpen, 0s. giholpan, OHG. giholfan, hebed, beside pp. OE. gebunden, 0s. gibundan, OHG. gibuntan, bound; pp. OE. gebodw, 0s. gibodan, OHG. gibotan, ofered, beside pret. pl. OE. budon, 0s. budun, OHG. butum, we ofleered. Every prim. Germanic o in accented syllables was of this origin. Cp. 8 89. u became fi under the same conditions as those by which a and i became i% and i, as pret. third pers. singular Goth. piihta, 0s. thiihta, OHG. diihta, OE. phte, beside inf. Goth. pugkjan, OS. thunkian, OHG. dunken, OE. pyncan, to seem; and similarly in Goth. iihtw8, 0s. OHG. iihta, OE. iihte, daybreak, dam. 8 63. The diphthong eu became iu when the hext syllable originally contained an i, i, or j, cp. $ 60 (2), but remained eu when the next syllable originally contained an 8, 6, or G. The iu remained in 0s. and OHG., but became jfi (9by i-umlaut) in O.Icel., and io (ie by i-umlaut) in OE., as Goth, liuhtjan, OS. liuhtian, OHG. liuhten, OE. liehtan, top'z8efi'ht, beside 0s. OHG. lioht, OE. leoht, a f2;f:ht; 0.Icel. dppt, 0s. diupi, OHG. tiufi, OE. diepe, depth, beside 0.Icel. djfpr, OS. diop, OHG. tiof, OE. deep, deep; OS. kiusid, OHG. kiusit, 0.Icel. kys(s), OE. ciesp, he chooses, beside inf. OS. OHG. kiosan, O.Icel. kjijsa, OE. cGosan, to choose. 5 64. From what has been said in $4 58-63, it will be seen that the prim. Germanic vowel-system had assumed the following shape before the g 641 Primitive Germanic Vowel-Sysfem 2 5 became differentiated into the various separate Ian- guages :- Short vowels a, e, i, o, n Long ,, a, 5,8, i, 6, fi Diphthongs ai, au, eu, iu The following table contains the normal development of the above vowel-system in Goth. O.lcel. 0s. OHG. and OE. stem-syllables :-

h?~erm.l Goth. / O.1cel. 1 0s. I OFIG. / OE. 'j

a Vm'-- -ia, (ie) -- E i i ------UO I 0

ai hi - eijeig ------nu Bu o ou ca - -- - 1--c-- I-..- - SS-Ldc-x. I -- - j6 (io) eo, (io) Eo ell , eo, I - - I-- - -.---I I-ill jii I IU iu I io -=w.a=---

NOTE-The table does not inctude the sound-changes which were caused by unllaut, the influence of neighbouring consonants, Ric. For details of this kind the student should eonsuit the grammars of the separate languages. Phonology

CHAPTER IV

THE GOTHIC DEVELOPMENT OF THE GENERAL GERMANIC VOWEL-SYSTEM

$86. Germanic a remained unchanged in Gothic, as Goth. dags, OE. daeg, 0s. dag, OHG. tag, 0.Icel. dagr, day ; Goth. gasts, OS. OHG. gast, guest; Goth. fadar, OE. faeder, 0.Icel. faair, 0s. fader, OHG. fater,father; Goth. ahthu, 0s. OHG. ahto, eight; Goth. OE. 0s. OHG. faran, O.Ice1. fara, to go; Goth. OE. OS. band, OHG. bant, he bound, Goth. inf. bindan ($ 303) ; Goth. OS. OHG. O.Icel. nam, he took, Goth. inf. niman (4 306); Goth. OS. 0.Icel. gaf, OHG. gab, hegave, Goth. inf. giban (3 301).

5 66. Germanic e became 1, as Goth. wigs, OE. 0s. OHG. weg, O.Ice1. vegr, way; Goth. hilms, OE. 0s. OHG. helm, helm; Goth. swistar, 0s. swestar, OHG. swester, sister; Goth. hilpan ($ 303j, OE. OS. helpan, OHG helfan, to he@; Goth. stilan ($;306),OE. 0s. 01-IG. stelan, O.1cel. stela, to steal; Goth. itan ($ 308), OE. OS. etan, OHG, eygan, 0.Icel. eta, to eat.

NoTE.--T~~stem-vowel in Goth. wafla (cp. OE. OS. wel, OHC, wela), weN; and in Goth. aippAu (cp. OE. eppa, oppe, OHG. eddo, edo), or, has not yet been satisfactorily ex- plained, in spite of the explanations suggested by various scholars. $8 67-91 Short vowels of Accented Syllables 2 7 t 5 67. This i became broken to e (written af) before r, h, and lv, as Goth. hairt6, OS. herta, OHG. herza, heart; Goth. airpa, 0s. ertha, OHG. erda, earth ; Goth. wairpan (5 303), 0s. werthan, OHG. werdan, O.1cel. veraa, to become; Goth. bairan ($ 305), OE. 0s. OHG. beran, 0.Icel. bera, to bear; Goth. raihts, 0s. OHG. reht, right; Goth. tafhun, 0s. tehan, OHG. zehan, ten ; Goth. saihran (g 507), 0s. OHG. sehan, to see. NOTE.--For nih, and not, from older 'ni-fui=Lat. neque, we should expect *nafh, but the word has been influenced by the simple negative ni, not.

5 68. Germanic i generally remained in Gothic, as Goth. fisks, 0.3. OE. fisc, OHG. fisk, 0.1cel. fiskr,fish; Goth. widuw6, OE. widewe, 0s. widowa, OHG. wituwa, widow; Goth. OE. 0s. witan, OHG. wiqgan, 0.Icel. vita, to knoeu; Goth. nimip, OE. nimep, 0s. nimid, OHG. nimit, he takes; Goth. bitum, OE. biton, OI-IG. bigyum, 0.Icel. bitom, we bit, inf. Goth. beitan ($ 200), pp, Goth. bitans, OE. biten, OHG. gibiggan, O.1cel. bitenn ; Goth. bidjan, OE. biddan, 0.Icel. biaja, OS. biddian, OHG. bitten, to pry, beg, entreat. See 5 60. t 5 60. Germanic i became broken to e (written ai) before r, h, hr, as Goth. bafrip, 0s. birid, OHG. birit, he bears, cp. 60 (2),Goth. inf. bairan ; Goth. maihstus, OHG. mist (from *mihst), dunghi/f, cp. Mod. English dial, mixen; Goth. ga-taihun, they told, OE. tigon, OHG. zigun, tliejp accused, Goth. inf. ga-teihan (5 209), pp. Goth. taihans, OE. tigen, OHG. gi-zigan; Goth. laihrum, OE. digon, OHG. fiwum, we lent, inf. Goth. leihran (3 ago), pp. Goth. lafhrans, OE. digen, OHG. giliwan, OS. .1'rwan,

No~e-On the forms hiri, hirjats, hirjip, see note to Mark xii. 7. Phonology

5 70. Germanic o became u, as Goth. juk, OHG. joh, OE. geoc, yoke; Goth. gup, OE. OS. god, OHG. got, god; Goth. huzd, OS. hord, OHG. hort, treasure; pp. Goth. budans, OE. geboden, 0s. gibodan, OHG. gibotan, O.IceI. botdenn, inf. Goth. biudan (5 301), to ofer; Goth. pp. hulpans, OE. gehoipen, 0s. giholpan,OH G. giholfan, Goth. inf. hilpan (3 303), to he@ ; pp. Goth. numans, OHG. ginoman, Goth. inf. niman (Q 305), fo take. See 6 62. t Q 71. The u, which arose from Germanic o ($ 701, became broken to o (written ah) before r and h, as Goth. waiird, OE. 0s. word, OHG. wort, word; Goth. daiihtar, OE. dohtor, 0s. dohtar, OHG. tohter, daug1itc.r; pp. Goth. tafihans, OE. getogen, 0s. .togan, OHG. gizogan, 0,Icel. togenn, Goth. inf, tiuhan (3 3011, to lead; Goth. wafirhta, OE. worhte, OHG. worhta, he worked, inf. Goth. wahrkjan, OHG. wurken; pp. Goth. wafifpans, OE. geworden, OS. giwordan, OHG. wortan, 0.lcel. orilenn, Goth. inf. wafrpan ($ soti), to become; pp. Goth. baiirans, OE. geboren, 0s. OHG. giboran, 0.Icel. borenn, inf. Goth. bairan (3 305), lo beau; Goth. ga- dahrsta, OE. dorste, 0s. gi-dorsta, OHG. gi-torsta, he dared; inf. Goth. ga-dahrsan (8 336).

72. Germanic u generally remained in Gothic, as Goth. juggs, 0s. OHG. jung, youlzg; Goth. hunds, OE. 0s. hund, 0.Icel. hundr, OHG. hunt, dog, hoz4nd; Goth. sunus, OE. 0s. OHG. sunu, son; Goth. hugjan, 0s. huggian, OHG. huggen, to &iink; Goth. budum, OE. budon, 0s. budun, OHG. butum, 0.Icel. buaom, we ofered, announced, inf. Goth. biudan (8 301) ; Goth. bundum, OE. bundon, 0s. bundun, OHG. buntum, 0.1cel. bundom, we bound, Goth. inf. bindan (8 303), pp. Goth. bundans, $4 73-5 ] S/zor£ Vowds of A s~centedSyllables 29 OE. gebunden, 0s. gibundan, O 14 G. gibuntan, 0.IceI. bundenn. See 9 40. t $78. Germanic u became broken to o (written afi) before r and h, as Goth, saithts, 0s. OHG. suht, Germanic stem suhti., &Fickness; Goth. wafirms, OS. OHG. wurm, OE. wyrm, stem wurmi., serpent, worm ; Goth. waGrkjan, OHG. wurken, to work; Goth. wafirpun, OE. wurdon, OS. wurdun, OHG. wurtun, O.1cel. urEo, they became, Goth. inf. wairpan (8 303); Goth. taGhun, OE. tugon, OEIG. zugun, t/zey drew, ,bulked; Goth. inf. tiuhan (4 301). NOTE.-u was not broken to au before r which arose from older s by assimilation, as ur-runs, a nrnning out; ur-reisan, to arise (4 175 note 3). It is difficult to account for the u in the enclitic particle -ah, and ; and in the interrogative particle nuh, then.

8 74. The ti, which arose from a according to 8 59, remained in Gothic, as hahan, to Izang; faGrahHh (fafirhiih), curtain, veil, lit. that which hangs before; gahahjii (av.), in order, connecfed(y ; brHhta, /te brozcg/zt, inf. briggan ; gafahs, a catch, haul, related to gafahan, to seize; frarn-gahts, progress, related to gaggan, fo go; pHh6, clay ; unwHhs, blameless.

4 75. Germanic 5 (= OE. 5, 0s. OHG. 0.Icel. 8) became B in Gothic, as Goth. ga.dCJm, OE. dsd, 0s. dad, OHG. tHt, deed; Goth. mana-seps, multitude, world, lit. man-seed, OE. ssd, 0.5, sPd, OHG. sZt, seed; Goth. ga- redan, to reflect upon, OE. rsdan, OS. riidan, OHG. ratan, 0.Icel. rai5a, to advise ; Goth. berum, OE. bsron, 30 Phonology E§§ 76-8 OS. OHG. b?irum, 0.Icel. barom, we bore, Goth. inf. bafran (8 305); Goth. sEtun, OE. slton, OS. sltun, OHG. ssqun, 0.Icel. &to, they sat, Goth. inf. sitan (§ 308). t $70. The Germanic combination 5j became 56 (written ai, the long vowel corresponding to ai) in Gothic before votvels. This ai was a long open e-sound like the t% in OE. slCpan or the vowel sound in English their. It occurs in very few words: as Goth. saian, OE. sgwan, 0s. sgian, OHG. slen, 0.Icel. sB, to sow; Goth. waian, OE. wswan, OHG. w5en (wsjen), lo blow; Goth. faianda, they are blamed. But in unaccented syllables the corn bination -2ji- became -Ai-, as habitis, thou hast, habit+, he has, from prim. Germanic *xab%jizi, *Xab- gjidi. e 4 77. Germanic & which cannot be traced back phono- logically to Indo-Germanic B (8 43), is of obscure origin. In Gothic the two sounds fell together in 0, but in the other Germanic languages they are kept quite apart, cp. $8 43,76. Germanic e appears in Gothic as i? (OE. 0s. 0.Icel. E, OHG. i5, later ea, ia, ie). In Goth. it occurs in a few words only, as Goth. OE. OS. 0.Icel. her, ONG. hEr (hear, hiar, hier), here ; Goth. fGra, OHG. Era (feara, fiara), country, region, side, part; Goth. mGs, OE. mese (myse),OHG. meas (mias), fable, borrowed froni vulgar Lat. mesa, classical Lat. m6nsa. Cp. 5. i 78. Germanic I, written ei in Gothic, remained, as Goth. swein, OE. 0s. 01-IG. swin, O.Ice1. svin, plg, cp. Lat. su.inu.s, periainiflg to a plg; Goth. hreila, a while, time, season, OE. hwil, a while, 0s. hwlla (hwil),lime, OHG. wila (hwil),time, hour, 0.Icel. hvil, place of rest; Goth. seins, OE. OS. OHG. sin, his; Goth. steigaa $5 7 9-8 21 Lo?zg vowels of sjb ccented Syllables 3 I (§ aoo), OE. 0s. OHG. stigaa, 0.Icel. stlga, to ascend. Cp. 8s 5, 6, 44, 48. 6 g 7@. Germanic 6 remained in Gothic, as Goth. fijtus, OE. 0s. Gt, OHG. PUOT,0.Icel. f6tr, foot, cp. Gr. Doric 6;Goth. fliidus, OE. OS. fl6d, OHC. fluot, 0.Icel. flijiS, flood, stream ; Goth. br6par, O.Icel, br6'6ir, OE. brijpor, OS. br68er, OHG. bruoder, hroijzer; Goth. OE. OS. 0.Icel. fijr, OHG. fuor, Ifared, azjenf Goth. inf. faran (5 309). Cp. $5 42, 45. 9 80. The Germanic combination ciw became a long open omsound(written au) before vowels, as Goth. sauil, , cp. OE. 0.Icel. Lat. s61; Goth. staua, (rnasc.) jud', (fem.) judgment, stauida, Iludged (inf. st6jan), cp. Lithua- nian stovCti, to stand, 0.Bulgarian staviti, to place ; taui (gen. tijjis), deed; afdauidii, pp. masc. nom. pl, cxhaustcd, inf. *afd6jan. Here probably belong also bauan, to inhabib OE. OHG. biian, to till, dwell; bnauan, to rub; trauan, OHG. triien, OS. triiijn, to trow, trust. 5 81. The Germanic combination ijwj became ijj, as stijja, Ijudge, from *stiiwj6, older *stTtwijo ; tiijis (from *tijwjis), gen. sing. of taui, deed.

5 82. Germanic ii remained in Gothic, as Goth. hiis (in g~d-hiis,temple), OE. OS. OHG. 0.Icel. hiis, Izouse; Goth. riims, OE. OS. OHG. 0.Icel. riim, room, related to Lat. rii-s (gen. rii-ris), open country ; Goth. Piisundi, OE. piisend, OS. thiisundig, OHG. diisunt, 0.Icel. Piisund, Ihousand; Goth. fiils, OE. OHG. W1, O.Ice1. fiil1,foui; Goth. ga-liikan, to shut, close, OE. liican, OHG. liihhan, 0.Icel. liika, to lock. On the ii in forms like Piihta, it seemed, appeared; 32 Phonology I§§ 83-5 hahrus, hunger; jiihiza, yourger; iihtw6, ear& morn, see g sa.

C. THEDIPHTHONGS OF ACCENTEDSYLLABLES. ai is83. Germanic ai (OE. 8, 0s. E, OHG. ei (G), 0.Icel. ei) remained in Gothic, as Goth. gins, OE. Bn, 0s. En, OHG. ein, 0.Icel. einn, om ; Goth. hails, OE. hsl, 0s. , OHG. heil, hale, whole, sound; Goth. stbins, OE. stHn, OS. &En, 01-IG. stein, 0.Ice]. steinn, stone ; Goth. sthig, OE. stag, OS. stsg, OHG. steig, he ascended, Goth inf. steigan (5 300) ; Goth. hhitan (4 813)) OE. hstan, 0s. hEtan, OHG. heiqan, O.Ice1. heita, to same, caiL Cp. $5 47,49. au ?. $84. Germanic au (OE. Ea, 0s. 6,OHG. ou (6),0.Icel. au) remained in Gothic, as Goth. augii, OE. Gage, 0s. iiga, OI.4G. ouga, 0.Icel. auga, eye ; Goth. hAubiP (gen. haubidis), OE. hEafod, 0s. ficbid, OHG. houbit, 0.Icel. haufup, head; Goth. diupus, OE. dEa8, 0s. diith, OHG. t6d, deatla; Goth. rbups, O.Icel. rauar, OE. rEad, 0s. red, OHG. r6t, red; Goth. gaumjan, to perceive, obsem~e, OS. giimian, OHG. goumen, to pay attention to ; Goth. -hlAupan, OE. hlEapan, 0s. -hliipan, OIIG. louffan, 0.Icel. Naupa, fo leo,b, ruit ; pret. I, 3 sing. Goth. khus, OE. cEas, 0s. OHG. k6s, 0.Icel. kaus, in6 Goth. kiusan ($ 3021, to clioose. Cp. $$ 60, 83.

iu 8 85. The iu, which arose from older eu ($63),remained in Gothic, as Goth, niujis, OS. OHG. niuwi, stem *niuja-, older *neujo-, new; Goth. stiurei (in us-stiurei, excess, riot), cp. OHG. stiuri, greatness, rnagnifience ; Goth. kiusip, 0s. kiusid, OHG. kiusit, he c,'zooses, tesfs; Goth, $8 86-71 Diphthongs of lit ccentcd Syllables 3 3 liuhtjan, 0s. liuhtian, OHG. liuhten, to &ht; Goth. stiurjan, to establish, OHG. stiuren, to stcpport, steer. e u 8 80. eu (OE. Eo, OS. OIIG. io(eo), 0.Icel. jB(jii)) became iu in Gothic, as Goth. diups, OE. dEop, 0s. diop, OHG. tiof, 0.1~~1.djiipr, deep; Goth. liuhap, OE. IEoht, 0s. OHG. lioht, a lkht, cp. Gr. Xru~ds,I&!tt, brz&/zt; Goth. liufs, OE. lEof, 0s. liof, OHG. liob, O.1cel. ljiifr, dear ; Goth. tiuhan (4 Sol), OS. tiohan, OI-IG. ziohan, to draw, pull; Goth. fra-liusan, OE. for-lEosan, OS. far-liosan, OHG. fir-liosan, to lose.

CHAPTER V THE GOTHIC DEVELOPMENT OF THE PRIMI- TIVE GERMANIC VOWELS OF UNACCENTED SYLLABLES. § 87. In order to establish and illustrate the Gothic treatment of the vowels of final syllables by comparison with other non-Germanic languages, Lat., Greek, Src., it will be useful to state here a law, relating to the general Germanic treatment of Indo-Germanic final consonants, which properly belongs to a later chapter :- (I) Final .m became .n. This -n remained when pro- tected by a particle, e. g. Goth. pan-a ($ 266), the = Skr. t6m, Lat. is-tum, Gr. T~V. But when it was not protected by a particle, it, as also Indo-Germanic final .n, was dropped in prim. Germanic after short vowels ; and the preceding vowel underwent in Gothic just the same treatment as if it had been originally final, i.e. it was dropped with the exception of u, e.g. acc. sing. Goth. wulf, wolf= Skr. vfkam, Gr. AJrov, Lat. lupum; nom. acc. sing. Goth. juk, yoke = Skr. yugbm, Gr. SU~~V,Lat. jugum ; inf. niman from *nemanan, to iake; acc. sing. Goth. ga-quxnp, a coming 1187 D Phonology krgeher, assembly = Skr. gatim, Gr. Bdotv, prim. form *gmtfm, a going; cp. also the Lat. endings in partim, sitim, Src. Acc. sing. Goth. sunu, son = Skr. siintim, cp. the end- ings in Gr. qSu'v, sweet; Lat. fructum,fnrif; acc. sing. Goth. Gtu, foot, cp. Lat. pedem, Gr. z6Sa ($ 63). But the -un from Indg. vocalic .m disappeared in words of more than two syllables, as acc. sing. guman from *gomanun = Lat. horninem, man ; br6par from *brijperun, brother, cp. Lat. frgtrem. In Gothic sibun, seven, and taihun, ten, for older *dbu, *tafhu, the final -n was re-introduced through the influence of the inflected forms ($247). NOTE.-The oldest Norse runic inscriptions still retained these final vowels, as acc. sing. staina beside Goth. stlin, stone; acc. sing. neut. horna beside Goth. haurn, horn ; nom. sing. gastiR beside Goth. gasts, guest, slrunger. On the other hand, final .n merely became reduced after long vowels in prim. Germanic, and only disappeared in the course of the individual Germanic languages; the process being that the long oral vowels became nasalized and then at a later stage became oral again (cp. 5 69 note). After the disappearance of the nasal element, the long vowel remained in Gothic when it originally had the ' slurred ' (circumflex) accent, but became shortened when it originally had the 'broken' (acute) accent, as gen. pl. dag$ of days; gas%, of guests; hanan$ of cocks ; hairt- anE, of heads; baiirgE, of cities; the .B of which corre- sponds to a prim. Germanic .Sn, Indg. -Ern, but this ending only occurs in Gothic and has never been satisfactorily explained ; the ending in the other Germanic and Indo- Germanic languages presupposes -8m which regularly appears as -6 in the Gothic gen. pl. gibb, ofgfk; ; bandj6, of bands ; tuggbn6, of tongues ; manageinij, of multitudes, cp. Gr. BcBv, of gods ; but acc. sing. giba from *gebbn, Indg. .Am,cp. Gr. ~hpiiv,land, and acc. fern. p6, the = Skr q 881 Vowels of Uncxccenled Syllables 3 5 thm, ace. fem. ni Bin6-hun (5 89 note), NO one ; nom. sing. hana from *xangn or -6n, cp. Gr. rrorpvjv, shepherd, qyrp6v, leader ; nasida from *nazid6n, I saz~ed. NoTE.--Fo~ full details concerning the Germ. treatment in final syllables of Indg. vowels with the 'slurred' and 'broken ' accent, see Streitberg's ' Urgermanische Grammatik', ch. ix. (2) The Indg. final explosives disappeared in prim. Germanic, except after a short accented vowel, as pres. subj. bair6i, OE. 0s. OHG. bere, from an original form *bhCrolt, he may bear; pret. pi. berun, OE. bsron, 0s. OHG. bgmn, they bore, original ending -nt with vocalic n (9 64) ; Goth. mena from an original form *mSniit, moon ; Goth.pat-a, OE. piet, 0s. that, Indg. *tod, tltat, the; OE. hwiet, 0s. hwat = Lat. quod, what, beside Gothic hra (g $473); OE. ~t,0s. at = Lat. ad, at. (3) Indg. final -r remained, as Goth. fadar, 0.Icel. faair, OE. fieder, 0s. fader, OIIG. fater = Lat. pater, Gr. rrarnjp, father. NOTE.-SO far as the historic period of Gothic is concerned, the law relating to the treatment of Indo-Germanic final con- sonants may be stated in general terms thus:-With the exception of -sand -r all other Indo-Germanic final consonants were dropped in Gothic. In the case of the explosives it cannot be determined whether they had or had not previously undergone the first sound-shifting ($5 128-32). Of Indo-Germanic final consonant groups, the only one pre- served in Gothic is -ns, before which short vowels ai-e retained, e. g. acc. pl. masc. Goth. pans=Gr. Cretan ~6vs(Attic ~ois),the; acc. pl. Goth. wulfans, uiohes, cp. Gr. Cretan ~d~~ov~=Att.K~U- POUS, or~tanzents; acc. p1. Goth. pins = Gr. Cretan T~~V*,three; acc, pl. Goth. sununs, sons, cp. Gr. Cretan uidvs, sons. Cp. the law stated in $ 88. a. Short Vowels, § 88. With the exception of u all other prim. Indo-Ger- manic final short vowels, or short vowels which became final in prim. Germanic ($ 87), were dropped in Gothic, as 36 Phonology also were short vowels in the final syllables of dissyllabic and polysyllabic words when followed by a single con- sonant :- Goth. whit = Gr. oEa, Skr. vkda, I know; whist = Gr. oloOa, Skr. vbttha, thou knowest ; hlaf, I stole = Gr. K~KX*~. Goth. akrs, field = Gr. hyp6s ; wulfs = Gr. Xd~os, Skr. vfkas, Lat. lupus, wolj; cp. nom. sing. 0.Norse runic inscription HoltingaR ; numans from *nomanaz, taken ; gen. sing. dagis, from *bagesa, of a day, cp. 0.Bulgarian Eeso = Goth. his, whose ; af, of, from = Gr. iim ; nom. sing. hairdeis, shepherd, from *Xirdij-az. Voc. sing. Goth. wulf = Gr. Xli~c,Lat. lupe, Skr. vfka; dm,fake thou = Gr. vipc ; nasei, from 'nasiji, saz~ethou; balrip, ye bear = Gr. 44prrc ; wiit, he knows = Gr. otsc ; lPihr, he lent = Gr. hlhoint, he has left; fimf, five, cp. Gr. xivsc; mik (acc.), me, cp. Gr. Lpiya ; nom. pl. Goth. gumans from *gom;miz, ?nett = Lat. homines,cp. Gr. Zlcpovts, altvils; nom. pl. gasteis from "gastij-(i)z, guests = Lat. hostds, from *hostejes, stra~zgcrs, e~icmies,cp. Gr. m6Acrs from *acih~.jas, cifies; nom. pl. sunjus, from "suniuz, older *suneu-es,sons = Skr. siinzivas, cp. Gr. {Bcis from *{8dfes, sweet. hrhin, from *hrhini (neut.), clean, pure, cp. Gr. Wpi, skivul; dat. sing. gumin from *gomini = Lat. homini, to a nzan, cp. Gr. aorpc'vr, to a shepherd; dat. sing. brijpr from 'Br6Jx-i = Lat. fratri, to a brotltn; cp. Gr. aa~~l;bairis = Skr. bhhrasi, ihou bearesf ; bairip = Skr. bhhrati, lze bcars ; bairand=Gr. Dor. +ipovsr, Skr. bhiranti, tJtey bear; nom. sing. gasts = 0.Norse runic inscription gastiR, grdesf, Lat. hostis; wairs, from *wirsiz (av.), worse, cp. Lat. magis, nrore. Nom. acc. neut. Goth. faihu = Lat. pecu, cattle, cp. Gr. ~UTU,cily ; filu, much = Gr. roX6, many ; nom. sing. sunus = Skr. :iin6s, son, cp. the endings in Gr. vdrus, corpse, Lat. fructus,fiurl. g sg] Vowels of Unaccented Syllables 3 7 NwE.--The hw of final vowels does not affect originally words, cp. e.g. nom. sing. Goth. is, he- Lat. ia, beside gasts = Lat. hostis ; Goth. ha,what- Lat. quod, beside juk, yoke = Lat. jugum.

b. Long Vowels.

8 89. Prim. Indg. long final vowels, or those which be- came final in prim. Germanic ($ 87 and note), became shortened in polysyllabic words, when the vowels in ques- tion originally had the 'broken' accent, but remained unshortened when they originally had the 'slurred' accent. Examples of the former are :-fern. nom. sing. giba, from *ge'bB, g$t (cp. sB, 8 266), cp. Gr. xirpi;, land, Indg. -6; neut. nom. acc. pl. juka, from *jukii (cp. neut. nom. acc. pl. pii, 8 266), Skr. (Vedic) ~ug$0.Lat. jug%, Indg. -8. baira, Lat. fer6, Gr. cpCpo, I bear, Indg. -6 ; mEna, moon, cp. mSn6ps, montA; particle -6 preserved in forms like acc. sing. -8.h, eacli, everyone, but shortened in acc. forms like hran-a, whom 7; pan-a, this; pat-a, fiat; blindan-a, blind Pret. 3 sing. nasida, he saved, Indg. -dh6t, cp. nasidcs ; binamma, dat. (properly instrumental) sing. masc. neut. of &ins, one, beside hinumm5-hun, to anyone ; hramrna ? to whom 7 beside hramrnC-h, to e-Jcryone ; dat. sing. masc. neut. pamma, to this, from an Indg. instrumental form *tosm&fcp. Goth. P$$266 note) ; dat. sing. daga, lo a day, from Indg. *dhogh&or -6; bafr&ima, we may bear, Indg. -mb. Piwi (gen. piujes), maid-servant, formed from "Pius (pl. Piwbs), man-servant, like Skr. dgvf, goddess, from d6iv8;sI god; frijiJndi, from *frijiJndi (fern.), fnend, cp. Skr. pres. part. fem. bhhranti ; wili, from *wili, he will, cp. wilei- ma, we wil/; nEmi, from *n5mi, he m2ht take, cp. nEmeis. Cp. 5 154. Examples of the latter are :-undar6, u~zder, cp. Skr. adhar&d, below, Indg. ablative ending -Ed; of the same origin is the -6 in adverbs like Piubj6, secretly, glaggw6, accurately ; and in adverbs with the suffix .pr6 (5 348), as hrapr6, whence, pafir6, thence. Norn. tug@, tongue, hairt6, heart, Indg. -5. The preservation of the final aE in adverbs with the suffix -drE (4 348) is also due to the vowel having had originally the ' slurred ' accent. NOTE.--LO~~vo%vels remained in monosyllables, as nom. fem. 66, the, this=Gr. Dor. & ; acc. fem. po=Gr. Dor. 76" ; nom. acc. fern. pl. pGs=Skr. t6s. They also remained in the final syllables of dissyllabic and polysyIlabic words, when protected by a consonant which was originally final or became final in Gothic, as nom. pl.wulfos=Skr. vikEs, wolves; nom. pl. giblis from *geb8z, gifls, cp. Skr. &$vls, mares; gen. sing. giblis from *gets8z ; dat. pi. giblim from *3ebZimiz ; salbBs from *sal8lizi, thou anoinfesf ; fidw6r froin *febwCriz, Indg. *qetwBres, four; nasidEs from *nazi&Sz, thou didsf save, beside nasida, I saved; nGmeis from *nlmiz, thou mighfest fake, beside nzmi, he migkf fake; nEmeip, ye might fake ; managdiips, nbzrndatzce. On final Iong vowcls when originally followed by a nasal, see 5 87. c. Diphthongs. Q 90. Originally final -ai became .a in polysyllables, as bafrada, he is borne = Gr. mid. +iperar ; bairanda, they are borne=Gr. mid. +ipovrar ;faitra, before, cp. Gr. rrapai, beside. Originally long diphthongs became shortened in final syllables, as ahthu, from an original form *okt6u, ekht; dat. sing. gibhi, from *geb6i, older *ghebhiiY, to a grjc, cp. Gr. xhp? for *xdpiic ; Bc{, to a goddess; dat. sing. sunhu, to a son, from loc. forrn *sunSu ; dat. sing. ansthi, to afavour, gg g 1-41 Vowels of Accented Syllables 3 9 from locative form *anst& cp. Gr. =6X1? ; habAis, from *Xab&C?(j)i~(i),thou hast, habPiP, from *~ab@(j)id(i),he has. Nor~.-Gen. sing. anstkis, of ajavour, from Indg. .cis, -0%; bairkis, Gr. +Cpo~s,Skr. bhiires, thou ntayest bear, Indg. -0:s ; bairdi, Gr. +Epor, Skr. bhkrEt, he may beclr, Indg. -oit; gen. sing. suntius, of a son, Indg. -eGs, -ofis.

CHAPTER VI

THE GERMANIC EQUIVALENTS OF THE GOTHIC VOWEL-SOUNDS

I. Short Vowels. g 01. Gothic a = Germ. a, as fadar, faflzer ; akrs, field; tagr, tear; gasts,guest ; ahtPu, eight ; band, he bound; nam, he took ; gaf, he gave. Cp. 5 66. g 02. Goth. ai = (1) Germ. e, as tal'ht~n,ten ; faihu, cattle ; safhran, to see ; bairan, to bear. Cp. 67. = (2) Germ. i, as balrip, he bears ; paihum, we tlzrove, pp. paihans; laih~um,we lent, pp. laihrans, Cp. $ 69. Q 03. Goth. i = (I) Germ. i, as fisks,fish ; bitum, zoc /lit, pp. bitans ; nimis, tltou takest ; bindan, to birzd. Cp. S; 68. = (2) Germ. e, as swistar, sister; hilpan, to he& ; niman, to take ; giban, to give, pp. gibans. Cp. $ 66. 8 94. Goth. a6 = (I) Germ. o, as wafird, word; datihtar, daughter; pp. tauhans, drawn. Cp. g 70. Phonology [PP 95-109

= (a) Germ, u, as waftrms,worm ; wafirk- jan, to work; tahhum, we drew. Cp. g 73. 8 95. Goth. u = (I) Germ. U, as juggs,young; fralusts, loss ; budum, we ofered ; bundum, we bound, pp. bundans ; hulpum, we helped. ~p.8 7a. = (2)Germ. o, as juk, yoke ; pp. hulpans, helped; pp. budans, ofered; pp. numans, taken. Cp. 8s 62, 70.

a. Long Vowels.

$ 00. Goth. % = Germ. a, as hahan, to hang; pfthta, he thought; brahta, he brought. Cp. $5 so, 74. 5 97. Goth. b = (I) Germ. 5, as her, here; Era, country, regon. Cp. $ 77. = (a) Germ. 5, as qens, wfe ; gadsps, deed; bErum, we bore; sEtum,we sat; slEpafi, &sleep. Cp. 9 75. 5 08. Goth, ai = Germ. E(j), as saian, to sow; waian, to blow. Cp. 76. 5 e9. Goth. ei = Germ. i, as seins, his; swein, pig; steigan, to ascend. Cp. 4 78. $100. Goth. 6 = Germ. 6, as fotus,foot ; br6par, brother; fijr, I fared, ztpent, pl. f6rum; saisii, I sowed; stijjan, to judge. Cp. $8 79, 81. QfOl. Goth. au = Germ. B(w),as staua,.judge, stauida, I judged; bauan, to inhabit. Cp. 4 80. 8 102. Goth. ii = Germ. 3, as riims, room ; psundi, thou- sand; gaffikan, to lock, shut; jiihiza, younger. Cp. f 89. $3 1~3-6] Vowels of Medial Syllables 4 1

3. Diphthongs. 8 103. Goth. 6i = Germ. ai, as sans, stone ; wQit, I hw; stiiig, 1, he ascended; hfritan, to name, call. Cp. Q 83. 4 104. Goth. iiu = (I) Germ. au, as Bugb, eye ; Bnkan, to add, increase ; khs, he chose, tested. Cp. $ 64. = (2) Germ. aw, as sniia, he hclsfened, inf. sniwan ; mBuj5s, of a girl, nom. mawi; tBujan, to do, pret. tawida. Cp. 8 160. Q 105 Goth. iu = (I) Germ. iu, as niujis, nezu ; liuhtjan, to /@it ; kiusip, he chooses. Cp. $5 68, 86. = (2) Germ. eu, as diups, deep ; fiuhap, l&ht; fraliusan, to lose. Cp. $8 63, 86-6. = (3) Germ. ew, iw, as kniu (gen. kniwis), knee ; qius (gen. qiwis), quick, alive ; stuns, stght, face. Cp. 5 160.

I. Short Vowels. $ lO8. Goth. a = (x) Germ. a (5 59 and note), as acc. pl. dagans, days, dat. pl. dagam ; niman, to take ; nimam, we take ; nimand, they take; acc. sing. hanan, cock, acc. pl. hanans ; masc. acc. sing. blindana, blrnd, dat. sing. blindamma ; manags. many. = (2) Germ, e, as ufar, over ; lvapar, which of two; acc. sing. br6par, broth Cp. § so, 3. 42 Phonology LO§ 107- 1 I

§ 107. Goth. i = (I) Germ. i, Indg. i (4 88), as acc. pl. gastins, guests, dat. pl. gastim; bat. ists, best ; hardiza, harder. = (2) Germ. i, Indg. e (§ 60,3),as gen. sing. dagis, of a day; harjis, of an army ; hanins, of a cock, dat. sing. hanin; gen. pl. suniwE, of sons; nimis, thou takest, nimip, he takes. 5 108. Goth. u = (I) Germ. u ($ 73), as sunus, son, dat. pl. sunum; acc. pl. brijpruns, bvothevs, dat. pl. brijprum ; nEmun, they took. = (2) Germ. w (5 150), as nom. pl. sunjus, sons.

2. Long Vowels. 5 109. Goth. E = Germ. t% ($9 75, 80 note), as nasides, thou didst save, beside nasida, lie saved ; dat. sing. hrammeh, to each. Q 110. Goth. ei = (I) Germ. i ($$ 78, 89 note), as sineigs, old ; ace. sing. managein, multitude ; nemeis, thou mkhtest take, beside nemi, kc nz

3. Diphthongs. lla. Goth. Sli = (I) Germ. ai older e?, 05 (4 QO), as nimiis, thou mayest take ; gen. sing. anstiis, of a favour. = (2) Germ. &fj)i (4 go), as habiis, fho~ hast ; habAip, he has. 8 113. Goth. hu = Germ. au older 05 (5 00 note), as gen. sing, sunhus, of a son.

C. FINALVOWELS.

I, Short Vowels. 5 114. Goth. a = (I) Germ. 6 (5 89)) as nima, ltake; nom. sing, giba,grlft; nom. acc. pl. walirda, words ; hairtijna, hearts ; acc. hrana, whom, cp. han6h; and similarly in the acc. blindana, blind; ina, him; pana, the, pata, the, that. = (2) Germ. 5, Indg. E (4 89), as hramma, to whom, beside hramrneh ; and simi- larly in daga, to a day ; irnrna, to him ; nasida, he saved; iitana,frottz arithotct ; nimsima, ure may take ; nsmeima, ale nr(g11t fabe. = (3) Germ. ijn (5 87, (I)), as acc. sing. giba, gift; nasida, 1 saved. = (4) Germ. en or 6n ($ 87 (I)), as nom. hana, cock, manna, man. = (5) Germ. ai (4 go), bairada, he is bov~~e = Gr. mid. 4Cpcrar ; bafraza, tltou art borne = Gr. mid. gipcar from *+ipcoar. 4 115. Goth. i = (I) Germ. i ($so), as bandi, band; nEmi, he mrglzt take, beside nemeis, thou mighfest take. Phonology ($4 116-20

= (2) Germ. j (Q 166), as acc. sing. hari, amty, hairdi, shepFEerd; kuni, genm- ti0 ion. = (3) Germ. .ij. (8 164), as voc. hairdi, shepherd. $116. Goth, u = (I) Germ. u (4 88), as filu, much; acc. sing. sunu, son ; faihu, cattle. = (2) Germ. w (8 160 (z)),as skadus from *skadwaz, shadow.

2. Long Vowels. g 117. Goth. E = (I) Germ. &, Indg. e (g 801, as hidre, lzithev; luadrS, whither. = (2) Germ. e&n, Indg. Zm (8 87 (I)), as gen. pl. dage, of days; gastE, of guests; hanan E, of cocks. $ 118. Goth. ei = Germ. ij (8 1641, as imperative 2 pers. sing. nasei, save thou; sijkei, seek fhorr. 5 110. Gotli. 6 = (I) Germ. 8 ($ SO), as tugg8, tongue; hafrt6, tzearf ; htaprij, whence ; ufarb, frotn above ; Piubjij, secret&. = (2) Germ. -6n((g 87 (I)), as gen. pl. gib6, of &fs; tuggijnii, of tongues.

3. Diphthongs.

$ 120. Goth. Bi = (I) Germ. ai, as rnasc. nom. pl. blindhi, blind, cp. piii (,Q 266). = (2) Germ. ai older Bi (§ OO), as dat. sing. ansthi, to afouour. = (3) Germ. ai, Indg. ol (5 Qo note), as nimhi, he rfzay take. = (4) Germ. ai older iji, Indg. &Z ((g oo), as dat. gibfii, to a pyt; izhi, to her. $8 I z 1-21 Ablaut (VOW,!Gradahon) 4 5

{lax. Goth.&u= (I) Germ. au, Indg. Bu ($ OO), as dat. sing. suniiu, fo a son. = (2) Germ. au, Indg. 6u (5 GO), as ahtClu, er;Pht.

CHAPTER VII ABLAUT (VOWEL GRADATION) 5 iaa. By ablaut is meant the gradation of vowels both In stem and suffix, which was caused by the primitive Indo-Germanic system of accentuation. See 5 32. The vowejs vary within certaiit series of related vowels, called ablaut-series. In Gothic, to which this chapter will chiefly be limited, there are seven such series, which appear most clearly in the stem-forms of the various classes of strong verbs. Four stem-forms are to be distinguished in a Gothic strong verb which has vowel gradation as the characteristic mark of its different stems :-(I) the present stem, to which belong all the forms of the present, (2) the stem of the preterite singular, (3) the stem of the preterite plural, to which also belongs the whole of the preterite subjunctive, (4) the stem of the past . By arranging the vowels according to these four stems, we arrive at the following system :- .. ... I. 11. 111, iv. I. ei ai i(ai) i(ai) 11. iu au u(afi) u(aG) I1 1. i(aij a u(a6) u(a6) IV. i(af) a 6 u(aG) V. i(ai) a B i(ai) VI. a 6 6 a VII. 6 b b cT NoTE.--O~ the difference between i and af, see $$ 67, 69; u and afi, see $$ 71, 73. Phonology

But although the series of vowels is seen most clearly in the stem-forms of strong verbs, the learner must not assume that ablaut occurs in strong verbs only. Every syllable of every word of whatever part of speech contains some form of ablaut. E.g. the sonantal elements in the following stem-syllables stand in ablaut relation to each other :-un-weis, unknowing, iporant : witan, to know ; *leisan [Ibis (8 333), 1 know], to know: IAisareis, teacher: lists, cunning, wile. liufs, dear: ga-lhubjan, to believe : IubB, love; siuks, sick, ill : safihts, sickness ; ana-biudan, to command : ana- bhns, command; fra-liusan, lo lose : fra-lusts, loss. bindan, to bind : bandi, band, bond : ga-bundi, bond; rinnan, to run : rannjan (wv.), to let run : runs, a rrtnnrng, rssue; pairsan, to be wifltered: pahrsnan, to become withered : pa Grsus, withered. bafran, to bear: barn, child: berusjBs, parents : bafir, son ; qiman, to come : ga-qumps, a coming together, assem- bly; man, I think : muns, thou,alzt; ga-tairan, to tear in pieces: ga-tafira, a tear, rent; qin4 wontan : qens, we, woman. mitan, lo measure: us-mEt, manner of Ife, conrnton- wealth ; giban, to give : gabei, wealth. batiza, better : biita, advantage ; saps, full: ga.sapjan, lo fill, satisfy ; dags, day : ahthu-d6gs (aj.), eiglit days old ; frapjan, to understand : frijdei, undel-stallding ; graban, to dk: griiba, ditch, hole. mana-sEps, mankind, world, lit. man-seed: saian, to sow ; ga.dGps, deed: dbms, judgment, cp. Gr. rl-Bqp~, I place, put: Owp6s, heap ; waian, to blow : w6ds, raging, mad. Examples of ablaut relation in other than stem-syllables are :- Nom. pl. anstei-s,favours : gen. sing. ansthi-s : acc, pl. ansti-ns ; nom. pl. sunju-s (original form *suneu-es,$88), sons : gen. sing. sunhu-s : acc. pl. sunu.ns ; fulgi-ns (aj .), gp I 23-41 Ablaut (Vowel Gradatzon) 47 hidden : fulha-ns, pp. of filhan, to hide ; gen. sing. dagi.s, day : ace, pl. daga-ns; baira-mywe bear: bafri-p, ye bear = Gr. 4dpo-pav : +Cpc-~c; brbpa-r, brother : dat, sing. brijpr, cp. Gr. na4-p : dat. sar-p-i ; gen. sing. *aGhsi.ns, of an ox: acc. pl. *a6hsa-ns: gen. pl. adhs-nE. $123. In the following paragraphs will be given the Germanic equivalents of the above seven ablaut series, with one or two illustrations from Gothic. For further examples see the various classes of strong verbs, 20s- 310. Ablaut-series I. 4 124, Gothic ei A ijar) i(ar) Prim.Germ. i ai i i steigan, to ascend sthig stigum stigans peihan, to thrive pSih paihum Paihans NOTE.--Cp. the parallel Greek series rrr8o: rriroi6o : ZnrBov. 11. Goth, iu Au u(ali) u(ab) Prim. Germ. eu au u o biugan, to bend baug bugum bugans tiuhan, to lead tfiuh tauhum tauhans NOTE-I. On iu and eu, see 5s 83, 85-6; on u and o, see $5 62. 70. 2. Cp. Gr. c'Ac6(B)lropa~ (fut.) : tiAtjAou8u : +UBOW.

Goth. i(ai) 1'rim.Germ. e, i hilpan, to herp halp hulpum hulpans bindan, to bind band bundum bundans wairpan, to become warp walirpum wa6rpans NOTE.-I. On e and i, see 80 (I) ; on o and u, see $9 82,70. 2. To this class belong all strong verbs having a medial nasal or liquid +consonant, and a few others in which the vowel is followed by two consonants other than nasal or liquid i- con sonant. 3. Cp. Gk. &iprtOrub : bidooxn : ?apartor ; ~i~aa,: nkop$a. 48 Phonology C§ 124

Goth. i(ai) a e u(ai5) Prim. Germ. e a 6 o niman, to take nam nbmum numans bairan, to bear bar bbrum bafirans NOTE.-I. On i and e, see 9 66; i5 and 5,see 4 76 ; n and o, see 3 70. 2. To this class belong all strong verbs whose stems end in a single liquid or a nasal. 2. Cp. Gr. &vo : rovrj : pI-rvo ; Bipo : Bop& : G~-8n~-~Cvor. v. Goth. i(ai) a P i(ai) - Prim. Gem. e a e giban, to He gaf gbbum gibans saihran, to see sahr siS?hrum saihrans NOTE.-I. On i and e, see 4 66 ; E and 8, see 3 75. 2. To this class belong strong verbs whose stems end in a single consonant other than a liquid or a nasal. 3 Cp. Gk. ~iro~ac: rrdrpos : r'-xr-drrjv ; rpinm : rC-rpo+a : rpci- ni~enl. VI. Goth. a 6 5, a Prim.Germ. a 6 6 a faran, to go f6r f6rum farans slahan, to sfvike sl6h sl6hum slahans NoTE.--T~~ stems of verbs belonging to this class end in a single consonant. VII. Goth. e(ai) 6 6 b(ai)- Prirn.Gerrn. cr? 6 6 Be letan, to let lai-l6t laf.lijtum letans saian, to sow sag-sB saf-s6um saians NOTE.-I. On ii and ai, see $9 76-6. a. Cp. Gk. i-7-ri : Dor. d+-Cu-~a; rl-8qyu : Bwpdr. 6 1251 Ablaut (Vowel Gradation) ' 49

$ 126. The ablaut-series as given in 4 124 have, for practical reasons, been limited to the pl~asesof ablaut as they appear in the various classes of strong verbs. From an 1ndo.Germanic point of view the series I-V belong to one and the same series which underwent in Germanic various modifications upon clearly defined lines. What is called the sixth ablaut-series in the Gertnanic languages is really a mixture of several original series, owing to several Indg. vowel-sounds having fallen together in prim. G~rmanic; thus the a, which occurs in the present and the past participle, corresponds to three Indg. volvels, viz. a f$ 301, o (8 3B), and a ($ 41) ; and the 5 in the pre- terite corresponds to Indg. ii ($42)and Indg. 5 ($ 45). In a few isolated cases there are also phases of ablaut which do not manifest themselves in the various parts of strong verbs, as e, g. acc. pl. *auhsa-ns, oxen: gen. pl. afihs-ne, where the vowel disappears altogether, as in Gr. ri~opac: i-r~-6pqv;slaGhts, slaughler : slahan (VI), to slay ; lats, slothful : Istan (VI I), to lei ; rapjii, number, accourzt : redan (VII),to counsel; liikan, to lock: pret. sing 1Suk (II),which is an aoristepresent like Gr. T;+w, rp$w, another similar aorist-present form is trudan (IV), to fwd. For the phases of ablaut which do not occur in the various parts of strong verbs, and for traces of ablaut-series other than those given above, the student slior~lclconsult Brugmann's Kuree vergleiclzende Graltrtitatrk dtv- ;)r,ioger~~:aitlsr/it2 Spl-ucirett, pp, 138 50. CHAPTER VIII THE FIRST SOUND-SHIFTING, VERNER'S LAW, AND OTHER CONSONANT CHANGES WHICH 'TOOK PLACE IN THE PRIMITIVE GERMANIC LANGUAGE $126. The first sound-shifting, popularly called Grimm's Law, refers to the changes which the Indo-Germanic explosives underwent in the period of the Germanic primitive community, i. e. before the Germanic parent language became differentiated into the separate Germanic languages :-Gothic, 0. Norse, 0. EngIish, 0. Frisian, 0. Saxon I=0. Low German), 0. Low Franconian (0. Dutch), and 0. High German. The Indo-Germanic parent language had the following system of consonants :- LABIAL. 3 tenues P .,$ mediae b 43 tenues aspiratae ph rr] mediae aspiratae bh . \ i voiceless 'piran' { voiced Nasals m Liquids Scmivo wels W (u) NOTE.-I. Explosives are consonants which are formed with complete closure of the mouth passage, and may be pronounced with or without , i. e. with or without the vocal cords being set in action; in the former case they are said to be voiced (e. g. the mediae), and in the latter voiceless (e.g. the tenues). The aspirates are pronounced like the simple tenues and mediae followed by an h, like the Anglo-Irish pronuncia- tion oft in tell. The ~alatalexplosives are formed by the front or middle of The First Sound-slz~iing the tongue and the roof of the mouth (hard palate), like g, k (c) in English get, good, kid, could; whereas the velars are formed by the root of the tongue and the soft palate (velum). The latter do not occur in English, but are common in Hebrew, and are often heard in the Swiss pronunciation of German. In the parent Indo-Germanic language there were two kinds of velars, viz. pure velars and velars with lip rounding. The pure velars fell together with the Indg. palatals in Germanic, Latin. Greek, and Keltic, but were kept apart in the Aryan and Baltic-Slavonic languages. The velars with lip rounding appear in the Germanic languages partly with and partly without , see 4 134. The palatal and velar nasals only occurred before their corresponding explosives, hk, lig; qq, 08, &c- 2. Spirants are consonants formed by the mouth passage being narrowed at one spot in such a manner that the outgoing breath gives rise to a frictional sound at the narrowed part. z only occurred before voiced explosives, e. g. *nizdos = Lat. nidus, English nest; "ozdos I Gr. Btos, Goth. asts, bozrgh. j was like the widely spread North German pronunciation of j in ja, not exactly like the y in English yes, which is generally pronounced without distinct friction. j occurred very rarely in the prim. Indo-Germanic language. In the Germanic, as in most other Indo-Germanic languages, the frictional element in this sound became reduced, which caused it to pass into the so-called semivowel. 3. The nasals and liquids had the functions both of vowels and consonants (8 35). 4. The essential difference between the so-called semivowels and full vowels is that the latter always bear the stress (accent) of the syllable in which they occur, e. g. in English c6w, stain the first element of the diphthong is a vowel, the second a con- sonant; but in words like French rwb (wntten roi), bj&r (written bihe), the first element of the diphthong is a con- sonant, the second a vowel. In consequence of this twofold function, a diphthong may be defined as the cornbination of a sonantal with a consonantal vowel. And it is called a falling or rising diphthong according as the stress is upon the first or second element. In this book the second element of diphthongs E 2 5 2 Phonology [§ 127 is written i, u when the first element is the bearer of the stress, thus bi, bu, &c., but when the second element has the stress the first element is written j, w, thus 36, w6, &c. 5. In the writing down of prim. Germanic forms the signs p (= th in Engl. thin), & (= th in Engl. then), 8 (= a bilabial spirant, which may be pronounced like the v in Engl. vine), 5 (- g often heard in Gern~ansagen), x (==NHG. ch and the ch in Scotch loch). 5 127. In the following tables of the normal equivalents of the Indg. explosives in Latin, Greek, and the Germanic languages, Table I contains the Indg. tenues p, t, k, the mediae b, d, g and the pure velars q, 9. Table I1 contains the Indg. mediae aspiratae and the velars q, 0 with labialization. The equivalents in the Germanic languages do not contain the changes caused by Verner's Law, &c. The East Franconian dialect is taken as the normal for OHG. The following points should be noticed :- (I) The Indg. tenues p, t, k and the mediae b, d, g generally remained unchanged in Latin and Greek. , (2) The pure velars (q, 8) fell together with the palatals k, g in Latin and Greek. They became X, k in prim. Germanic, and thus fell together with the X, k from Indg. k, g. (3) The pure velar gh fell together with the original palatal gh in Latin and Greek. (4) The Indg. mediae aspiratae became in prehistoric Latin and Creek tenues aspiratae, and thus fell together with the original tenues aspiratae. (5) The Indg. tenues aspiratae became voiceless spirants in prim. Germanic, and thus fell together with the voice- less spirants from the Indg. tenues. See $130. (6) In Latir: Indg. q with labialization became qu, rarely c. g with labialization became v (but gu after n, and g when the labialized element had been lost, as gravis = Gr. pap$, heavy). The First Sound-slziJtit?g

Indg. ph, bh became f initially and b medially. Indg. th, dh became f initially, b medially before and after r, before 1 and after u (w),in other cases d. Indg. kh, gh became h initially before and rnedially between vowels; g before and after consonants, and f before II (w). Indg. qh, gh with labialization Lecame f initially, v rnedially except that after n they becatne gu. (7) In Greek Indg. q, 9 wit11 labialization became m, 8 before non-palatal vowels (except u) and before consonants (except Indg. j) ; T, S before palatal vowels ; and K, y before and after U. Indg. ph, bh became Q, ; th, dl1 became 0 ; and kh, gh became x. Indg. qh, ~h with labialization became Q, before non- palatal vowels (except U) and before consonants (except Indg. j); 0 before palatal vowels; and x before and after U. (8) When two consecutive syllables would begin with aspirates, the first was de-aspirated in prehistoric times in Sanskrit and Greek, as Skr. blndhanam, a binding, Goth. OE. bindan, OHG. bintan, to bind; Skr. bedhati, he learns, is awake, Gr. .rraliOcrar, he asks, inquires, Goth. ana- biudan, OE. bEodan, to bid, OHG. biotan, to om, root bheudh-; Gr. rav0l;hqI a swelling, OE. gund, OHG. gunt, tnatter, pzcs; Gr. 8pL5, hair, gen. T~LX~S; Sxw, I have, fut. 250. (9) In OHG. the prim. Germanic explosives p, t becanic the affricatae pf, tz (generally written ze, z), initially, as also medially after consonants, and when doubled. But prim. Germanic p, t, k became the double spirants ff, 3q, hh (also written ch) medially between vowels and finally after vowels. 'The double spirants were simpIified to f, 3, h when they became final or came to stand before other consonants, and also generally rnedially when pre- ceded by a long vowel or diphthong. Phonology TABLE I.

Latin G?r- Gothic OE. OHG. Indg. Greek rnanlc (

P P lr f f f ------I t t T P P P d ------k, q C K x h, x h, x h, X

P-- -- b b B P P P ~f,ff ------d d 8 t t t 2, %3

->- ->- p--p--p g,9 1 g Y t 1 k I c k,hh I

TABLE 11.

Latin Ger- Gothic OE. OHG. Greek I rnanlc 1 hw, h (h)~,h

CW, C qu; k, hh § 1281 The First Sound-shftitzg 5 5 8 ias. The Indg. tenues p, t, k, q, became in prim. Ger- manic the voiceless spirants f, p, x, xkw). p>f. Lat. pgs, Gr. roo's, Goth. fitus, OE. OS. f6t, OHG, fuol;, 0.Icel. fotr, foot ; Lat, pecu, Goth. faihu, OE. feoh, 0s. fehu, OHG. fihu (fehu), 0.Icel. E, cattle ; Lat. piscis, Goth. fisks, 0s. OHG. fisk, OE. fisc, 0.Icel. fiskr, jsh; Lat. nepos, Goth. *nifa, OE. nefa, OHG. nefo, O.Icel. nefe, nephew ; Lat. clep6, Gr. K~~WTW,I steal, Goth. hlifan, to steal. t>P. Lat. trEs, Gr. rpeis, Goth. *preis, OE. pri, 0s. thria, O.Icel. prir, OHG. dri, flzree; Lat. tu, Gr. Dor. TL, Goth. pu, OE. 0.Icel. Pii, 0s. thii, OHG. dii, thou; Lat. vert6, Iturn, Goth. wairpan, OE. weor?ian, 0s. werthan, O.Icel. veraa, OHG. werdan, to become; Lat. frgter, Goth. briipar, OE. brijBor, OS. brijthar, 0.Icel. brijbir, OHG. bruoder, brother. k>x. Lat. canis, Gr. ~Gov,Goth. hunds, OE. OS. hand, 0.Icel. hunclr, OI-IG. hunt, hound, dog; Lat. cor (gen. cordis), Gr. Kap8Lii, Goth. hairt6, OE. heorte, OS. herta, O.Icel. hjarta, ONG. herza, Izeart; Lat. decem, Gr. ~~KCX, Goth. tafhun, 0s. tehan, OHG. zehan, ten ; Lat. pecu, Goth. faihu, cattle; Lat, diic6, I lead, Goth. tiuhan, 0s. tiohan, OHG. ziohan, to draw, lead. q >X (xw). Lat. capi6, I take, Goth. hafjan, OE, hebban, 0s. hebbian, OHG. heffen, 0.Icel. hefja, to raise; Lat. clepij, Gr. KXCITTW,I steal, Goth. hfifan, to sfeal ; Lat. vinc6, 1 conquer, Goth. weihan, OHG. wihan, to fight; Lat. can6, Ishzg, Goth. hana, OE. hana, hona, O.Ice1. hane, 0s. OHG. hano, cock, lit. si~ger. Lat. quis, Goth. has, OE. hw8, OS. hw5, OHG. hwer (wer), wlto?; Lat. linqu6 (pf. liqui), Gr. Xrlnw (from *leiqij), I leave, Goth. leihran, OE. leon (from *iihan), OHG. lihan, to lend. NOTE.-I. The Indg. tenues remained unshifted in the combination s + tenues. Phonology

sp: Lat. spuere, Goth. speiwan. OE. OS. OHG. spiwan, to von~if;Lat. con.spici6, I look at, OHG. spehsn, to spy. st : Gr. =rlXo, I go, Lat. vestigium, foobtep, Goth. steigan, OE. 0s. 01-IG. stigan, 0.Icel. stiga, to ascend; Lat. est, Gr. amt, Goth. 0s. OFIG. ist, is; Lat. hostis, sf~a~zger,enemy, Goth. gasts, 0.Itel. gestr, OE. giest, 0s. OMG. gast, guest. sk: Gr. UKL~,shadow, Goth. skeinan, OE. OS. OHG. scinan, 0.Icel. skina, to shirie; Lat. piscis, Goth. fisks, OE. fisc, 0s. OHG. fisk, 0.Icel. fiskr,/Fsh. sq: Gr. Buo-u~dos, sarri/icing priest, Goth. *skaggwGn, OE. sciiawian, 0s. scanw6n, OHG. scouw6n, to look, &. 2. The t also remained in the Indg. combinations pt, kt, qt. pt>ft : Gr. KXCUTYS, Goth. hliftus, thief; Lat. neptis, grand- daughter, niece, OE. OHG. nift, niece. kt>xt: Gr. &KT$, Lat. oct6 Goth. ahthu, OE. eahta, 0s. OHG. ahto, right ; Gr. 6-pcrrds, stvefched out, Lat. rzctus, Goth. rafhts, OE. riht, 0s. OHG. reht, nkhf, stratghf. qt>xt : gen. sing. Gr. VUKT~S, Lat. noctis, norn. Goth. nahts, OE. neaht, OS. OI-IG. naht, night. 5 129. The Indg. mediae b, d, g, became the tenues P, tt k, k(kw). b > p. 0. Bulgarian slabit, slack, weak, Goth. slbpan, OE. slspan, OS. sllpan, OHG. slafan, to sleep, originally to be slack; Lat. Iiibricus for *sliibricus, sl+pety, Goth. sliupan, OE. sliipan, OIIG, sliofan, to sl$; Lithua- nian dubhs, Goth diups, OE. dZop, 0s. diop, 0.Icel. djiipr, OHG. tiof, deep; Lithuanian trobB, house, related to Goth. patirp, field, OE, porp, 0s. thorp, OHG. dorf, village. b was a rare sound in the parent language. d>t. Lat. decem, Gr. SLKO, Goth. taihun, 0.Icel. tio, OE. tien, 0s. tehan, OIIG. zehan, ten ; gen. Lat. pedis, Gr. ~0864,nom. Goth. flitus, 0.Icel. fGtr, OE. 0s. fot, OHG. fuo3,foot ; Lat. diic6, I lead, Goth. tiuhan, to draw, lead; Gr. rapsla, Lat. gen. cordis, Goth. hairt6, heart; Lat. videre, to see, Goth. OE. 0s. witan, O.Ice1. vita, The Fz rst Sou~rd-shgiing

OHG. wiqqan, to know; tat. edere, Goth. itan, OE. OS. etan, 0.Icel. eta, OHG. eggam, to cat. g>k. Lat. genu, Gr. yivo, Goth. kniu, OE. cnEo, 0s. OHG. kneo, 0.Icel. knE, Rn~e; Lat. gust6, I fasfe, Gr. ye6w, I lei taste, Goth. kinsan, OE. cEosan, 0s. OEIG. kiosan (keosan), 0.Icel. kjosa, to best, choose : Lat. ager, Gr. dypds, Goth. akrs, OE. zcer, 0s. akkar, OHG. ackar,field, land; Lat. eg6, Gr. iyd, Goth. 0s. ik, OE. ic, 0.Icel. ek, OHG. ih, I. g>k(kw). Lat. geIu, frost, Goth. kalds, OE. ceald, OS. kald, OHG. kalt, O.Icel, Laldr, cold ; Lat. augEre, Goth. &ukan,O.Icel. auka, OS.6kian (wv.), OHG. oubh6n (wv.), to add, iitcrense, cp. also OE. part. adj. Eacen, great ; 1-at.jugum, Gr. Suydv, Goth. juk, OF:, geoc, OHG. joh,yoke. Gr. plos from *g'iwos, lfe, Lat. b%vos(*gwiwos), Goth. qius (gen. qiwis), OE. cwicu, OS. quik, OHG. quec, 0.fceI. kvikr, quick, alizle; Gr. 8a1~for *@a+, older "P~~Jw,Igo, Lat. veni6 for *gweta?i6, I conte, Indg. form *gmjt;, Goth. qiman, OHG. quemmn, OE. OS. cuman, 0.Icel. koma, to come ; Skr. gurit$, Gr. gap&, from *gr-rus, Lat. gravis, Goth. kaGrus from prim. Germ. *k(w)uruz, heavy; Gr. +e@os, Goth. riqis (stem riqiza.), prim. form -regos, davkrtess; Gr. Boeotian $av% Goth. qin6, OE. cwene, OS. OHG. quena, woman, wfe. $ 130. The Indg. tenues aspiratae became voiceless spirants in prim. Germanic, and thus fell together with and underwent all further changes in common with the voiceless spirants which arose from the Indg. tenues (5 BE), the latter having also passed through the inter- mediate stage of tenues aspiratae before they became spirants. The tenues aspiratae were, however, of so rare occurrence in the prim. Indg. language that two or three examples must suffice for the purposes of this book; for further examples and details, the learner should consult Brugmann's Gtwndriss dev vergleichenden Granzmafik der 58 Phonology I§§131-2 indogemanischm S'rachen, vol. I :-Skr. root sphal., run violently against, 0.Icef. falla, OS. OHG, fallan, OE, feallan, to fall; Gr. d-u~qefis,unh~rt, Goth. skapjan, OE. sceppan, OHG. skadijn, to injure; Gr. qLSw, I split, Goth. skiidan, OE. sc2dan, OHG. sceidan, to divide, separate ; +&LArl,O.1cel. hvalr, OE. hwael, OHG. (h)wal, whale; Skr. kvMhati, it boils, Goth, hrapjan, io foam. $ 131. The Indg. mediae aspiratae probably became first of all the voiced spirants 8,d, 3, g(w). For the further development of these sounds during the prim. Germanic period see $9 132,133. $ 132. 8, d initially, and 8, U, g medially after their corresponding nasals, became the voiced explosives b, d, g:- b. Goth. bairan, OE. 0s. OHG. beran, 0.Icel. bera, to bear, Skr. bhArHmi, Gr. +Cpo, Lat. fer6, I bear; Goth. beitan, 0.Icel. bita, OE. OS. bitan, OHG. bi&qan, to bite, Skr. bhedlmi, Lat. finds, I cleave; Goth. brcpar, OE. br68or, 0s. brijthar, OHG. bruoder, O.Icel. br6'6ir, Skr. bhrgtare, Lat. frster, brofIzer, cp. also Gr. +pdrcip, +p&~op. Goth. *kambs, OE. camb, OHG. camb (chamb), 0.Icel. kambr, comb, Skr. jhbhas, tooth, Gr. ydp+os, bolt, nail, prim. form *gombhos. d. Goth. dags, OE. deg, 0s. dag, O.Ice1. dagr, OHG. tag, day, Slir. ni-daghis, older *ni.dhSghAs, hot seasoti, summer, Indg. form *dhoghos; Goth. ga.dEps (stem ga- dPdi-), OE. dsd, 0s. dsd, O.lcel. d8'6, OHG. t%, deed, related to Gr. Oi-cu, Ishallplace, Skr. dhgma, law, dwelliwg place, rt. dh&; Goth. dahhtar, OE. dohtor, OS. dohter, OHG. tohter, Gr. Ovyd~-qp,daztgIiter. Goth. OE. OS. bindan, 0.lcel. binda, OHG. bintan, lo bind, Skr. bhndhanam, a binding, cp. Gr. acvOrp6s, father- in-law, Lat. of-fendimenturn, chin-cloth, rt bhendh.. g. Goth. aggwus, OE. enge, 0s. OHG. engi, narrow, $1331 The first bSSuund-shifing 5 9 cp Lat. angii, Gr. Zyxw, P $uess 2'&ht, rt. afigh-; Goth. laggs, OE. lang, long, OS. OHG. lang, 0.Icel. langr, Lat. longus, long. +§133, b, b, g remained in other positions, and their further development belongs to the history of the separate Germanic languages. In Goth, b, d (written b, d) re- mained medially after vo~~els,but became explosives (b, d) after consonants. They became f, P finally after vowels and before final -s. g remained medially between vowels, and medially after vowels behe voiced consonants, but became x (written g) finally after vowels and before final .s. It became g initially, and also niedially after voiced consonants. See 5s 166-a. In O.Icel. b (written f) re- mained medially between and finally after voiced sounds, but became f before voiceless sounds. b (written 8) gene- rally remained medially and finally. 5 remained rnedially after vowels and liquids, but became x and then disappeared finally. It became g initially. d became d in all the and then d became t in OHG. In OE. b (generally written f)remained between voiced sounds, but became voiceless f finally. g remained in the oldest period of the language. In 0s. b (written b, b) generally remained between voiced sounds. It became f rnedially before 1 and n, and before voiceIess consonants, arid also finally. g (written g) remained initially and rnedially, but became x finally, although it was generally written g. In OHG. b, g became b, g. Geminated bb, db, gg, of what- ever origin, became bb, dd, gg in the prehistoric period of all the Germanic languages. Examples are :-Goth. *nibls, 0s. nebal, OHG. nebul, Lat. nebula, Gr. vc+Aq, mist, cloud, cp. Sltr. nfrbhas, Gr. vi+os, cloud; Goth. liufs, 0.Icel. Ijiifr, OE. leof, 0s. liof, OHG. liob, dear, original form *leubhos, cp. Skr. 16bhyami, Ifeel a sfuo?tg desire, Lat. lubet (libet), if pleases; OE. 0s. iider, OHG. iiter, Skr. Gdhar, Gr. o&p, udder; Goth. rfrups, 0.lcel. rauar, OE. rsad, OS. riid, OHG. r5t, prim. form *roudhos, cp. Skr. rndhirhs, Gr. L-puBpdn, prim. form *rudhros, red; Goth. OE. guma, 0.Icel. gume, 0s. OHG. gumo, Lat. hom6, prim. stem-form*ghomon., -en-, man ; OE. gBs, 0.Icel. gas, OHG. gans, Gr. xljv, goose ; OE. OS. 01-3G. wegan, Goth. ga.wigan, 0.Icel. vega, to trzove, cany, Lat. vehii, prim. form *weghii, I carry; Goth. gasts, OE. giezt, 0.Icel. gestr, OS. OHG. gast, guest, Lat. hostis, siratlp, enemy, prim. form *ghostis; Goth. steigan, 0.Icel. stiga, OE. 0s. OHG. stigan, to ascend, Gr. mc~xo, prim. form *steighB, I go, cp. Lat. vestigium, footstep. NO=.--g was dropped in the initial combination gw=Ihdg. gh, as Goth. warmjan, to warm,OE. wearm,OS. ONG. warm, warm, Skr. gharmls, Gk. Beppds, Lat. formus, warm. 4 184. From the examples given in $4 128-33, it will be seen that the Germanic sounds, which arose from the Indg. velars, appear partly with and partly without labialization. In the latter case they fell together with prim. Germ. X, k, g from Indg. k, g, gh, cp. e. g. Goth. hafjan (q), kalds (g), gasts (gh), beside Goth. hund (k), kniu (g), guma'(gh). The conditions for this twofold development of the Indg. velars in theGermanic languages havenotyet been definitely ascertained for all cases. It is, however, now pretty certain that the parent Indg. language contained two series of velars: (I) Pure velars which never had labialization. These velars fell together with the palatals in the Germanic, Greek, Latin, and Keltic languages, but were kept apart in the Aryan and Baltic-Slavonic languages. (2) Velars with labialization. These velars appear in the Germanic lan- guages partly with and partly without labialization ; in the latter case they also fell together with prim. Germ. X, k, 3 which arose from Indg. k, g, gh. The most commonly accepted theory is that the Indg. labialized velars q, 8, 911 regularly became XI k, g in prim. Germ. before Indg. 6,6, o (=Germ. a 8 39)' and ~w,kw, gw before Indg. 8, ?, a, 46 13s-61 verneh Law 6 I a, &(=Germ. 8 5 4a) ; and that then the law became greatly obscured during the prim. Germ. period through form- transference and levelling out in various directions, as Goth. qam, OHG. quam, prim. form *goma, I came, for Goth. OHG. *kam after the analogy of Goth. qima, OHG. quimu, original form *gemZi, I come; Goth. has, who? = Indg. *qos, for *has after the analogy of the gen. Ms = Indg. *qeso, &.c. NOTE.--In several words the Indg. velars, when preceded or followed by a w or another labial in the same word, appear in the,Gern~a~ziclanguages as labials by assimilation. The most important examples are:-Goth. wulfs. OE. 0s. wulf, 01-IG. wolf, 0.Icei. ulfr Gr. X~KOSfor * ,F~I~Kos,prim. form *wiqos, cp. Skr. vfkas, zuolf; Goth. fidw6r, OE. Eower (but fyper-Ete, forrr-joottd), 0s. OHG. fior, prim. form *qetw&res,cp. Lithua- nian keturi, I-at. quattuor, Gr. ~iuuapas,Skr. catvgras; Goth. fimf, OE. 0s. fif, OHG. fimf (finf) from 'fimfi, prim. forr~i *peqqe, cp. Skr. ptknca, Gr. rivrr, Lat. qainque (for *pinquc), Jive; OHG. wulpa, she-zuolf, from *wulbi, prim. form *wlqf, cp. Skr. vlkf; Goth. wairpan. OE. weorpan, OS. werpan, OHG. werfan, 0.Icel. verpa, to fhrow, cp. 0. Bulgarian vriga, 1 throw; OE. swZpan, OIIG. sweifan, to swing, cp. Lithuanian swaikse, I become dissy. 8 136. Various theories have been propounded as to the chronological order in which the Indg. tenues, tenucs aspiratae, mediae, and mediae aspiratae, were changed by the first sound-shifting in prim. Germanic. But not one of these theories is satisfactory. Only so much is certain that at the time when the Indg. mediae became tenues, the Indg, tenues must have been on the way to becoming voiceless spirants, otherwise the two sets of sounds would have fallen together. Verner's Law. t 6 138. After the completion of the first sound-shifting, and while the principal accent was not yet confined to the Phonology root-syllable, a uniform interchange took place between the voiceless and voiced spirants, which may be thus stated :- The medial or final spirants f, P, X, xw, s regularly became 8, &, 3, gw, z when the vowel next preceding them did not, according to the original Indg. system of accentua- tion, bear the principal accent of the word. The b, &, g, gw which thus arose from Indg. p, t, k, q underwent in the Germanic languages all further changes in common with the b, 6,g, JW from Indg. bh, dfr, gh,gh. Verner's law manifests itself most clearly in the various forms of strong verbs, where the infinitive, present parti- ciple, present tense, and preterite (properly ) singular had the principal accent on the root-syllable, but the indic. pret. plural, the pret. subj. (properly optative), and past participle had the principal accent on the ending, as prim. Germ. *wCrp6 > OE. weorpe, I become = Skr. vArt8-mi, I turn, pret. 3 sing. *wtirpi > OE. wearp, he becanit = Skr. va-vtirta, has turned, pret. I pl. *wurbumi > OE. *wurdum fwurdon is the 3 pers. pl. used for all persons) -- Skr. va-vrtimb ; past part. *wurbanB. > OE. worden = Skr. va-vrtanb.; OS. birid = Skr. bhgrati, he bears, Goth, 2 sing. indic. pass. bafraza =Skr. bhirasE. Goth. bafrand, OH G.berant = Skr. bhiiranti, they bear; present participle Goth. bairands,O.Icel. berandi, OE, berende, OS. berandi, OIIG. beranti, Gr. gen. +lpov~os. Or to take examples from noun-forms, &c., we have e. g. Skr. pittir., Gr. ua~C~- = prim. Germanic *fadCr-, Goth.fadar, OE. fader, 0.Icel. faair, 0s. fader, OHG. fater,father ; Gr. wkords, floating, szuimmi~rg,Goth. fl6dus, OE. OS. fliid, 0.Icel. flijrb, OHG. fluot,flaod, tide; Skr. qathm, Gr. h-~ardv,Lat. centurn = prim. Germanic "Xunb6m,older *Xum&6m,Goth. OE. 0s. hund, OHG. hunt, hundred ; Indg. *swCkuros, Goth. swaihra, OHG. swehur, father-in-law, beside Gr. Irup8, OE. sweger, OHG. swigar, mother-in-law; Gr. GCwa, Goth. taihun, OS. tehan, OHG. zehan, ten, beside Gr. Scuds, f 1371 Yemegs Law 63 OE. 0s. -tig, OHG. -zu~,Goth. pl. tidus, decade; Skr. sapti, Gr. am&, Goth. sibun, OE. seofon, 0s. sibun, OIIG. sibun,seven; prim. Germ. *jugg%s,Goth. juggs, 0s. OHG, lung, young, beside Goth. jiihiza from *jurjXiz8,younger ($9 62, 142) ; Gr. vu6p from *vvuuds, OE. snoru, OHG. snura, daughter-in-law; OHG. haso beside OE. hara, hare; Goth. %us5beside OE. Care, ear. The combinations sp, st, sk, SS, ft, fs, hs, and ht were not subject to this law. NoTE.--T~~prim. Germanic system of accentuation was like that of Sanskrit, Greek, &c., i. e. the principal accent could fall on any syllable; it was not until a later period of the prim. Germanic language that the principal accent was confined to the root-syllable. See 4 32. $137. From what has been said above it follows that the interchanging pairs of consonants due to Verner's law were in prim. Germanic : f-8, p-d, s-z, X-g, xw-gw, In Gothic the regular interchange between the voiceless and voiced spirants in the forms of strong verbs was, with two or three exceptions, given up by levelling out in favour ofthe voiceless spirants. In this respect the West-Germanic languages show an older stage than Gothic. I-b. Goth. parf, I need, pl. paGrbum ; OHG. heffen, to raise, huobun, gihaban, but Goth. hafjan, hijfum, hafans. Fb.Goth. frapjan, to understand, frijdei (d=dl, under- standing ; OE. weorpan, to become, wurdon, worden, but Goth. wairpan, wadrpum, walirpans; OE. snipan, to cut, snidon, sniden, but Goth. sneipan, snipum, snipans. S-z. Prim. Germ. "k6us6, I test, pret. I pl. 'kuzumf, pp. *kuzanQ.; OE. csosan, to choose, curon, coren, but Goth. kiusan, kusum, kusans. The West-Germanic languages and Old Norse regularly developed this z to r. Cp. also Goth. Qusii,ear, beside OE. *are, OS. OHG. 6ra, 0.Icei. eyra. X-3. Goth. Qih, Ihave, pl. higum (g=g) ; Goth. faheps, 64 Phonology [§ 138 gladness, faginan, to be glad; hiihrus (4s 62,142), hunger, huggrjan, to hunger; filhan, to hide, fulgins (adj.), hidden ; jtihiza ($5 62,142), younger, juggs, yousg ; OE. tCon (from *tEohan, to draw, tugon, togen, but Goth. tiuhan, tatihum, taGhans; OE. slGan (from *sleahan), to smite, sltigon, slzegen, but Goth. slahan, sl6hum, slahans. xw-gw. Prim. Germ. sCXwan-,to see, pret. I pl. *sCgw. umi, pp. "segwank., cp. OE. seon from *seo(hw)an, ssgon, sewen, but Goth. saihran, sEhmm, saihrans. gw became g before u, in other cases it became W, as Goth. magus, boy, beside rnawi from *ma(3)wi,girI; Goth. siuns, OE. seon(sion), 0s. siun, from *se(g)wnis,a seei~zg, face; Goth. sn&iws, OE. snaw (with -w from the oblique cases) from *snai(g)waz,prim. form *snoigh6s. NOTE.-- verbs had originally suffix accentuation, and therefore also exhibit the change of consonants given above. But here too Gothic, partly through the influence of the corresponding strong verbs, has not always preserved the law so faithfully as the West Germanic languages, e.g. Goth. wairfpan, to become-fra-wardjan, to destroy, cp. Skr. varta. yHmi, I cause lo turn; Goth. leifpan. OE. lifpan, to go-OE. Igdan from *laidjan, lo lead; Goth. ur-reisan, OE. Z.risan, to arise-Goth. ur-rhisjan, to raise up, OE. rgran, to raise; Goth. ga-nisan, to become whole, OE. ge-nesan, to be saved-Goth. nasjan, OE. nerian, to save; Goth. *leisan (cp. I sing. lais, I know), lo know-Goth. ltiisjan, OE. Isran, to teach. Cp. the regular form hazjan, beside OE. herian, lo praise.

Other Consonant Changes. 4 198. Most of the sound changes comprised under this paragraph might have been disposed of in the paragraphs treating of the shifting of the Indg. mediae and mediae aspiratae, but to prevent any possible misunderstanding or confusion, it was thought advisable to reserve them for a special paragraph. The Indg. mediae and mediae aspiratae became tenues before a suffixal t or s already in the pre-Germanic period ; thus :- bt /pt bs PS bht bhs ] dt ) tt ds tn dht dhs 1 ]kt gs ks ght* ghs \

Examples are Lat. niiptum, niipsi, beside niibere, to ntamy; Skr. loc. pl. patsu, beside loc. sing. padi, on foot; Lat. rExi, rectum, beside regere, to rule; Lat. vExi,vectum, beside vehere, to carry, rt. wegh- ; Lat. lectus, Gr. hdXos, bed, cotrclr, Goth. ligan, to lie down; Skr. yukt8-, Gr. &JKT~)S, Lat. jiinctus, yoked, rt. jeug- ; kc. Then pt, kt, qt ; ps, ks, qs were shifted to ft, xt ; fs, ~s at the same time as the original Indg. tenues became voicp- less spirants (5 128). And tt, ts became ss through the intermediate stages of pt, ps respectively. ss then became simplified to s after long syllables and before r, and then between the s and r there was developed a t. This explains the frequent interchange between p, b(b), and f; between k, g(g), and h fi. e. x); and between t, p, d(d), and ss, s in forms which are etymologically related. p, b(b)--f. Goth. skapjan, OE. scieppan, OHG. ske- phen, fo create, beside Goth. ga-skafts, meation, OE. ge-sceaft, OHG. gi-scaft, meufure; Goth. giban, OHG. geban, fo give, beside Goth. fra-gifts, agiving, OE. OHG. gift, gft; 01-IG. weban, to weave, beside English weft. k, g(g)-h. Goth. wadrkjan, OE. wyrcan, OI-IG. wurken, to work, beside pret. and pp. Goth. waClrhta, watkhts, OE. worhte, worht, OHG. worhta, gi-worht ; Goth, pugkjan, OE, pync(e)an, OHG. dtmken, to seen?, 118~ F Phonology appear, beside pret. and pp. Goth, piihta, *pts,OE. Piihte, Pfiht, OHG. diihta, gi-diiht; I pers. pl. Goth. magum, OE. magon, OHG. magun (mugun), we may, can, beside pret. sing. Goth. mahta, OE. meahte, OHG. mahta, pp. Goth. mahts, cp. also Goth. mahts, OE. meaht, OHG. maht, might, power; Goth. bugjan, OE. bycg(e)an, to buy, beside pret, and pp. Goth. baGhta, bafits, OE. bohte, boht ; Goth. briggan, OE. OHG. bringan, to bn'ngl beside pret. and pp. Goth. brghta, *briXhts, OE. brijhte, brijht, OHG. brtihta, brtiht, t, p, &(d)--ss, s. Goth. witan, OE. witan, to Bnov, beside pret. Goth. wissa, OE. wisse, OHG. wissa (wessa), part. adj. Goth. *ga-wiss, OE. ge-wis(s), OHG. gi-wis(s), sure, certain ; Goth. ga-hratjan, OE. hwettan, fo shavpen, beside Goth. hrassei, shar/lness, hrassaba, shaupCy; Goth. qipan, to say, beside ga-qiss, consent; Goth. ana-biudan, to commafad, beside ana-busns (ana-biisns?), commandment, from pre-Germ. *bhf tsni-, rt. bheudh. ; Goth. us-standan, to rise again, beside us-stass, resur- rection. ss>s after long syllabies and before r : Goth. h&.itan, to command, call, OE. htitan, to call, beside OE. hCs, from *haissi-, command; Goth. OE. witan, to know, beside Goth. un-weis, urzRnowilzg, OF,. OIIG. wis, wise, cp. Lat. visus; Goth. itan, OE. etan, to eat, beside OE. &s, OHG. as, carrio7z, cp. Lat. Esum. Goth. gup.blBstreis, wovsltz~pet-of God* O HG. bluoster, sncrij5ce, cp. Goth. blBtan, to wovshz$; OE. f6stor, 0.Icel. fistr, sr~slenance, cp. Goth. fodjan, to feed. Instead of ss (s) we often meet with st. In such cases the st is due to the analogy of forms where t was quite regular, e. g. regular forms were Goth. last, thou didst gather, inf. lisan; sliiht, thou didst shxe, inf. slahan; OE. meaht, OHG. maht, thou canst, inf. OHG. magan ; then after the analogy of such forms were made z pers. 58 r 39-40] Other Consonant Changes 67 sing. Goth. W&S~for *w&~s,OE. WBS~for *was, OHG. weist for *weis ; Goth. qast for *qass, inf. qipan, to say ; Goth. bfrust for *bfrus, inf. biudan, to bid; regular forms tvere pret. sing. Goth. waGrhta, OE. worhte, OHG. worhta, Goth. inf. wa6rkjan, to work ; then after the analogy of such forms were made OE. wiste, beside wisse, OHG. westa, beside wissa (wessa), I knew, inf. OE. witan; Goth. pret. sing. khupasta for *k&upassa, inf. kfrupatjan, to st& with the palm ofthe hand, bt4Jd. For purely practical purposes the above laws may be thus formulated :-every labial + t appears as ft, every gutt\~ral+ t as ht, every dental +t as ss, s (st). 5 18~.Assimilation :- .nw- > -nn-, as Goth. OE. OHG. rinnan from *rinwan, to run; Goth. kinnus, OE. cinn, OHG. kinni, from *genw., Gr. yivur, chin, cheek; Goth. minniza, 0s. minnira, OHG. minniro, from *minwizij, less, cp. Lat. minuii, Gr. prvd@w, I lessen; OE. pynne, 0.Icel. punnr, OHG. dunni, thin, cp. Skr. fem. tan&, thin. .md. >-nd., as Goth. OE, 0s. hund, OHG, hunt, prim. form *kmt6m, hundred; Goth. skaman, OE. scamian, OHG. scam&, io be ashamed, beside Goth. skanda, OE. scand, OHG. scanta, shame, disgrace. .In=> -11-, as Goth. fulls, OE. full, Lithuanian pllnas, prim. form *pln6s,fuli; Goth. wulla, OE. wulle, OHG. wolla, Lithuanian wflna, wool. $140, Prim. Germanic Bn, dn, sn = Indg. pni, tn', knL, qnL(by Verner's law), and bhn', dhn', ghn', ghnr, became Btr, %a, gg before the principal accent, then later bb, dd, gg ; and in like manner Indg. bnr, dn'-, gn', gnL became bb, dd, gg. And these mediae were shifted to pp, tt, kk at the same time as the original Indg. mediae became tenues ($ 120). These geminated consonants were simplified to P, t, k after long syllables. Examples are : OE. hnaepp, OHG. napf, from *xnaBnL or *xnabn', basin, bowl; OE. hoppian, O.lce1, hoppa, M HG. hopfen, from +XoBn',to F 2 68 Phonology [$Q141-3 hop ; OE. 0s. topp, 0.Icel. toppr, from *toan' or *tobnL, top, summit; OE. hsap, 0s. hbp, OHG. houf, from *xauBnL; OE. cnotta, from *knoUnL, beside OHG. chnodo, chnoto, knot; Goth. heits, OE. 0s. hw-t, from *xwIbnI, white; OE. bucc, 0.Icel. bokkr, OHG. boc (gen. bockes), prim. form *bhugn6s, buck; OE. liccian, 0s. lecciin, OHG. lecchiin, from *leg&, to lick ; OE. Iocc, 0.Icel. lokkr, prim. form *lugn6s, lock; OE. smocc, 0.Icel. smokkr, from 'smognc, smock; OE. Ibcian, 0s. liikbn, from *lc?.gnLor *liign', to look. 5 141. Indg. z+media became s+tenuis, as Goth. asts, OHG, ast = Gr. Stor, from *ozdos, branch, fwig; OE. OHG. nest, Lat. nidus, from *ni-zdos, nest, related to root sed-,sit ; OE. masc, OHG. masca, mesh, net, cp. Lithuanian mezd, I tie in knots. Indg. z + media aspirata became z + voiced spirant, as Goth, mizdb, OE. meord, pay, reward, cp. 0. Bulgarian mizda, Gr. pro06s, pay; OE. mearg, OHG. marg, 0. Bulgarian mozgii, marrow, root mezgh- ; Goth. .huzd, OE. hord, OHG. hort, hoard, treasure, root kuzdh-. 4 142. Guttural n (9)disappeared before as Goth. 0s. OHG. Fahan, OE. fen, from "faqxanan, to seiac; Goth. 0s. OHG. hshan, OE. hbn, from *xaqXanan,to hang; Goth. peihan, 0s. thihan, OHG. dihan, OE. pion, peon, from 'piqxanan, to flzrive; pret. Goth. pshta, OE. Pbhte, 0s. thahta, OHG. dahta, from *paqxtc?.-,1 ihougJit, beside inf. Goth. pagkjan, 0s. thenkian, OHG. denken, OE. pencan. § 143. x became an aspirate (written h) initially before vowels, as Goth. OE. 0s. hund, OHG, hunt, from *xunUan, prim. form *kmt6m, hundred; Goth. hunds, 0.Icel. hundr, OE. 0s. hund, OHG. hunt, from *xunUaz, dog, hound. Some scholars assume that it also became an aspirate medially between vowels. Upon this assumption it would be difficult to account for the breaking in OE., as gg 1~4-61 Other Consonant Changes 69

OE. slEan, from *aleahan, older Islaxan-, Goth. slahan, to sfriRe, slay ; OE. swEor, from 'sweohur, older *swexur, OHG. swehur,father.in-law. Medial and final xw became x in 0.Icel. and the West Germanic languages, as 0s. OHG. sehan, OE. sgon, 0.Icel. sjB, from *sex(w)an-, beside Goth. saihran, to see; 0s. OHG. liian, OE. lion, Eon, O.Icel. ljH, from *liX(w)an-,beside Goth. leihran, to lend; 0s. OHG. aha, OE. Ea from *eahu, beside Goth. ahra, water, rzkr; OE. seah, OS. OHG. sah, beside Goth. sahr, he saw; OE. neah, OS. OHG. nBh, beside Goth. n6h, near. 5 144. The consonants, which arose from the Indg. final explosives (t, d), were dropped in prim. Germanic, except after a short accented vowel, as OE. OHG. bere, Goth. baira, from an original form *bherolt, he may bear. See § 87, (2). § 146. Original final .m became -n, and then it, as also Indg. final -n, disappeared after short vowels in dissyllabic and polysyllabic words during the prim. Germanic period. For examples, see 87, (I). § 146. w disappeared before u, as Goth. ka*us, from *k(wjum= Gr. f3apJq heavy, prim. form '~r-rits; OE. nacod, older *nakud, OHG. nackut, from *nak(w)ud., beside Goth. naqaps, naked; OE. 0.IceI. sund, a szuitnmi~zg, from 'swumda-, cp. OE. swimman, 0. Icel. svimma, to switn; pp. OE. cumen, OHG. koman (beside quoman, a new formation), 0.Icel. komenn, OHG. inf. queman, to come; OE. swingan, to swing, beside pp. s(w)ungen; 0.Icel. svimma, to switn, beside pp. summenn. In verbal forms the w was mostly re-introduced in the pret. pl. and pp. after the analogy of forms which regularly had w, e. g. Goth. swultum, swultans, for 'sultum, *sultans, through the influence of forms like inf. swiltan, to die, pret. sing. swalt ;similarly qumum, qumans, for * kumum, * kumans, inf. qiman, to come. For levelling out in the opposite 70 Phonology I§§147-9 direction, cp. Goth. siggwan (regular form), beside OE. 0s. OHG. singan, to sing; Goth. sigqan, beside OE. sincan, OHG. sinkan, to sink, Q 147. Initial and medial sr became str, as OE. stream, 0.Icel. straumr, 0s. OHG. strijm, stream, cp. Skr. srivati, itflows ; pl. OE. Eastron, OHG. estariin, Easter, cp. Skr. usrd, dawn ; Goth. swistar, OE, sweostor, OHG. swester, sister, with t from the weak stem-form, as in the locative singular Goth. swistr = prim. Germanic lswesri = Skr. dat. svtisre. $148. The remaining Indg. consonants suffered no further material changes which need be mentioned here. Summing up the results of $5 128-47, we arrive at the following system of consonants for the close of the prim. Germanic period :- INTER- PALATALAND LABIAL.DENTAL. DENTAL.GUTTURAL. Explosives voiceless p t k [voiced b d g Spirants voiceless f I' s [voiced B d z Nasals m n '3 Lipids 1, r Semzbowels w j (palatal) To these must be added the aspirate h.

CHAPTER IX THE GOTI-IIC DEVELOPMENT OF THE GENERAL GERMANIC CONSONANT-SYSTEM

5 149. Germanic w remained initially before vowels and also initially before and after consonants except in the combinations kw (4 103) and xw ($ l65), as wigs, 0.Icel. vegr, OE. 0s. OHG. weg, way ; wulfs, OE. 0s. wulf, $8 150-11 The Semivowels 71

OHG. wolf, wolf; wlits, OE. wlite, O.S. wliti, face, look, beauty; wraka, OE. wracu, revenge, fievsecufion ; swis- tar, OE. sweostor, 0s. OHG. swester, sister; and similarly wahsjan, to grow ; wairs, worse ; waGrd, word ; wrikan, to persecute; dwals, foolish ; twAi, two ; twalif, twelve ; pwahan, to wash. It also remained : (I) Medially before vowels, as fidwbr, four; hawi, lzay ; nidwa, nest; siggwan, to si~zg; slawan, to be silent ; sparwa, spat-row ; taihsw6, nght Iiand; gen. kniwis, OE. cneowes, OHG. knewes, of a knee; mawi, @I;piwi, maid-sej-zvatzt; tawida, he did ; nom. pl. masc. qiwhi, alive; fawAi,few ; sniwan, to hasten. (2) Medially between a long vowel, diphthong, or consonant and a fol- lowing j or s, as Iewjan, to belrny ; hnhiwjan, to abase ; hnAiws, lowly ; snhiws, snow ; ufarskadwjan, to over- shadow. 13) Finally after long vowels, diphthongs, and consonants, as lgw, occaswtl ; hlftiw, pave ; frhiw, seed ; wafirstw (cp. 8 as), work. § 150. Germanic w became u after a short vowel with which it combined to form a diphthong: (I) Finally, as kniu, knee; triu, wood; beside gen. kniwis, triwis ; pret. snhu, he hastened, beside inf. sniwan. (2) Before con- sonants, as gen. mAuj6s, Piujijs, beside nom. mawi, grii'; Piwi, maid-servatzt ; inf. ttrujan, lo do, beside pret. tawida ; nPus, corpse, beside nom. pl. naweis; siuns from *sefg)wnis, sight, face. It also became u before -s, older -2, after the loss of an intervening vowel, as skadus from *skadwaz, shadow, Nora.-I. iu from older iw became ju in unaccented syl- lables, as norn. pl. sunjus from *suniu(i)z, older *suniwiz, *sunewes, sons. 2. For the Gothic treatment of iiw, Bwj, see §§ 80.81. 5 151. In a few instances medial -w- (or -ww-the origin of which is uncertain) after short vowels became-ggw-in Gothic and -ggv-,-gg- in O.icel., whereas the West-Gerntanic lan- 7 2 Phonology 16s 152-3 guages developed an u before this -w-which united with the preceding vowel to form a diphthong, or ii (when the pre- ceding vowel was u). The conditions under which this sound-change took place have not yet been satisfactorily explained. The examples are :-Goth. bliggwan, OE. *bltowan, OHG. bliuwan, to strrke; Goth. triggws, O.Ice1. tryggr, OE. triewe, OS. OHG. triuwi, We, faith. ful, cp. also Goth. triggwaba, truly, trfggwa, covenant; Goth. *glaggwus, exact, accurate, 0.Icel. gliiggr, OE. glLaw, OI-IG. glau (inflected form glauwLr), wise, prudent ; cp. also Goth. glaggwb (av.), diligently, glaggwuba (av.), diligently, accr~rately; Goth. skuggwa, 0.Icel. skugg-sj8, miwor, OE. sciiwa, OHG. sciiwo, shade, shadow.

i 5 16a. Germanic j remained in Gothic : (I) Initially, as jnggs, OS. OHG. jung, young; jer, year; juk, yoke. (2) Medially between vowels which remained as such in the historic period of the language, except in the combination ~j+vowel,as frijhds, fi-icnd; fijan, to hate ; ija (acc.), her; prija (neut.), three; sttijan, to judge. For the treat- ment of ikj in Goth. see $76. (3) MedialIy between a consonant and a following guttural vowel which remained as such in the historic period of the language, as IEwjan, to 6etray ; frawardjan, to destroy ; harjiis, arnttes ; halrdj6s, shepherds ; nasjan, to save ; sckjan, to seek. Cp. $ 157. 4 163. Medial -ij- became -i- before -s, older -2, after the loss of a vowel in final syllables, as nom. hairdeis from *Xirbij.az,shepherd ; freis from *frij.az,fret ; gasteis from *gastij.iz,guests = Lat. host& from *hostejes. Germanic 4ji. from older .eje-, 4je- became ifj)i = i after long closed stem-syllables and after unaccented syflables, but .ji. in other cases, as siikeis, thou seekest, from *s6kiCj)izi = Indg. *s&gbjesi; siikeip, hc seeks, from $144-61 The Semivowels 73

*sijki(j)idi = Indg. *s&gbjeti; and similarly frawardeip, he destroys ; rnikileip, lze pt-arbes ; gen. sing. halrdeis from *xirdilj)iz, older -ijes (with pronominal ending ($ 265)) ; IAisareis, teacher; ragineis, counsellor ; dAupeins, baptism, from *daupi(j)iniz,older .ejenis ; beside nasjis, nasjip, inf. nasjan, to save ; stiijis, stijjip, inf. stiijan, to jzidge. NoTE.--T~~gen. and dat. sing. of the long and polysyllabic .jan.stems of nouns and adjectives were remodelled after the analogy of the short stems, as fiskjins, fiskjin (4 208). wilpjins, wilpjin (1 238) for *fiskeins, *fiskein, *wilpeins, *wilpein, after the analo,~of forms like wiljins, wiljin, midjins, midjin. See also 4 183. On the other hand in the fern. abstract nouns formed from the first class of weak verbs ($200), those with short stems were remodelled after the analogy of those with long stems, as naseins for *nasjins after the analogy of forms like dkupeins, ltiiseins. 3 164. Final -i which arose from medial -ij- after the loss of a final vowel or syllable was shortened to i (cp. 8 a@), as voc. hairdi from *xirdij(i), older -ije; acc. hairdi from *xirdijjan. In like manner we should expect the impera- tive z pers. sing, of the first class of weak verbs to end in -i, as *siiki, seek thou ; 'hazi, praise thou, from *sBkij(i), *Xazij(i), older -eje., cp. Gr. +d$tc from *+d$t(j)a, fngltten tfzou. It is difficult to account for sBkei, hazei unless we may assume either that they were new formations from the 2 pers. sing. pres. indic. of verbs with long closed stem- syllables and of simple trisyllabic verbs or else that forms like voc. acc. sing. llairdi were new formations formed after the analogy of forms like voc. acc. sing. hari (4 156). 8 155. When medial -j- came to stand finally after the loss of a final vowel or syllable, it became 4, as voc. sing. hari, from *xarj(i); acc. sing. hari from *xarj.an, artny; nom. acc. sing. kuni from *kunj-an, race, generation. f3 166. In a few words medial -j. (or -8- the origin of which is uncertain) after short vowels became .ddj- in 74 Phonology [§§ 167-8 Gothic, and -ggj., -gg- in O.Icel., whereas the West- Germanic languages developed an i before this -$, which united with the preceding vowel to form a diphthong, or i (when the preceding vowel was i). A satisfactory explana- tion of this sound-law has not yet been found. The examples are :-gen. Goth. twaddj5, O.Icel. tveggja, OHG. zweio, of two, cp, Skr. dvlyBs ; Goth, waddjus, 0.Icel. veggr, wall, related to Lat. viere, to plait; Goth. iddja, I went, cp. Skr. &yam, I went; Goth. daddjan, to suckle, cp. Skr. dhlylmi, I suckle. 8 167. In Indg. .j- alternated with .ij-. The former occurred after short and the latter after long syllables, as Gr. pluos, piuuos from *plejos, Skr. madhyas, Indg. *medhjos, twidde, beside Gr. ~rdrprosfrom *rrdrptjos, Skr. pttriyas, Indg. "patrijos, pafernal This origin& distinc- tion was not fully preserved in Gothic, because the .ij. became simplified to -j. before guttural vowels which re. mained as such in the historic period of the language, as nom. PI. hairdj6s from *xirU(i)jBz,shepherds; and similarly in the other plural forms and in the dat. singular ($184). Prim. Germanic -ij- from Indg. -ej. had become -j- before guttural vowels in the prehistoric period of all the Ger- manic languages, as nasjan, to save; sekjan, to seek = Indg. *nosejonom, *sBgejonom; pres. first pers. sing. nasja, s6kja = Indg. *nosej6, 's8gejG; pl. nasjam, sijkjam. Cp. $162,(3).

LIQUIDSAND NASALS. $168. Germanic 1, m, n, g, r generally remained in Gothic : 1. Goth. lagjan, 0.fcel. leggia, OE. lecgan, 0s. leggian, OHG. leggen, to lay ; Goth. 0.Icel. OS. OHG. skal, OE. sceal, shall; and similarly laggs, long; haldan, to hold; salt, salt; wulfs, wolf; mcl, time; wulla, wool; fulls, ftfll. 8 1591 Liquids and Nasals 7 5 m. Goth. mgna, O.Ice1. mane, OE. msna, OS. OHG. msno, moon ; Goth. OE. guma, 0.Icel. gume, 0s. gumo, OHG. gomo, man ; Goth. 0.Icel. 0s. OHG. nam, I took ; and similarly mB1, time ; manna, man ; niman, to fake. Nm,-Medial .mn. hecarne -bn- which remained when the preceding syllable began with a voiceless consonant, but be- came -fn- by dissimilatim when the preceding syllable began with a voiced consontant, as witubni, knowledge; fastubni, obsarvancc, fash'ng ; frdistubni, temptation ; stibna, voice, cp. OHG. stimna ; vi-undufni, wound, pflgue ; waldufni, power, might. See 5 386. In namnjan, fo name; namnii;, oj names, the .mn. was re- introduced after the ana!o,y of nam5, namins, &c. n. Goth. OE. nimail, 0,Icel. nema, 0s. OHG. neman, to take ; Goth. sunus, OE. 0s. OHG, sunu, 0.Icel. sunr, son; Goth. O.IceI. kann, OS. OHG. kan, OE. can(@, I know; and similarly nahts, night; mGna, moon ; anpar, other ; manna, man ; rinnan, to run ; pret. rann, 1 ran. NOTE.- -nn-became -n. before consonants except j, as kant, thou knouicsf, beside kann, inf. kannjan, lo make Known; mins (adv.) from 'minniz, kss, beside adj. minniza, less. 9. On the representation of Germanic IJ in Gothic, see 5 17. It only occurred before k, q and g, as briggan, OE. 0s. OHG. bringan, to bvilzg; drigkan, OE. drincan, 0s. drinkan, OHG. trincan, fo drink; and similarly figgrs, fi*zgcr; gaggan, to go ; pagkjan, lo fluiik ; sigqan, fo sink ; pret. sagq, Ite sank. r. Goth. rhups, 0.1cel. raupr, OE. read, 0s. rBd, OHG. rot, red; Goth. harjis, OE. here, 0s. OHG. heri, arrlzy; Goth. 0s. fadar, O.Icel. fa'dir, OE. faeder, OHG. fater, father ; and sin~ilarlyraihts, nghf ; ram, house ; barn, clzild; batirgs, city ; swaran, fo swear; dahr, door ; fidwiir,four ; fairra (adv.), far. 4 160. 1, m, n, r, preceded by an explosive or spirant, became vocalic in unaccented syllables after the loss of 76 Phonology [§§ 160-1 a short vowel (5 88). The West Germanic languages generated a new vowel before the vocalic liquids and nasals which then became consonantal again, as Goth. nom. fugls, ace. fugl, OE. fugol, OS. fugal, OHG. fop&from *fuglaz, *fuglan, bird; Goth. ibns, ibn, OE. efen, 0s. eban, OHG. eban, from *ebnaz, *ebnan, men; Goth. akrs, akr, OE. aecer, OS. akkar, OHG. acchar, from *akraz, 'akran, field; and similarly Goth. tagl, hair; hunsl, sacr$ice ; sitls, seat ; miipms, ace. miipm, treasure ; bagms, tree ; ram, house; tiikns, token; lbugnjan, to de79 ; tagr, tear ; ligrs, bed; timrjan, timbrjan, to build; timrja, carpenter.

LABIALS. 5 160. Germanic p and f remained in Gothic, as piida, OE. psd, OS, p&da, coat; Goth. 0.Icel. OE. OS. pund, OHG. pfunt, pound; slspan, OE. slkpan, 0s. slapan, OHG. slafan, to sleep; diupS, O.Ice1. djtipr, OE. $Cop, 0.5.diop, OHG. tiof, deep; and similarly plinsjan, to dance; hilpan, to help ; skapjan, to create; skip, sh*. NOTE.-Initial p does not occur in Gothic in pure Germanic words. Goth. fadar, 0.Icel. fa'bir, OE. freder, OS. fadar, OHG. fater, father ; Goth. OHG. fimf, OE. 0.5. fif, five ; and similarly faran, to go ; fulls, full; hlifan, to steal; ufar, over ; wulfs, wo&

b, 8. Q 161. Germanic b, which only occurred initially and after m, remained in Gothic (5 133), as bairan, 0.Icel. bera, OE. OS. OHG. beran, to bear; dumbs, 0.Icel. dumbr, OE. dumb, OHG, tumb, dumb; and similarly badi, bed; barn, child; bindan, to bind; brijpar, brother ; , womb; lamb, lamb. $5 161-31 Gutturals 77

b 7 b after r and 1, as arbi, herifage ; swafrban, to an$e ; swarb, he w$ed; silba, self; kalbij, cdf; salbiin, to anoint. bzf after vowels both finally and before final .s. Hence the frequent interchange between b (written b in Gothic) and f in inflexion, as @ban, to give, pret. sing. gaf; sweiban, to cease, pret, sing. swaf; bi-leiban, to remain, pret. sing. bi-lfrif; gen. hlbibis, nom. sing. hlfrifs, acc. hlhif, loaf; , cp. on the other hand swafrban, to w$c, pret. swmb- NOTE.-^ occasional forms like grBb beside grX, he dug; hl&ib beside hlbif, the b had been transferred from forms where it was regular. Medial 8 (written b) remained unchanged after vowels, as haban, to have ; liban, fa dfvG ; sibun, seven ; ga.lhubjan, to believe; ibns, even. See $133.

5 162. Germanic k remained in Gothic, as kanf, 0.Icel. kyn, OS. OHG. kunni, OE. cynn, race, generation; juk, 0.1cel. ok, OE. geoc, OHG. joh, yoke; and similarly kalds, cold ; kinnus, cheek ; kniu, knee ; akrs, field; Bukan, to increase; skalks, servant; Gkjan, to seek ; ik, I.

6 168. kw (OE. cw, OS. OHG, qu, 0.Icel. kv) became a labialized k which had the same sound-value as Lat. qu, i.e. it was a simple sound, and not a compound one com- posed of the elements k+ w ; hence Ulfilas expressed it in his alphabet by a single letter u. In modem philological works the sound in question is transcribed by q. Examples are :-qEns, 0.Icel. kviln, OE. cwen, 0s. quan, W~C, 78 Phonology [§§ 164-5 mman ; qipan, 0.Icel. kvetSa, OE. cwepan, 0s. quetran, OHG. quedan, fo say ; and similarly qiman, to come ; riqis, darkness; naqaps, naked; sigqan, to sink; sagq, he sank.

h, x "164. Prim. Germanic x had already become an aspirate initially before vowels during the prim. Germanic period (5 143). It probably also became an aspirate in Gothic medially between vowels. Examples are :-haban, 0.Icel. hafa, OE. habban, OHG. habEn, to have; faihu, OE. feoh, OHG. fihu, cattle, properly; and similarly hairtb, heart; hafjan, to raise ; hund, hundred; tafhun, kn; peihan, to thrive. Germanic x (written h, and pronounced like NHG. ch) remained in Gothic in other positions, as hliifs, loaf, bread ; hliftus, thief; hrhins, pure, clean ; daatar, daughter ; filhan, to hide, bury; nahts, n&Itt; jah, and; phih, he throve. NOTE.-The final -hin unaccented particles was often assimi- lated to the initial consonant of the following word, as wasup- pan - wasuh-pan, anparuppan = anparuh-pan, jan-ni = jah- ni, jas-sa - jah-sa, nippan = nih-pan. xw Q 165. Initial Germanic xw (OE. 0s. OHG. hw, 0.Icel. hv) became hr (8 10) in Gothic, as bas, OE. hw8, 0s. hwE, OHG.hwer, who ? ; hreila, 0.Icel. hvil, OE. hwil, 0s. OHG. hwila, space of tiwze; and similarly hrairban, to walk; hrapar, whzclt of two ; hreits, white; htbpan, to boast. Medial and final xw also became lv in Gothic, but in O.Icel. and the West Germanic languages it became x. For examples see 8 143. NoTE.-T~~reasons for assuming that Goth. hr was a simple sound, and not a compound one ccmposed of h+w, arc:-- $5 166-91 Gutturals 7 9

(I) Ulfilas uniformly represented it by a single letter 0. (a) Ulfilas &rote hw only in compound words where h and w came together by composition, e. g. ubuhw6pida - uf + uh + wcpida, and he cricd oti! ; Pairhwakandans = Pairh + wakan. dana (pres. part. nom. 2rc. pl. of wakan, to wake, watch). (3) The principal parts of saihran, to see, are the same as those of strong verbs with stems anding in a single consonant other than a nasal or liquid (h, 307). (4) hr is treated as a single consonant in reduplicated syllables, as hraihGp, he boasted, inf. hr6pan. g, 3 3 166. Prim. Germanic g, which only occurred after q (3 132)) remained in Gothic as in the other Germanic languages, as tuggo, OE. tunge, 0s. tunga, OI-IG. zunga, tongue; and sirniiarly briggan, lo brrtrg ; Gggrs, I(inger; huggrjan, to hunger; laggs, long. t6167. The changes which Germanic g underwent in Gothic cannot be determined with perfect certainty. For the history of g in the other Germanic languages, see $133. Initially, and medially after consonants, it probably became g, as Goth. OE. guma, 0.1cel. gumi, 0s. gumo, OHG. gomo, man; bairgan, 0.Icel. bjarga, OE. beorgan, ONG. bergan, to hide ; and similarly gasts, guest; giban, to give ; g6ps, good ; grEtan, to weep ; fairguni, mountain ; tulgus, steadfast ; azg6, ash, ctizder. t 4 168. 3 (written g) remained medially between vowels, ancl medially after vowels before voiced consonants, as Aug6, O.Icel. auga, OE. Gage, OS. 6ga, OHG. ouga, eye; fugls, OE. fugol, 0s. fugal, OHG. fogal, bird; and similarly agis,fi.r;S.ht ; biugan, to bend ; steigan, fo ascend; bagms, tree; lagjan, to lay ; rign, rain ; tagr, tear. [email protected] vowels both finally and before -s, g probably became x (=NHG. ch), but was written g. This change of g to x can be assumed from the corresponding Gothic treatment of b (4 lei) and d f§ 173). Examples are acc. 80 Phonology I§§170-3 sing. dag, day ; wig, way ; 6g, Ifear ; mag, he can, ntay ; nom. sing, dags, wigs ; manags, much, many; bairrgs, city. DENTALS. t 4 170. Germanic t remained in Gothic, as tuggb, 0.Icel. 0s. tunga, OE. tunge, OHG. zunga, tongue; itan, O.Ice1. eta, OE. 0s. etan, OHG. eqqan, toeat; whit, 0.Icel. veit, OE. wst, 0s. wbt, OHG. weiq, he knows; and similarly tagr, tear; tamjan, to tame; twhi, two; wat6, water; witan, to know ; hairt8, heart; at, at ; mat, he measured. P 4 171. Germanic P remained in Gothic, as pagkjan, OE. pencan, 0s. thenkian, OHG. denken, to think; qipan, 0.Icel. kverda, OE. cwepan, 0s. queaan, OHG. quedan, say; acc. fiip, OE. Hp, OS. C8, OHG. eid, oath ; and similarly pairh, through ; pafirnus, ; Piup, good; br6par, brother; airpa, earth; frapjan, to undt!rsfand; wafrpan, to become ; qap, he said; warp, he became. d, $172. Germanic d, which only occurred initially and after n, remained in Gothic ($ 132), as dags, O.1cel. dagr, OE. dzeg, 0s. dag, OHG. tag, day; Goth. OE. OS. bindan, OHG. bintan, to bind; and similarly diups, deep ; driusan, to fall; dafihtar, daughter; dbps, deed; handus, hand; hund, hundred. $ 173. & became d after voiced consonants, as watird, 0.Icel. orii, OE. OS. word, OHG. wort, word; haldan, 0.1cel. halda, OE. healdan, OS. haldan, OHG. haltan, to hold ; and similarly alds, age, generation ; gards, house ; gazds, goad ; huzd, treasure. 13 became p after vowels both finally and before final -s; hence the frequent interchange between (t (written d) and p in inflexion, as inf. beidan, to abide, await; ana-biudan, 10 command; bidjan, to pray, beside pret. sing. btiip, -bAup, hap ; gen. sing. @dis, hftubidis, nasidis, beside nom. sing. g6ps, good, hhubip, head, nasips (pp.), saved. NOTE.-^^ occasional forms like bad, .b&ud, gads, gGd, beside the regular forms bap, -b&up,g6ps, giip, the d had been trans- ferred from forms where it was regular. Medial (written d) rcn~ainedafter vowels, as fadar, father; beidan, to abide, await; fidwijr, four; micljis, middle; fadrein, paternity, parents. See $ 133.

5 174. Germanic s remained in Gothic, as slspan, OE. slgpan, 0s. slspan, OHG. slafan,to sleep ; wisan, 0.Icel. vesa, OE. 0s. OHG. wesan, to be ; hiis (in gudahiis, house ofGod), 0.Icel. OE. 0s. OHG. hiis, house; and similarly sandjan, to send; sibun, saten ; sitan, to sit ; ganisan, to become whole ; lisan, to gafher; aGhsa, ox ; hals, neck ; was, f was. z $175. z only occurred medially and finally in prim. Germanic ($9 137, 141). Medial z, which became r in the other Germanic languages, generally remained in Gothic, as huzd, OE. 0s. hord, OHG. hort, treasure ; mAiza, OE. mara, OS, mera, OFIG. mGro, more, greater; and similarly azg6, ash, cinder ; razda, speech ; mizd8, pay, reward ; alpiza, older ; hazjan, to praise ; talzjan, to instruct. NOTE.--^^ the forms of strong verbs, medial z was supplanted by s through the levelling out of the a-forms, e. g. kusum, kusans for *kuzum, *kuzans, after the analogy of kiusan, k&us, &c., see 8 137. z was also supplanted by s in several weak verbs, which in 1187 G Phonology soale cases was due to the influence of the corresponding strong verbs, as nasjan, for *nazjan, after the analogy of nisan, cp. OE. nerian, OHG. nerien, to save; ur-rtiisjan, to raise up, sv. ur-reisan, lo arise, cp. OE. rgran, to raise; lsiisjan, cp. OE. $Bran,OHG. lEren, fo leach; wasjan, to clothe, cp. OE. werian, OHG. werien, to weor, see 1) 137 note. Germanic final .z became -s in Gothic, as gen. diuz-is, riqiz-is, but nom. dius, wild beast; riqis, darkness ; nom. sing. dags, from *bagaz, &y ; gasts from "gastiz, pest ; nom. pi. dagtis from 'da36z ; gasteis from *gas& ; nom. sing. akrs from *akraz, jeld; nimis from *nimiz(i), thou fahest. This .s was dropped when it came to stand after an original s through the loss of a vowel, as wafrs from *wirs(i)s older *wirsiz (av.), worse, cp. adj. wafrsiza, worse; nom. drus (gen. drusis) from *drusiz, fall; 16us, empty, but gen. 18usis; freihals, freedom, but gen. freihalsis. Final -s (-2)was dropped after a short vowel + consonantal r, cp. nom. sing. wafr, man; baGr, son; anpar, pzond; unsar, our, &c., beside nom. sing. dags, day ; gasts, pest; akrs,f;eZd ; swErs, honoured; skeirs, clear; gen. brGprs, of a brotlzer, &c. Final -(i)z also disappeared in the dat. pl. (originally instrumental) ending of nouns, adjectives and pronouns, if we are right in assuming that the ending was originally -mis = prim. Germanic -miz, as in dagam, gibcm, gastim, br6prum, blindhim, Pam. But the original ending may have been simply -mi. And similarly in the first pers. pl. of the pres. indic. which originally ended in -mes, -mos = prim. Germanic -miz, -ma2 (§ 287).

NOTE.-I. The z, in such forms as rfqiz, darkness; mimz, flcsh, meat, beside the regular forms riqis, mims, was due to the levelling out of the stem-form of the oblique cases. a. Final .z remained when protected by a particle, cp. e.g. wileiz-u? wilt thou 1; hraauh. em?, every; isei (rel. pr.), who ; Sibilants uz-uh (prep.), whether f, am ; beside wileis, thou wilt ; hr as ? who f ; is, he; us, ouf,from. 3. The prep. us became ur before r in compounds, as ur- reisan, fo arise; ur-rinnan, tg go out. The s in us- was some- times dropped in compourlds before st, as u-sta~ldan- us. standan, to stand up, cp, ahdi-skritnan, beside dis.skritnan, to be red in twuin. ACCIDENCE CHAPTER X DECLENSION OF NOUNS 8 176. GOTHICnouns have two numbers-singular and plural ; three genders-masculine, feminine, and neuter, as in the other Old Germanic languages, from which the gender of nouns in Gothic does not materially differ; four cases-Nominative, Accusative, Genitive, and Dative. The Vocative is mostly like the Nominative, but in the singular of some classes of nouns it regularly fell together with the Accusative, see $6 87-8. NOTE.-It should be noted that what is called the dat. sing. in Gothic is originally the instrumental in the a-stems (8 179) and rnasc. i-stems (8 196); locative in the fem. i. (8 198), u- ($ aoa), and all consonant-stems ($8 207-22) ; and the dat. only in the 5-stems (8 190). 8 177. In Gothic, as in the oldest periods of the other Germanic languages, nouns are divided into two great classes, according as the stem originally ended in a vowel or consonant, cp. the similar division of nouns in Sanskrit, Latin and Greek. Nouns, whose stems originally ended in a vowel, belong to the vocalic or so-called Strong Declension. Those, whose stems end in -n,belong to the Weak Declension. All other consonantal stems are in this grammar put together under the general heading of ' Minor Declensions '. The learner, who wishes to compare the Gothic case- endings with the corresponding forms of Latin, Greek, &c., $8 I 78-91 Declension oJ No~ns 85 will find it usehl to master Chapter V before attempting to do so, because what has already been stated there will not, as a rule, be repeated in the chapters on the Accidence.

5 178. The a-declension cnrnprises masculine and neuter nouns only, and corresponds to the Latin and Greek o.declension (Gr. rnasc. -os, neut. -ov, Lat. -us, .urn), for which reason it is sometimes called the 0-declension. The a-declension is divided into pure a.stems, ja-stems, and wa-stems. a. Pure a-sterns. 5 170. Masculines. SING, Nom. dags, day hliifs, loaf, bread Acc Voc. dag hlfiif Gen. dagis hliibis Dat. daga hlkiba PLUR. Nom. dag6s hlhib6s Acc. dagans hlhibana Gen. dagG h16ibG Dat. dagam hl Aibam NOTE.-I. On the interchange of f (hllifs, hlaif) and b (hlbibis, &c.), see 4 161. a On nom. forms like wair, man, freihals, fmdom, gen. wairis, freihalsis, see 4 176. The prim. Germanic forms of dags were: Sing. nom. *da3az, acc. *%agan, voc. *Ua3(e), gen. *Uagesa (with pronominal ending, 5 266), dat. *dagai, Indg. *dhoghS (cp. Gr. BrG, to a god), instr. *&age,-6 ; PI. nom. *dag6z, acc. *Uasanz, gen. *UagSn (cp. Gr. 8c&v, ofgods), dat. *dagomiz. From what has been said in Chapter V on the vowels of unaccented syllables, it will be seen that all the forms of the sing. and plural, except the dat. sing. and gen. pl., are regularly developed from the corresponding prim. Germ. forms. daga is the old instrumental used for the dative. The -e in dage, which presupposes a prim. Germ. ending -&n ($ 87, I), has never been satisfactorily explained.' The gen. in OE. 0.Icel. daga, 0s. dago, OHG. tago regularly goes back to "dag8n which would have become *dagZi in Gothic, cp. gibZi ($191). Q 180. Like dags are declined a great many Gothic masculine nouns, e. g. hips (gen. &Pis), oath ; asts, bough, fur&; akrs, field; bagms, h-ec; fisks, fish; fugls, bird, fowl; hunds, dog, hound ; himins, ; ligrs, bed, couch ; miipms, gft ; mafirgins, morning; stBins, stone ; sitls, seat ; skalks, servant ; Piudans, king; wigs, way ; winds, wind; wulfs, wolf. Like hltiifs is declined lfiufs, leaf. 6 181. Neuters. SING. Nom. Voc. Acc. watird, word hAubip, head Gen. watwdis hfiubidis Dat. waGrda hQubida PLUR. Nom. Voc. Acc. wafirda hiubida Gen. wa6rdE hBubid5 Dat. watirdam hitubidam The neuters only differed from the masculines in the nom. voc. sing, and nom. acc. plural, the prim. Germ. forms of which were *wordan, *word6 (Q 62). These regularly became waitrd, watirda in Gothic. NOTE.-^^ the interchange of P and d see 5 173. For suggested explanations see Jellinek, p. 100. $8 182-41 Declension of Nou~s p 182. Like watlrd are declined a great many Gothic neuter nouns, e. g. agis (gen. agisis), ffnr ; akran, fruit ; awistr, sheelSfold; barn, child; b16P (gen. blZjpis), blood; dius (gen. diuzis), wrld beast ; dah, door; eisam, iron ; gras (gen. grasis), grass ; hahrn, horn ; huzd, treasure ; jgr,year; juk, yoke; katkn, corn; lhun, pay, reward; leik, body, flesh ; mahpr, rnurd~v-; riqis (gen. riqizis), darkness ; silubr, ; skip, sh@; bgI, hair ; tagr, fear. Like hAubiP are declined liuhap, I<&(; wit6p, law. b. ja-stems. 8 183. Apart from the 4. it is necessary in this class of nouns to distinguish between (I) nouns which have a short stem-syllable or a long open stem-syllable and (2) those which have a long closed stem-syllable or when the stem (apart from any prefix) is of more than one syllable. In the former case the gen. sing. regularly ends in -jis and in the latter in -cis, see $8 163, 157. This dis- tinction was preserved in the masculines, but in the neuters the original difference was almost entirely obliterated in favour of nouns belonging to (I). The old and the new forms exist side by side in a few words, as gen. andbahteis, gawafrpeis, beside andbahtjis, gawairpjis. Cp. $ 163 note. $184. Masculines. SING. Non.. harjis, army hairdeis, he,-dstnnn Acc. Voc. hari hairdi Gen. harjis hairdeis Dat. harja hairdja PLUR. Nom. harj6s hairdj6s Acc. harjans hairdjans Gen. harji5 hairdjg Dat. harjam hairdjam The prim. Germ. forms of harjis were: Sing. nom. *xarjaz, acc. *Xarjan, voc. *~arj(e),gen. *xajesa (with pronominal ending), dat. *~arjb,-6 (originally instr.) ; PI. nom. *~arj8z,acc. *~arjans,gen. xarj8n, dat. *xar. jomiz. All the forms of the sing. except the norn., and all forms of the pi. except the gen., are regularly developed from the corresponding prim. Germ. forms. *xarjaz became *haris (cp. $165) and then the -j- in the cases where it was regular was extended to the nom. On harje, see Q 170. The prim. Germ. forms of hairdeis were: Sing. nom. *xir&jaz, acc. 'xirdijan, voc. *XirUij(e), gen. "xirdijesa, dat. *xirdijfi, -6 ; PI. nom. 'Xirdij6z, acc. *Xirbijanz, gen. *xirdij8n, dat. *Xirdijomiz. In the nom. acc. voc. sing. the -ij-became i after the loss of a, -(e), .an, then the i (written el) being protected by a consonant remained in the norn., but became shortened in the acc. and voc. (but see 8 154). In thegen. sing. -ije- became 4ji. and then the j disappeared between vowels; whence hairdeis. After the -ij- had become -j- in the dat. sing. and all forms of the pl, the further development of these case endings was the same as that of harjis (4 157). 4 186. Like harjis are declined andastapjis, adversary ; nipjis, kinsman. Like hafrdeis are declined andeis, end: asneis, servant ; hrhiteis, wheat ; li5keis, physician ; ragi- neis, counseIlor ; sipGneis, disci;bZe ; faGra-mapleis, ruler, prince ; btikareis, scribe ; lhisareis, teaclaer ; mbtareis, toll-taker. 5 186. Neuters. SIKG. PLUR. Nom. Acc. Voc. kuni, race kunja Gen. kunjis kunjb Dat. kunja kunjam The nom. acc. sing. and pl. regularly go back to prim. Germ. *kuqian, *kunjb. gg r s 7-90 1 Declension of Nouns 89

f 187. Like knni are declined badi, bed; fray, under- standing ; nati, net ; wadi, pledge ; gawi (gen. ghujis, 8 160), region, district; hawi (dat. hAuja), hay; taui (gen. tcjis, 8 el), deed, work; andbahti, seruice ; arbi, heritage ; gadni, counsel ; gawairpi, peace ;kunpi, knourledge ; reiki, power; piubi, theft; ufar-mQi, superscr~tion; fairguni, mountain ; fastubni, observance ; waldufni, power, See 8 183. c. wa-stems. $188. Masculines. SING. PLUR Nom. pius, seruant PiwBs Acc. piu piwans Gen. piwis piwe Dat, piwa piwam NOTE.-Of the masculine wa-stems there are only traces extant, viz. the nom. and gen. pl. of *Pius (4 1601, and the norn. sing. sndiws, snow, the acc. sing. of which would be snaiw, gen. snaiwis, see 4 149, (3).

$189. Neuters SING. PLUR. Nom. Acc. Voc. kniu, knee kniwa Gen. kniwis kmiwb Dat. kniwa kniw am NOTE.--I.Only plural forms of kniu are extant. Like kniu is also declined triu, zuood (f 160). a. frAiw, seed; gddw (OE. ggd), mi, lack; hlaiw, grave; IGw, occasion; walirstw, work, retain the w in the norn. acc. sing., see 149, (a), and are declined like wal5xd.

a. THE6-DECLENSION. 5 100. The 6-declension contains feminine nouns only, and corresponds to the Latin and Greek 8-declension, for 90 Accidence [§§ 19r-2 which reason it is sometimes called the H-declension. It is divided into pure hstems, jii-stems, and wb-stems. The w6-stems and also the jbstems with a short radical syllable are declined exactly like the pure b-stems. The remaining jii-stems are also declined like the pure 6.stems, except that the nom. sing. ends in -i.

5 101. a. Pure 6.stems. SING. PLUR. Nom. Acc. giba, ggt gibBs Gen. gibiis gibii Dat. gibhi gib6m

The prim. Germ. forms of giba were: Sing. nom. *gebb; acc. *gebijn (cp. Gr. xdpav, band), gen. *geb6z. dat. *gebai older *gebi% (= Indg. -gi; cp. Gr. 8eb to a goddess) ; PI. nom. ace. *3eb8z, gen. *geb6n, dat. *gebiimiz, from which the corresponding Gothic forms are regularly developed. 8 102. Like giba are declined a very large number of feminine nouns, as aha,river ; airpa, earth ;bida, request ; b6ka, leffer;b6ta, advantage; kara, care; Era, country, region ; graba, ditch ; hairda, herd; hreila, linze ; karkara, prison ; laiba, remrzant ; miita, custom-house ; rnulda, dust ; nEPla, needle ; riina, t~~~stcry; razda, language ; sitiwala, ; safirga, sorrow ; stibna, voice ; staua, judgment ; Piuda, people ; wamba, womb. W6-stems-bandwa, sig~t, token ; fijapwa (fiapwa). hatred; frijapwa (fxiapwa), love ; nidwa, rust ; triggwa, covenant. j6-stems-with a short radical syllable-brakja, s1'nj.e; halja, ; ludja,face; plapja, street; sibja, relafionshr) ; sunja, ; wrakja, persecution. The nom. sing. had its .a either from the pure 6-stems or else ~t was the acc. used for the old nominative. See 4 193. 5s 1~3-61 Declension of Nouns

$ y39" b. jb-stems. SING. PLUR Nom, bandi, band bandjiis Acc. bandja bandjbs Gen. bandjijs bandj6 Dat. bandjiii bandjbm Excepting the nom. sing. the prim. Germ. case endings were the same as those of the pure 6-stems. The nom. sing. was *Ban&, which regularly became bandi in Gothic. $194. Like bandi are declined jb-stems which have a long stem-syllable, and thosewhose stems are polysyllabic, as frijbndi, friend ; frhistubni, temptation ; hPiPi, field ; hati, command; mawi (gen. mbujbs, $ 160), maiden; piudangardi, kingdom ; Piwi (gen. piujes, 5 ISO), maid servant ; piisundi, tlzousnnd ; wasti, ciofjzing; wundufni, wound. 3. THEI-DECLENSION. 5 195. The i-declension contains only masculine and feminine nouns, and corresponds to the Lat. and Gr. i-declension (nom. Lat. -is, Gr. -LS, acc. -im, -iv). In the parent language the masc. and fern. i-stems were declined alike. In Gothic the nom. acc. voc. sing. regularly fell together with the a-declension (5 1791, which was the reason why the gen. and dat. sing. and probably also the gen. pi. of the masc. ncuns were re-formed after the analogy of the a-declension. 5 106. a. Nascuiines. SING. PLUR. Nom. gasts, guest gasteis Voc. gast Acc, gast gastins Gen, gastis gaste Dat. gasta gastim On the pl. forms see 5 198. Accidence

NOTE.-I. On nom. forms like drus, fall, badr, child, sm, gen drusis, badria, see 8 175. On the nom. sing. naus, corpse, beside nom. pl. naweis, see 4 150. a. The endings of the whole of the singular and of the gen. plural being the same as those of the a-declension, it can only be decided by aid of comparison with the other Germanic languages, whether a noun, whose pl. nom. dat. or ace. is not extant, belongs to this or to the a-declension. Thus the mutated vowel in OE. cyme,coming; dryre, fall, shows that Goth. qums, drus belong to the i-declension. 5 197. Like gasts are declined arms, arm; balgs, wine-skin ; barms, bosonr, lap ; briipfaps (gen. -fadis, $173), bridegroom ; gards, house ; hups, hip ; lbists, track ; mats, meat ; muns, thought ; saggws, song ; skiws, sea ; shups fgen. shudis, 3 173), sacrifice; staps (gen. stadis, 6 173), place ; striks, stroke ; plalihs,frz~ht. 8 108. b. Feminines. SING. PLUR. Nom. ansts,favour ansteis Voc. anst Acc. anst anstins Gen. anstitis anste Dat. anstii anstim The prim. Germ. forms of ansts were: Sing. nom. *anstiz, acc. *anstin, voc. *ansti, gen. *anstaiz (= Indg. -e?s, -ois), dat. *anstEi (originally the loc. ending) ; PI. nom. *anstiz (older -ijiz = Indg. .ejes, cp. Skr. triiyas, Gr. spris from *sph(j)rs, three); acc. "anstinz, gen. *an. sti(j)8n, dat. *anstimiz, from which the Gothic forms are regularly developed except the gen. pl. which was formed direct from anst- + the gen. pl. ending .8, see $8 87, 179. NOTE.-^^ forms like nom. usstass, gen. usstasstiis, resuwec- tion, see $176. 4 109. Like ansts are declined a great many feminine nouns, as itihts, property ; arbhips (gen. arbhidhis), labour; $5 a00-11 Decle~rsionof Nouns 93 asans, harvest ; anabiisns (anabusns 11, command ; anda- hafts, answer; dfcils, portion ; dgps (gen. dedfcis), deed; fadreins, fanlily ; fahgps (gen. fahedhis), joy ; fralusts, loss ; frawahrhts, sin; gabahrps, birth ; gahugds, thowht ; gakusts, test ; garnunds, re?r-letnbrance; ganists, salvniion ; gaqumps, assembly ; garuns, market-place ; gaskafts, crea- tion ; gatahrps, destruction ; haiirds, door; lists, craftiness ; missadeps (-dsds),nzisdccd ; magaps, maid ; mahts, power; manaseps (gen. -sEdfcis), world; mikildiips, ,..eafness; nhups, need; qEns, woman ; saiihts, sickness ; siuns, sight ; slahhts, slaughter; sijkns, search ; tfcikns, token ; pahrfts, need; urrists, resurrection ; wsns, hope ; wahrts, root ; wrijhs, accusatlbn. NOTE.-h&ims, village, is declined like ansts in the singular, but like giba (F) 101) in the plural. 200. In the same manner are also declined the abstract nouns formed from weak verbs of the second and third con- jugation ; as lapiins, invitation, inf. lap&, to invite ; mitiins, a thought, inf. mittin, to think over; salbiins, ointtnent, inf. salb6n, to anoint; sunjGns, a verifying, inf. sunjijn, to verfy; badins, dwelling, inf, bauan, to inhabit; libfcins, lge, inf. Iiban, to live; julsns, sufferance, inf. pulan, lo sufer. Abstract nouns formed from weak verbs of the first conjugation are also declined in tne same manner except that the nom. and gen. plural are like those of the Me- clension ($191), thus liiseins, doctri~e,gen. l6iseinhis, but nom. gen. pl. l&sein6s, ISseinii; other examples are galfcubeins, faith, inf. galfcubjan, to believe ; dfcupeins, baptism, inf. dfcupjan, to baptiee ; naseins, salvation, inf. na~jan,to save. See 8 153 note.

8 201. The tl-declension comprises masculine, feminine and neuter nouns, and corresponds to the Lat. and Gr. 9 4 Accidence [8§ 202-3 u-declension (norn. masc. and fern. Lat. -us, Gr. -us, acc. -urn, -uv; neut. nom. acc. 4,.u, -u), Q 202. a. Masculines and Feminines. SING. Nom. sunus (masc.), son handus (fern.), hand Voc. Acc. sunu handu Gen. sunitus handaus Dat. sun611 handhu PLUR. Nom. sunjus handjus Acc. sununs handuns Gen. suniwe handiwb Dat. sunum handurn NoTE.--T~~ above are the regular endings, but in a few instances the singular &u. and u-endings have been confused by later scribes, e. g. nom. aunaus beside sunus, dat, sunu beside sundu, voc. sunau (frequently) beside sunu. The prim. Germ. forms of sunus were: Sing. nom. *sunuz, acc. *sunun, voc. "sunu and *sunau (= Indg. -ou, cp. Lith. siinaG), gen. *sunauz (= Indg. -eiis, oils, cp. Lith. sGnaiis), dat. *sunGu (originally loc.); PI. norn. *suniwiz (=Indg. -ewes, cp. Gr. Ionic rrtjxaas from *mjxa[cs, fore-arms); acc. "sununz, gen. *suniwan (= Indg. .ew6m, cp. Gr. mjxawv from *stjxrFwv), dat. "sunurniz, from which the Gothic forms are all regularly developed except the -E. in the gen. plural, see $ 179. The fluctuation between sunu and sun& in the voc. sing. may be due to the old double forms. In the nom. pl. *suniwiz became 'suniuz and then sunjus ($150 note). 4 203. Similarly are declined the following masculine nouns and a few others : birus, messenger ; asilus, ass ; dhupus, deaf11; fairbus, wot-/a!; f6tus, foot ; hiihrus, ktcngeu ; hairus, sword; hliftus, tlzief; ibnassus, evenness ; kustus, test; lipus, lirnb; luftus, air ;lustus, desire ; magus, $9; 304-61 Declension of Nouns 9 5 boy; sakkus, sackcloth; sidus, nrstoril ; skadus, shadow; skildus, shield ; tunpus, toot/t ; pafirnus, tJtovn ; piudi- nassus, kitzgdoin ; wiprus, lanzb ; wulpus,glory ; wintrus, winter. $ 204. Besides handus also the three feminine nouns asilus, she-ass; kinnus, cheek; waddjus, wall.

b. Neuters. 5 aos. Of the neuter u-stems only a few traces are extant in Gothic. No plural forms occur. Nom. Acc. fafhu, cczti/e Gen. faihaus Dat. faihdu NOTE.-The gen. faihdus does not occur, but it can be inferred from filaus, tile adverbial gen. of filu, much. gkiru (nom. sing.), goad, and sihu (acc. sing.), victory, occur only once, and as glosses; the latter is probably miswritten for sigu, which

would then presuppose a masc. form *sigus 9 OHG. sigu, otherwise we should expect saihu (5 89). The acc. form leipu, sfrong drink, probably also belongs here, since it is neuter in all the orher old Germanic languages. The nom. acc. ended in the parent language in .U ~vhicfi regularly remained in Gothic ($ 88).

B. WEAKDECLENSION (~~STEMS). 8 208. In the parent language the nom. sing. ended partly in -En, 4x1, and partly in 4, -8. 'The reason fur this difference is unknown. 'The various Indg. languages generalized one or other of the two forms in prehistoric times, as in Gr. nom, rotptjv, shepherd; iyepiv, leader; acc. no~pCva, 4ycpdva, beside nom. Skr. rhj~,king; Lat. homo, man ; sermo, discourse ; acc. rAjZinarn, hominem, sermij. nem. In prim. Germanic the two forms existed side by side, as in Goth. hana from .en, 4x1 (5 87. (I)), beside tuggo, hairtij frotn -6 (5 89). In Goth. the -6 became restricted to the feminine and neuter, whereas in the West Germanic languages it became restricted to the masculine, as OE. guma, OS. gumo, OHG. gomo, man, from -8, beside OE. tunge, 0s. tunga, OHG. zunga, tongue; OE. Eage, 0s. 6ga, OHG. ouga, eye, from -6n. In the inflected forms the stem-endings had originally the following phases of ablaut : acc. sing. and nom. pl. -on-, Ioc. sing. -en., gen. dat. sing. and acc. gen. pl. consonantal -n-, dat. and loc. pl. vocalic -n.. These distinctions were not faithfully preserved in the historic period of any of the Indg. languages. Owing to levelling out in various direc- tions the different stem-endings were extended to cases to which they did not originally belong. Thus in Gothic the -an- in the nom. pl. hanans from prim. Germ. *xananiz was extended to the gen. The old form is still found in ab-n-E, of men ; afihs-n-i2,of oxen ; man-n-E, of men. In tuggii the 6 of the nom. sing. was extended to the other cases. And similarly in OE. the -an- of the acc. sing. of guma, man; tunge, tongue, was extended to the gen. and dat., so that all three cases became the same : guman, tungan. The masc. and fern. n-stems were originally declined alike, as in Latin, Greek and Sanskrit, but already in the prehistoric period of the Germanic languages they became differentiated in some of the cases by partly generalizing one or other of the forms. Thus, as we have seen above, the nom. sing. originally ended in -8 or -6n in both genders, Gothic restricted 3 to the feminine and -5n to the mascuIine, but in the West Germanic languages the reverse took place. In the feminine Gothic 0.Icel. 0s. and OHG. levelled out the original long vo~velof the nom. sing. into the oblique cases, whereas OE. had the same forms as the masculine except in the nom. sing. tunge from prim. Germanic 4%. From a morphological point of view the n.stems should 45 207-Sl Declension of Nouns 97 be divided into -an, =jan, and -wan stems, but in Gothic as in the other Germanic languages all three classes were declined alike. 5 207. a. Masculines. SING. PLUR. Nom. hana, cock hanans Acc. hanan hanans Gen. hanins hanane Dat. hanin hanam The prim. Germanic forms of hana were: Sing. nom. *Xanen or .Bn (cp. Gr. ~~otptjv,slzeplzerd; qyephv, leadet), acc. *Xananun (cp. Gr. i)y~i*6va),gen. *~anenazor *~aniniz (cp. Gr. rorpdvos), dat. (originally loc.) *~anini(cp. Gr. xocpivc) ; PI. nom. *xananiz (cp. Gr. tjyrpdv~s),acc. '~ana- nunz older 'xannunz (cp. Gr. iyeptivas, ru'vas = Indg. *kun-ns ($5 534), dogs), gen. lXannbn(cp. Goth. ahhsn-E, OE. oxn-a, of oxen, Gr. KUV-Cv,of dogs), dat. *~anunmiz. The Gothic cases of the sing. and the nom. p1. are regu- larly developed from the corresponding prim. Germanic forms. 'The acc. pl. hanans is the nom. used for the accusative, *XannBnwould have become *hannZi; hananE had the second .an. from the nom. pl., and the -E is of the same unknown origin as in dage (5 179). The dat. pl. was formed direct from han-+am, the ending or' the a-stems. 208. Like hana are declined a great number of weak masculines; as aha, mind; ahma, spirit; atta, jatlzer; brunna, well, spring; bliima, flower; fana, bit of clollz; galga, cross, gallozus ; gajuka, companrbn ; garda, fold; grtta6ra, tear, rent; guma, ntan ; hiuhma, croxd; hliuma, hearing ; liuta, hypocrite ; lukarnastapa, candlestick ; ma- @a, little boy; malma, sand; metla, nzoon; nota, stern of a shrp ; nuta, jsherman ; skula, deblor; smakka, fig; snaga, gatwent ; swaihra, father-in-law ; staua, judge ; weiha, priest. r 187 13 arbi-numja, heir; arbja, heir; baCrrgja, citizen ; bandja, prisoner ; faura-gaggja, govcmor; fiskja,jsher ; frAuja, master; gasinpja, companion; gudja, priest; hahja, horn-blower; niSlvundja, nelghbour; swiglja, p@er; timrja, caqenfer ; wardja, pard; wilja, will. See $ f6~note. gawaGrstwa,fellow-worker; skuggwa, miwor; sparwa, sparrow. NOTE.-aba, man, has in the gen. pl. abnE, dat. pl. abnam; and auhsa, ox, has in the gen. pl. auhsng. See 5 206. 9 209. SING. PLUR. Nom. manna, man mans, mannans Acc. mannan mans, mannans Gen. mans manni5 Dat. mann mannam manna generalized the weak stem-form man-n- which originally belonged only to the gen. dat. sing. and to all forms of the pl. except the nom. (8 206), cp. the similar levelling in Latin in caro, flesh, acc. carnem, gen. carnis, dat. carni, nom. pl. carngs, beside homo, man, hominem, hominis, homini, nom. pl. homines. Sing. nom. manna for *maria; acc. mannan for *manan ; gen. mans from *man.n.iz, for *manins, dat. mann from "manni, for *manin ; P1. nom. mannans for *manans from *mananiz, mans from *man-n-iz, gen. manne like a6hsnE (4 2061, dat. mannam formed like han-am ($ 207). The acc. pl. is the nom. used for the accusative. In the gen, sing. and nom. acc. pl. the -nnz was simplified to -ns after the loss of the -i. (Q 158 note). $ 210. b. Feminines. SING. Nom. tugg6, tongue managei, mw/titudc Acc. tugg6n managein Gen. tuggijns manageins Dat. tuggon managein b 2111 Declension of Nou~zs PLUR. Nom. Acc. tuggiins manageins Gen. tuggiinb managein6 Dat. tugg6m manageim I

The fem. n-stems were originaIly declined like the \ masculine. As has been pointed out in $ Z06 the -5 of the nom. tuggii was levelled out into the oblique cases just as in Lat, sermo, discourse, acc. sermonem, gen. sermanis, dat. sermhi, abl. serm6ne; PI. nom. acc. sermiin5s, gen. sermiinum, dat. abl. sermiinibus. The -1) in the gen. pl. regularly goes back to prim. Germanic -8n ($ 87,(1)). The dat. pl. was formed direct from tugg- + iim, the ending of the 8-stems (5 191). The in-stems had -in- in all forms of the sing. and pl. already in prim. Germanic, as Sing. nom. *mana$n, acc *managinun ; gen. *managinaz, or -iz, dat. *managini , PI. nom. *managiniz, acc. *managinunz, gen. *maria. ginan, dat. *managinmiz, from which the Gothic forms, except the nom. sing. and ace. dat. plural, were regularly developed. The regular nom. sing. would be *managi (8 87, (I)). managei was a new formation with -ei from the oblique cases. The acc. pl. manageins is the nom. used for the accusative (cp. $207). The dat. pl. manageim was a new formation similar to hanam, tugg6rn. On the origin of this declension, see Brugmann's Grundriss, vol. 11 (second ed.), pp. 312-18. 4 211. Lilre tugg1) are declined a large number of nouns, as agl8, anguish ; azg6, ash ; brinnii, fever ; drius$ slope ; full5, ful~zess; gajuk6, parable; kalb6, cay; mawilii, yotitrg maiden; mizd8, rezvard; qin8, woman; stafrn8, star ; swaihr6, mother-riz-law; PHh5, clay; teihr8, fjztrnder. arbj6, Izeiress ; brunjii, breast-plate ; gatimrjii, buif'ditg ; hGM6, clzamber ; nipjii, female cousi~z; rakj5, account ; sakjii, strye. gatwii, street ; iihtw6, early mom ; wahtwii, watch. H 5) 100 Accidence [§Q211-13

$ 212. Like managei are declined a large number of nouns, most of which are formed from adjectives, as aglfiitei, lasciviousness; fiipei, mother; Budagei, blessed- ness; bfiitrei, bitterness; balpei, boldness; bafrhtei, behf- ness; bleipei, mercy; diupei, depth; drugkanei, duunken- ness ; friidei, understanding ; gagudei, piety ; garaihtei, nghfeousness; hhuhhairtei, pride ; hliitrei, puriby ; kilpei, womb; liutei, deceit; marei, sea; mikilei, greatness; pramstei, locust; palirstei, thirst. $213. c. Neuters. SING. PLUR. Nom. Acc. hairtb, heart hafrtijna Gen. hairtins hairtanE Dat. hairtin hairtam The neuter n-stems had originally the same endings as the masc. and fem. except in the acc. sing. and nom. acc. plural. Nom. acc. sing. hafrtii from *xertB ($ 206). The nom. acc. pl. had -6na in the fndg. parent language. This was changed in print. Germanic into 4x16 with -6 from the neut. a-sterns ($ 181). -6n6 regularly became -6na in Gothic. The dat. pl. hairtam was formed in the same manner as hanam ($ 207). Q 214. Like hafrtij are declined the following nouns:- Augij, eye ; hus6, ear; BugadalirB, wrndow ; barnil6, iiftle child; kalirn6, corn ; sigljij, seal; pairkij, hole. NOTE.-wat6, water, has in the dat. pl. watnam, and nam6, name, has in the nom. acc. pl. namna; other plural cases of these two words are not extant. C. MINORDECLENSIONS. 5 a15. I. Stems in .r. SING. PLUR. Nom. br6par, brother brijprjus Acc. brapar brijpruns Gen. brijprs br6pre Dat. bropr brBPrum $$ 2 16-1 11 Declension of Nouns 101

f n the parent language the words for father, molher and daughter had in the sing. nom. .t@r,acc. loc. .term,voc. -ter, gen. dat. .tr- (with cor~sor~antalr), PI. nom. -ter., acc. gen. .tr- (with consonantal r),dat. loc. -tr-(withvocalicr), cp. $206 The word for brotltev had sing. nom. -t6r or .tEr, and the word for sister .br (see $ 147) with short -or- or loss of -0- in the other cases just as in -tiir, -ter-, -tr-. In Goth. -e., .o. regularly became .a- before the following -r-(cp. $$ 80 ' note, 106). The prim, Germ. forms of br6par were : Sing. norn. *br6Pijr, or e6r (cp. Gr. Dor. cbphrwp, +p&~qp, member of a clan, ~a~~~,~iafJ~e~),acc. 'brBparun, nr -erun (cp. gp&ropa, +p&rcpa), *'br6Par, or .er (cp. tpp&rop, +~&TC~)~gen. *brijpraz, sr -ia (cp, xarpds, Lat. patris), dat, *br6pri(cp. warpi); PI. nom. *br6jmriz, or -iriz (cp. +ph~op"r, .rrar@ts), acc. *brijprunz, gen. *br6prBn (cp. aarpGv), dat. *briiprumiz; from which all the Gothic forms are regularly developed except the Ram. sing. and the nom. and gen. plural. The nom. sing, is the act. or voc. used for the nominative. The ending .6r, -Er would not have become -ar in Gothic, see 5 88 note. The nom. pl. was formed after the analogy of sudus ($ 202) owing to the acc, and dat. pl. regularly falling together in both declensions. On the -G in brijpre see 4 179. 5 216. In the same rnatlner are declined :-darifitar. daughter; swistar ($ 1471, szster. The word factar,gCatl~er, only occurs once, and that in the voc. or norn. sing. *mijdar, mother, does not occur at all, instead of whicli hipei ($ 212) is used.

2. Stems in .nd. Q a17. The nouns of this declension are old present participles, like Lat. ferens, bearing, gen. ferentis, and originally had the same case endings as the other con sonantal stems. But in Gothic as in the other Germanic languages they underwent various new formations. The 102 Accidence [g~a 18-20 nom. sing. was a new formation with d. from the inflected forms, cp. Lat. ferens from *ferenss older *ferents(4 138); acc. frij6nd from *frij6ndun, dat. frij6nd from *frijbndi; nom. pl. frijbnds from *frij6ndiz, which was also used for the accusative. The gen. sing. and gen. dat. pi. were formed after the analogy of the a-stems (1 179). For the declension of the present partici~lesin Gothic, see Q 239. SING. PLUR. Nom. frij6nds,jXe;zd frij6nds Voc. Acc. frij6nd frijiinds Gen. frij6ndis frijijnde Dat. frijiind frijiindam $ 218. In like manner are inflected the extant forms of allwaldands, t/te Almtk/zly ; bisitands, nekhbour ; dbupjands, baptizer; fritujinbnds, ruler; fijands, enemy; fraweitands, avenger ; gibands, giver ; merjands, pro- claimer; midumhds, mediator; nasjands, saviour; talz- jands, teaclaer. 3. Masculines. 4 ale. Of the masculines belonging here we have only traces, as sing. nom. mEn6ps, mont/z, gen. mGn6ps (or rnenijpis?), dat. mEnijp, pl. nom. acc. meniips, dat. mEn6P- urn; sing. nom. reiks, ruler, gen. reikis, dat. reik, pl. nom. acc. reiks, gen. reikE, dat. reikam; sing. nom. weitwiids, witness, acc. weitwijd, pl. nom. weitwiids, gen. weitwiidg. g 220. 4. Feminines. SING. PLUR. Nom. baurgs, cily baGrgs Acc, ba6rg ba6rgs Gen. baiirgs batirgg Dat. bakg balirgirn $5 221-31 A a'jeciz ves 103 The prim. Germ. forms of baurgs were: Sing. nom. *bur~s(3 1381, acc. *burgun, gen. 'burgaz or .iz, dat. *burs$; P1. noni. *Burgiz, acc. "Durgunz, gen. *Burg8n, dat. *bur3umiz, fro111 xi-hich are regularly developed the gen. dat. sing. and nom. pltiral (but see 4 169). Nom. $ng. baGrgs for *balirhs with g from the other cases. The acc. pl. is the nom. used for the accusative. The acc. sing. and gen. and dat. pl. were formed after the analogy of the i-stems (5 198). The regular forms would have been *badrgu, *bafirg5, * bafirgum. $221. In the same manner are declined :-alhs, temple; brusts, breast ; dulps, feast ; miluks, miik ; mitaps (gen. mitads), measure ; nahts, night, but dat. pl. nahtam, formed after the analogy of dagam ($178); spaurds, racecourse ; waihts, thing. NOTE.--dulps and waihts are also declined according to the i-declension (3 198). 5. Neuters. $ 222. Sing. nom. acc. fin,jre, gen. funins, dat. funin. No plural forms occur.

CHAPTER XI

$ 223. In the parent Indg. language nouns and adjectives were declined alike without any distinction in endings, as in Latin, Greek, and Sanskrit. What is called the un- inflected form of adjectives in the Germanic languages is a remnant of the time when nouns and adjectives were declined alike. But already in Indo-Germanic the pro- nominal adjectives had partly nominal and partly prono- minal endings as in Sanskrit. In prim. Germanic the endings of the pronominal adjectives were extended to all adjectives. These remarks apply to what is called in the Germanic languages the strong declension of adjectives. The so-called weak declension of adjectives is a special Germanic formation by means of the suffixes =en., .on., which were originally used to form nomina agenfis, and attributive nouns, as Lat. ed6 (gen. ed6nis)) glutton, Goth. staua, judge, wardja, guard, watchman, gen. stauins, wardjins; Cat. adjectives catus, sly, cunning, riifus, red, red-haired, silus, pug-nosed, beside the proper names Cat5 (gen. Cat6nis), lit. the sly one, Rufc), the red-hazked man, Sil6, the pug-nosed man; and similarly in Gothic blinds, blind, liuts, hypocritica(, deceivul, weihs, holy, beside blinda, blind man, liuta, hypocrite, weiha, priest, lit. holy one. Such nouns came to be used attributively at an early period, and then later as adjectives. And already in prim. Germanic this weak declension became the rule when the adjective followed the definite , as ahma sa weiha, lit. fheholy one ; OE. Wulfmgr se geonga, Wulfm~rthe Young, OHG. Ludowig ther snello, Ludm(g the Brave, cp. NHG. Karl der Grosse. At a later period, but still in prim. Germanic, the two kinds of adjectives-strong and weak- became differentiated in use. When the one and when the other form was used in Gothic is a question of syntax (8 430). It should be noted that there were also adjectival n-stems in the parent Indg. language, but that they did not have vocalic stenls beside them as is the case in the Ger- manic languages. 5 a24. In Gothic the adjectives are declined as strong or weak (p 430). They have three genders and the same cases as nouns.

5 2%6. The strong declension contains a-stems, isstems, and u-stems. The case endings are partly nominal and partly pronominal, the latter are printed in italics. The endings have already been explained in the vocalic declension of nouns. The pronominal endings will be explained in 8 266. a.stems. 5 226. The a-stems are sub-divided into pure a-stems, ja.stems, and wa-stems. The nominal endings of the pure asstems for the three genders are the same as those of dags f$170), wa6rd ($ 181)) giba (8 101). Pure a-stems. SING. Masc. Neut. Fern. Nom. blinds, blmd blind, blindata blinda Ace. blindana blind, blindaia blinda Gen. blindis blfndis blindaislis Dat. blindamma blindamma blind& PLUR. Nom. blindar blinda blind& Acc. blindans blinds blindBs Gen, blindai%! blindaikii blinduizii Dat. blindaim blindaim blindaim Nor~.--On adjectives like lttus, em$@ (gen. 1Busis) ; gaqiss, consenting (gen. gaqissis), see 175 ; g6Ps (gcn. gijdis), goad. see Q 173 ; liufs (gen. liubis), dear, see 161. 8 227. Like blinds are declined by far the greater ma- jority of Gothic adjectives. Examples are aweins, eternal; airpeins, earth& ; alls, aN; arms, poor ; hudags, blessed ; bairhts, bright ; b&trs, bitter ; barnisks, childislz ; diups, deep; dumbs, dumb; dwals, foolish; fagrs, beautful; fr6ps (gen. frbdis), wise; fulgins, hidden; fulls, fuN; galeiks, like ; gAurs, sad ; g6ps (gen. gBdis), good; grh- dags, hungry ; gulpeins, golden ; hAils, whole ; halts, lame; handugs, wise ; hlWrs, pure ; hulps, gracious ; ibns, even : 106 Accidence [§§ 228-9 juggs, young; kalds, cold; laggs, long ; lats, slotful; leitils, little; liufs (gen. liubis), dear; mahts, possrbLe ; mahteigs, nzghhty ; manags, much ;mikils,great; mijdags, angry; raihts, right ; saps (gen. sadis),full; sineigs, old; siuks, sick ; smals, small ; snutrs, wise ; swarts, 6lack ; swCirs, hojzoured ; swinps, strong ; tils, fit ; ubils, evil; unweis, unlearned ; wafrps, worthy ; weihs, holy.

ja-stems. 5 zas. The ja-stems are divided into two classes like the corresponding declension of nouns (5 183) : (I) ja-stems with a short radical syllable, and those whose stems end in a vowel ; (2) ja-stems with a long stem-syllable. The latter only differ from the former in the singular. The i~ominalendings of (I) are the same as those of harjis (9 184), kuni (4 183), giba (5 191) ; and of (2) hairdeis ($184)' kuni ($186),bandi ($ 103). SING. Masc. Neui. Fern. Nom. midjis, )lziddle midi, midjata midja Acc. midjatra midi, midjata midja Gen. midjis midjis midjazz6.s Dat. midjanzma midjamma midjBi PLUR. Mnsc. Neut. Fern. Nom. midjai midja midjijs Acc. midjans midja midjqs Gen. midjdizi? midjaba midjdizii Dat. midjdiut midjdim midjaim 229. Like midjis are declined aljis, other; gawiljis, willing ; sunjis, true ; unsibjis, lawless ; fullatijjis, perfect ; niujis, new ; ubiltiijis, eviTdoi~zg. Frija., free, has in the norn. sing. masc. freis ($ 153). 8 230. SING. Masc. Netti. Fem. Nom. wilpeis, wild wilpi, wilpjafa wilki Acc. wilpjuna 1 wiaa wilpja Gen. wilpeis wilpeis (or -jis?) wil)j,jriizGs Dat, wilJ-jamma wf1)j;jnmwza wilpjiii N~TE.-T~~gen. sing. of an adjective belonging to this class is not extant. 231. Like wilpeis are declined airzeis, astray ; alpeis, old ; fairneis, oId ; w6peis. sweet,

232. The wa-stems are declined like the pure a-stems. Only a very few adjectives of this class are extant in Gothic: triggws, fme; lasiws, weak, the regular form of which would be *lasius (4 150), occurs once only, and that in the nom. sing. masc. The nom. singular forms +qius, aizve, pl. qiwfii ; *fiius, Iifile, pl. fawfii ; 'ussk8us, vz@ant, pl. usskawfii, do not occur. See $S 149,160.

i-stems. 4 233. With the exception of the nom. sing. all genders, the acc. sing. neut., and the gen. sing. nlasc. and neut., all the forms went over into the ja-declension with the same endings as rnidjis ($ 228). Mom. sing. hrftins like gasts ($ 196), ansts (Q 108) ; gen. sing. hrtiinis like gastis; nom. acc. sing. neut. hrgin from prim. Germ, *xraini, cp. OE. bryce (neut.) from *bruki, brittle; Gr. Irspr, ski@l. The gen. sing. fem. of an adjective of this class is not extant; nor is the .ata form of the nom. acc. sing. neuter. 108 Accidence [§§ 234-5 SING. Masc. Netrt. Fern. Nom. hriiins, clean hrhin hriiins Acc. hrhinjana hrhin hriinja Gen. hriiinis hrfrinis *hrfrinjriiz?is Dat. hriinjamma hrAinjnnrnia hrAinj5ri PI.UR. Nom. hriiinjdi hriinja hrfiinjk Acc. hriiinjans hriiinja hriiinjBs Gen . hrAinjaieZ hrPinjkiz2 hrhinjaie6 Dat. hrhinjainr hrhinjainr hsiinjaim 5 234. Like hriiins are declined anal&ugns, hidden; anasiuns, visible ; andangms, pleasant ; hubs, desert ; briiks, useful; gafAurs, well-belzaved ; gamiiins, common ; sels, kind; skfruns, beautz~il; skeirs, clear; suts (? siits), sweet; and a few others.

Q 336. The u-forms appear only in the nom. sing. of all genders and in the acc. sing. neut. and are like sunus (5 aoaf, faihu f§ 205). The gen. and dat. sing. of all genders are wanting. The ending of the gen. sing. masc. and neut. would probably be -&us; cp, the adverbial gen. filius (§ 205 note). The nom. acc. neut. pl. are also wanting. All the other extant cases have passed over into the ja-declension. SING. Masc, Neut. Fern. Nom. hardus, hard hardu, hardjafa hardus Acc. hardjana hardu, hardjala hardja Gen. *hardbus *hardius *hardjaiaik Dat. *hardjamma *hardjamma 'hardjiii PLUR. Nom. hardjai *hardja hardj6s Acc. bardjans *hardja hardjijs Gen. hardjbize hardjn'ize' hardjais6 Dat. hardjaim hardjuim hardjaim Q 236. Like hardus are declined the following adjectives : -aggwus, narvow ; aglus, dzfictri'f; hnasqus, soft; kafirus, heavy ; manwus, ready ; qalrrus, gentl;?; seipus, [ale; tulgus, steadfast; twalibwintrus, tulelve years old; pafirsus, zuifhered; plaqus, soft.

237. The weak declension of adjectives agrees exactly with that of the three nouns hana (5 207), hairtij (4 2131, and tuggb (8 210). SING. Masc. ILTeut. Fern. Nom. bfinda, blind blind6 blind6 Ace. blindan blind6 blindijn Gen. blindins blindins blindijns Dat. blindin blindin blindijn

PLUR. Nom. blindans blindana blindiSns Ace. blindans blindona blindijns Gen, biindang blindang blindijnii Dat. blindam blindam blindijm

Q 238. In the same manner are declined the weak forms of the ja-sterns. See 5 153 note. The i- and u-stems are also thus declined, but have the endings -ja, -j6, -jb in the nom. sing. like the ja-stems, thus :- A ccidence

ja-stems. SING. Masc. iVc24t. Fem. Nom. niuja, nPzu niujii niuj6 Acc. niujan niujij niujiin &c. kc. 6c. SING. Nom. wilf?ia,curld wilpj6 nrilkjb Acc. wilpjan wilf?jb wilWBn kc. S-c. &€. i-stems. SING. Masc. Net4 t. Fem. Nom. hrhinja, clcn~z hr4inj6 hr5injij Acc, hrbinjan hrkinjii hrhinj6n 8.c. kc. kc. u.stems. SING. ilhsc. Neui. Ftm. Nom. hardja, hard hardj6 hardjii Acc. hardjan hardjij hardjiin Erc. kc. kc.

8 239. In the parent language the stern of the present participle ended in -nt, as in Lat. ferent-, Gr. ~~POVT-~ beari~g. The masc. and neut. were originally declined like consonant stems ($ 217), and the fern. like bandi (8 103). This original distinction was not preserved either in Gotltic or the \Vest Germaniclnnguages. In Gothic the present participle came to have only weak forms except In the masc. nom. sing. nimands ($ 217) beside nimanda. In other respects it is always declined weak like the three nouns hana ($207), hairt6 (9 213), managei (5 210). The reason why the fern. is declined like managei and not like tugg6 is owing to the fact that the original ending of the nom. was -i ($5 103,210). In the West Germanic languages the masc. and neut. went over into the ja-declension after the analogy of the feminine, and then the pres. participle came to be declined like an ordinary adjective according to both the strong and the weak declension. GING. Masr. Neut. Fern. Nom. nimands tiimanda, takiwg nimand6 nimandei Acc. nimandan nimandij nimandein Gen. nimandins nimandins nimandeins Dat. nimandin nimandin nimandein PLUR. Nom. nimandans nimandijna nimandeins Acc. nimandans nimandiina nimandeins Gen, nimandanc nimandans nimandein6 Dat. nimandam nimandam nimandeim $ 240. The past participle has both the strong and the weak declension. In the former case it is declined like blinds (8 226), and in the latter like blirlda ($ 23:). 4 241. Strong. SING. ltfffsc. 1Veut. Fern. Nom. numans, taken numan, numanata numana Acc. numanana numan, numanata numana kc. &c. &c. In the same manner are declined the past participles of weak verbs, as nasips, saved, acc. nasidana; salbops, anointed, acc. salbijdana, kc. On the interchange of P and d see $ 173, I 12 Accidence

5 aea. Weak. SING. Masc. Neut. Fern. numana numanb numan6 Nom. { nasida nasid6 oasid6 numanan numanb numantin Acc. { nasidan nasidb nasid6n &c. &c. &c.

D. THECOMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES. I. The Comparative Degree. 5 243. The Indg. parent language had several suffixes by means of which the comparative degree was formed. But in the individual branches of the parent language one of the suffixes generally became more productive than the rest, and in the course of time came to be the principal one from which the comparative was formed, the other suffixes onIy being preserved in isolated forms. The only Indg. comparative suffix which remained productive in the Germanic languages is -is.,which became .iz. (=Goth. .iz-,OHG. -ir-, OE. -r-) in prim. Germanic by Verner's law ($136). To this suffix was added in prim. Germanic, or probably in the pre-Germanic period, the formative suffix .en-, .on., as in Gr. q8Lov from *~FaSl~wv,gen. 4Slovos = Goth. sttiza, gen. sittizins, OHG. suoqiro, gen. suoz,- iren, OE. swGtra, sweeter, gen.swStran. This explainswhy the comparative is declined weak in the oldest periods of the Germanic languages. In Gothic it is declined like the present participle ($ 239), except that the nom. sing. mast. is always weak. Beside the suffix -iz. there was also in prim. Germanic a suffix -62- (Goth. -62-, OHG. -6r-, OE. -r-) which did not exist in Indo-Germanic. This suffix is a special Germanic new formation, and arose from the comparative of adverbs whose positive originally ended in -8 = Indg. ablative ending -6d ($ 89). And then at a later period it became extended to adjectives. In Gothic the ja.stems, i-stems, and u-stems take the suffix -iz.; pure a-stems son~etimes take the one, sometimes the other suffix, thus :- POSITIVE. COMPARATIVE. manags, g?aad managiza juggs, yorrng jiihiza (6s 62, 137) swinps, sl?-o~tg swinp6za alpeis, old alpiza s6ts, sweet s6tiza hardus, hard hardiza

2. The Superlative Degree. (j a44. The superlative, like the comparative degree, was formed in the Indg parent language by means of several suffixes. B~at in the individual branches of the parent language one of the suffixes generally became more productive than the rest, and in the course of time came to be the principal one from which the superlative degree was formed, the other suffixes onIy being preserved in isolated forms. The only superlative suffix which re- mained productive in the Germanic languages is -to- in the combination -isto-, formed by adding the original superlative suffix -to- to the comparative suffix -is-, as in Sanskrit and Greek, as Gr. ;ISlmos = Goth. siitists, OHG. suogisto, OE. swEtest(a), sweefest. The simple superlative suffix -to- has been preserved in Gr., Lat., and the Germanic languages in the formation of the ordinal numerals, as Gr. PKTOS, Lat. sextus, Goth. saihsta, OHG. sehsto, OE. siexta, sixth. The Germanic suffix .6st. was a new formation like -6z- in the comparative. In Gothic the rule seems to have been that adjectives which had -iz- in the comparative had -kt-in the superlative, and those 1187 I which had dz-in the comparative had -6st- in the superla- tive ; but there are not sufficientexamples of the compara- tive and superlative of the same adjective extant to enable us to establish the rule with certainty. The superlative has both the strong and weak declension. In the former case it is declined like blinds (5 226), except that the neut. nom. acc. sing. in -ata does not occur, and perhaps was not in use; and in the latter case like blinda (8 237). Examples of the superlative are armiists, PoorPst; h5u- hists, hkhest ; managists, greatest.

3. Irregular Comparison. 5 245. The folIowing adjectives form their comparative and superlative from a different root or stem than the positive :- PO~. COMP. SUPERL. g6Ps (gen. g6dis), good batiza batists leitils, little rninniza minnists mikils, peat mhiza m6Ists sineigs, old wanting sinista ubils, evil wairsiza wanting NOTE.-sinista is used as the translation of Gr. rpro~v'rcpos, elder, phi sinistans, the elders. 246. There are six superlative forms ending in -ma, -tuma, -duma which were formed from adverbial stems with the Germanic superlative suffixes .urn-, -turn., -&urn., cp. Lat. optimus, best; intimus from *enternos, inmost = Indg. *en-tmoswith vocalic m (§ 63). On the -t- beside d see $$I28note z, 136. The forms are : afihuma, &her; fruma, the fomter, prior, first ; innuma, the inner, innmost ; aftuma, the following, next, posterus ; iftuma, thefolhirzg, next ; hleiduma, the left, which are all declined weak like hana ($207), hafrt6 ($ 213), managei (5 210). These came to have a comparative meaning in Gothic, and then to afihuza, aftuma, and fruma new superla- tives afihumists (ad~kmlsts),h&Itest, aftumists, last, after- most, frumists, fir54 were formed ; and similarly hindu- mists, hindmost, spddumists, iffst, from *hinduma, *sp& duma. . NUMERALS. r. Cardinals. 4 247. The extant s-~rdinalnumerals are :--Bins, one; twAi, two ; prija (nerrl,), three ; fidwor, four; fimf, jve : saihs, si.r ; sibun, snwz ; ahtiu, eight ; niun, ntne ; tafhun, fen ; 'fiinlif (but dat. kinlibfm), eleven ; twalif fdat. twa- libirn), twelve ; fidwiir&ax'hun,fourteen ; fimftafhun, ji/een ; twhi tigjus, twen[y ; '!reis tigjus (but acc. )rim tiguns), ilzit-~;fidwiir tigjus, !bt-[y; fimf tigjus, f;f& ; saihs tig- jus, six& ; sibuntehund, seventy; ahtiutehund, e+&, niuntehund (gen. niuntehundis), ninety; taihuntehunti (taihuntafhund), ktcndi rd ; twa hunda, two Izundred ; prija hunda, three ktrar$ved; fimf hunda, firre hundred; niun hunda, nine ~~~~~~~~ed; Pfisundi, ihousa~zd; twbs Piisundjtis, two thousand ; *g.(= *)reis, see Q a) JJiisundjtis, three thousand; fidwiir pEsundjtis, four ilzowsntzd; fimf jliisundjbs, jive thottsa~rd; and the datives mip tafhun piisundjiim, with ten t/zousafzd; mip twhirn tigutn biisundj6, with twenty thousand. See 7 2. The fina1.n in sibun, niun. taihun = prim. Germ.*set)un, older -urn, newun (Indg. *newn with vocalic n), 'tehun, older -urn (5 $71, was either due to the inflected forms (5 262) or else to the influence of the ordinals ($ 253) as in 0s. and 01-IG. "Ainlif and twalif originally meant some- thing like (ten and) one lcft over, (ten and) two left oirer, cp. Lithuanian venCilika, eleven, dvflika, twelve, &c., where Goth. -1if and I+ith. -1ika are from "liq-, the weak form of the Indg. root leiq-, to leave, and are ultimately related to Goth. leihran, to lend, Gr. XELITW, Lat. linqu6, 1 have. The I2 I 16 Accidence 199 148-9 assimilation of *-lih to -Iff first took place in twalif because of the preceding labial (5 134 note), and then, at a later period, the -1if was extended to *binlif (cp. dat. hinlibim) for older *Binlih. 13 to 19 were formed by the simple ordinals plus tafhun, but of these only fidw6rtafhun and fimftafhun are extant. The decades 20 to 60 were formed in prim. Germanic from the units a to 6 and the abstract noun *tegun&- = Indg. *dekmtt, decade, whence the Goth. stem-form tigu- which went over into the U-declension with a plural tidus, as nom. twbi tigjus, twenfy, dat. twbim tigum. Prim. Germanic *tegun& is a derivative of prim. Germanic 'texun (= Indg. +dbkm, Gr. Siwa, Lat. decem, Goth. tafhun) with change of x to 3 by Verner's law (5 138) and the loss of the final consonants ($ 87). These numerals govern the gen. case. The existing acc. gen. dat. forms !are :-acc. prins tiguns, fidw6r tiguns, fimf tiguns ; gen. priji5 tigiwg; dat. twam tigum, saihs tigum. The formation of the numerals 70-100 is difficult to Pxplain ; for an account of the various explanations hitherto pro- posed, see OsthofiBrugmann's Morphologische Unter- suchungen, v. pp. 11-17. The numerals zoo, 300, 500, goo are formed from the units and the neut. noun hund (= Gr. 4-rardv, Lat. centum), hundred, which is declined like waGrd ($ 181). They govern the gen. case. The only existing inflected forms of the oblique cases are : dat. twAim hundam, fimf hundam ; Piisundi is a fem. noun, declined like bandi ($ 193), and governs the gen. case. The examples of the oblique cases are: dat. fidwBr PiisundjBrn, fimf Piisundj6m, and those given on p. 115. 4 248. The first three cardinal numerals are declinable in all cases and genders. 8 240. (I) Bins, neut. Bin, binata, fem. ftIna, is always strong and is declined like blinds (§ 228). Plural forms meaning only, ahealso occur. 4 250. (2) bfasc. Neut. Feng. Nom. twkt twa tw6s Acc. twans twa twiis Gen. twaddjg twaddjg - Dat, tw6im twPim twhim

g 261. (3) Masc. Nmt. ‘x-. Fern. Nom. *preis prija 'preis Acc. pins prija prins Gen. prij6 prije - Dat. prim prim - § 252. ?'he cardinal numerals 4-15 usually remain nn- inflected ; when inflected they follow the isdeclension (5 196)) forming their dnt. in .im and gen. in -G ; the existing examples are dat. fidwarim, tafhunim, Qinlibim, twalibim, fimf tafhunim ; gen. nfunE, twalibg.

a. Ordinals. $ 258. The extant ordinal; are :-prams (frumists, g 246), jirsf ; anpar, second ; pridja, third ; fimfta-, fiffh ; saihsta, sixth ; ahtuda, elghfh; niunda, ninth ; taihunda, tenth ; fimftatafhunda, fifkenfh (dat. fimftataihundin). Pridja (Gr. spiros) with weak stem-form from Indg. *tri-, the weak form of *trei-, three. From pridja onwards the other ordinals were formed from the cardinals by means of the Indg. superlative suffix -to- ($ 244), the t of which regularly remained unshifted in fimfta- and saihsta ($128 note 2). In other positions the t became P by the first sound-shifting ($ laa), then P became U by Verner's law (4 136)) which regularly became d after n (see $8 172-3). It is difficult to account for the -u-in ahtuda. 5 254. fruma follows the weak declension, the fem. of which is declined like managei ($ 210). anpar is declined strong like blinds (4 226), except that the nom. acc. neut. never ends in -ata ; nom. masc, anpar ($176))neut. anpar, I 18 A ccidence C§§ 255-9 fem. anpara. The remaining ordinals are declined weak like blinda ($ 237). 3. Other Numerals. $ 255. Bollt is expressed by masc. nom. bii, acc. bans, dat. biim, neut. nom. ace. ba; also by masc. nom. bajBps, dat. bajBpum. $ 256. The only extant simple distributive numeral is tweihnbi, two each, of which the fem. acc. tweihnas, dat. tweihnSm, occur. Distributive numerals are expressed by prepositional or pronominal phrases : bi twans aippitu miist prins, &Y twos or at most by threes; ana hrarjanah ($ 276) fimftiguns, 03, fif;lies in eaclz (company) ; insandida ins twans hranzuh (§ 276), Ire sent tltemfortlt two and two. $ 267. Multiplicatives are formed by adding the adj. falp to the cardinals. They are Binfalps, onefold, simple ; fidurfalps, fourfold; tafhuntafhundfaljs, hundvedjbld; managfalps, manqold. NOTE.-Observe that instead of fidw6r we have fidur- in compounds; other examples are : fidurd6gs (adj.), space offour days; fidurragineis, tetrarchate; cp. OE. fy8erEte, fourfoofed. Q 268. Numeral adverbs in answer to the question, how often? are expressed by numerals together with the dat. sing. and pl. of *sinfis, time (lit. agoing): ginamma sinpa, once; anparamma sinpa, a second time; twbim sinpam, twice; prim sinpam, flzvice; fimf sinpam, five limes; sibun sinpam, seven limes ; cp. OE. &ne sib, once; fif sI"6um. five times.

CHAPTER XI1 PRONOUNS 4 269. The most difficult chapter in works on come parative grammar is the one dealing with the pronouns. It is impossible to state with any degree of certainty how many pronouns the parent Indg. language had and what forms they had asstlm~dat the time it became differentiated into the various branches which constitute the Inclq. family of languages. The diflictr!ty is rendered still nlore com- plicated by the fact that nl?si of the pronouns, especially the prsonal and demonstrative, must have had accented and forms existing side by side in the parerit language itself; and that orw or other of the forms becartre generalized already in the prehistoric period of t!~ein- dividual branches of the !)?lent language. And then at a later period, but still in prehistoric times, thrrc aro>e new accented and unaccentrcl forms side by s~dein tile individual branches, as e. g. in prim. Germanic ek, mek beside ik, mik. The separate Germanic languages gene- ralized one or other of these forms before the beginning of the oldest literary monuments and then new accented beside unaccented forms came into existence again. And similarly during the historic periods of the difL2rent lan- guages. Thus, e. g. the OE. for f is ic, this became En ME. ich accented form beside i unaccented form, ich then disappeared in standard ME. (but it is still preserved in one of the modern dialects of Somersetshire) and i came to be used as the accented and unaccented form. At a later period it became i when accented and remained i when unaccented. The former has bccc-tnie NI3. I, and the latter has disappeared from the l~tcraryI,ir~~li,lye, Ijtrt ~t is still preserved in many no1 thern Engl. dt~lccts,as i. In these dialects i is regularly used in interrogative and subordinate sentences; the ME. accented form i has become ai and is only used in the dial~ctsto express special emphasis, and from it a new unaccented form a has been developed which can only be used in making direct assertions. Thus in one and the same dialect (Windhill, Yorks.) we arrive at three forms : ai, a, i, which are never mixed up sylltactically by genuine native dia. lect speakers. Something similar to what has happened and still is happening in the modern dialects must also have taken place in the prehistoric and historic periods of all the Indg. languages ; hence in the prehistoric forms of the pronouns given below it must not be assumed that they were the only ones existing in prim. Germanic. They are merely given as the nearest ascertainable forms from which the Gothic forms were descended.

$200. I. Personal, FIRSTPERSON. SING. DUAL. PLUR. Nom. ik, I wit weis Acc. mik ugkis uns, unsis Gen. meina *ugkara unsara Dat. mis ugkis uns, unsis SECOKDPERSON. Nom. pu, thou *jut jus Acc. puk igqis izwis Gen. peina igqara izwara Dat. pus igqis izwis THIRDPERSON. SING. Masc. Neut. Fern. Nom. is, he ita, it si, she Acc. ina ita ija Gen. is is izBs Dat. imma imma izgi PLUR. Nom. eis ija *ijiis Acc. ins *ija ijBs Gen. izE *iz5 izi5 Dat. im im im I2I $2611 Pronouns t~aei.In the parent language the nom. was rarely used except to express emphasis (cp. Skr. Lat* and Gr.), because it was sufficiently indicated by the personal endings of the verb. Beside the accented form of each case of the personal pronouns, there also existed one or more unaccented forms just as in many modern dialects, where we often find three or even four forms for the nom. case of each pronoun. It is impossible to determine whether forms like ik, mik, mis, and pu, puk, pus, jus represent the original accented or unaccented forms, because prim.: Germanic e became i in Gothic both in accented (4 66) and unaccented syllables (Q 107), and u, ii were not distinguished in writing (5 3). Forms with medial -z- like izwis, izc)s, izE, &c. represent unaccented forms (5 136). The -k in mik, puk, sik (5 262) goes back to a prim. Germanic emphatic particle *ke = Indg. *gel which is found in Gr. pronominal forms like lpJye, me zndeed. The gen. of the sing., dual and plural of the first and second persons probably represents the norn. acc. neut. pl. of the corresponding pronouns ($ 2631, which came to be used for the gen. of the personal pro- nouns. The origin of the final -s in mis, pus, sis, and of the .is in unsis, izwis, ugkis, igqis is unknown. Prim. Germanic *ek (0.Icel. ek, cp. Lat. ego, Gr. ly4) : *ik (OE. ic, OS. ik, OHG, ih) ; *mek : "mik (0.Icc.I. OS. mik, OHG. mih); *mes : *miz (0s.mi, O1IG. mir) ; *wis (Goth. weis): *wiz (0s. wf, OHG. wir); *unz (= OE. OS. iis, OHG. uns, Indg. *ns with vocalic n, $54), the unaccented form of *nes = Skr. nas, us ; *unsiz formed from Goth. uns + iz; Goth. OE. OS. wi-t, O.Icel. vi.t are unaccented plural forms with the addition of .t which is of obscure origin ; *uq-kiz (5 158) where UXJ- = the un- in un.s, cp. OE. unc, 0s. unk. *pa (Lat. tii, 0.Icel. OE. pa, 0s. thii, ONG. dfi) : *pu (Gr. o6, OE. pu, 0s. thu, OHG. du); *pek (? OE. pec) :*Pik (0.Icel. pik, OS. thik, 122 A ccidence [§ 262

OHG. dih), the Goth. acc. and dat. had u from the nominative; *pes: *Pi2 (0s. ul?, OHG. dir); *jEs (Lith. @s) : *juz, Goth. may represent either form. It is doubt- ful what were the original forms of izwis and igqia (OE. inc, 0s. ink). Nom. sing. is (Lat. is) ; in-a (0.Lat. im, 0s. ina, OHG. in), the final -a from prim. Germanic -6 is originally a pre- position governing the acc. case like Skr. 6, up to, used after accusatives ; and similarly in ita, pata, pana (9 265), htana ($ 278), the -6 is regularly preserved in htan6h f§ 2751, luarjanoh, luarjat6h f§ 2751, Pishran6h ($ 276); it-a (Lat. id, 0s. it, OHG. iz,); gen. is from Indg. *eso (OHG. 0s. is with i from in, iz, ; ina, it) ; imma from the Indg. instr. *esmE, .6 (0s. OHG. imu, -6) with the assimilation of -sm- to -mm- after voxvels; and sinlilarly in pamma (5 265), hramma ($ 273), hrammeh (§ 275) where the -5 is regularly preserved. eis, ins, im (0s. OHG. im), neut. nom. acc. pl. ija, from prim. Germanic *is, ins, im-, *ij6 older *ijB ; ize, formed from the gen. sing. is + the gen. ending -6 (§$ 87 (I), 179), and similarly 0s. OHG. iro with -0 from older -5n. The original Indg. gen. pl. was 'eis61n which would have become *eiz6 in Goth. and *iro in 0s. OHG. *si (Gr. 6 O.Ir. OHG. si) : *si (Goth. OIHG. si); ija from *ij6n older *ij%m (cp. bandja, 4 193); iz6s fro111 *ez& older "58s (cp. gibes, Q 101); iz6i = Indg. *es%i (cp. gibbi) ; ij6s = Indg. *ij& (cp. bandj6sl ; iz6, formed from the iz- in the Sen. sing. -+ the gen. ending -6, cp, the sin~ilarformation of 0s. OHG. iro. The regular form would have been *eiz6, see above.

$362. 2. Reflexive, Acc, sik, onesey Gen. seina Dat. sis 4s 263-41 Pronouns 123 The originally referred to the chief person of the sentence (generally the subject), irre- ~~ectivelyas to whether the subject was the first, second, or third person singular or plural. This usage ren~ained in Sanskrit, but in the Germanic languages the pronouns of the first and s~condperson came to be used reflexively already in pl im. Gel-n~nnic,and then the original retlcsive pronoun becnrne restricted to the third person. In Goth. sik, seina, sis rsere used for both numbers and all genders. sik from prim. Gernt. sc+ke (4 26l), OIIG. sih, cp. Gr. .: from 'oc, Lat. sE; ceina is of the same origin as meina, peina (5 261) ; on sis see $ 261. 3. Possessive. 4 263. The possessive pronouns meins, nry ; peins, thy ; 'seins, his, are originally old locatives, Indg. *mei, *tei, 'sei with the addition of the nominal suffix -no., whence prim. Germanic masc. nom. *minaz, *pinaz, "sinaz; fern. nom. *min6, 'pin6, *sin& Only the acc. gen. dat. sing. and pl. of 'seins occur. This form of the possessive pronoun is only used when it relates to the subject of its own sentence. When it relates to any word other than the subject of its own sentence, it is expressed by the gen. case of the masc. and neut. sing. is, plural izE; fem. sing. iz6s, plural iz6. The norri. of the tli~rdpe.ryorl for both siilg ,.itid plur,~lall grrldtxrs is ex- pressed by tlie gen. cdse of the personal pronoun ($ 200). See $431. 'The remaining possessive pronouns were formed from the personal pronouns by means of the Indg. comparative sllffix eero-, prim. Germanic -era., as unsar, our; *ugkar, 0)-us two ; izwar, your; igqar, of you fiuo. 264. The possessive pronouns are declined according to the strong declension like blinds (5 226). The pos- sessive pronouns ending in -ar do not have the form in 1 24 Accidence [§ 265 -ata in the nom. acc. sing. neut. On the nom. sing. rnasc. unsar, &c,, see Q 175 : SING. Masc. Neut. Fern. Nom. meins mein, meinata meina unsar unsar unsara Acc. meinana mein, meinata meina unsarana unsar unsara seinana sein, seinata seina

4. Demonstrative. 4 266. The simple demonstrative sa, pata, s6 was used both as demonstrative pronoun this, that, and as definite article, the. SING. Masc, Neut. Fern. Nom. sa pata sb Acc. pana pata ps Gen. pis Pis piziis Dat. pamma pamrna pizii PLUR. Nom. pbi P6 piss ACC. pans Pis pijs Gen. pize PizE piz6 Dat. pBim phim phim

In the parent Indg. language the nom. sing. masc. and fern. was *so, *sB = Gr. 6, 4, Goth. sa, s6. All the other cases of the sing. and pl. were formed from the stems te., toe, toi.; ti%.,tai-, as acc. sing. Gr. sdv, tjv, Lat. is-tum, is-tam, Goth. pan-a,'J%; nom. pl. Gr. roll ~ai, Lat. is-ti, is-tae, Goth. pii, p6s. 8 2651 Pronouns 125 sa = Skr. s4, Gr. 6, OE. s6; pan-a (OE. pan-e, 0s. then-a, than-a, OHG. den), on the final -a see $ a61, cp. Skr. Mm, Gr. sdv, Lat. is-turn; pat.a, originally acc. only (§ 261), but in Goth. it came to be used for the nom. also (O.Ice1. pat, OE. pzt, 0s. that, OHG. daq), cp. Gr. 76, Lat. is.tud = Indg. *tad; Pis (0s. thes, OHG. des) = prim. Germ. *pesa, Indg. *teso; pamma (cp. 0s. theniu, OHG. demu) from Indg. instr. *tosmE, -6 ($ 2611, cp. hrammEh (4 275); phi (OE. pa, 0s. th5, OKG. dEf, cp. Gr. rol, Lat. is-ti; pans = Gr. (Cretan dial.) rdvs; nom. acc. neut. P6, cp. Skr. ti, Lat. is-ta, Indg. *tH; pize, formed from the gen. sing. pis + the gen. pl. ending -b ($8 87(1), 170), the regular Goth. form would have been *pAizE, which has been preserved in the adjectives as blindbize (5 226), the prim. Germanic form was *paiz8n (O.Ice1. peira, OE. prIra), Indg. *toisam; p4im (cp. 0.Icel. peim, OE. pBm, OHG. dem) from prim. Germ. *paimiz ($ 175) with ai from the nom. plural. s6 = Skr. s&,Gr. Doric i, Att. Ionic rj, 0.IceI. sii; P6 = Skr. thm, Gr. ~dv,iv, Lat. is-tam ; piziis (0s.thera, OHG. dera) from prim. Germanic *Fezas, Indg. *tes&s, the hi in adje~tivalforms like blind&izc?s was from the genitive plural ; pizBi from prim. Germanic *pezi%= Indg. 'tesai; nom. acc. pl. P6s from prim. Germanic *pas = Skr. ths, Lat. is-tas, Ind-b; *t%s; Piz6, with Piz- from the gen. sing. + -6 from older .on, the ending of the gen. plural. The regular Goth. form would be *pBizZi from prim. Germanic 'paizan, corresponding to an Indg. *toisam with oi from the masculine. The -Biz6 has been preserved in adjectival forms like blindAiz6 ($ 226). The original gen. pl, fem. was *&am which was preserved in Skr. GsHrn, Gr. (Homer) T~WVfrom *S&QOY. NOTE.-I. An instrumental neut. sing. has been preserved in the phrase ni PE haldis, none the tnore, and as a factor in several conjunctions : bi.pC, whilst ; jap-pE, and r;i; PE-ei, that, &c.; and also an old locative in the conjunction pei (= Doric Gr. ti-8c,here), that. 2. The final a in pata is usually elided before ist : pat' ist. t 4 266. The con~pounddemonstrative pronoun is formed from the simple one by affixing the enclitic particle -uh. The origin of this particle is unknown, see $ 73 note. SING. Masc. Neut. Fetn. Nom. sah, this, t/zal patuh s6h Acc, Panuh Patuh P6h Gen. Pizuh Pizuh Piz6zuh Dat. pammuh pammuh Pizkih PLUR. Nom. PBih )6h p6zuh Acc. Panzuh p6h P6zuh Gen. PizEh pizeh Piz6h Dat. pkimuh PAimuh Ptrimuh NOTE.-I. Of the plural of all genders only the nom. masc, is extant, and of the fem. sing. only the nom. is found. 2. Where the cases of the simple pronoun end in -a this a is elided before the u (except in the nom. sing. masc.), but aRer a long voxx-et or a diphthong the u of uh is elided. On the z in pizuh, &c.. see $4 176 note 2, 261. 3. The instrumental occurs in the adverb bi-pa, aflcr that, tlren aficriau~i, 4 267. Of the demonstrative pronoun hi-, formed from the Indg. stem 'ki. (cp. Lat. ci-s, ci.ter, on this side), only the acc. and dat. sing. of the masc. and neut. have been preserved in a few adverbial phrases of time, as himma daga, on tlis dgy, to-day; und hina dag, to this day; fram himma, hencgol-th; und hita, und hita nu, till now, hiflzcvto. In OE, it was declined in full and used as the persona1 pronoun of the third person for all genders. In 0s. and 01-IG. (Franconian dial.) it was used for the gg 268-7 11 Pronouns 127 mast. nom. sing. of the third person, as OS. hE, OHG. hg beside er, he. The instr. sing. occurs in 0s. hiu-du, OHG. hiu-tu, to day ; OMG. hi-naht, to-night. $ 268. jhins, tliat, yon, is declined like blinds (5 226). The nom. acc. sing. neut. is always jhinata. g 269. silba, sey; and sama, same; are declined like blinda ($ 237). 5. Relative. g 270. A proper did not exist in prim. Germanic. The separate Germanic languages expressed it in various ways. In 0.Icel. it was generally expressed by the particles sem, es (later er) and the conjunction at, that; in OE. by the relative particle pg alone or in combination with the personal or the simple demonstrative pronoun; in 0s. and OHG. generally by the simple demonstrative ; and in Goth. by affixing to simple demon- strative or personal pronouns the particle ei (= Gr. ai, ry; &a, then) which is originally the loc. sing. of the pro- nomilla1 stem *e.,nom. *es; acc. *em (= 0.Lat. em), gen. *e-SO,instr. *e-sm8, -6 = Goth. is, imma ($ 261). 5 271. The rglative pronoun of the third person is ex- pressed by affixing the particle ei to the simple demonstra- tive sa, pata, sij, and is declined as follows : SING. Mnsc. Neut. Fern. Nom. saei katei s6ei Acc. pane! patei p6ei Gen. pizei pizei piz6zei Dat. pammei pammei pizkiei PLUR. Nom. PAiei pijei pijzei Acc. panzei P6ei pijzei Gen. Pizsei piz8ei *pizoei Dat. phimei phimei Phirnei Accidence

NOTE.-I. An instrumental neut. PO-ei also occurs, but only as a conjunction. patei is also used as a conjunction. 2. Where the cases of the simple pronoun end in -a this -a is elided before the particle ei (except in the nom. sing. masc.). On the z in pizei, &c., see $9 176 note, 261. 3. Besides the nom. sing. forms saei, Gei, there also occur forms made from the personal pronouns, thus masc. izei (from is + ei) ; fem. sei (from si + ei), which is more frequently met with than s&i. Instead of izei the form ize occasionally occurs (cp. 4 6). The form izei (izE) is sometimes also used for the nom. pl. masc. ; p&i sind Phi izE, these are they who ; atsaihrip faitra IiugnapraliEtum paim izei qimand at izwis, beware of false prophets, of them who come to you. Some scholars assume that sei is an indeclinable demonstra- tive particle representing an old locative like Latin si, if; sic from *sei-ke, so, thus; and that izei is from an older 'e-sei (cp. Gr. &-KC;, there), where e- is the pronominal stem mentioned in 8 270. At a later period sei and izei came to be regarded as compounds of si + ei and is + ei. This theory has much in its favour, because it explains why sei and izei have no oblique casesand why izei is used for the masc. norn. singular and plural. 872. The relative pronoun for the first and second persons is expressed by suffixing ei to the respective personal pronouns, thus ikei, (I)zdzo; puei, (thou) who; pukei, (thee) whom ; puzei, (to tlzee) whom ; juzei, (ye)who ; dat. pl. izwizei, (to yotc) wltont.

6. Interrogative. tj 273. The parent Indg. language had two stems from which the interrogative pronoun was formed, viz. qo. and qi. with labialized q (1s 127,134). The former occurs in Gr. rd-zcpos, which of two ?, Goth. bas, OE. hw3, who ?, from an original form *qos; Lat. quod, Goth. ha, O.Ice1. huat, 0s. hwat, OHG. hway, OE. hwet, what?, from an original form 'qod. And the latter occurs in Gr. si5, 4 2743 Pronouns 129 tat.quis, who ?, from an original form *qis ; Goth. htileiks, OE. hwilc, what sovt of? Of the simple interrogative pronoun, onlysingular forms occur. Masc. Neut. Fern. Nom. bas, who ha, what hrii Acc. hrana hra hrii Gen. his his * MzBs Dat. hramms hramma hrizhi

NOTE.-I. An instrumental neut. hrE from prim. Germanic *xwij, how, is also found, 2. A trace of the plural occurs in the compound form hranzuh ($276note) ; insandida ins twans hranzuh, he sent them forth two and two. 3 On hras, lwa, hrij, used as an , see $ 279.

The prim. Germanic forms were: nom. *xwas = Skr. khs, Indg. "qos; *pat (Lat. quod, 0.1cel. hvat, QE. hw~t,0s. hwat, OHG. bwa3), Goth hra was probably the unaccented form when used as an indef. pronoun (Q 270), see $ 87, (2) ;-*XW~ =t Skr. kh, Indg. *qb ; acc. *Xwan6 = OE. hwone ($261); "xwat ; +xwiin, Skr. kbm, Indg. *qHm; gen. "xwesa (Gr- (Homer) rio from *~bao,O.Bul- garian Eeso, O.Ice1. hvess, 0s. OHG. hwes) ; dat. '~wammE,-6 = Indg. 'qo-sme, -6 ($ 261); *xwesai, cp. gibhi ($ 101). ij 274. Nom. sing. mase. and neut. hrapar, wlzich of two (other cases do not occur) ; hrarjis, wI2iclt (out of many), inflected like midjis (5 228), except that the neut. nom, sing. always ends in -ata; hrileiks, what sort of; hr819ups (fem. hrGliuda), how great ; swaleiks, suclz ; swalaups (fem. swalhuda), so great. The extant cases of the last four words are inflected like blinds (5 226). Q 276. From bas, hrarjis, hrapar are fornled by means of the particle uh f$ 266) the three indefinite pronouns hrazuh, each, every ; hrarjizuh, each, every ; hraparuh, each of two; but of the last only the dat. masc. occurs, hraparammeh (and in the form itinhraparammi5h, to each one of two). The other two are declined thus:- SING. Masc. Neut. Fern. Nom. hrazuh hrah b6h Acc. hranbh hr ah hr6h Gen. hrizuh hrizuh hriz6zuh Dat. hrammeh hrarnmeh hriziih NOTE.-Of the fem. only the nom. occurs. Acc. pi. rnasc. hranzuh also occurs ((j 273 note 2). SING. Masc. Neut. Fern. Nom. hrarjizuh hrarjatiih hrarjbh Acc. hrarjanbh hrarjatdh hrarjdh Gen. hrarjizuh hrarjizuh hrarjizbztih Dat. hrarjammEh hrarjammEh hrarjiih NOTE.-I. Of the neut. only the nom. and of the fern. only the ace. occurs. 2. Tl~euninflected form &in. prefixed to hrarjizuh forms the compound Ainlvarjizuh, aery one. The following cases are found : rnasc. sing. nom. Clinlruarjizuh, acc. Clinhrarjanijh, gen. Binhrarjizuh, dat. binkuarjammzh, nom. sing. neut. binbar. jat6h. 3. On -uh beside .h, see tj 266 note 2. And on the preserva- tion of the long vowels when protected by .h, see (j 89 and note. 5 276. The three combinations hrazuh saei, sahrazuh saei, sahrazuh izei are used in the nom. sing. masc. with the meaning whosoc~fl; the corresponding neut., which occurs in the acc. sing., is patahah kei, w/:nfsoevcv. Another compound indefinite pronoun with the same mean- ing ig formed by prefixing an indeclinable pis (gen. of pata, Q a6B) to hrazuh, hrah, hIXovved by saei (neut. patei), pei (5 266 note I), or ei (5 270), It is declined as follows :- Masc. Neuf. Nom. pislvazuh saei Pislvah pei or patei Acc. pisbanah sad Pishah pei or patei Gen. wanting pishizuh pei Dat. pisbammEh saei Fshamm6h j-ei Q 277. Sums, sonre one, a ct.*-fatnone, declined like. blinds (Q226). Sums . . . sums (= Gr. 6 Fiv . . . 6 84, .the ntte . . . the olher; in this usage the particle uh is generally added to the second member, and sometimes to the first also, as nom. pi. surnPijhS . . . sumiih, some . . . and ofhers. $ 278. From has, wito, manna, man, gins, one, are formed with the enclitic particle hun the three incicfinite pronouns lvashun, mannahm, Binshun. They always occur along with the negadtJe particle ni in the meaning no one, no, none (neut.), tt~tl~~tg.Of the first only the nom. sing. masc. ni lvashun, no one, occurs. Of the second, which is naturally always masc., we have sing. nom. ni mannahun, no one, acc. ni rrrannanhun, gen. ni rn:tnshun, dat. ni mannhun. Ni Binsllun, no one, no, 9:oire (neut.), tlofhing, is declined thus :- SING. Aifasc. Neut. Fern. Nom. Binshun Ainhun din6hun (B!n!6hun) dinhun Act' i~nohun dinijhun Gen. iinishun Binishun *Bin6iz6shun Dat. iinummiihun Binummiihun iiniihun K 2 132 Accidence [§§ 279-80

NOTE.-I. The pronominal particle .hun is related to Skr. ca, Gr. TC, Lat. que, and, and was always used along with the nega- tive ni, cp. Skr. n&k&8 can& (= ca ineg.) = Goth. ni luas.htin, no one whatever, no one, none, lit. not who and not. a. On the preservation of the long vowels when protected by -h, -hun, see 89 and note. 3. Acc. masc. BinnEhun, AinEhun from older 'Binanijhan. It is difficult to account for the u in binummVhun. Q a79. The simple interrogative bas, hra is often used indefinitely with the meaning anyone, neut. anything; also the numeral Bins, one, a certain one.

CIIAPTER XI11 VERBS $280. In the parent Indg. language the verbs were divided into two great classes : athematic and thematic. In the athematic verbs the personal endings were added to the bare root which had the strong grade form of ablaut in the singular, but the weak grade in the dual and plural. Thus, for example, the singular and plural of the verbs for !O be' and ' to go ' were : *&-mi, *Cs.si, *&-ti, *s.mCs or *s-m6s, *s.tC, *s-6nti; *Ci-mi, *6i-si, *&.ti, *i-m6s or *i-m6s, "St6, *j.Cnti. Verbs of this class are often called mi.verbs because the first person singular ends in -mi. 'The Germanic languages have only preserved a few traces of the mi-conjugation ($5 341-3). Nearly all the verbal forms, which originally belonged to this class, passed over into the 6.conjugation in the prim. Germanic period. In the thematic verbs the stem-vowel, which could be either of the strong or weak grade of ablaut, remained unchanged throughout the present; in the former case they are called imperfect presents (as kiusan, to choose; hilpan, to he@ ; it,-in, to eut; &c.), and in the latter case aorist presents (as ga-lbkan, to shut; trudan, to fi-ead; &.). The present war formed by means of the thematic vowels, e, 0, which came between the root and the per- sonal endings, thus the present singular and plural of the verb for 'fo bmr' was *bh6rb (from *bhCr.b\, *bhbr.e-si, *bhbr.e.ti, *bh(?r-o-mes, (-!nos), *bhCr.e.te, *bh&r.o.nti. Verbs of this class are generally called &verbs because tl~efirst person singular ends in -6. The old distinction between thr mi- and the 6-conjugation was fairly well preserved in Greek, as ri$, I am, eipt, I go, sLSW~S,I gi~e; pivo, I rcmain, ~cE~@w,I pe~-suade; rP:Bu, I rub, ~i+w,I snzoke. $ 281. In treating the history of the verbal forms in Gothic it is advisable to start out partly from prim. Germanic and partly from Gothic itself. The Indg. verbal system underwent so many radical changes in prim. Ger- manic that it would be necessary to treat here in detail the verbal system of the non-Germanic languages such as Sanskrit, Greek, and Latin in order to account for all the changes. ' In Gothic, as in the other Germanic languages, the verbs are divided into two great classes-Strong and Ilreak- according to the formation of the preterite tense. I3esides these two great cl;~ssesof strong and weak vcrbs, there are a few others which will be treated under the general heading Minor Groups. $282. Strong verbs form their preterite by ablaut (nima, i take, nam, I took), or simply by (hfiita, I call, haihhit, I called), or else by ablaut and reduplicatiori combined (teka, I touch, taitbk, I touched). The strong verbs are sub-divided into two classes : non-reduplicated and reduplicated verbs. The non-reduplicated verbs are divided into six classes according to the first six ablaut- 134 Accidence [f§ 283-4 series given in @ 12a-4. The reduplicated verbs, which form their preterite by ablaut and reduplication combined, belong to the seventh ablaut-series (5 124). Both these, and those which form their preterite by reduplication simply, are here put together and called Class VII. 4 283. Wenk verbs form their preterite by the addition of a syllable containing a dental (Goth. -da, @a), OE. -de, .te; OHG. -ta), and their past participle by means of a dental suffix (Goth. OF, (st), OE. -d, (wt), OHG. -t), as s6kja, I seek, sokida, I sought, sbkips, sought; bugja, I buy, barihta, I bought, barihts, bought. The weak verbs, which for the most part are derivatives, are divided into four classes according as the infinitive ends in =jan (stikjan, to seek, pret. s6kida), -6n (salb6n, to anoi~tt,pret. salbBda), .an (haban, lo have, pret. habiiida), .nan (fullnan, fo become full, pret. fullnBda). tj 284. The Gothic verb has the following independent forms :- Two voices: active and passive. The passive (origin- ally middle) only occurs in the indicative and subjunctive present; the other forms are supplied by the past parti- ciple used with wairpan or wisan. See 8 435. Three numbers: singular, dual, and plul-al. In the passive there is no dual, and in the dual active the third person is ~vanting. Three persons: Thc third person of the dual is wanting. In the present passive there is only one form for all three persons of the plural. Two tenses : present and preterite. Two complete moods : indicative and subjunctive (origin- ally optative), besides an imperative which is only used in the present tense of the active. A present infinitive which is an uninflected verbal sub- stantive, a present participle with active meaning, and a past participle with passive meaning. A. STRONGVERBS. g 285. We are able to corljugate a strong verb in Gothic when we know the four stems, as seen (I) in the infinitive, to which belong all forms of the present, (2) the stem of the preterite singular, (3) the stem of the preterite plural, to which also belongs the \-hole of the preterite subjunc- tive, (4) the stem of the past participle. ij 286. The conjugation of niman, h tofahe, and hiitan, to coil, will serve as models for all strong verbs.

a. Active. Present. INDIC. SUBJ. Sing. I. nima hiita x~imiu hAit6u 2. nimis hiitis nimiis hAitiis 3. nimip hAitip nimu h6it6.i Dual I. nimBs hiitijs nimaiwa hiitgiwa 2. nimats hiitats nimiits hiithits Plur. I. nimam hiitam nimAima hBit6ima 2. nimip hAitiP nimfiip hiitaip 3. nimand hiitand nimAina hiiithina

IMPERATIVE. Sing. 2. nim hBit 3. nimaclhu hStad6u Dual 2. nimats haitats Plur. I. nimam hiitam 2. nimip hiitip 3. nimandiu hiitandAu INFINITIVE. niman hiitan PARTICIPLE. nimands haitands Accidence

INDIC. SUBJ. Sing. I, nam haihiit nEmjiu haihAitj6u 2. namt haihiist nEmeis haihiiteis 3. nam haihiit nEmi haihiiti Dual 1.n8mu haihbitu nemeiwa haihiiteiwa 2. nemuts haihiituts nEmeits hafhiiteits Plur. I. nemum haghiiturn nemeima haihiiteima 2. nEmup haihiitup ni5meip hafhiiteip 3. n6mun haihiitun nemeina haihiiteina PARTICIPLE. numans hiitans

b. Passive. Present. INDIC. SUBJ. Sing. I. nimada hiitada nim5idiu hiitiidiu 2. nimaza hiitaza nimiizau hiitiiziu 3. nimada hiitada nimiidiu hiitiidiu P1ur' nimanda bftitanda nimiindiu hhitiindiu 1, 2, 3. NOTE.--I. Owing to the limited amount of Gothic which has come down to us, there is not a single verb extant in all its forms. Of most verbs only very few forms occur, and of many only one or two. The forms wanting in the paradigrils of niman and haitan have been supplied from the extant forms of other verbs. The first pers. dual pret. subj. does not occur at all, either in strong or weak verbs, but it may be inferred to have been nSm-eiwa because of the corresponding present, nimdiwa, 2. In the imperative 2 pers. sing. and pret. indic. I, 3 pers. sing., final b, d became f, p, as imper. gif, pret. gaf, inf. giban, lo give ; pret. af-skauf, bap, .baup, inf. af-skiuban, to push aside ; bidjan, topray; -biudan, to bid. See $5 161,173. 3. In the 2 pers. sing. pret. indic., b appears as f, and a dental appears as s, before the personal ending, as gaft, inf. giban, to Verbs

@c; grsft, inf. graban, to dig; ana-bkust;, inf. ana-biudan, to bid; bbgast, izlf, bi-gitan, loj~d;haihsdst, inf. hhitan, lo caN; qast, inf. qipan, to say. See $ 138.

HE ENDINGSOF STRONGVERBS. g 287. Pres. I~ldicative: The prim. Germanic forms were: Sing. *nem6 (cp. Lat. fero, Gr. ++w, I bear), 'nimizi, Indg. *nCmesi (cp. Skr. bhirasi, fhou bearest), 'nimibi, Indg. *nCmeti (cp. Skr. bhBrati); Dual 'nemc?. (w)iz (probably formed from the first pers. sing. + the Indg, dual ending -wes, cp. Skr. bhAra-vas), *nema%iz with .a- from the first and third pers, plural, the regular form would have been *nimiMz = Indg. *nemethes, *nCmetes(cp. Skr. bhirathas) ; *nema&izwould regularly have become *nimaps in Gothic ; nimats has -ts from the pret, dual ($ 202); Pl. 'nemamiz, -ma2 {cp. Gr. Doric +ipopcs, Skr. bhiramas, see 8 175), *nimidi, older *nemede (cp. Gr. +ipa~a),'nemandi (cp. Gr. Doric +bpovrr). g 288. Fres. Subjunctive : This tense is properly an old optative. ,The original forms were: Sing. *nemoi-, *nemois (cp. Gr. +ipois, Skr. bhArS), *nernolt (cp. Gr. ++or, Skr. bhhrgt); Dual *nemoiwG, *nemofthes, -tes; Pi. *nemoTmF, 'nemolte (cp. Gr. +ipor~a,Skr. bhirGta), *nemo?nt = prim. Germanic *nemai- (it is difficult to account for nimau unless we may suppose that it represents the first pew. sing. pres. indic. *nemij+the particle a), *nemaiz,*nemai; 'nemaiws, *nemai)ls (cp. pres. indic.); *nemaim%, *nemaiiti, *nemain (Goth. with final .a from the first pers. pl.). 5 289. Imperative: Sing. *nimi older *neme (cp. Gk. +if€, Skr. bhira), "nemet6d (Gr. +api~o,cp. Gr. i"mw = O.Lat. ested, jet him be) = prim. Germanic *nemebb + particle -u (tp. Skr. bhbrat-u, let htk2 6ear; bhirant.~,fef them hear), which would have become in Goth. *nimidiu; nimadhu had .a- from the third pers. plural. nimats, nimam and nimip are indicative forms. *nemont8d (cp. Gr. Doric cbep6vro) = prim. Germanic *neman&a+ particle -u, which regularly became nimandiru in Gothic. 5 200. Infinitive : The inf. was originally a nomen actionis, formed by means of various suffixes in the Indg. languages. The suffix .one-, to which was added the nom. acc. neuter ending -m, became generalized in prim. Germanic, thus the original form of niman was kern- onorn, the -onom of which regularly became -anin Goth. OE. OS, and OHG., and .a in 0.1cel. 5 291. Pres. Participle: In the parent language the stem of the pres. participle ended in .nt, as in Lat. ferent-, Gr. +Cpovr-, Indg. *bhBront. = Goth. bafrand-s, 0.Icel. 0s. berand-i, OE. berend-e, OHG. berant-i, beanitg. See $ 230. t 9 292. Pret. Indicative : The pret. indic. is morpho- logically an old perfect, which already in prim. Germanic was chiefly used to express the past tense. The prim. Germanic forms were : Sing. *nama(cp. Gr. otsa, Skr. vEda. I know), *nampa (cp. Gr. oiczOa, Skr. vettha), *nami(cp. Gr. one, Skr. vCda). -tha, the original ending of the second pers., would regularly have become -P (5 130) in Goth. 0.Icel. OE. and OS., except after prim. Germanic s, f, x where it regularly became -t ($128notes, and cp. 5 13S), as Goth. last, thou didstgatlter; parft, tlzou ncedesf ; sloht, thou dids! slay. This .t became generalized in prim. Germanic, as Goth. 0.1~~1.namt. But in the West Germanic 1~~1- guages the old ending was only preserved in the preterite- present verbs, as Goth. O.Icel. parft, OE. pearft, 0s. tharft, OHG. darft, ihou necdest, but Goth. 0.Icei. namt beside OE. nome, 0s. OHG. ngrni. Duat *n%m-wi (older -we), *n$m-Ctiz (older .thes, "tes); P1. *nSm-mi (older -me), *n&m-bi (older .te), *nCm-un (older .nt with vocalic n). During the prim. Germanic period the u of the third pers. pl. was levelled out into all forms of the Verbs dual and pluraf, cp. pl. 0,Icef. npm-um, .us, .u, OE. nijm.on, 0s. nSm.un, OHG. nam-um, -ut, -un. Goth. ngmu from *a5m-uwi through the intermediate stages sn&m.uw, *ni%m-5. The t in nEmuts is of the same origin as in namt. nemum, ngmup, nemun from older *n&m- umi, *n&m-udi, *nCm.un. 5 293. Pret. Subjunctive : The original endings were : Sing. -jCirn, -jEs, -jet (cp. O.Lat. siem, I may be, siGs, siet = Skr. sygm, syhs, syht); dual -iwE, -ithes, or -ites; .imG, -ite, -int (cp. 0.Lat. pl. simus, sitis, si-ent), consisting of the optative element -j&, (4)and the personal endings. Already during the prim. Germanic period the .i. of the dual and plural was levelled out into the singular, so that the forms became *nCmin, *nCmiz, *n&mi(t), *nCmiwS, 'niiirnidiz, *nSmim&,*ngmidi, *nSmin(t),from which the corresponding Gothic forms were regularly developed except nemjhu, nGmeits, nEmeina. *nSmin would have become *nCimi, the form n6mjbu was a new formation with -&u from the pres. subjunctive, and the change, of i to j (cp. sunjus from older *suniuz ($ 160 note I); the 4s in ngnieits is of the same origin as in namt ($ 2~2);nemeina with =afrom nemeima. Q 294. Past Participle: The past participle was formed in various ways in the parent language. In prim. Ger- !iianic the suffix -Cno., .6no. became restrictcd to stronz verbs, and the suffix -to- to weak verbs. In the strong verbs OE. and 0.Icel. generalized the form -6no-, and Goth. 0s. and OHG. the form .6no.. Beside the suffix -em-, -6no- there also existed in prim. Germanic -inis = Indg. =Cni-. But prim. Germanic -6naz, -fniz = Indg. mbnos, .tinis regularly fell together in -ins in Gothic, so that the isolated pp. fulgins ((j 131), hidden, can represent either form. § 205. Pass. Indicative: The original forms were: Sing. *nemo-mai or -ai (cp. Gr. +ipopar, Skr. bhiriZ),-the first 1 40 A ccidence [§§ 396-7 pers. does not exist in any of the Germanic languages; in Goth. the third pers. was used for it, *neme-sai (cp. Gr. ++ear from *+E'pcuat, Skr. bhiirasE.), *neme-tai(cp. Gr. +i- parar, Skr. bhiiratg); pl. *nemo-ntai(cp. Gr. Doric +ipovrat, Skr. bhiirantg) = prim. Germanic 'nimizai, *nimibai, *nee mandai. The medial -a- in the pl. was levelled out into the two other forms, whence nimaza ($ 90), nimada, nimanda. $ 296. Pass. Subjunctive: The subjunctive passive has the same stem-form as the subjunctive active ($ 288), and the same endings as the indic. passive + the particle -u. Some scholars assume that the original forms were : *nemoi.so (cp. Gr. ++OLO from *+QPDLUO)~ *nemoi.to (cp. Gr. ~CPOLTO),*nemoi-nto (cp. Gr. +Cporvro) = prim. Ger- manic *nemaiza, *nemaiaa, 'nemainda; we should then have to assume that the addition of the particle -u was older than the loss of final unaccented .a, which is im- probable. 5 297. Several of the imperative and subjunctive forms end in -u, viz. nimadh, nimandhu, nimiiu, nsmjiiu, nimiiidiiu, nimhiziiu, nimiiindbu. This -u did not ori- ginally form a part of the personal endings, but was a deictic particle added enclitically especially to verbal and pronominal forms to emphasize them. It also occurs in Skr. and the Slavonic languages and probably in Greek in such words as ~dv-u,allogcll~el; at all, beside neut. asv, all. Sltr. idshm-u, tliis, this 'here ', cp. Lat. id.em, the satne; Skr. a.s%.G,t/zczt, yon, that 'tizere' ; Skr. bhhrat-u, let him bear; bhiirant-U, let tltem bear; 0.Bulgarian beret&, he bears; bergt-ti, they bear. The same u occurs in Goth, as an interrogative particle, as sku1d.u ist?, is iz lawful? ; ga-u-lhubjats7, do ye two believe P ; sa-u ist sa sunus izwar ?, Gr. OU*T~S ~DTCV 6 U~&S6@v; is this your son 1 I. Non-reduplicated Strong Verbs. 8 a08. In order to be able to conjugate a strong verb of the non-reduplicated class, it is necessary to know the four stems, as seen (I) in the infin., (2) I pers. sing, pret. indic., (3) I pers. pl. pret. indic., (4) the past participle. See gg iaa-s. § ago. CLASS I. lttfirr. Pret. Sing. Pret. PI. P.P. ei Lii i (af 5 69) i (ai 4 69) Goth. beidan, to azuatt bhip bidum bidans O.Icel. biira bei'd bi6um be'dinn OE. bidan bHd bidon biden 0.5. bidan bEd bidun gibidan OHG. bitan beit bitun gibitan Goth. sneipan, lo ctrt snLiip snipurn snipans leiban, to lend lPihr laihrum laibans 8 800. To this class also belong :-beitan, to bite; deigan, to knead; dreiban, to drtve; greipan, to seke ; hneiwan, to bow ; bi-leiban, to remain ; ga-leipan, to go ; ur-reisan, lo nnse; skeinan, to shine; dis-skreitan, to rend; ga-smeitan, to smkar ; speiwan, to spit ; steigan, to nscend ; sweiban, lo cease; ga.teihan, to tell; peihan, to thrive; preihan, io ress upon ; weihan, to &ht; weipan, to crown ; in- weitan, to worshzp. 4 801. CLASS11. Injn Puct. Sirtg. Pret. P/. P. P. iu Au u (a6 $73) u (a6$ 71) Goth. Sbiudan, to bid -bhup -budum -budans O.1cel. bj6ira bau6 bu'dum bo6inn OE. beodan bSad budon boden 0s. biodan bijd budun gibodan OHG. biotan b6t butun gibotan Goth. driusan, to fall drAus drusum drusans tiuhan, lo lead tiuh tadhum talihans 142 Accidence [B§ 302-3 5 302. To this class also belong:-biugan, to bertd; driugan, to serve as a soldier; giutan, to pour; hiufan, to wzourn ; dis-hniupan, to break asunder; kiusan, to test; kriustan, to gnash ; liudan, to grow ; liugan, to lie ; fra- liusan, to lose ; ga-lgkan, to shut; niutan, to enjoy; siukan, to be sick ; af-skiuban, to pssh aside ; sliupan, to sit$ ; pliuhan, to* ; us-priutan, to trouble. NOTE.--ga-liiken (.18uk, .lukum, -1ukans) is properly an aorist present, like Gr. &+w, rpl$w. See 4 280.

6 303. To this class belong all strong verbs having a medial nasal or liquid + a consonant, and a few others in which the vowel is followed by two consonants other than nasal or Iiquid +a consonant. Cp. 8 124.

Injn. Pret. Sz;zg. P~,et.PJ. P.P. i (af, $$ 67, 69) a u (aG, $ 73) u (ali, $$71,73) Goth. bindan, to band bundum bundans bind 0.I cel, binda batt bundum bundinn OE. bindan band bundon bunden 0 S. bindan band bundun gibundan OHG. bintan bant buntun gibuntan Goth. hilpan, to kalp hulpum hulpans help 0.Icel. hjalpa halp hulpum holpinn OE. helpan healp hulpon holpen OS. helpan halp hulpun giholpan 0 HG. helfan half hulfun giholfan Goth. wairpan, to warp wairrpum waiirpans become Verbs

5 304. To this class also belong :-bairgan, to keep ; bliggwan (Q 151), to heat; brinnan, fo burn ; drigkan, to ; filhan, to hide ; finpan, to jlzd ; usgildan, to repay ; du-ginnan, to begin; uf-gairdan, to gird up; fra-hinpan, to captuve; hrairban, to walk ; af-linnan, to depart ; rinnan, to nm ; siggwan. to srizg ; sigqan, lo sink ; fra-slindan, to swallow up ; spinnan, lo spin; stigqan, to thrust ; af- swairban, to w$e out; swiltan, to die; anamtrimpan, to tread on ; at-pinsan, to attract; ga-pairsan, to wither; priskan, to thresfi ; walrpan, to flzrow ; wilwan, to rob ; windan, to wind; winnan, to sufer ; ga-wrisqan, to bear lj,u,%

CLASS IV.

$305. 'To this class belong strong verbs whose stems end in a single nasal or liquid, and a few others. Cp. Q 124.

Inf;.. Pret. Sing. Pret. Pi. P. P. , i (d,$67) a 5 u (a& $ 71) Goth. niman, to take nam nemum numans

!I bairan, to 6ear bar berum baiirans 0.Icel. bera bar bprum borinn 0 E. beran bar bsron boren (3s.01-IG. beran bar bHrun giboran

$ 306. To this class belong also :-brikan, to break; qiman, to come ; stilan, to steal; ga-tairan, lo destroy; ga-timan, to suit; trudan, to tread.

NOTE.-trudan (*trap, *trEdum, trudans) is properly an aorist present, like ga-liikan (5 280). 8 807. To this class belong strong verbs having i (af) in the infinitive, and whose stems end in a single consonant other than a liquid or a nasal. Cp. 8 124.

Injn. Pret. Sittg. Pref. PI. P.P. i(af,§67) a 6 i (dl$67) giban, to give gaf gEbum gibans qipan, to say qap qgpum qipans sailvan, lo see salv sshrum safhrans sniwan, to snBu (8 160) snswum sniwans hasfen Goth. mitan, to mat mEtum mitans nzeasure O.Ice1. meta mat mptum metinn OE, metan mzt mston rneten OHG. meqqan ma3 rnlyqun gimeqqan

§ 308. To this class also belong :-bidjan, to pray; diwan, to die ; fitan, to travail in birth ; frafhnan, fo ask ; bi-gitan, to fitzd; hlifan, to steal; itan, to eat; ligan, to lie down ; lisan, to gather ; ga-nisan, to be saved; nipan, to he& ; rikan, to heap up ; sitan, to sit ; ga-widan, to bind ; ga-wigah, to shake down ; wisan, to be, reftzaifz; wrikan, & perseczrle.

NOTE.--^^ bidjan (bap, bzdum, bidans) the j belongs to the present only. In the present tense bidjan is conjugated like nasjan ($ 317). sitan, ligan are new for~nations. The regular forms would be *sitjan, *ligjan, cp. the corresponding forms of the other Germanic languages. O.Icel. sitja, liggja, OE. sittan, licgan, 0s. sittian, liggian, OHG. sitzen, liggen. In fraihnan (frah, frehum, fraihans) the n belongs to the present only. The pret. of itan is Et (occurring in frg, pret. of fra-itan, to devour) = OE. St, OHG, 85, Lat. Zdi. Verbs

CLASSVI.

I~pfift. Pret. Sing. A-cf. PI. P. P. ;a 6 6 a Goth. faraa, to go f6r f6rum farans 0.Icel. fara f6r f6mm farinn OE. faran f6r %ran faxen 0s. faran f6r f6run gi faran OHG. faran fuor fuorun gifaran Goth. slaban, to s~$itz sl6h sl6hum slahans graban, to dig griif griibum grabans frapjan, 60 under- friip frBPum frapans sta~d

4 310. To this class also belong:--alan, to grow; us-anan, to explie; ga-daban, to beseem; ga-draban, to Izew out; ga-dragan, to heap up ; af-hlapan, to lade; malan, to grind ; sakan, to dispute ; skaban, to shave ; standan, to stand; swaran, to swear; pwahan, to wash ; wakan, to wake. Seven verbs of this class have j in the present ; but in other respects are like faran, &c. ; frapjan, to tlnderstand ; hafjan, lo raise; hlahjan, to Inzcgh ; ga-ra)?ian, to count; ga-skapjan, to create; skapjan, to zt!jrr~-e; wahsjan, lo grow. Cp. the similar formation of the psese~ltin verbs like Lat. capi6, faci6. These seven verbs are conjugated in the present tense like nasjan or s6kjan according to the rules given in $ 316. NOTE.-OE. OS. swerian, OHG. swerien, O.1cel. sverja, to suvar, show that Goth. swaran is a new formation for *swarjan. The n in standan (stijp, st6pum, 'stapans) belongs to the present only, cp. Engl. stand, stood, and Lat. perfects like frEgi, vici to presents frang6, vinc6. 1187 L a. Reduplicated Strong Verbs CLASSVII. fi 811, The perfect (cp. 5 aea) was formed in the parent Innguage partly with and partly without reduplication. The reason for this difference is unknown. Examples are: Skr. va-vfirta, I trazfe tzduned, va-vhrttha, va.vfirta = Goth. warp, warst, warp; pl. va.vrtim&=Goth. wafirp urn; Gr, hclrw, I leave, ~dp~w,I send, pf. X(-hotna, xi-~op+a; 86-SWK~,Lat. de.di, I have given ; but Skr. vgda, Gr. osa, Goth. wPit, I Know, lit. I have seen. Classes I to VI of strong verbs, and the preterite-presents, belong to the type of Skr. v6da. The reduplicated syllable originally contained the vowel e as in Greek Akhotra. In Gothic the vowel in the redupli- cated syllable would regularly be i ($ 66))except in verbs beginning with r, h, lv, where the a4 is quite regular (8 67), but from forrns like rEdan, hBitan, hr6pan, pret. rafdp, hai-hhit, hrai-hop,the ai was extended to the reduplicated syllable of all verbs of this class. In the sing. the accent was on the stem and in the dual and plural originally on the ending with corresponding change of ablaut (cp. $4 32, 122-5, 136). Sanskrit pre- served this distinction more faithfully than any of the other Indg. languages. It was also preserved in the Germanic languages in the first five classes of strong verbs. In the sixth class the vowel of the sing, was levelled out into the dual and plural. This levelling also took place in division (b) of the seventh class in Gothic, and the stem of the present was extended to the past participle which originally had the same stem as the pret. plural, cp. bitum, bundum, pp. bitans, bundans ; whereas in division (a) the stem of the present was extended to all parts of the verb. $5 312-131 Verbs 147 $ 31% The reduplicated verbs in Gothic are most con- venie~ltly divided irlto two classes:-(a) verbs which retain the same stem-vowel through all tenses, and form their preterite simply by reduplication, as hatan, to call; haihsiit, hafhstum, Ilz&itans; (b) verbs which form their preterite by reduplication and ablaut combined. These verbs have the same stem-vowel in the pret. sing. and plural, and the stem-vowel of the past participle is the same as that of the present tense. NOTE.--In verbs begirlning with two consonants, only the first is repeated in the reduplicated syllable except in the combinations st, sk, as frtbisan, to fempf, pret. faifrlis; but ga-staldan, to possess, pret. ga-staistald; skbidan, to sever, pret. skaisktlip. When the verb begins with a vowel, the reduplication con- sists in prefixkng ai, as bukan, lo add, pret afAuk.

, Division (a). $ 313. Five sub-classes are to be distinguished according as the present stem contains :-a@), hi, e, 6,Bu.

Iflfiit. Pl-Pf.Sillg. i '. P. a(%):-faipan, toford faifalp falpans haldan, lo hold hailiald haldans ga-staldan,lotossess ga-staistald ga-sta!dans fahan ($ Sp), to seise faifah fahans hahan (S 68), to haug haihah hghans

NOTE.-I. The following verbs, the of which are not extant, also belong here: us.alpun, fo grow old; blandan, fo rnix; ana.praggan, to oppress ; saltan, to salt; waldan, f o ride; gaggan, to go, pp. gaggans, the wanting pret. 'gaigagg is supplied by the weak pret. iddja (8 321). 148 A ccidence I§314 In/irt. Pret. Sing. P.P. $1 :-af-Aikan, to deny at-afiik af-Pikans frPisan, to tempt faffriis frhisans hPitan, fo call haihiit hiitans liikan, to leap lailiik IPikans mAitan, to cut mdmhit mPitans skiidan, to diuide skaiskiip skiidans NOTE.--a. Here belongs also ga+l&ihan, to cherid~,comfort, the pret. of which is not extant. Infin. Pret. Sing. P. P. B :-slepan, to sleep safslgp slf pans saiz1E.p NOTE.-3. Here belongs also ufsblEsan, to blow up, puff up, which only occurs in the pres. pass. 3 pers. sing. and the pp. Inlfn. Pref. Sing. P. P. ii :-htijpan, to boast lvafhrijp lvijpans NOTE.-+ Here belong also the preterites faifiijkun, !hey bewailed, lail6un, they revi'ed, the presents of which *flijkan, *lauan are wanting; as also the verb blotan, to worship, pret. wanting. njn. Pret- Sing. P.P. iu:-hukan, to add afPuk Aukans NOTE.-5. Here belong also hlAupan, to leap ; sthutan, to srrzite, ~vhichonly occur in the present.

Division (b). $ 314. The verbs of this division belong to the seventh ablaut-series (5 124). Infin. Pvet. Sli7g. P. I? gretan, to weep gaigrijt gretans IGtan, to let laflijt letans ga-redan, fo reflecr upon ga-ralr6p ga-redans tekan, to touch taft6k tekans saian, to sow sags6 saians waian, to bloiu wdw6un (pi.) waians NOTE.-Of waian only the pres. part. masc. dat. sing. (waiandin), and the pret. 3 pers. pl. occur. The a pers. sing. pret. of saian is saisBst, with the ending "st, instead of -t, from verbs like last, where .st was regular, see $138.

Q 316. The weak verbs, which for the most part are derivative or denunainative, are divided ill Gothic into four classes according as the end in dan. pret. .ids, (.ta) ; -on, pret. -6da ; -an, pret. .&iila; -nan, pret. .n6da. The weak preterite is a special Germanic forma- tion, and many points connected with its origin are still uncertain. Some scholars are inclined to regard it as a periphrastic formation which was originally confined to denominative verbs, and then at a later period became extended to primary verbs as well. The Gothic endings of the singular :- -da, -des, -da would thus represent an old aorist formed from the root dhE., pull place (Gr. ri-8q-pc), which stands in ablaut relation to OE. 0s. dBn, OHG. tuan, to do, as Indg. *dh8m, f*dh&m),*dh&s, dhgt, prim. Germanic *&on, ("bhn), *figs, bh = Goth. -da, -dGs, -da. But it is also probable that the dental in the pret. sing. stands in close relationship to the dental of the past participle, where the -ps = prim. Germanic .&is, Gr. -T&. In Gothic the old preterite (perfect) of don has been pre- served in the pret. dual and plural, as .dEd-u, -decl.~~ts; pl. -dEd-urn, -ded.uk, -dEd-un (with the same perso~ial endings as in the pret. of strong verbs, $ 292) = OHG. tat-urn, (-un), tgt-ut, tat-un (0s. dad-un), the pret. plural of tuon. NOTE.--Many points concerning the inflexion of weak verbs in the oldest periods of the Germanic languages have never been satisfactorily explained. For a summary and discussion of the various explanations which have been suggested by scholars, the student should consult : Brugmann's Kurze 50 Accidence i§§ 316-17 vergleichende Grammatik der indogermanischen Sprachen ; Streitberg's Urgermanische Grammatik ; and Kluge's 'Vorge- schichte der altgemanischen Dialekte ' in Paul's Grundriss der germanischen Philologie, vol. I.

I. First Weak Conjugation. $ 310. The verbs of this conjugation are sub-divided into two classes :-(I) verbs with a short stem-syllable, as nasjan, to save ; or with a long open syllable, as stijjan, to judge ; (2)verbs with a long closed syllable, as sijkjan, to seek; and polysyllabic verbs, as glitmunjan, to shine. The two classes only differ in the 2 and 3 pers. sing. and the 2 pers. pl. of the pres. indic. and in the 2 pers. pl. imperative. Class (I) has -ji., but class (2) -ei.. See $6 153-4. $ 317. The full conjugation of nasjan, stijjan, s6kjan will serve as models. a. Active. Present. INDICATIVE. Sing. r. nasja stijja sijkja 2. nasjis stijjis sijkeis 3. nasjip stijjip s6keip Dual I. nasj6s stijjijs sijkj6s 2. nasjats st6jats sijkjats Plur. I. nasjam st6jam sijkjam 2. nasjip stijjip s6keiP 3. nasjand stijjand sijkjand SUBJUNCTIVE. Sing. I. nasjlu stijjlu sijkjlu 2. nasjfiis stijjfiis sOkjlis 3. nasjli stijja sijkjiii Dual I. nasjiiwa st6jAiwa sijkjfiiwa 2. nasjfiits stijjiits sijkjfiits Plur. I. nasjhfma stijjgima sijkjfrima 2. nasjfrip stiijPip siikjfrip 3. nasjPina stijjiina s6kjfrina IMPERATIVE. Sing. 2. nasei 'stauei sijkei 3. nasjadgu stiijadfru siikjadgu Dual 2. nasjats stiijats siikjats Plur. I. nasjam stiijam siikjam 2. nasjip stbjip siikeip 3. nasjandPu stZijandAu siikjandgu INFINITIVE. nasjan stiijan siikjan PARTICIPLE. nasjands stcjands sijkjands Preten'te. INDICATIVE. Sing. I. nasida stauida sijkida 2. nasides stauidcs s6kidiis , 3. nasida stauida siikida Dual I. nasidedu stauidedu sijkidedu 2. nasideduts stauidbduts sijkid&duts Plur. I. nasidedum stauidedum siikidedum 2. nasidedup stauideduj, sbkidedup 3. "asidedun stauidedun siiWd6dun SUBJU~~TIVE. Sing. I. nasidcdjfru stauidedjtiu sbkid5dj&u 2. nasidedeis stauidedeis siikidedeis 3. nasidedi stauidedi siikidedi Dual I. nasidedeiwa stauidcdeiwa siikidiideiwa 2. nasidbdeits stauidedeits sbkidedeits Plur. I. nasidbdeima stauidiideima sijkidiideima 2. nasidEdeij, stauidbdeip sijkidbdei), 3. nasidedeina stauidbdeina siikidiideina b. Passive. Present. 1 NDICATIVE. Sing. I. nasjada st6jada siikjada 3. nasjaza st6jaza s6kjaza 3. nasjada st6jada s6kjada Plur. I. 2. 3. nasjanda st6janda s6kjanda SUBJUNCTIVE. Sing, I. nasjAidhu st6jhidin s6kjAidhu 2. nasjiizhu st6jhiziu s6kjMziu 3. nasjiidiu stiij8idAu s6kjhidPu Plur. I. 2. 3. nasjiindhu sti5jiinddu siikjiindiu No~~.--onstijjan beside stauida, see $$ 80-1. 3 318. Like nasjan are conjugated the foIlowing and many other verbs : arjan, to plortgh ; gatamjan, to fame ; hazjan, to praise ; huljan, to hide ; kukjan, to kiss ; lagjan, to lay ; matjan, to eat ; natjan, to wet ; satjan, to set ; pragjan, lo rrsn ; waljan, lo clroose ; warjan, to forbid; wasjan, to clothe. 310. Like st6jan are conjugated the following verbs which change iu, Au back to iw, aw before a following vowel (8 150) : aria-niujan, to velicw ; ga-qiujan, to give Lfe to ; siujan, fo sew ; *strhujan (pret. strawida), to strew ; tdu&sn> to do. NOTE.--Here would also belong *af-mGjan, to fntiggte, *af- dijjan, fofafbe,but of these two verbs only the nom. pl. masc. of the pp. occurs once, af.mauid&i, afqdauidli, cp. 8 80. Q 320. Like s6kjan are conjugated the following and a great many others: and-bahtjan, to serve; iugjan, to slzow ; diiljan, to deal out ; dAupjan, to bapbie ; diupjan, to put to death ; d6nljan, to judge ; dragkjan, to give bo drink ; driibjan, to froteble; falirhtjan, to fear; fiidjan, lo feed; fra-wardjan, lo destroy ; ga-brannjan, to bum ; p.lPubjan, to believe ; gw-niitjan, fo meet ; gbumjan, 50 pwcerve ; glitmunjan, io shsize ; g6ljan, to greet ; hiiljan, to heal; hiusjan, to Itear; hnitiwjan, to abase ; hrginjan, to make clean; huggrjan, to ittrrrger; 16isjan, lo tcncia ; liistjan, to follow ; liuhtjan, to grve lr9t ; miidjan, to fals$fv; mafirprjan, to ntttrdrr ; mPljan, to wn'te ; mgrjaxn, toprrnclz, proc/attn ; mikiljan, to nzagnz;iy ; namnjan, to ttanfe; agjan, to ten7;fy ; riisjan, lo rnise ; sijdjan, fo sfleak ; sipijnjan, to be a rtiscl;b/e; sniumjan, lo ltasten ; swijgatjan, to sigh ; palirsjan, to tlzirst ; wandjan, to turn ; wsnjan, to /tope. fr 321. A certain number of verbs belonging to Class I formed their pret. and past participle already in prim. Germanic without the medial vowel -i-, cp. pret. Goth. pHhta, 0.Icel. pZitta, OE. piihte, OS. thZihta, OHG. d8hta ; pp. Goth. pihts, OE. ge)6ht, OHG. gidiht. The following Gothic verbs belong to this type except the pp. kaupatips. See 9 340. In.. . Pret. briggan, to bnng brPhta briikjan, to use briihta bugjan, to buy balihta gaggan, to go iddja kAupatjan, to bufet kiupasta pagkjan, to think pzhta pugkjan, to seem piihta walirkjan, to work walirhta NOTE.-I. On the consonant changes in the pret. forms (except iddja), see fr 138. On the vowel-lengthening in brzhta, PHhta, see 8 59, and Piihta, 62. The pp. PHhts, Piihts occur only in compound adjectives, anda-Piihts, cautious, vip.lant; h&uh+iihts,high-mirided. 2. gaggan ($ 313, note I) is properly a reduplicated verb, the 154 Accidence I§322 pret. of which, gaigagg, has been lost. The extant forms of iddja (f 156) are inflected Iike nasida (4 317); in one instance a weak pret. gaggida also occurs. 3. The present briggan is a strong verb ofthe third class (8 303). The regular weak present *braggjan (= OE. breng(e)an, 0s. brengian) has been lost. Cp. also OHG. bringan, pret. brEhta beside the rare strong form brang.

$32a. The first class of weak verbs contains partly causative and partly denominative verbs as in the other Indg. languages, as Skr. bhariysmi (Gr. +opio), I cause to bear; Skr. vartfiyzimi (Goth. fra-wardja), I cause to turn; Goth. nasjan, to save, rfiisjan, fo ra2'seI beside Skr. bh6rCimi, Gr. +Epo, I bear; Skr. vhrtami, I turn, Goth. wairpa, I beco??te; ga-nisan, to be saved; ur-reisan, fo anse. Gr. Sa~pGw, I weep, &vopaivw, I name; Goth. diiljan, to deal out; hfiiljan, to heal; namnjan, to yzame; beside Gr. Sd~pu,tear; Bvopa, Pzatne; Goth. d6ils, partiort ; hails, whole ; nam6, name. Irrespectively of the nature of the stems of the nouns and adjectives from which denominative verbs were formed, the two kinds of verbs had come to have the same inflexional endings already in prim. Germanic. In the parent language the endings of the pres. sing. and pl. of the causative verbs were : Sing. -6j6, .6jesi, -4jeti ; -4jomes, (-mos), -6jete, -6jonti. Thus- 1)d;. 1')-ilrz. Germ. 'nosej6 nazijij " nos6jesi * nazijizi *nos4jeti *nazijibi 'nos6jomes " nazijamiz *nosejete 'nazijidi *nos4jonti 'nazijandi The -ij- = Indg. -r;tj- regularly became j before guttural vowels, whence Goth. nasja, sbkja; nasjam, nasjand, nasjands, nasjan, 8% see $6 162, (3), 167. The com- bination -iji- regularly became .i- after long closed stem- syllables and after unaccented syllables, but -ji. in other cases (6 153), whence Gcth. sbkeis, sbkeip, beside nasjis, nasjip. On the imperative forms nasei, sbkei, see $ 154. Apart from the farms with -ei-, -ei, and the indic. pret. sing. all forms of the finite verb have the same endings as the corresponding tenses and moods of the strong verbs ($$ 287-97). On the indic. pret. singular, see $ 315. Past participle nasips, sskips, prim. Germanic *naziUaz, *siikidaz, Indg. -it&.

5 323. 2. Second Weak Conjugation. a. Active. Present. INDIC. SUBJ. IMPERATIVE. Sing. I. salbb, 1 anoivt salbij - 2. salbbs salbbs salbb 3. salbbp salbij salbbdAu Dual I. salbbs salbbwa 2. salbbts salbbts salb6ts Plur. I. salbbm salbbma salbijm 2. salbijp salbbp zalbbp 3. salbbnd salbbna salbijndAu INFIN. PARTICIPI.E. salbijn salbijnds Preterite. INDIC. SUBJ. Sing. I. salbbda salbijdBdj&u 2. salbbdes salbijdgdeis [&c. like nasida] [Sic. like nasi.di5djAuI A ccidence C§ 324

b. Passive. Present. INDIC. SUSJ. Sing. I. salbiida salb6dbu 2. salb6za salbiiz&u 3. saIb6da salb6dau Plur. I. 2. 3. salb6nda salbiindiiu 4 324. The second class of verbs is denominative and originally belonged partly to the athematic and partly to the thematic conjugation (Q 280). The first pers. sing. of the former ended in -Hmi and of the latter in -%j6. The i%became -6 in the prim. Gernianic period (Q 42). In Gothic the -6 became extended to all forms of the verb. The Gothic and OHG. pres. indic. belongs to the athematic conjugation and OE. partly to the one and partly to the other. The prim. Germanic forms corresponding to the Gothic and OHG. were : Sing. *salBij-mi, *sallj6-zi,

I *salBij-bi; dual *salBij.(w)iz, *saltjij.biz ; P1. 'salBB-miz, *salb6.di, *salb6.ndi ; from which the corresponding Gothic forms were regularly developed except salbijts (on which see $§ 287, 292) and the first pers. singular which would have become *salb6rn as in OHG. The form salb6 presents difficulties. It was probably a new formation with -a from the other classes of weak verbs and then *salba became salbij with 6 from the other forms of the present. The cause of the new formati011 was doubtless due to the fact that the first pers. sing and pl. would otl~erwisehave been alike. The pres. subjunctive is an old conjunctive (not optative as in Class I) and corresponds to the pres. subjunctive forms in the OHG. Franconian dialect: salbo, salbGs(t1, salbo; salbcm, salbct, salb6n. The prim. Germanic forms were : Sing. *salBB.m, *salt)ii-z,*salBii (Indg. .t) ; dual *salBii.w2, *saltjij.biz; PI. *salB6-m%, *salb6.%i, *salb6-n (Indg. -nt). In Goth. the first and third pers. sing. would regularly be *salba. The -6 in salbij was due to levelling out the 6 of the other forms. On salbBts see 85 as7, aoa. The -a in salb6na was from the first pers, plural as in all the other classes of verbs. The regular form of the imperative second pets. singular would be *salba (with .a from older -6 = Indg. -9, cp. Gr, Doric ~$6,hofzour l/zote ; Lat. am9, love tlzozr), but here again the 6 in the other forms was levelled out. The other forms of the imperative have the same endings as in Class I (§ 317). The pret. indic. and subjunctive and the passive have the same endings as in Class I. Past participle salbijps from prim. Germanic *sal'b6das, Indg. -%t6s(Gr. Doric ~T(;s,Lat. -2ltus). $825. Like salbiin are conjugated the following and several others : Bihtron, to beg for ; BirinBn, to be a nvs- senger; awiliudijn, to thank; dwalmijn, to be mad; fagi- nijn, to rejoice; flskcn, to jish ; frLujinGn, to be lord or king; frijijn, lo love; g&un6n, fo la~rzrnt; ga-leikijn, to !iken ; hatizijn, to hate ; h616n, to treat wif/t vtolence ; hrarbijn, to go about; Idreigiin, to repent; karijn, to care for ;, kbupijn, to trafic ; lapGn, to invite ; lustijn, to deszi-c ; rnitijn, to consider ; reikiniin, to rule ; sid6n, to practise ; skalkinon, to serrte; spilliin, to narrate; sunjijn, to justfy; swiglGn, to Pt$e ; ufar-munnon, to forget. 8 326. 3. Third Weak Conjugation. a. Active. P?-esent INDIC. SUBJ. IMPERATII~E. Sing. I. haba, I have habbu - 2. habhis habitis habbi 3. habhip habfii habadfin Dual I. habbs habkiwa - 2. habats habfiits habats Plur. I. habam hab&ima habam 2. habiiip habiip habfii! 3. haband habbina haband fiu Accidence TNFIN. PARTICIPLE. haban habands Preterite. INDIC. SUBJ. Sing. I. habhida habhidedjtin 2. hab4idEs habftidEdeis [&c. like nasida] [&c. like nasidEdjiu]

b. Passive. Present. INDIC. SUBJ. Sing. I. liabada habhidPu 2. habaza habftiz6u 3. habada habhidiu Plur. I. 2. 3. habanda habaindhu 5 327. A!ost of the verbs belonging to the third class were originally primary verbs like Lat. habe-re, to have. In prim. Germanic there were at least two stem-forms of haban, viz. present *xaB5j- and pret. *xa8-. In Gothic as in the other Germanic languages the different types became mixed, which gave rise to many new forrnatiofs. In OHG. the stem-form of the present was extended to all parts of the verb, as pret. habGta, pp. gihabGt, but OE. hzfde, gehzefd, OS. habda, gihabd. In Gothic the stem-form of the present was extended to the pi-eterit~ and pp. just as in OHG. The prim. Germanic forms of the pres. intlic. were : Sing. *xabSj6, "xab;jitjizi,*~aDSjidi ; dual "Xab5jti.(w)iz(5 2871, *xa'LSi%ji&iz; P1. *XaBi&jamiz, *Xa85j:jidi,*Xab5jandi; from which with the loss of inter- vocalic -j-($$ 78,162) were regularly developed the second and third pers. sing. habiis, habhip and the second pers. pl. habhip. The other forms of the present would have become in Gothic *habaia; *habaitis, *hab4ips ; *habaiam, *hab- aiand, see 9: 78, But the whole of the pres. indic. (except the forms habAis, habhip), the pres. subjunctive, the imperative (except habai, habgip), the infinitive, the pres. participie, the passive indic. and subjunctive, were formed direct from the stem-form *xaB. + the endings of the first Class of weak verbs. The imperative forms hab&i, habiip were regularly developed from prim. Germanic "XaB5j(i),*XaBCkQ)id(i). 5 328. Like haban are also conjugated : iistan, to reverence; ana-silan, to be srlent; and-staiirran, to murmur against; arman, to pi& ; bauan, fo dwell; fastan, tofast, hold firm ; fijan, to hate ; ga-geigan, to gazn ; ga-kunnan, to recognize; hatan, lo hate ; jiukan, to co~ztelzd;leikan, to please; liban, to live; liugan, to marry ; maurnan, to mourn ; munan, to consider ; reiran, to tremble ; saGrgan, lo sorrow ; sifan, to rqbzce ; skaman (sik), to be aslzamed; slawan, to be silent; trauan, to trust; swgran, to honour; pahan, to be siletzt ; witan, to watch, obserwe. NOTE.-I. On the stem-vowel in bauan, trauan, see fi 80. 2. bauan belonged originally to the reduplicated verbs (cp. O.Ice1. biia, to dwell, pret. sing. bj6, pp. biienn), and the strong form is still regularly preserved in bauip, the 3 pers. sing. pres. indic. 3. Beside hatan there also occurs twice hatjan. 4. It cannot be determined whether bnauan ($ 80),to rub, of which only the pres. participle occurs, belongs here or to the reduplicated verbs. 4 32Q. 4. Fourth Weak Conjugation. ~'~PSCIZ~. I NDIC. SUBJ. IMPERATIVE. Sing. I, fullna, I becoine full fullnau - 2. fullnis fullnais fulln 3. fullnip fullnhi fullnaddu Dual I. fulln6s fullniiiwa - 2. fullnats fullnhits fullnats Plur. I. fulInam fullnhima fullnam 2. fullnip fullniip fullnip 3. fullnand fullniina fullnandiu A ccidence IN~N. PARTICIPLE. fullnan fullnands Pntmle. Sing. I. fullnbda fullniidEdjiu 2. fulln6dEs fulln6dGdeis [&c. like nasida] [&c. like nasidEdjiu] NOTE.-All verbs belonging to this class are intransitive, and accordingly have no . 830. The verbs of the fourth class are partly denomina- tive and partly deverbative, and denote the entering into a state expressed by the simplex, as fullnan, to 6ecomefuIf ; and-bundnan, to become unbound, as compared with fulls, full; and-bindan, to unbind. They correspond in meaning with the inceptive or inchoative verbs in Latin and Greek. They belonged originally to the athematic conjugation(P280) and contained in the pres. indic. the formative suffix .n6- in the singular and -na- in the dual and plural, as in Skr. Sing. badh-&mi, I bind, badh-n64, badh-nk-ti; dual badh-ni- vBs, badh.ni.th&s,badh-ni-tSs ; PI. badh.nl*m&s,badh-ni- th4, badh-n-Anti (= Indg. bhndh-ndnti with vocalic n in the stem). Such verbs had the weak grade form of the stem (like the pret. pl. and pp. of the first t1;ree classes of strong verbs) owing to the accent being on the n6- in thr singular and on the ending in the dual and plural. The -n&, .na. became -n& ($ 42)) -na. ($41) in prim. Germanic. The prim. Germanic forms corresponding to the Skr. were : Sing. *8undn6mi, *bundn6si, *bundn6pi ; dual *bundnawCs, *8undnadCs ; PI. 'bundnamCs, *bundnadC, *bundnin);i; from which the first pers. pl. Goth. -bundnam is regularly developed. All the other forms of the pres. indic. were new formations formed direct from the stem- form bundn., fulln., &c. + the endings of strong verbs; and similarly with the pres. subjunctive, imperative, infini- tive and pres. participle. The pret. was formed from the original stem-form of the pres. sing. bundn8., fullnii-, &c. + the endings of the first class of weak verbs. g 331. Like fullnan are conjugated the following verbs and a few others: af-dumbhan, to hold one's peace ; af- dhubnan, to become deaf; af-tarirnan,to be torn awayfronr ; and.bundnan, to be unbound; bi-Auknan, to becor~zelarger ; dis.skritnan, to become tom ; fra-lusnan, to perish ; Tra- qistnan, to penilt ; ga-batnan, to proft ; ga-blindnan, to become blind; ga-dAupnan,to die ; ga-haftnan, to be attached to; ga-h&ilnan,to become whole ; ga-qiunan, to be made alive ; ga-skiidnan, to become parfed; ga-PaGrsnan, to dty up, wither away ; ga.waknan, to awake ; in-feinan, to be moved with contpasslon: mikilnan, to be magnrped; tundnan, to take fire ; ufar-hafnan, to be exalted ; us- geisnan, to be aghast ; us-gutnan, to be porrved out; us. hhuhnan, to be exalted ; us-luknan, to become unlocked; us-mErnan, to be procloiijred; weihnan, to beconze holy.

A. PRETERITE-PRESENTS. 4 83% These verbs were originally unreduplicated per- fects which acquired a pres. meaning like Skr. vida, Gr. oQa, Lat. niivi, I k~tow,to which a new weak preterite (see 6 840), an infinitive, and a pres. participle were formed in the prim. Germanic period. They are inflected in the pres. like the preterite of strong verbs. The following verbs, most of which are very defective, belong to this class :-

g 333. I. Ablaut-series. wAit, 1 know, z sing. whist (Q 1381, 1 pl. witum, subj. witjbu, pret. wissa (8 138), subj. pret. wissCdjiu, pres. part. witands, infin. *witan. 1&s, I k~ow. This is the only form extant. 1187 I Accidence

5 334. 11. Ablaut-series. daug, it is goodfor, profits. The only form extant.

kann, f know, 2 sing. kant (kannt), I pl. kunnum, pret. indic. kunpa, pret. subj. kunpEdjAu, infin. kunnan, pres. part. kunnands, pp. kunps. NoTE.-T~~pret. and pp. of this verb presents difficulties in all the Germanic languages. The pp. kunps, O.Icel. kiipr (kunnr), OE. ciiP, 0s. kGp, 0.Fris. khth, OHG. kund (4 127, Table I), all go back to prim. Germanic *ktinpaz, Indg. *gnt6s (with vocalic n). The regular prim. Germanic form would have been *kund&s,but the separate languages show that the accent must have been shifted from the ending to the stem some time prior to the operation of Verner's law, and that then a preterite was formed direct from the base kunp-+ the endings .6n, (-Sn), -Ss, 25, &c. (5 315),whence Goth. kunpa, 0.Icel. kunna from older 'kunpa, OE. ciipe, OHG. konda. See $ 340

parf, I need, 2 sing. parR, I pl. pafirbum, subj. pafir- bjku, pret. indic. patirfta, infin. *pafirban, pres. part. patirbands, pp. patirfts, necessary. ga-dars, I dare, I pl. ga-datirsurn, subj. ga-dafirsjau, pret. indic. ga-dalir~ta,infin. ga-da6rsan.

$336. IV. Ablaut-series.

skal, I shall, owe, 2 sing. skalt, I pl. skulum, subj. skul- jgu, pret. indic. skulda, pret. subj. skuldCidjku, infin. "skulaa, pres. part. skulands, pp. skulds, owifzg, lawful. man, f think, I pl. munum, subj. munjku, pret. indic. munda, infin. munan, pres. part. munands, pp. munds. bi-nah, it is permitted or la~ful;ga-nah, if sufices, pp. bi-natihts, suficient, infin. *-nauhan. Other forms are wanting. Verbs

0 33:. V. Ab1aut.series. mag, I can, may, 2 sing. magt for *maht, dual magu, maguts, I pl. magum, subj. magjBu, pret. indic. mahta, pret. subj. mahtedjhu, infin. *magan, pres. part. magands, pp. mahts.

5 338. VI. Ablaut-series. ga-miit, I find rooitr, I pl. *ga-miiturn, subj. gam6tjBu, pret. indic. ga-mBsta, infin. *ga.m6tan. iig, Ifear, I pi. *tigum, subj. Cgjiiu, pret. indic. Bhta; imperative 2 sing. ijgs, from prim. Germanic "63i2, is originally an injunctive form. 2 pl. BgeiP (properly subj.), infin. "iigan. The pres. part. of the real old infin. still survives in unagands,fefearless. 5 339. Aih, I have, probably belonged originally to the seventh class of strong verbs (5 311), I, 3 sing. 6ih (7) and gig (I), plural I. Qigum (2) and Qihum (2), 2. AihuP (I), 3. Bigun (2),subj. 3 sing. iigi (2), plural 2 pers. Qigeik (I), 3. Aigeina (I), pres. part. Qigands (5) and Bihands (I), infin. Bihan (I) occurring in the compound fair-Bihan, to partake of; pret. indic. I, 3 sing. Bihta, 3 pi. AihtEdun, subj. 2 sing. &ihtZ.deis. NOTE.-In the pres. h was regular in the x, 3 pers. sing. indic. (5s 136-7), and g in all other forms of the present. But in a few cases we find h where we should expect g, and in one case g instead of'h. The figures in brackets give the number of times h and g occur in forms of the present. 5 340. It should be noted that the ending of the past participle of all vcrbs belonging to the preterite presents goes back to Indg. 46s (not -it6s as in the first class of weak verbs, 5 322), as kunps (§ 335 note), munds, skulds = prim. Germanic *kilnpaz, *mun&&s,"skuldBs, lndg. *gntds, *mntds, *skltbs; and similarly with the other past participles. This is no doubt the reason why the preterites do not have the n~edial-i. which is found in the Ma 164 Accidence [QS 341-1 preterites and past participles of the first class of weak verbs, as nasida, s6kida, pp. nasips, sokips ; and similarly with the preterites baGhta, brlhta, &c. (8 321).

341. Only scanty remains of the athematic verbs have been preserved in Gothic. These are the pres. indicative and subjunctive of the substantive verb, and the verb will.

I. The Substantive Verb. 4 34a. The substantive verb forms its present tense from the root es-. The other parts of the verb are supplied by wisan ($ 308). Present. 1NDIC. SUBJ. Sing. a. im, I am sijfiu 2. is sijfiis 3. ist sijfii Dual I. siju 'sijfiiwa 2.*sijuts 'sij4its Plur. I. sijum sijfiima 2. siju), sijfiip 3. kind sij6ina INFIN,wisan PARTICIPLEwisands Preteriie. INDIC. SUBJ. Sing. I. was wesjtiu 2. wast weseis [&c. like nam,§ 2861 [&c. like nemj6u] PARTICIPLEwisans NOTE.-I. For the imperative the subj. forms sijais, kc., are used. a. Observe the elision of the vowel in nist - ni ist, patist - pata ist, karist = kara ist. 3. Beside sijum, sijuf, there also occur sium, siup, which points to a weak articulation of the intervocalic .j-.

The original forms of the pres. indic. were : Sing. *&mi (Skr. Asmi), *Csi beside *Cssi (Skr. Asl, Homer Looi), *Csti (Skr. Bsti, Gr. hi); dual *sw6s (Skr. svAs), *stes (Skr. sthbs); PI. *sm& (Sltr. smfts), *st6 (Skr. sthg), 'sknti (Skr. sAati). Beside the accented there also were un- accented forms just as in the pronouns ($ ase). *&mi regularly became im through the intermediate stages *izmi, *immi, *imm. is from *isi, *hi; ist from *isti ; sind from "sindi. siju, sijum, sijup with sij- from the pres. subjunctive and the endings of the pret. of strong verbs ($ 202), cp. the same endings in 0.Icel. erum, we are, erup, eru (OE. earon); OI-IG. bir-urn, bir-ut; OE. sin- don, 0s. sindun. The original forms of the pres. subjunctive were : Sing. *s(i)j&m (Skr. syhm), *s(iU$s(Skr. syis), *s(ilj6t (Skr. syht); PI. "simf, *site, *sijknt, which would have beconle in Gothic *sija, *sijOs, "sija; *seima (OHG. sim), *seip (011G. sit), *sein (OHG. 0s. sin). In Gothic the original sij. of the singular was extended to the plural and then tlie whole tense was remodelled after the analogy of the pres. subjunctive of strong verbs ($ 288).

2. The Verb ' wiN'.

Q 343. The present tense of this verb was originally an optative (subjunctive) form of a verb in -mi, which already in prim. Germanic came to be used indicatively. To this was formed in Gothic a new infinitive, present participle, and weak preterite. The endings of the present are those of the pret. subjunctive ($203). The existing forms are ;- I 66 A ccidence [§ 344

Presevrl, Sing. I. wiljPu Plur. I. wileima 2. wileis 2. wileip 3. wili 3. wileina Dual 2. wileits I NFIN. wiljan PARTICIPLEwiljands Preferite. INDIC. SUBJ. Sing. I. wilda wild5djiu [&c. like nasida, Q 3171 [&c. like nasidEdjAu]

CHAPTER SIV

ADVERBS, PREPOSITIONS, AND CON- JUNCTIONS

$ 344. Most adverbs of manner are formed from adjec- tives by means of the su6x .ba, the origin of which is uncertain. Some scholars regard it as an instrumental cn,ding, representing an Indg. *-bhE or *-bh6. Examplcs are: bairlltaba, bridztly; bkitraba, bitlel-ly; hiuhaba, h

time ; iihteigi5, in season. The same ending also occurs in aftarii, behiitd ; afnftti,perhaps, surely ; missti, one another ; sundrii, asunder; ufarii, above ; undar6, beneath ; siml6, once. p 346. The comparative degree of adverbs generally in -is, cis (see d 243), as &iris,ea?,licr; fafirpis, bFfore- hand; framis, ftcs ii'lar; haldis, rather ; hhulis, htgj~er; mfiis, more; nE.lui~,nearer; mins from *minniz, less ; wairs from *wirsiz- worse ; aljaleikos, oilte~wue; sniu- mundGs, with l~r~iP jzfzste. Of the superlatrl p degree two examples only are extant : frumist,f;rsf of ail; mhist, at most. tj 346. The gens case is sometimes used adverbially, as allis, in general, zisknily ; and-wairpis, over against; nahts, at night ; rafhtis, Anzueve?; indeed. $347. Adverbs of time are expressed either by simple adverbs, as fiir, eat:y ; hran, when ; ju, already ; nu, noztl; pan, then ; or by the oblique cases of nouns and pronouns, as himma daga, to-&Y ; gistra-dagis, du maGrgina, to- nlowow; dagis hrizuii.. ring by drry ; ni Biw, nPz,rr ; fram himma nu, Itenc@orth. 8 348. Adverbs of place denoting rest in a place have the ending .r or .a (cr. the .r in Lat. ciir, zeiiy, Liti~.Iru?, where. The -a is itr lginally an instruments! endin ;), as agar, elsexliere ; her, hrre ; bar, where ; jhinar, yoi.{/~r, par, there ; afta, bplrz>z(f; faiira, bffore ; inns, wztlzrt~; iupa, above; Eta, wiflzout ; dalapa, bclozw. Those denoting motion to a place have either no suffix or one of the suffixes -p(md), -drE. The -P (-d) goes back to an Indg. particle *-te, denoting ttzotion to a place, and is also preserved in Greek in words like ~dsuefrorn *~d-~t,whither; BAAo-ue, elsewlitthcr. -dre represents an original ablative ending *-trzd. Examples are : aljap, in another dtvection ; dalap, down ; Evap, lvadre, whither; jaind, jaindre, ihitlrer ; samap, to the same place ; hidre, hither. Those denoting motion from a place have either the suffix -pr6 or -na, where -pr6 represents an original ablative ending *-trbd and is related to the -tra in Skr. words like tA.tra, there ; any&-tra,elsewhere ; and -na from an original particle -nE denoting motionfrom a place, cp. Lat. super-ne, from above. Examples are : aljaprij,from elsewJtere ; alla. prb, from all directions ; dalapr6, from below; fairrapr6, from afar; innapr6, innana,from within ;iupana, iupaprb, from above ;jAinpr5, thence ; hrapr6, whence ; papr6, thence ; iitaprb, iitana, from without ; aftana, hindana, from behind, 5 349. The affirmative and negative particles are ja, jAi, yea, yes ; ni, not ; nG, nay, no. The interrogative particles are u, which is attached encli- tically to the first word of its clause, as skuldu (=skuld-u) ist?, as it lawful?; in compounds having a prefix it is attached to the prefix, as gauliiubjats ? (= ga-u-lfiubjats?), do ye t-mo believe ? ; niu (= ni-n), rlot ; an, nuh, then ; jau (= ja-u), whetlzer; Pfiu (in the second of two alternative questions), or; ibiii, which like Gr. p4, Lat. num, requires a negative answer, cp. St. Mark ii. 19. See Q a97.

(I) With the accusative : and, alo~tg,flzro~~ghout, f~wards ; fatir,for, b(fore ; inuh, wif/zout; pairh, tJu-oug/z,by ; undar, under ; wipra, against. (2) With the dative : af, of; from ; alja, except ; du, to ; fatira, before ; fram,from ; mip, with ; nehra, nigh to, near ; undarb, under ; us, out, out of. (3) With accusative and dative : afar, after, according to ; ana, on, upon ; at, at, by, to ; bi, by, about, around, against, according to ; hindar, belzind, beyond, among; uf, under; ufar, over, above ; und with acc. until, up to, with dat. for. (4) With accusative, dative, and genitive: in with acc. in, into, towards, with dat. in, into, among, with gen. on accorrrrt of.

(I) Copulative : jah, and, also ; uh (enclitic), and ; nih, not ; jak . . . jah, both . . . and ; ni patAinei . . . ak jah, not only . . . but alsn ; nih . . . ak jah, not only . .. but also. (2) Disjunctive : aikphu, or ; andizuh , . . aipl-Au, ~illrer . . or; jappl! . . . japka, wheil~er. . . or; ni (or nih) . . . ni (or nih), trci//zer . . . nor. (3) Adversative : ak (after negative clauses), but; akei, btrt ; ip, pan, appan, b14t, hozccvrv. (4) Conclusive: nu, nunu, nuh, pannu, panull, paruh, eipan, dupb (duppe), therr~ire. (5) Concessive : phu, in that case ; PButljabAi, even tlzough; swQAuh, indeed, howeuer. (6) Causal : allis, Auk, raihtis, unts, jor, Irecause; (ni) peei, (not) because ; pandi5, iirasnrzcch as. (7) Final : ei, patei, peei, pei, fltat; dupe, duppe ei, du pamma ei to the end that, because ; ei, swaei, swaswe, so &at; ibs (iba), lest, that . . . not. (8) Conditional : jabhi, tf; nib& niba, unless, i;T . . . not. (9) Temporal : swE,jrrsl as; pan, pande, ZO~NZ,0.c 101g as ; hip, mippanei, wltilst ; sunsei, as soon as ; faGrpizei, before that ; untl!, und patei, pands, unttl, rinf11 tlznt, as long as. (10)Comparative : lvfriwa, how ; swe, as ; swaswl, SO as. Word-Formation [§§ 352-4

CHAPTER XV

WORD-FORMATION $362. By far the greater part of the word-forming elements, used in the parent language, were no longer felt as such in Gothic. In this chapter we shall chiefly confine ourselves to those word-forming elements which remained productive, such as prefixes and suffixes.

$ 353. Nouns may be divided into simple, derivative and compound. Exan~ples of simple nouns are : abba, father ; ahs, ear ofgraiiz ; &ips, oath ; bafirgs, city ; da gs, day ; fGtus, foof ; fisks, fish ; gulp, gold; hahrn, horn ; hreila, trme; juk, yoke; nahts, niyltt; stgins, stone; waGrd, word; wulfs, WO~ 364. Derivative nouns are formed in a great variety of ways :- I. From adjectives, as brhidei, breadth; drugkanei, n'rurzkeizness ; laggei, kiz~fiz; managei, mtlltikide ; siukei, sickness (5 212); mildipa, ~~tilcf~zess;niujipa, ncwncss ($191); managdiips, a6mu'unce ($ 189); manniskiidus, Izunranity ; barniski, cl~t/dlzood. 2. By means of various sr~ffixesmost of which were no longer felt as such in Gothic, as fugls, fowl, bird; stikls, cup ; tagl, itair ; bagms, tree ; mhipms, treasure ; akrs, field ; tagr, tcnr ; briipar, broflzer ; daGhtar, dazrgizter ; figgrs, ; baGrgja, citizen ; gudja, priest ; fislcja, fisher ; biikareis, scrzbe ; miitareis, to//-tafier ; IEkinassus. healing. Diminutives, as barnilij, little child ; magula, Itttke boy ; mawii6, litfle girl. 3. From strong verbs with and without a prefix, as Isba, remnant; IU-rists, res:irrection ; un-witi, ignorance ; drus, fall; ga-gusts, test; nuta, fislter ; saithts, sickness ; bandi, band ; bandja, przsonrr ; dragk, dt-zitk ; ga-filh, buPl'al; ga-munds, venzmlbrarrre : fulhsni, secret ; sagqs, sinhi&; saggws, song; urnins, mntrirzg out; parba, poverb ; barn, child ; balir, so?r ; bGrusjiis, parents ; ga- taitra, renf ; ga-qumps, asse~~zbiy; quns, advent ; skula, debtor; bida, prayer; gabei, r;'ches ; giba, g$f?; ga-nists, salvalion ; ga-qiss, co~tsent; filifkus, ilzief; mahts, might ; wists, sz~bstancc; wraks, persecutor ; frapi, underskanditzg ; ga.skafts, creation ; sladhts, slarr~Izfer;staps, place ; us- wahsts, growth ; iihts, ProFsrfy ; ga-hiit, promrse. 4. By means of various prefixes. Some of the forms qiven as prefixes below are in reality independent words forming the first element of compounds. They hare been included among the real prefixes for pureIy practical purposes. It should be noted that the examples given below include both nouns and adjectives :-

356. af. fi-om *ab. (0.1cel. 0s.at-, OE. EX- (unaccented form of-), OHG. ab, Indg. *ap6 beside *&PO, Gr. dr6, 5x0, off, frorn, a.rc!ayfrom), as af-drugkja, drunkard ; af-etja, ;yi'~icfion; af.gudei, zc~r_p.odIiitess; af-gu)ts, godk.ss ; af-Iageins, ret~tission; af-l@ts,fr)~giz~e~zess; af-stass, n fnlhgr nzrlny. $350. afar- (0.Icel. afar-, OIIG. avar-, a deriv. of Indg. *Ape + the comparative suffix -er-os, aJrler, cp. Skr. Bparas, the Zntler; adv. aparPm, later), as afar-dags, the ?text day ; afar-sabbatus, tlze $rst day after tlte Sabbath. 5 367. ana- (0s.an., OHG. ana-, OE. an-, accented form of on-, Gr. dvd, Cva, on, iicponf, as ana-bGsns, contnznnd; ana- filh, tradition ; ana-lageins, a laying on ; ana-minds, sup- position ; ana-qiss, blaspltemy ; ana-siuns, visible ; ana- stijdeins. beginning; ana-wafrps, future. 172 Word-Formation [I§ 358-67 5 368. and-, mostly in verbs, anda-, only with nouns and adjectives (0.Icel. and., OE. and., ond-, 0s. and-, ant., OHG. ant-, ent-, int-, cp. Skr. Anti, Gr. hvd, opposile, against, Lat. ante, before), as and-hugi,face; and-huleins, revelation ; and-wairpi, presence.-anda-bahhts, ransom ; anda-hafts, answer ; anda-nems, pleasant; anda-nahti, cvening ; anda-stapjis, adversary; anda.PHhts, cii-ct~rizspect; anda-wgurdi, answer. $ 369. at. (O.Ice1. 0s. at-, OE. set-, OHG. ag., at, to, Lat. ad, to), only in at-apni,year; at-witgins, observatibn. 360. bi. (OE. OS. be., OHG. bi., the unaccented form of OE. 0s. OHG. bi, by), as bi.faih6, covetousness; bi- hgit, strfe ; bi-mgit, circumcision ; bi-sitands, neiglzbour. Q 361. dis- (probably borrowed from Lat. dis., apart, asunder), only in dis-taheins, dispersion ; dis-wiss, disso- lution. $ 362. fair- (ONG. fir-, far., NHG. ver-, Skr. pgri, Gr. dpr, mrpl, around, Lat, per, tlzrough), only in fair-weitl, spectacle. 363. falir- (OE. 0s. for, OHG. furi, for, bcfore), as falir-balihts, r-edenrption ; fa6r-hB11, curtain ; falir-lageins, a Zayirzg before ; falir-stasseis, chzef ruler; $ 364. faGra- (OE. fore, 0s. OHG. fora, before, for), as faiira-dauri, street ; falira-gagga, steward ; falira-hsh, curtain ; faGra-mapleis, ruler; faura-tani, sign, wonder. Q 365. fra- (OHG. fra-, 1-at. pro., Gr. sp6, before), as fra-gifts, gqt, protrrise ; fra-qisteins, zuaste ; fra-lusts, loss ; fra-waurhts, sin ; fi-a-weit, revenge. $ 366. fram- (0.Icel. OE. OS. OHG. fram-, from), as fram-aldrs, very old; fram-gghts, progress. 5 367. ga- (OE. ge., OS. gi-, OHG. ga., gi.), originally a preposition meaning togell~er, which already in prim. Germanic was no longer used as an independent word. It was especially used in forming collective nouns, but at a later period it often had only an intensive meaning or no special meaning at all, as ga-barirps, bri-tlt ; ga-bruka, fragment ; ga.d6fs, heconzing, .fit ; ga-filh, bra7'al; ga-gups, pious ; ga-hugds, tlzon~glzt; ga-juk, n pair : ga.kusts, pt oof; gaman, /2//0a.-mnn ; ga-munds, renrembr nriic ; ga-qumps, assenrb& ; ga-skafts, crcafion ; ga-wafirstwa,/; iioru-uforkcr. 5 368. hindar. (OE. hinder, O I I G. l~intar,bc~hind), only in hindar-weis, decetLful; iiindar-weisei, d~cei!fitlness. $ 369. id- (OE. ed., 01-IG. ita-, it-, back, ngoitz, re), only in idweit (OE. edwit, OIIG. ita-wiy, itvwfyl, re/woach. $ 370. in. (OE. 0s. OHG. in, O.Lat. en, later in, Gr. ivi, Ir, in), as in-ahei, soberness ; in-ahs, saber; insgardja, orre 3JfIze same lzousehold ; in-il6, e.rcuse ; in-kunja, country- Ifran ; in-miideins, exchange ; in-winds, kr-tred asrrf~. $ 371. inna- fO.Icel. OE. inne, OHG. inna, wiflzin), only in inna-kunds, of flze same houselzold. $ 372. missa- (OE.mis-, OI-IG. missa,, missi-, Indg. mitto., originally a participial adjective meaning lost), as mis~a-d&Ps,misdeed ; missa-leiks, various ; missa-qiss, ciiscord. $ 373. mip (OE.0s. mid, OIIG. mit, wiflz, Gr. pt~d, ;cv'/lt, und~r,betweeit), as miP-gardi-waddjus,partifion zuall; xnip-ga.ainpa, travc//ing co~~zpartion; mip-wissei, conscience. § 3'74. uf. from *uB- (Sltr. 6pa, Gr. Gxo, up, under), as uf-iipeis, unrt'er air onilz ; uf-blijteins, e~frenty;uf-hhuseins, vbedicizre ; uf-kunpi, knozu/e~~. Q 375. ufar- (OE. ofer, OS. oBar, OIIG. ubar, Gr. irat'p, Skr. upiiri, over, above), as ufar-fullei, ove~zillness;ufar. fulls, oz*erftrll; afar-gudja, chiif priest ; ufar-mi%, super- scra$fion. j 376. un- (OE. 0s. OHG. un-, Lat. en-, Gr. b, a negative particle, un-, sometimes used intensitively with the meaning bad, evil, &c.), as un-agei, fearlessness; un- bafrands, barren ; un-fagrs, utrfit ; un-fr8dei, without understanding ; un-hhili, disease ; un-hulpa, mil spirrt ; un-mahts, injirnli2y ; un-wghs, blameless. 4 377. US- from *uz- (OE. or-, OS. OHG. ur-, oici), as us-filh, buvial ; us-fcdeins, food ; us-fulleins, jullness ; us-kunps, well-known ; us.qiss, accusahon ; us-stass, resurrection ; ur-rists, resurrection, see $ 176 note 3. 1378. wipra- (OE. wiper, OHG. widar, against), only in wipra-wairps, opposite. SUFFIXES. 8 370. -and- (OE. -end, -nd, OS. -and, -nd; OHG. .ant, at), originally the ending of the present participle (5 217), used in forniing nomina agentis, as bisitands, ne2hbour; frijijnds, fn'end; fijands, cnelny; nasjands, saviour. See Q 218. $ 330. -arja- (OE. -ere, OHG. -?id, Lat. -8rius), originally used to form nomina agentis from other nouns, and then later from verbs also, as bckareis, scn'be; lasareis, teacher ; liupareis, singer ; rnijtareis, toll-taker ; Gkareis, disputer. See F 185. 1 381. -assu- from "attu-, Indg. .ad-tu- (cp. 5 138), the first element of which is the same as the -at. in Goth. -atjan, OE. settan, OHG. .amen, Gr. -&?,crv, in verbs like Goth. lahhatjan, OHG. lohazzen, to lighfen. hlostly extended to -inassum with -in- from verbs like frAujin6n1to mle over; gudjin6n1 to be a priest (4 415) ; as ibnassus, evenness ; ufarassus, ow; blotinassus, service, worsh$ ; drairhtinassus, wcirfnre ; gudjinassus (formed from stem gudjin-, nom. guclja, priest), ofl~ceof a priest; b6rinassus1 ndu/t~ly; IEkinassus, I~eahng; skalkinassus, service ; piudinassus, s~~vzce; waninassus, want. § 382. -diiPi., forming fem. abstract nouns, cp. Lat. juventus, youtlz, gen. juventGtis, Indg. -tGti-,as ajukdups, eterizz& ; rnanagdii)~~,abzrlrdanre ; mikildiips, greatness ; gamhindiips, cotnnit~rzion. See 4 199. 4 383. -in-,embrac~ng fem. abstract nouns formed from adjectives, as ftudagei, 6/~ssrd11ess; b&itrei, brtffl-tzess; bleipei, mercy ; brhidei, breadth ; diupei, depth ; giidei, good~ess; handugei, wisdom ; laggei, length ; liutei, deceit ; mikilei, greatness ; siukei, sickness ; swinpei, strengII1. See $212. Q 384. .ips (OE.-Po, -P, OHG. .ida, prim. Germanic -iP6 with .is from ja- and i-stems, lndg. -tB), used in forming fern. abstract nouns from adjectives, as aggwipa, aqpish ; aglipa, tribulation ; dAubipa, denfness ; diupipa, dt.ptlz ; dwalipa, foolishness ; gAuripa, sorrow ; ka6ripa, werg/tt ; manwipa, preparation ; mEripa, fame ; mildipa, tnitdness ; niujipa, newness ; swcripa, honour; swiknipa, purity ; weihipa, holiness. See 8 191. -ipa generally became -ida by dissimilation when the preceding syllable began with a voiceless consonant, as Bupida, desert; wairpida, worthiness. fj 385. -6Pu- (OE. -ap, .op, OEIG. Gd, Lat. 4tu-, Gr. Doric -GT~-), used in forming masc. abstract nouns from the second class of weak verbs, as gAun6pus, mourning; gabafirjb~us,pIeasu?-e. -6)~u-became -6du- by dissimilation when the preceding syllable began with a voiceless con- sonant, as adhjodus, tumult ; manniskGdus, hunzanity ; wrat6dus, jorcrney. fj 386. .ubni, .ufni (see 4 158 note), prim. Germanic -uSnja-, Indg. -mnjo- uith vocalic m, as fastubni, obc~r- vance ; frfiistubni, tenzl5tation ; witubni, R~zo.iel/c.tke; waldufni, power ; wundufni, zuozin~J. $ 387. -pwa (prim. Germanic "pw6, Indg. .twZ), as fijapwa, fiapwa, hatred; frijapwa, love; salipwijs, pl., dwelling, nzat~sion. Q 388. -eini-, prim. Germanic -i(j)ini-, Indg. -ejeni. ; -6ni-, Indg. -iini. ; "Aini-, prim. Germanic -%(j)ini-, Indg. .Sjeni. ; used in forming verbal abstract nouns irom the first three classes of weak verbs, as lhiseins, doctrine; lap6ns, invr- tation; libfiins, lge. See § 200. Word-Formation

COMPOUNDNOUNS. 4 889. In compound nouns formed by composition the second element is always a noun, but the first element may be a noun, adjective, or a particle. The declension and gender of compound nouns are determined by the final element. The final vowel of the first element generally remained in the pure a-stems, but there are many exceptions which it is difficult to account for. Examples are : ah-tundi, thornbush ; tiina-bafu, jirst-born ; Biza-srnipa, coppersmith ; arma-hafrtei, mercy ; da6ra-wards, door-keeper ; dwala- waGrdei, foolish talk ; figgra-gulp, finger-ring ; garda- waldands (but see 8 1Q7), ~nasterofthehouse; hunda-faps, centuvion; hunsla.staps, altar; lagga-miidei, long-sufering ; 1Buna-wargs, unthankful person ; liusa-waiirdi, emply falk ; lukarna-stapa, candlestick ; wafla-dGps, benefit ; wa6rda=jiuka, a strrfe about words ; weina-gards, vzne- ' yard; weina-triu, vine. But on the other hand : Bin. falpei, simpltcify ; all-waldands, the Ahnigh& ; gud.hiis, temple ; gu~bliistreis,worsh$per of God; hals-agga, neck ; 14~s-handus (adj.), cmpfy-Jzanded; manag-falps (adj.), rnan$oId; sigisliun, prize ; wein-dmgkja, wine-bibber. The -a remained in the short ja-stems, but disappeared in the long, as midja-sweipiins, tJze Jood ; niuja-satips, novice ; wilja-halpei, respect of persons ; but frei-hals, freedom. arbi-numja, heir ; agliiti.waGrdei, indecent hnguage. The final vowel of the first element regularly remained in the ii-, jij-, i., and u-stems, as miita-staps, toll-place. piisundi-faps, leader of a thousand men. gabaGrpi-waGrda, genealogy ; mari-sttiws, sea ; mati.balgs, wallet ; nttudi. bandi, fefter ; but briipfaps, brzdegroom. asilu.qairnus, mill-stone ; faihu-gafrnei, covetous~zess; filu-waGrdei, much talking ; fiitu-balird, footboard ; grundu-waddjus, founda. lion ; hardu-hairtei, hard-heartedness. $8 390-41 Wotd-Fot-mafion 177 piupqiss instead of 'pupa-qiss, blessing. The n-stems have a, as Buga-daftrii, window; mana- ~eps,mankind ; but man-leika, image ; staua-stiils, judg- ment seat. Examples of consonant sterns are : baftrgs.waddjus, town-wall; brbpru-lub6, brotherly love, beside the new formation br6p-a-hbb; nahta-mats, supper, formed on analogy with the a-stems. ADJECTIVES. 4 390. Adjectives, like nouns, may be conveniently divided into three classes : simple, derivative, and com- pound. Exanlples of simple adjectives are : Bins, one ; ails, all ; bafrhts, bvkht ; blinds, blind ; diubs, dead ; diups, de~p; fagrs, fair ; fulls, full; hiils, whole ; hardus, Irard ; ibns, even ; juggs, young ; kalds, cold; mikils, great; rafhts, right ; siuks, sick ; ubils, evil. § 301. Derivative adjectives often have the same prefixes as nouns (58 356-781, as af-gups, godless; ana-siuns, visible ; anda-nEms, pleasant ; fram-aldrs, ve)y old ; ga- gups, pious ; missa-leiks, various; un-fagrs, unfit; as- kunps, well known. SUFFIXES. 8 392. -aga- (OE. -ig, OHG. -ag, prim. Germanic .a36-, Indg. -0q6-, cp. Skr. -aka, as fiudags, blessed; grgdags, hungry ; mbdags, angry ; un-hunslags, willtout ofJee,.in~; wulpags, glorious. 3 303. -aha- (prim. Germanic -frxa-, fndg. -6qo-, cp. Skr. -Aka-, the same suffix as the above with difference of accent), as Binaha (weak decl.), only ; niu-klahs, under age ; stiinahs, story ; un-barnahs, childless ; waurdahs, verbal; and similarly bairgahei, hiN counfry, from *bair- gahs ; brGprahans, brethren, from *braprahs. 384. -eiga- (OE.-ig, OHG. -!g, prim. Germanic -is&-, Indg. *-iq6-, cp. Skr. -iki-), as andamemeigs, koldrirgfast; 1187 N Word-Formation ansteigs, gvncious ; hrcpeigs, victorious; Iiiseigs, apt to teach ; listeigs, cunning ; mahteigs, migltty ; sineigs, old ; Piupeigs, good ; us-beisneigs,long-suferti2.q ; watirst- weigs, efective. 4 396. .eina- (OE. -en, OHG. .in, prim. Germanic -ins-, = Lat. -inu-s), used in forming adjectives denoting the material of which a thing is made, as airpeins, earthen; iiweins, eternal; barizeins, of barley ; filleins, leathern ; gulpeins,golden; gumeins, male, qineins,female ; stiineins, ofstone ; paclrneins, thorny; triweins, wooden. $, $, 396. Siska- (OE. -isc, OHG. -isc, -isk, Lat. -iscu-s, Gk. -LUKO-s),generally connoting the quality of the object denoted by the simplex, as barnisks, childislt ; funisks, fiery ; gudisks, godly ; mannisks, Izuman ; *piudisks, whence piudiskij, after tlze manner of Gentiles ; iudaiwisks, Jezuish, formed from Iudaius, Jew; hbipiwisks, wild, with w from iudaiwisks.

$ 397. In compound adjectives formed by composition the second element is always an adjective or used as an adjective, but the first element may be a noun, adjective, verb, or particle. The final vowel in the first element of the compound follows tile same rule as in nouns (4 389), as akrana-lbus,fn~ifless; gijda-kunds, of good onkin ; guda- ltius, godless ; himina-kunds, hea7,efziy; wit6da-lius, law- less ; iin-falps, sirrzple ; mikil-piihts, hrglz-minded. andi- lius beside anda.lius, endless, with a from the pure a.stems. airpa-kunds, born of Lke earth ; hreila.hrairbs, transitory. nfiudi-PaGrfts, needy. faihu-gafrns, covetous; handu-wabrhts, made by hands. gums-kunds, male ; qina- kunds,fenzale ; silba-wiljis, wii1i~f.qof oneself. 398. In addition to the class of compound adjectives given above, the parent language had a class, the second element of which was originally a noun. Such compounds 8s 399-4021 Word-Formation I79 are generally called bahuvrihi or possessive compounds, as Lat. longip8s, having a long-foot, lorzg-footed; Gr. Svapcv+, having an evil nzind, /tostile ; Gothic alja-kuns, belotzging to another race, foreign ; arma.hafrts, nzcrcQui ; hfiuh.hairts, proud, /tar@& ; fbna-leiks, equal ; laus-handus, emp&- handed; ltrusa.walirds, talhitzg vainly ; ubil-walirds, evif-

8 399. From a morphological point of view, all verbs may be divided into two great classes: simple and com- pound. Simple verbs are sub-divided into primary and denominative verbs. To the former sub-division belong the strong verbs and a certain number of weak verbs, and to the latter the denominative verbs. The simple primary verbs are here left out of further consideration, as their formation belongs to the wider field of comparative grammar. Compound verbs are of various ltinds : (I) those formed from simple verbs by means of separable or inseparable particles, (2) those formed from nouns and adjectives with verbal prefixes or sufixes. $400. Simple verbs are formed direct from nouns and adjectives or from the corresponding strong verbs, as dsljan, to deal out; fijdjan, to feed; namnjan, to narlze ; wenjan, fo hope; fiskh, to jsh ; kariin, to care for hfiiljan, to heal; hrginjan, to mnRc clcum; mikiljan, to magnlfj,; weihnan, to bbecoure holy. lagjan, lo lay; nasjan. to save ; raisjan, to raise ; satjan, to set ; wandjan, to turn. $ 401. Compound verbs are fbrmed from simple verbs, nouns, and adjectives, by means of various prefixes. See below. On the accentuation of the prefixes in verbs see qg 33-4. PREFIXES. 9 402. af. (9 355), as af-Aikan, to dclay; af-dfiupjan, to hill; af-gaggan, togo away ; af-letan, to dismiss; af-mgitan, to cut of; af-slahan, to tzill; af-tiuhan, to di-niu away. N 2 I 80 Word-formation [§§ 403-13

4 403. afar- (5 366), as afar-gaggan, to follow; afar- liistjan, tofollow afler. 4 404. ana- (4 357), as aria-iukan, to add to; ana-biud- an, to command ; ana-hhitan, to caN on ; ana-hneiwan, to stoop down ; ana-lagjan, to lay on; ana-stijdjan, to begin. $ 405. and. (8 358), as and-bindan, to unbind; and- hafjan, to answer; and-huljan, to uncover; and-niman, to receive; and-sakan, to dispule; and-standan, to with- stand. Q 406. at*(g 350), as at-dugjan, to show; at-giban, to give up ; at-hafjan, to take down ; at-lagjan, lo lay on ; at-sailuan, fo take heed ; at-tekan, to touch ; at-wairpan, to cast down ; at-wcpjan, to call. Q 407. bi- ($ 360), as bi-iukan, to add to; bi-gitan, to find; bi-leiban, to remain; bi-rinnan, to run about; bi- sitan, to sit about ; bi-swaran, to adjure. 4 408. dis. ($ 3Bl), as dis-dkiljan, to share ; dis-sitan, to settle upon; dis-tahjan, to waste; dis-tairan, to tear asunder ; dis-wilwan, to plulzder. § 409. -du- (of unknown origin), as du-at-gaggan, to go to ; du-ginnan, to begin ; du.rinnan, to run to ; du-stcdjan, to begin. 410. faiir- (5 363), as faiir-biudan, to forbid; faiir- gaggan; to pass by ; faiir-qipan, to excuse ; fabr-sniwan, to hasten before. $ 411. faiira- ($ 384), as fa6ra-gaggan, to go bcfore; falira-gateihan, to infovtn beforehand; faha-standan, to govern. g 412. fra- ($ 305), as fra.giban, to pve ; fra-itan, to devour; fra-letan, to liberate ; fra-liusan, to lose ; fra. niman, to receive ; fra-qistjan, to destroy ; fra-wardjan, to destroy. 5 413. ga- (originally added to verbs to impart to them a perfective meaning, see $ 367), as ga-bairan, to bring firth ; ga-bindan, to bijtd ; ga-dliljan, to divide; ga-ahan, to seiee ; ga-fulljan, to fiN ; ga-bhitan, to call togetizer ; ga- kfusan, to apprme; ga-liubjan, to believe ; ga.lisan, to together ; ga-nasjan, to save ; ga-rinnan, to hasfen together ; ga-tairan, to destroy ; ga-wandjan, to turn rotitid. $ 414. hindar. ($ 368), only in hindar-leipan, to go behind. 8 415. in. ($ 370), as in-brannjan, to put in the fire ; in- saian, to sow in ; in-saiivan, to look at ; in-sandjan, to snrd forth ; in-widan, to rgect. $ 416. twis- (OE. twi-, 01-IG. zwi-, Lat. bi., Gr. St- from *6Fi-, fwo), denoting separation, only in twis-standan, to departfianz one. $ 417. uf- ($ 374), as uf-blesan, to blow up; uf-brikan, to reject ; uf-dhupjan, to baptize ; uf.h&usjan, to szibnitf ; uf-kunnan, to recognize ; uf-ligan, to lie under. 8 418. tuz- (OE. tor-, Gr. &us-), only in tuz-wgrjan, to doubt. $ ae. pafrh- (OE. purh, OHG. durh, I/~rorigh),as pafrh- bairan, to carry fhl-orlgit ; pairh-gaggan, to go throud ; pafrh-saihran, to see Ii~~ozrgh; iafrh-wisan, to vetwarn. $ 420. ufar- ($ 3751, as ufar-gaggan, to transgress ; ufar- meljan, to wrzte over ; ufar.munnGn, to forget ; ufar- skadwjan, to oversizadow ; ufar-steigan, to tnoir~ztup. $ 421. und- (OE. oh., OHG. unt-, upfo),as und.greipa11, 10 setze ; und-redan, to grant ; und-rillxian, /o I rill lo 011~ unpa- (OE. GP-, OIIG. int-,fi-OIJ~, (~i~cv), only in 11nJ-a- PIiuhan = OIIG. int-fliohan, to escape. $ 422. us- ($ 377), as us-anan, to e.xpire; us-beidan, to await ; us-dreiban, to drive out ; us.giban, to give out ; us- kiusan, to choose out; us-lgubjan, to perinit; us-qipan, to proclatm ; us-tiuhan, to lend out. ur.riisjan, to rozrse ztp ; ur-reisan, to arise ; ur-rinnan, to proceed. See $175note 3. $ 423. wipra- ($ 378), only in wipra-gaggan, wipra.ga- miitjan, logo to meet. I 82 syntax [PS 424-6

5 424. .atjan (OE. .ettan, OHG. .amen, cp. 8 381), used in forming intensitive verbs, as laGhatjan, to lighfen; kaupatjan, to buffet ; swbgatjan, to st$, groan. 8 426. -in6n (with .in. from verbs like gudjinGn, b be a priest, formed from the stem gudjin-, nom. gudja, pnkst; ga-figiniin, io take possession of, from Ugin, proper&), and similarly frAujin6n, to rule over; raginiin, to be governor. The -in-then came to be extended to verbs like skalkin8n, to sewe, from skalks, sewant ; and similarly drafihtintin, to wage war; faginiin, to rejoice; hiiriniin, fo commit adultery ; l&kiniin, to heal ; reikiniin, fo govern.

CI-IAPTER XVI

SYNTAX

8 426. Accusative. Transitive verbs govern the accu- sative as in other languages : ga-safhrip pana sunu mans, ye shall see the son of man ; akran bafran, to bearfruit ; &c. A few verbs take an accusative of kindred meaning, as Ghtedun sis agis mikil, lit. theyfenredgrentfcar for ihem- selves, //fryfeared exceedingly ; hQifstei Pii g6d6n hfifst, jight (thou) the good fight; similarly huzdjan huzda, to (reasure up treasures ; w aurkjan wahstwa, to work 7uorks. An accusative of closer definition occurs very rarely in Gothic : urrann sa diupa gabundans handuns jah fotuns faskjam, the dead man camefodh bound as to hands andfeet with bandages ; standkip nu ufgaiirdanii hupins izwarans sunjAi, stand fherefoue, girt as to your ioim wi'th huth. An accusative of the person is used with the impersonal verbs grEd6n, to be Iiur~gry;huggrjan, to hanger; Paiirs. jan, to thirst; and also with gen. of the thing kar(a) ist, is a care, it co;icet-as, as ni kar-ist ina pizb lambe, he careth plot for the sheep. The space and time over which an action extends are expressed by the accusative, as qemun dagis wig, they went a day's journey; jabhi has Puk anantiupjhi rasta hina, gaggiis mip imma twijs, f anyople (whosoever)shaN cornpel thee to go a mile, go with Izirn two ; salida twans dagans, he abode two days. Iiisjan takes two accusatives, one of the person, and one of the thing taught, as liisida ins in gajukijm manag, he taught them many a iltigrg in parables. The following verbs and a few others have a double accusative in the active, one of the external object, and one of the predicate :- ffiujan, as luana puk silban tBujis pu? whom makesf thou thyself ? ; waitrkjan, as raihtijs wafirkeip stfiigBs gups unsaris, make ye sfrakht the paths of our God; briggan, as sij sunja frijans izwis briggip, ihe truth sltaN ntakeyou free ; dijmjan, as garaihtana dijmidEdun gup, they jusfz3ed God; kunnan, as kunnands ina wair gardhtana jah weihana, knowing hiin (to be) a just andholy nran ; bigitan. as big6tun pana siukan skalk hhilana, tlleyjoupld the sick sematzt zuhole ; qipan, as izwis ni qipa skalkans, I call you notsemants ; namnjan, as janzei apaGstaiiluns namnida, whorrz he called apostles; rahnjan, as triggwana mik rahnida, Ire courtled me jaitItful; hhitan, as Daweid ina friujan hhitip, David calls him Lord; iihan, as attan Bigum Abraham, we have Abya/za;~zasjuther. 8 427. Genitive. Many verbs govern the direct or indirect object in the genitive, as hilp meiniizbs un- galiubeinhis, he& thou my unbelief; fraihna jah ik izwis Binis waurdis, I will also ask you one word; saei allis skamitip sik meina aippitu meinAiz6 wahrde, pzuh 184 Syntax [§ 4~7 sunus mans skam&ipsik, for wlrosocvm shall be ashamed of me or my words, of him shall the son of man be ashamed. Other examples are briikjan, to use; fulljan, lo fill; fullnan, to becomefuN; gafmjan, to longfor; ga-hriinjan, to make clean ; ga-parban, to abstain from ; ga-weisiin, to visit ; hiiljan, to make whole ; lustiin, to desire ; niutan, to enjoy ; pahrban, to need; &c. The gen. is also governed by certain adjectives, as ahmins weihis fulls,full of the Holy Ghost; frija ist Pis witiidis, she is free from that law; similarly filu, much; lius, empty, void; wans, lacking, wanting; wdrps, worthy; &c. The gen. is often used in a partitive sense, especially with ni, ni wafhts, the interrogative and indefinite pronouns; also with the cardinal numerals pfisundi, tafhuntehund, twa hunda, &c., and those expressing the decades (twfti tigjus, &c, p 247). Examples are : jah ni was im barnti, they had no child; ni wafht warpigiis, nothing of (= no) condemnation ; hras izwara, which one of you ; hr8 mizd6n5, what reward; hrazuh abni5, every man ; sums mann$ a certain man ; ni Binshun piwti, no servant; all bagme giidiizti, every good tree ; hrarjis pizb wafrpip qEns, oywhich of these shall she be w$e ; wEsun Buk sw8 fimf piisundjiis wafrt?, for there were about five thousand nttn ; tafhuntEhund IambE, a huvdred sheep ; twPim hundam skattE hlbibcs ni gan6hbi sind pbim, two hundred pe~znyworfh Of bread is not sz~ficrkntfor ilzent ; dagz fidwiir tiguns, friisans fram diabulhu, bekg forty days templed of the devi/. A partitive gen. is also some- times used with verbs, as insandida skalk ei nimi akranis, he sent a servant that he tnght receive (some) of the fruit. The gen. is also sometimes used adverbially, as ni allis, not at aN; rafhtis, indeed; filius, much, very much ; landis, over the land, far away; gistradagis, to-morroztt ; dagis f 4281 Genitive and Dative Cirses 185 bizah, day by day; nahts, by nkht; usleipam jAinis &adis, let us pass over to the ofher side; insandida ina hiipjiis seiniizbs, he sent him into hisfield. The following of place govern the gen. when used preposition- ally :-hindant$, from behind, beyond; innana, from within, wifhin ; iitana (iitaprii), jrom without, out of; ufar6 (also the dat.), over, above. Amongst other exampIes of the use of the gen. may be mentioned: in Saraipta Seidoniis, unto Sarepfa (a city) of Sidon ; Tyre jah SeidijnE land, the land of the Tens and Sidonians = Tyre and Sidon ; gag@ sums manne fram pis fahramapleis synagiigeis, there corneth a certain man from (the house) of the ruler of the synagogue; gasahr Iak6bu pana Zafbafdaiius, he saw James the (son) of Zebedee; Iudan (acc.) IakBbius, Judas (the brofher) of James; was huk jer6 twalibE, for she was (of the age) of lwelvr years. § 428. Dative. The following verbs and several others take a direct object in the : afwafrpan, to cast trway, put away ; andhagan, to answer; bafrgan, to hep, preservt ; balwjan, to torment ; frabugjan, to sen ; fra- liusan, to lose; fraqiman, to spend, consume ; frapjan, to understand; frakunnan, to despise; ghumjan, to perceive; idweitjan, to ttpbraid ; kukjan, to kiss ; tekan, attekan, lo touch ; ufarmunnon, to forget. The verbs fraqistjan, usqistjan, and usqiman, to destroy; wairpan, to cast; uswairpan and usdreiban, to cast out, sometimes take the dative and sometimes the accusative without a distinction in meaning. A few other verbs take the dative or accu- sative with a change of meaning, as anahhitan, with dat. to scold, with acc. to invoke ; uskiusan, with dat. to rqect, with acc. ioprove, test. Many adjectives take a dative, as aglus, daficult; anda- neipa, Irostrle; ansteigs, gracrous; azetizij, easier; briiks, trsefirl; giips, good; hulps, graciotls ; kunps, known ; liufs, 186 Syntax I§ 429 dear ; miidags, angry ; rapizb, easier ; skula, guil&, liable to ; skulds, owing ; swhrs, honottred; swikunps, manr;fest ; unkunps, unknown ; wiprawairps, opposite. The dative together with wisan or wafrpan often has the same meaning as haban, as ni was im barn& they had no chifdren ; saGrga mis ist mikila, I have great sorrow ; wafrpip pus fahGt;s, thou shalt have joy ; ei uns wairpiii pata arbi, that we may have the inheritance. The dative is often used reflexively, as leihan sis, to borrow; rijdida sis &ins, he spake within himself; ni iigs pus, be (thou) not afraid; ni fahrhteip izwis, be (ye) not a#nghtcd; frawaGrhta mis, I have sinned ; pankjan sis or mitBn sis, to thznk to oneseg The dative also discharges the functions of the old ablative, instrumental, and locative, as wijpida IEsus stibnbi miltiiki, Jesus cried with a loud voice ; slijhun is h&ubip riiusa, they smote his head with a reed. After the comparative where we should use than together with a nominative, as sa afar mis gagganda swinpijza mis ist, he that co)~z~thafter vte is n?&htier than I; niu skiwala mAis ist EdeinAi jah leik wastjijm, is not the l$e nzol-c than meat, and the body than vaintent; swegnida ahmin IGsus, Jesus rejoiced in spirit; nnht jah daga, by nigJii and day. For the dative absolute, see $ 438.

Q 429. Adjectives agree with their nouns in number, gender, and case not only when used attributively, but also when the adjective follows tlie noun, either predicatively or in apposition. To this general rule there are a few exceptions. (I) An adjective accompanying managei, people, nzztlti- hrde, and hiuhma, crowd, mostly occurs in the masculine plural, as jah was n~anageibeidandans Zakariins, and !he people waited for Zacharias ; jah alls hiuhma was manageins beidandans, and the whole crowd of the people was waiting (the Gr. has ~rrpocrrv~d.pevov,prayi?zg)). (2) Grammatical feminines are occasionally treated as masculines, or even when denoting things as neuters; and grammatical neuters (when suggesting persons) as masculines, as ei kannip wEsi handugei gups, that !lie zuisdonz of God nzt'gJ~t he Rnowrt ; ni wairpip garaihts ainhun leikE, no rtzatt (lit. 120 orze of bodies) 6ecotrtetJ~ ):'st. (3) When the same adjective refers both to masculine and feminine beings, it is put in the neuter plural, as wssunuh pan garaihta ba in andwafrpja gups, and they (Zacharias and Elisabetlt) zcetTe6ootll righteous before God. t5430. The strong and weak forms of adjectives are t-mployed in much the same manner as in the other old Germanic languages ; that is, adjectives used without the definite article follow the strong declension, and those with the definite article follow the weak declension, as was drus is mikils, great was thefall of it; ni mag bagms Piupeigs akrana ubila gatBujan, a good free cannot produce mil fmil; hairdeis sa goda, fhe good shepherd ; untg baGrgs ist Pis mikilins Piudanis, for it ak the city of the great king. The pronominal form of the noni. ncc. neut. of strong adjectives ($ 220) is never used predicntively. All cardinal numerals, the ordinal numeral anpar, second, the possessive pronouns meins, nry ; peins, thy ; kc., the pronorxlinal adjectives sums, some; alls, aN; ;Bins, that; swaleiks, sz~c/z;Src., as also the adjectives fulls, full ; ganijhs, enozida ; halbs, half; midjis, middle ; are always declined strong. All ordinal numerals (except anpar), all adjectives in the comparative degree, all the old superlatives ending in -ma,as fruma, first ; aftuma, last ; the present participle I 88 Syntax I§431

(except in the nom. sing. masc., see 5 239), and sama, same; sflba, seif; are always declined weak.

5 431. The nominative of the personal pronouns IS generally omitted, except when the person is to be men- tioned with special emphasis. When a pronoun stands for two substantives of different genders it is put in the neuter plural, as mippanei p6 wesun jhinar, while they (Joseph and Mauy) were tlzere ; is is somc times used where we should expect sa, as ip is dugann mErjan filu . . . . swaswE is ni mahta in ba6rg galeipan, but he (the leper) began to publish it widely . . . . so that he (Jpsus) could not enter into the city ; saei bigitip shiwala seina, fraqistei]? izPi, jah saei fraqisteip sAiwal&i seinPi in meina, bigitih pii, he that jndeth his lye shall lose it, and he tiiat loseth iris Ifelor my sake shallfind it. The reflexive pronoun always relates to the subject of its own sentence, as nih Sa61a6m6n in allamma wulphu seinamma gawasida sik swE gins pizE, not even Solomott in all his glory was clotired like one of tlrese; swa lagga hreila sw6 mip sis haband briipfad, ni magun fastan, as long as they [sunjusf have tire bri&,-oorn with them, they cannot fast; jah [Iesus] gawa6rhta twalif du wisan mib sis, and [Jesus] appointed twelve to be wzflr Iizln ; jah ufkunnands IEsus ahmin seinamma patei swa pai rnitd- dEdun sis, qap du im, and i~anediaieiyJesus, pe~~ez~lljzgIli his spif-it that they so reasoned within themselves, said to them. The manner in which the possessive pronoun of the third person is expressed has already been stated in Q 283, examples are :-qipa izwis patei haband mizd6n seina, 1 tell you that they have their reward; urrann sa saiands du saian frhiwa seinamma, the sower went forth to sow his seed ; dhupidiii wesun allhi ...... andhhitan- 1 4311 Pronouns 189 dans frawafirhtim seiniim, they were all baptized...... confcsstng their sins; pugkeip im fiuk ei in filuwaurdein seinsJ andhiiusjfiindfiu, for it seems to them that ihey will be heard for their much talking. On the other hand we have : afiMiP mannam missadEdins izE, ye jorgive men their sins ; jah [qinb] bap ina ei P6 unhulp6n uswa6rpi us datilitr izi5s, and [the won?a~z]Begged flznt he ~tlot~ldcnst firth the devil out of her daughter; jah qimands I~SUSin garda Paitrbus gasalu swaihrbn is ligandein jah in heitbm jah attait6k handPu izbs, and Jesus cornzng into the house of P~rfr,he saw has mother-in-law lying and in u fever and he iorrched her hnitd. sama, same, as substantive and adjective, is used both with and without the article, as niu jah mtitarj6s pata -amti thujand? do not even the publicans the same ? ; in ) amma samin Ianda, in the same country; ei samti hug. jaima jah sam6 frafjaima, fliai we may think the same ~l~tizgand mind fjie same fhtrzg; sijhina pti twa du Ieika samin, they two (man and wrfr) slzaN become the sameflesh. silba, self; is always either actually or virtually apposi- tional, as silba atta, the fntlter himself; ik silba, I nly- self; nasei puk silban, save thyself; ik gabairhtja imma mik silban, I will manfest myself to him; silba fa6ra- qimi), he himself shaN come before. The genitive of silba used with possessive pronouns agrees in number and gender with the noun, as peina silb6ns shiwala PafrhgaggiP hairus, a sword shnll pierce ihrne own soul; walirstw sein silbins kiusai hrarjizuh, each man s/iou/d test his own work. The reciprocal pronoun is expressed by means of the personal pronouns and the adverb missb, recz$roca&, or by using anpar twice, as ni panambis nu uns miss6 stbjfiima, let us not therefoue judge one another any more ; jah qOpun du sis missb, and tlzey said one fo anoth~r; untO sijum anpar anparis lipus, for we are mmzbers one of I 90 Syntax 18 432 another; where lipus is in the singular agreeing with anpar. The antecedent to a relative pronoun is sometimes omitted, the relative may then be either in the case required by the verb of its own clause or in that required by the verb of the principal clause, as hra wileip ei t4ujbu pammei (for pamma panei) qipip piudan IudaiE? what lrlill ye that I do to kivt whom ye call king of the Jews?; w4it atta izwar bizei (for pata pizei) jus paGrbup, your fat'her knows ofwhatye kacv ?teed. Instead of the conjunc- tion patei, that, properly the nom. acc. sing. neut. of saei, there occurs fiammei or pizei when the verb of the principal sentence governs the dative or genitive, as ip Bins piz$ g4umjands pammei hrtiins warp, but one of them, perceivinp. that he was cleansed; lhisari, niu kara (ist) puk pizei fraqistnam ? master, carest thou not that we pen'sh ? On the genitive governed by the interrogative and indefinite pronouns when used partitively, see 8 427.

5 432. Tenses. The future simple is generally ex- pressed by the present, as gasaihrij, pana sunu mans, ye shall see the son of man ; inuh Pis bileipgi manna attin seinamma jah tiipein seingi, for tltz's reason a mala slznN leave his fallzer and his nzotlzcr. The future is sometimes also expressed by the present tense forms of skulan, shall; haban, lo have; duginnan, to b~pn;together with an infinitive, as saei skal st6jan qiwans jah dAupans, who shall jud&e llze qttl'ck and the dead; parei ik im, paruh sa andbahts meins wisan hab4iP, wltere I am, Ihere shaN also niy scrva~ztbe ; gduniin jah @tan duginnip, ye shall rltotrrn alzd zueep. The simple preterite is used in Gothic where we in Mod. English use either the preterite, perfect, or pluperfect, as j& stibna qam us himinam, and there came a voicefronz /gemen ; ni jus mik gawalidi?du), ak ik gawalida izwis, ~v have not chosen nze, but I have clzosen you ; managans 8uk gahfiilida,for he had healed mony. A present parti- ciple along with the preterite of wisan, to be, is sometimes used, as in Mod. English, to express a continuative past tense, as wa.; I6hannCs daupjands, John was baptizrng; wesun sipiinjos fastandans, the disc$les alrre fizsliil~. $ 433. Voices. Sprcial iorms of the pzissive voice are extant in the present tensc of the indicative and subjunctive only, as ddupjada, he is iinbtized; jah pu, barnilo, prali. Etus h6uhistins hditaza, andthou, cliild, shalt be called tlie prophet oftlte Highest ; afletanda pus frawalirhteis Peincs, thy sins areforgiuen ilzee ; ei andhuIj6indhu us manag6im hairtam mitijneis, that the thoughts of many hearls may be revealed. The other fornts afthe passive voice are expressed by the past participle and one of the auxiliaryverbs wiszn, to be ; wafrpan, Lo becor~t~; as gamEliP ist, it is zcv-itlen ; appanizwara jah tagla hPslbidis alla garapana sind, but the very hairs ofyour head are ail arumbc~-ed; qam IEsus jah dfiupips was fram I6hann5, Jestcs came and was bnjtzzed by John ; gahiwiskiips wafrpa, I shall be aslzamed ; sab- bate in mans warp ga-kapans, thf sa65af/z was t~rndefiv man ; gamarziddi walirlun irn yamma, fhcly WCYP o$)adrd at h2i12. $ 434. Subjunctive. The suljunctive is used very often In principal sentences to express a wish or command, as ni brigg8is uns in fr8istubnj6i1lead us not into kmpfatton ; Jiafrhgaggtiima ju und Beblahaim, jah safhrhima waiird pata wa1irpan6, let us go now into Bethlelzem, and see this flung (lit.word) which zs come to pass ;ak hkitadftu IiihannEs, but he shall be called John ; w6inei PiudanBdCdeiP, would thatye reignedas kzngs. It is also used in direct dubitative questions, as ha qijhu ? what shall i say ?; hrkiwa meinurn wahrdarn galinbj&iP? how shall ye believe my WOY& ?; bas panu sa sijhi? who llren can this be? The most important cases in which the subjunctive is used in subordinate sentences are :- (I) In indirect or reported commands or entreaties, as anabiup im ei mann ni qepeina, he comma~tdedthem that they should not tell any man ; wiljdu ei mis gibiis h6ubiP IGhannis, I will that fhou give me the head ofJohn. (2) In reported speech when the principal sentence is negative or subjunctive or is a question implying uncer- tainty, as ni galiubidedun patei is blinds wEsi, they did rtot belicve that he had been blind; jah jabfri qEpjj4u patei ni kunnjdu ina, sijfiu galeiks izwis liugnja, and $1 were to say, Iknow him nol, I shall be a liar like you ; iua wileis ei tiujfiu pus? what u*tlttJrorr that I dofor flree 1 (3) In indirect propositions governed by verbs of hoping, trusting, supposing, and the like, as wenja ei kunneip, I hope that ye know ; pfiiei trauiiidedun sis ei wiiseina garafhai, who trusted in themselves that f/iey were uzghtcous; jiiinfii hugidedun patei is bi slEp qE?Pi, they strpposed that ize was speaking about sleep. (4) In statements reported at second hand, as weis hhusidEdum ana wit6da patei Xristus sijhi du biwa, we have heard out of the law that Clznst abdetlt for evn,. (5) In indirect questions, as frehun ina skuld-u sijfri mann qGn afsatjan, they asked him whether it was laxfir' for a nzan to p~rtaztlny his w$e ; ni wissa lua riididedi, he knew rzot zultaf Ize slzotcId say ; ni haband hsa matjAina, they have nothing to eat. (6) In a relative clause attached to an imperative or a subjunctive clause, as atta, gif mis sei undrinniii mis d&il gigins, father, gizfe me the porfion of proper& w/zzc/z falleth to me ; saei habdi Busijna du hdusjan, gahiiusjii, he that hath ears to hear, let him hear. The verb in a relative clause is also in the subjunctive when the principal clause is interrogative or negative, as bas sa ist saei frawahhtins afletii 3 whc ti this who forgivetlz sins .? ; nib allis ist hra fulginis patei ni gabairhtjhidhu,for thcre is nothing hid, whicdz s/ta/l not be manfested. (7) In conditional clauses implying hypothesis or uncer- tainty, as jabii bas mis andbahtjhi, mik lhistjhi, any man serve me, let hh-fopbllozu me; nih qGmjhu jah riidided- jhu du im, frawahrht ni habhidedeina, f I had sot come and spoken to them, they would not have had sin. (8) Frequently in adverbial clauses which express a reason, as ni manna giutip wein juggata in balglns fairnjans, ibhi &aft6 distafrhi wein pata niujo pans balgins, no man poatreth new wrne into old bnttes, lesl perchance the neur wbe burst the bottles. (9) To express purpose, as attahhun pat& barn, ei tawidtideha bi biCihtja witbdis, they brought the child that they mr;eht do accordraeg to the cuslom of the law ; fraward- jand andwairpja seina, ei gasafhriindfiu rnannam fastandans, they di.$gut-e i%eirfaces, that ilwy tnay ajj$eal- unto men to fasf. (10) The temporal conjunction faurpizei is always followed by the subjunctive, as w6it atta izwar pizei jus pahrbup, fahrpizei jus bidj6ip ina, your Jatlter k~~owetlz what ye need before ye ask him. 4 435. Infinitive. The infinitive or a clause containing an infinitive is often used as the subject or object of a finite verb. (I) As subject :-ni giip ist niman hlaf barnE jah wairpan hundam, it is not good to take the children's bread and to cast it to dogs ; warp afsl6ujnan allans, it came to pass that they were all amaeed; warp pafrhgaggan imma pairh atisb, it came to pass that he went through the ~0171- fields. (2) As object :-bhtedun fraihnan ina, thryfeared lo ask him ; s6kidEdun attekan imma, they soughf to touc/z him; qipand usstass ni wisan, they say that there is not any yesuwection. 1187 0 Syntax

The infinitive with and without du is also used to express purpose, as q6mun safhran, they came lo see; gagg puk silban atPugjan gudjin, go, show thyseIj to the priest; sat du PihtrBn, he sat for the purpose ofbegging. The passive infinitive is variously expressed. (I) Generally by wafrpan and a past participle, as skal sunus mans uskusans wairpan, the son of man shall be rqected. (2) Not unfrequently by the active infinitive, as qemun pan m6tarj6s dhupjan, then came the publicans to be baptized; qgmun h&Qan sik saGhti3 seinhizb, they came to be healcd of their infrntitr'es. (3) Occasionally by mahts wisan, skuld wisan, along with an active infinitive, as maht wssi frabugjan, it mrght have been sold (lit. it werepossibk to sell) ; hrhiwa pu qijis, patei skulds ist ushfiuhjan sa sunus mans? how sayest thou, that the son of man must be l$ted up 7 $ 430. Participles. The past participle of intransitive verbs has an active meaning, as in garda qumans, bezng tn the house; hta wGsi pata waurpan6, what it was fitat had come to pass ; arid similarly with the pp. of diwan, lo die ; drigkan, to drztzk ; fra-wdrpan, to corrupt; ga.leikan, to take PIeaszrre in ; ga-qiman, to assetnble ; ga-rinnan, to run ; us-gaggan, to go out. The nom. of the pp. is rarely used absolutely, as in jah walirkans dags gatils, and a jilting day being come. See note to Nark vi. 21. The dative of the participles is often used absolutely like the ablative in Latin, and the gen. in Greek, as jah usleipandin IEsua in skipa, gaqgmun sik manageins filu du imma, atzd Jesus Izaving passed over in the shrp, there come together to hrm a peat multztude ; dalap pan atgagg- andin irnma af fairgunja, 1PistidBdun afar imma iumj6ns manages, when he was come down from the mountain, great multtfudesfollowed after hint. i TEXT

ULFILAS

ULFILAS(Gothic Wulfi!a) was born about the year 31I A.D., but where his birthplace was in the wide tract of country then inhabited by the Goths is not known. Although Ulfilas was born and grew up among the Goths, he was of Cappadocian descent. According to the testimony of the historian Philostor- @s, the parents, or perhaps rather the grandparents, of Ulfilas were natives of Sadagolthina, near the town of Parnassns in Cappadocia, who had been carried off as captives by the Goths, during an irruption made by this people into the northern parts of Asia Minor in the year 264. In the year 336 he accompanied an embassy to Constantinople, where he remained until 341. In the latter year he was conse- crated bishop of the Goths dwelling North of the . For seven years (341-8) he laboured zealously among the Goths in , and won over a great multitude of them to the Christian faith. But the persecution and oppression, which Ulfilas and his converts sufered through Athanaric, hecame so great that he applied to Constantinus in 348 for permission to lead his converts into Roman territory. Constantinus readily granted the request, and Ulfilas accordingly led a gr-eat num1)er of his people across the Danube, and settled near Nicopolis in , at the foot of the Balkan mountains, ~vheret~e preached and laboured until his death, wllich took place in 383 while on a visit to Constantinople. By far the most important source of our knowledge of the life and work of Ulfilas is found in the account of him given by Auxentius, from which we extract the following passage (for the full accouut the reader must be referred to the work: 'Uber das Leben und die Lehr-e des Ulfila,' by G. Waitz, Hannover, I 840). ' Eo ila pracdicante et per Cristum cum dilectione deo patri gratias agente haec et his similia exsequente, quadraginta annis Text in episcopatu gloriose florens, apostolica gratia grecam et latinam et goticam linguam sine intermissione in una et sola eclesia Cristi predicavit,. quia et una est eclesia dei vivi, columna et firmamenturn ventatis, et unum esse gregem Cristi domini et dei nostri, unam culturam et unum aedificium, unam virginem et unam sponsam, unam reginam et unam vineam, unam domum, unum templum, unum conventum esse Cristianorum, cetera vero omnia conventicula non esse eclesias dei, sed synagogas esse satanae adserebat et contestabatur. Et haec omnia de divinis scribturis eum dixisse et nos describsisse qui legit intelligat. (2ui et ipsis tribus linguis plures tractatus et multas interpre- tationes volentibus ad utilitatem et ad aedificationem, sibi ad aeternam memoriam et mercedem post se dereliquid. Quem condigne laudare non sufficio et penitus tacere non audeo; cui plus omnium ego sum debitor, quantum et amplius in me laborabit, qui me a p~imaetate mea a parentibus meis discipi- ium suscepit et sacras litteras docuit et veritatem manifestavit et per misericordiam dei et gratiam Cristi et carnaliter et spiritaliter ut filium suum in fide educavit.' Sokrates expressly mentions that Ulfilas invented the Gothic alphabet, and that he translated the whole of the Scriptures into Gothic, with the exception of the four books of Kings, which he is said to have onl~ttedso as not to excite the warlike spirit of his people. The latter remark was no doubt a pure invention on the part of Sokrates, because the books of Joshua and judges would have even been more likely to stimulate the Gothic passion for fighting than the books of Kings. The probability is, as Bradley points out, that UIfilas did not live to finish his translation, and that he intended to leave to the last the books which he thought least important for his great purpose of makirlg good Christians. The Manuscripts, containing the fragments of the biblical translation which have come down to us, are not contemporary with Ulfilas; but were written in Italy about the year 500. It is highly ~mprobablethat Ulfilas was the author of the frag- ments of a commentary on the Gospel of St. John, first published by Massmann under tile title : Sheireins aiztagi~Ons ,bai'rh J8hann&z, hlunich, 1834. See also : BCe Bruchsfiirke der Sheireins herausgegeben und erlautert von E. Dietrich, Strassburg, 1903. 'The Manuscripts, containing the fragments of Gothic which have come down to us, are the following :- I. Codex argenterrs in the University library of Upsala. The codex contained originally on 330 leaves the four f;ospels in the order Matthew, John, Luke, Mark ; of which 187 leaves are still preserved. 11. , :i codex rescriptus, in the library of Wolfenbiittel. This, consisting of four leaves, contains about forty-two verses of Chapters xi-xv of the Epistle to the liomnns. 111. Codices Ambrosiani, five fragments (codices rescripti), in the Ambrosian library at hiilan. Codex A contains on iiinety-five leaves fragments of the to the Romans, Corinthians, Ephesians, Galatians, Philippians, Colossians, 72hesqxionians,to Timothy, 'Titus, and Philemon ; and a small fragment of a Gothic Calendar. Codex B contains on seventy-seven leaves the second Epistle to the Corinthians complete, and fragments of th-. Epistles to the Corinthians (first Epistle), Galatians, 1i:phesians. Philippians, Colossians, Thessalonians, to Timothy, and to Titus. Codex C, consisting of two leaves, and containing fragments of Chapters xxv-xxvii of St. Matthew. Codex D, consisting of three leaves, and containing frag- ments of the . Codex E, consisting of eight leaves (three of which are in the Vatican at Rome), and containing a fragment of a com- mentary on St. John. See above. IV. Codex Turinensis, in , consisting of four damaged leaves, and containing fragments of the Epistles to the GaIatians and Colossians. V. Codex Gissensis, formerly in Giessen, now destroyed, discovered in Egypt near the ancient town of Antinot!. It consisted of a double sheet of parchment containing fragments from St. Luke in Latin and Gothic from a bilingual gospel. For other fragments of Gothic which have come down to us see the article 'Gotische Literatur ', by E. Sievers, in Paul's Grundriss der germanischen Philologic, vol. ii, pp. 69, 70. The following short list of books and articles wlll be useful to students wishing to pursue a further study of Gothic :- (I) The history of the Goths and the life of Ulfilas. ~berdas Leben und die Lehre des Ulfila, by G. Waitz, Han- nover, 1840. Ober das Leben des Ulfilas und die Bekehrung der Gothen zum Christenturn, by W. Bessel, GiSttingen, 1860. Ulfilas, Apostle of the Goths, by Ch. A. A. Scott, Cambridge, 1885. The Goths, by H. Bradley, London, 1890. Die gotische Bibel, by W. Streitberg, pp. xiii-xxv, see (2). (a) Editions. Ulfilas, by H. C, VOII der Gabelentz and J. Loebe, 2 vols., Altenburg und Leipzig, I 836-1846. Volume i, containing the text, Latin translation, and critical notes, is now antiquated. But vol. ii, co~~tainingthe glossary and grammar, is very valuable, especially for the accidence and syntax. Ulfilas, by H. F. Massmann, Stuttgart, 1857, containing also a Latin and a Greek text, notes, glossary, grammar, anci historical introduction. For a faithfully printed copy of the various Manuscripts all later editors of Ulfilas are especially indebted to the edition by A. Uppstrom, which appeared in parts, Upsata, 1854-1868 (Codex Argenteus, 1854; Decem codicis argentei rediviva folia, 1857; Fragmenta gothica selecta, 1861; Codices gotici ambrosiani, 1864-1868). Vulfila, oder die gotische Bibel, by 2. Bernhardt, Halle, 1875, containing a most valuable introduction, Greek text, and commentary. The first Germanic , translated from the Greek by the Gothic bishop, Wulfila, in the fourth century, and the other remains of the Gothic language. With an intsorluction, a syntax, and a glossary, by G. H. Balg, Milwaukee, Wis., 1891. Ulfilas, by M. Heyne, ninth edition, Paderborn, 1896, contain- ing also a grammar and glossary. It is frotn this edition that our specimens have been taken. The eleventh edition appeared in 1908 under the title: Stamm-Heyne's Ulfilas, oder die uns erhaitenen Denltnl5ler der gotischen Sprache: Text, Grammatik, Worterbuch neu herausgegeben von Fried. Urrede. Die gotische Bibel herausgegeben von Wilhelm Streitberg, Erster Teil: Der gotische Text und seine griechische Vorlage mit Einleitung, Lesarten und Quellennachweisen sowie den kleinern Denkmslern als Anhang, I-lcidelt~erg,1908. For a fairly complete list of the various editions of Uffilas, see the introduction to Bernhardt's edition, pp. Ixii-lxv. (3) Glossaries. Gothisches Glossar, by E. Schulze, Magde- burg, 1847; this is the most complete Gothic glossary. Vergleichendes Worterbuch der gotischen Sprache, by L. Die- fenbach, vols. I, 2, Frankfort, 1851. A Moeso-Gothic Glossary, with an introduction, an outline of Rloeso-Gothic grammar, and a list of Anglo-Saxon and Old and Modern English words etymologically connected with Moeso-Gothic, by W. W. Skeat, London, 1868. A Comparative glossary of the Gothic Language, by G. H. Balg, Mayville, 1887-1889. Kurzgefasstes etymo- Text 199

logjsches W~rterbuchder gotischen Sprache, by C. C. Uhlenbeck, Amsterdam, I 896. Etymologisches Worterbuch der gotischen Sprache mit Einschluss des sog. Krimgotischen, bearlteitet von S. Feist, Halle, 1909. Cp. also (2) above. (4) Grammars, kc. Die gotische Sprache, by L. hfeyer, Berlin, 1869. Altdeutsche Grammatik, by A. Holtzrnann, Leipzig, 1870-1875, containing the phonology of the old Germanic languages. Gotische Grammatik, by W. Braune, seventh edition, Halle, 1909. Kurzgefasste gotische Grammatik, by E. Bernhardt, Halle, 1885. An Introduction, phonological, morphological, syntactic, to the Gothic of Ulfilas, by T. le RIarchant Douse, London, I 886. Gotisches Elemental buch, by W. Streitbers, Heidelberg, 1897, third edition, 1910. Einfiihmng in das Goiische, von F. von der Leyen, Miinchen, 1908. See also (2) above. Die Aussprache des Gotischen zur Zeit des Ulfilas, by W. Weingartner, Leipzig, 1858. ~ber die Aussprache des Gotischen, by F. Dietrich, Liarburg, 1862. Geschichte der gotischen Sp~ache, by E. Sievers, in Paul's Grundtiss der germanischen Philologie, vol. i. pp. 407-16. (5) For a list of other works and articles relating to Gothic, see K. Goedeke's Grundriss zur Geschichte der deutschen Dicbtung, second edition, Dresden, 1884, vol. i. pp. 7-1 I ; Braune's Gotische Grammatik, pp. 108-14; and the two articles by E. Sievers mentioned above.

See also Supplementary Bibliography on pp. 382-3. A~WAGGELJO PA~RHMAPPAIU

CHAPTER VI

I Atsafhrip armai6n izwara ni tiujan in andwafrpja mannZ du saihrah im; aqpdu ldun ni habdip fram attin izwaramma bmma in himinam. 2 Pan nu tdujdis armaidn, ni ha6rnjLis fabra pus, swaswe pdi liutans tdujand in gaqumpim jah in garunsim, ei hduh- jSrind6u fram mannam ; amZn qijm izwis : andnzmun mizd6n seina. 3 Ip puk t6ujandan armaibn ni witi hleidumei peina, hra dujip , talhswb pins, -e 4 ei sij6i sii armahafrtipa Fina in fulhsnja, jah atta pins aaei safhrip in fulhsnja, usgibip pus in bafrhtein. 5 Jah pan bidjiip, ni sijiip swaswe BSri liutans, untO frij6nd in X gaqumpim jah wafhstam plapjb standandans bidjan, ei gdum- jfiind6u mannam. Amen, qipa izwis pate; haband mizd6n seina. 6 Ip pU pan bidjiis, gagg in hEpj6n peina, jah galakands habrddi peinAi bidei du attin binamma pamma in fulhsnja, jah atta peins saei safhrip in fulhsnja, usgibip pus ill bafrhtein. 7 Bidjandansup-pan ni frluwadrdjSriP, swaswB pdi piud6 ; pugk- eip im 6uk ei in filuwaGrdein seindi andh6usjSrindSru. 8 Ni galeikijp nu vim; wait Auk atta izwar pizei jus padrbup, fabrbizei jus bidjSriP ina. 9 Swa nu bidjiip jus: Atta unsar pu in himinarn, weihndi namb bin. r o QimSri piudinassus peins. Wafrpdi wilja pins, swE in himina jah ana afrpli. E'YAI'I'EI\ION KATA MATOAION

CHAPTER VI r [Tpou~ert*v IActlpooiv7v 6piiv ,u$ ~'ivip~pouBcv rtv 6yBpdawv ~pdsrh OcaBijvai aCrois. el 65 pdyc, pia0~vOCK CXwe sap& r+ ~arp16pGv r+ 2v TO% 06pavoCs. 2 'Orav oirv ~or$sIAcqpo(~6v~~, p;~uaA7~krgs ip~pooB~v uov, da~cp01 irvo~plraiaorolju~v 2v rais mvaywyais ~ai2v raCs $6pars, 8~wsZio[auOiiutv Gad TGV dvBpd~wv. dpjv Aiyw ;p'iv, ~PI~OVULrdv piuB~vahijv. ,j &CoO 81 ~orolvror2Aeqpodvgv, p$ yvdro 4 dp~o-reppd uov ri Pol€? 'i icf1i uov, 4 o"irws 3 uov $ 2Acqpowvq Zv r@ ~pvm+,.a1 d *anjp uov 3 p~i?rov8v re ~pvn-r@dxo8duer uor Iv r+ +avcp@. 5 Ka1 8rav ~pouct-;)(qu6c, o6rr t!ufuee (F;u~cp01 ho~~irak, o"rr +rAoCoOaiv tv raLs ovvaywyais rrar 2v ra'is yoviars rCjv nAarc&v 2urOrcs ~~ou~ccrBac,Gaos dv 9avGur rois iv- Opi~ors. dp$v AEyw irpiv, &L dnixovui rhv pcuBhv a6rGv. 6 8; 82 Grav ~poutixg, E~UCABC~ls r6 raprcidv uov rrai ~hckrasGv 66pav uov spducvfai T@ aarpi crov r@ Jv T@ ~pvm$,~ai d aar$p crov 6 /3ACnwv 8v r@ ~pvar@&xo8dacr nor 2v r$ +avep$.

7 ITpoucv~dpcvor. . 8; pij Ba~roAo~u~rr6aaep oi 2Bvr~ol. Go~oGuiy&p GTL 2v rfj nohvhoyig ahOv c~ua~ovu~~uovrar. 8 Jf$ dv BporoBijrc a6rob- oacu yhp 6 Padp GpGv 4v ypciav ixcrc nph ro6 3pZs alriiua~ahdv. 9 O&os oi7v ~pocrrt;)(cuO~6pcis. ndrcp $piiv 6 Iv rois 06pavoIs, hyrauO$ro rd dvopd uov. 1o'EAOir~ij BaurXria uov- ycvrlB$rw rb BdAqpd aov &s 2v oirpav+ ~al2ri rijs yijs. I I Hlajf unsarana pana sinteinan gif uns himma daga.

I 2 Jah aflEt ms Ntei skulans sijhima, swasws jah weis aRetam pPim skulam unsdim.

1 3 Jah ni briggftis uns in frAistubnj&i,ak liusei uns af pamma ubilin; unte peina ist piudangardi jah mahts jah wulpus in Iriwins. Amen. r 4 Unte jab& aflzti) mannam missadEdins izE, afletip jah izwis atta izwar sa ufar himinam. r 5 Ip jab% ni afletip mannam missadzdins izE, ni Po atta izwar aflEtip missadzdins izwarijs.

I 6 APpan bipE fasthip, ni wairpBij, swaswZ PPi liatans gBurii ; frawardjand buk andwafrkja seina, ei gasafhrbind6u mannam fastandans. AmEn, qib izwis, patei andn5mun mizdijn seina.

I 7 Ip PU fastands salb6 hbubip bin, jah ludja peina pwah, 18 ei ni gasafhrPizIru mannam fastands, ak attin peinamma parnma in fulhsnja, jah atta peins saei safhrip in fulhsnja, usgibip pus.

19 Ni huzdjbip izwis huzda ana afr)Bi, parei ma16 jah nidwa frawardeip, jah parei piub6s ufgraband jah hliiand.

20 IP huzdjiip izwis huzda in himina, parei nih ma16 nih nidwa frawardeip, jah parei Piubijs ni ufgraband nih stiland. z I Parei 6uk ist huzd izwar, Paruh ist jah hdrtij izwar.

22 Lukarn leikis ist hug6 : jab& nu hug6 pein ginfalp ist, allata Ieik Jxin fiuhadein wafrpip ;

23 ip jab% Bug6 pein unsCl ist, allata Ieik pein riqizein wafrpip. JabPi nu liuhap pata in pus riqiz ist, pata riqiz hran fiiu !

24 Ni manna mag tw6im fr6ujam skalkinijn; urite jab& fijPip Binana, jah anparana frij6p; aqpiu Binamma ufhBuseiP, I I Tbv Z;prov $pGv rdv Inrov'urov 86s $piv rrjyrpov. rz Kal &+rs dpiv rh d+cihipara jpCv, &s ~aljlrtCs d+i~pcv rots d+rAdrais $pEv. r 3 Kai pa rlacviy~p~$p&s rls zripaupdv, dhhh @rai $.&s6nb 706 novqpos, STL u06 &JTLV $ /3aw~Acia sai $ Gv'vapts ~al$ 8dta €19 ro;s a6vas. 6p4v. r 4 'Ehv yhp &+{re rois dvt?p&rors rh aapamdpara air&, B+Tju~t~cai 6pCv d aarip &pGv d o&p&vios. 15'Ehv 62 pi 6$ijrc roLs 6vBpdsois rh napaxrdpara aCrGv, 0682 6 nar;lp ipGv h+ljuci rh napasrdpara 6p.G~. rG"0rav 82 ~l]urcdqrr,pi ylvtuec Liusrp oi 6so~pira~~KV- Bpwzoi. d+avi~ovuiyhp rh npdrwsa ahGv, o"xos +avGai TOTS hv$pi)sois ~o-rdovrrs. &p$v ACyw 3piv Zri 6xlxovot rbv ptu6bv a&Ov. I 7 53 62 vqareiwv d;hrr+ai uov T$V rr+aA+v ral rb ?rpduwadv uov vlqai, IS Gmos p$ $avps rots dvt?pd~ois~urdw~, &Ah r+ narpi aov r@dv r$ rcpvxr@, xai 6 aanjp (TOU 6 BAlnwv Zu T+ K~T$bao6dutb nor. 19 M$ Bquaupi

29 Qipuh pan izwis ptei nib Sa6laGmBn in allamma w1.11~6~ seinamma gawasida sik swe Bins PizE. 30 Jah PndE pata hawi hdipjds himma daga wisandd jah gistra- dagis in aGhn galagip gup swa wasjip, Miwa mais izwis leitil galiubjandans ? 3 I Ni malirnGp nu qipandans : hra matjam a@Pu lua drigkam, a@piiu lu9 wasjiiima? 32 All duk pata pud6s s6kjand; wdituh pan atta izwar sa ufar himinam patei pa6rbup - - ch, vi. 25-3a] E6ayydX~ov ~ardMa.r@a?ov 205

Kairbv hrpov dya.rrjotr, 4 ivds &Bd(cra~ ~a1TOG hipov Kara$pod~€k. 06 8v'vauBc 8€$ 80lJh€6€6v ~aipapv$. 25 Arb TOGTO Aiyw 6pTv, fl;l pcprpv6rc rfi #ux+ Sp&v rl $Jytpr Kalri ~fqrc,pq82 r+ udparr Sp&v rl Iv8v'cn)aBr. o;xl Ij JluX$ aAcTdv ~mrv6s rpo+jls ~alrb &pa ro6 2v8v'pros; 26 'QpAi\l/arr cis rh ?rmcwh 106 ol;pavoD, &r 06 u?rcipovuiv 0682 Bcpi(ovurv o$6h ovvdyovurv rls ~ToO?~KCLS,~al 6 .rrarip 6p&v d 06pdvios rpi+cr a6rd. o6x 6pcis p&Mov b~ac$4~cre ahOv; 27 Tis 82 It 3pOv prpipvGv 81;varar ?rpou8riirai In1 ?;/v jhrnlav a6roc 4xvv fva; 28 Kal ?rep; ivfiv'paros ri peprpviirc; ~arapdr8crr rh ~piva roc Zypoc 76s a6fcivcr- 06 ~oxiQ0682 vj8cr. 29 Adyo 62 6@u &L 0662 BoAop(L;v IV .rrdq riJ ad& a6ro6 ?rcPicpdAcro 6s tv rov'rov. 30 El 82 rbv xdprov 706 dypo6 o-$pcPov. &a ~aiaipiov cls ~hipavov~aAAdywov 6 Bcbs o&ws dp+i~vvuaw, 04 TOM+@Mov 6@s, bAiyd.rriaror ; 31 Mi oirv pcPipVfjcn)rc A~~OVTES.rl +&ywpcv $ rl .rrioprv 4 ri .rrrpipaAdpcBa ; 31 ITdna y&p ra&a rh I~i(~rci.oacu yap 6 ?ra&lp 6pGv d oip&vws arc wip!j(rrc. . . . . 206 Afwagg840 pairh MaHaiu Ich. viii. I - r 2

CHAPTER VIII

I Dalap pan otgaggandin imma af fafrgunja, laistid5ddff afar imma iumjdns managbs. z Jah sii, manna Priitsfill habands durinnands inwbit ina qipands: friuja, jabii wlleis, magt mik gahrhinjan. 3 Jah ufrakjands handu attaitdk imrna qipands : wiljbu, wairp hrBins I jah suns hriin warp pata Priitsfill is, 4 Jah qap imma IEsus: safhr ei mann ni qiPQis, ak gag& puk silban atiugei gudjin, jah atbair giba P6ei anab6up M6sEs du weitwbdrpbi im 5 Afaruh bnPata inn atgaggandin imma in Kafarnaum, duat- iddja imma hundafaps bidjands ina, 6 jah qipands: friuja, Piumagus meins ligip in garda usliP'1. harduba balk7 it.;. 7 Jah qap du imma IFsus : ik qimands gahailja ina. 8 Jah andhafjands sa hundafaps qap : frluja, ni im wafrp ei uf hr6t mein inn gagg&is, ak Patdinei qiP waiirda jah gahQilnip sa Piumagus meins. 9 Jah Buk ik manna im habands uf waldufnja meinamma ga- dralihtlns, jah qipa du hamma : gagg, jah gaggib ; jah anpa- ramma: qim, jah q~rn~p; jah du skalka meinamma: tawcl pata, jah thujip. 10 Gahbsjands pan ICsus sildaleikida, jah qap du pBim afar- llistjandam : amCn, qipa izwis, ni in Israzla slvaliuda galiu- bein bigat. XI APhn qipa izwis patei managdi fram urrunsa jah saggqa qimand, jah anakumbjand mtp Abrahama jah Isaka jah Iak6ba in Piudangardjiii himine : I a ip pBi sunjus Piudangardjas uswairpanda in riqis pata hindu- mistti; j6inar waftpip grCts jah krusts tunpiwz. r3 Jah qap Iesus pamma hundafada : gagg, jah swaswi? galiiu- bidzs walrpi pus. Jah gahiilnbda sa Piumagus is in jlinii hreilii. 14 Jah qimands IEsus in garda PaftrBus, gasahr swafhrbn is .. Egandein jah in heitbm. 1 ,? Jah attaftbk handiu izbs jab aflaflbt ija sb heitb ; jah urrgis jah andbahtida imma I 6 At andanahtja pan wadrpanamma, atberun du imma daimb- narjans managans, jah uswarp pans ahmans wacrda, jah allans pans ubil habandans gahgilida, r 7 ei usfullnbd~dipata gamelid6 pafrti Bsa~anpralif~tu qipndan: sa unmal~tinsunsatiis usnarn jah salihtins ushar. 18 Gasafhtands P&n Iesus managans hiuhmans bi sik, hafl~iit gaIeiPan sipdnjans hindar marein. I g Jah duatgaggands Bins bdkareis qap du imma : liisari, liistja puk, Pishraduh padei gaggis. 20 Jah qap du imma IEsus: fa6hbns gr6bbs Bigun, jah fuglbs himinis sitlans, ip sunus mans ni habbip hrar IlAubiI, sein anahniiwjii. 2 I Anparuh pan sip6nji5 is qap du imma : frBuja, usliubei mis frumist galeipan jah gafilhan attan meinana. 22 It, Issus qap du imma: liistei afar mis, jah let pans diupans filhan seinans diupans. 23 Jah inn atgaggandin imma in skip, afar iddjPdun imma sipBnjbs is. 24 Jah s&i, wegs mikils warp in marein, swaswe pata skip gahulip wafrpan fram wegirn ; ip is sai4ep. 25 Jah duatgaggandans sipiinjds is nrrAisidPdun ina qipndans: friuja, nasei unsis, fraqistnam. 26 Jah qap du im lesus: hra fafirhteip, leitil gallubjandans ! Panuh urreisands gasbk windam jah marein, jah warp wis mikiL 2 7 IP )hi mans sildaleikidedun qipandans htileiks ist sa, ei jah wind% jah marei ufhiusjand imma? 28 Jah qirnandin imma hindar marein in gduja Gafrgaisaine, gambtidEdun imma twdi daimbnaj6s us hlhiwasnbm rin- nandans, sleidjBi filu, swaswt ni mahta manna usleipan pafrh pana wig jiinana. 29 Jah sBi, hrbpidcdun qipandans : hra uns jah pus, IEsu, sudu @ps ? qamt her fadr mtl balwjan unsis ? 30 Wasuh pan fairra im halrda sweinE managdizt haldana 31 Ip pb skBhsla Mdun ina qipandans: jab% uswafrpis uns, uslfrubei uns galeipan in halrda sweint. 32 Jah qap du im : gaggip I IF eis usgaggandans galibun in halrda sweinz; jah sfri, run gawafirhtedun sis alla d hafrda and driudn in marein, jah gadfrupnbdEdun in watnam. 33 IP Pii haldandans gaplafihun jah galeihndans gatahun in badrg all bi pans daimbnarjans. 34 Jah sdi, alla s6 balirgs usiddja wipra IOsu, jah gasafhrandans ina Edun ei uslipi hindar markbs izL

CHAPTER XI

I Jah warp, bipE usfullida IEsus anabiudands pfrim twalii sipbnjam seiniim, ushbf sik jfrinprb du I6isjan jah merjan and bafirgs izE. z Ip Ibhannts gahiusjands in karkarBi wafirstwa Xristius, insandjands bi sipbnjam seinliim qap du imma: 3 PU is sa qimanda pgu anparizuh beidAima? 4 Jah andhafjands IEsus qap du im: gaggandans gateihik Ibhanne patei gahauseip jah gasailvip. 6 Blindlii ussa&and, jah haltlii gaggand, ~riItsfill6ihrAinj6i wairpand, jah bfrudfri gahbsjand, jah diuphi urreisand, jah unlEdii waflamerjanda : 6 jah Budags ist lwazuh saei ni gamarzjada in mis. 7 At pfrim pan afgaggandam, dugann IOsus qipn pliirn mana- geim bi IbhannFn : hausiddjtdup ana iupida safhran ? rBus fram winda wagidata? ~h.xi. 8-15] Aiwagg&@ paiuiz Mappaiu 209

8 Akei hra usiddjtdup salhran? mannan hnasqjiim wastjiim gawasidana ? Sbi, PSiei hnasqjiim wasid& sind, in gardim PudanE sind. g Akei hra usiddjPduP saflvan ? pralifetu ? Jii, qipa izwis : jah managizii pralifetpu. 10Sa ist Auk bi bnei gamelip ist : srii, ik insandja aggilu mei- nana faGra pus, saei gamanweip wig pinana falira pus. I I Amen, qipa izwis : ni urrgis in balirim qinijnii miiza Iijhanns bmma diupjandin ; ip sa minniza in piudangardj6i himin~ miiza imma ist. 12 Framuh fmn piim dagam Iijhannis pis diupjandins und hita Piudangardi himine anarnahtjada, jah anamahtjandans frawil- wand p. I 3 Alldi Auk prahfeteis jah witiip und IBhannP faliraqepun : 14 jah jabii wildedeip rnip niman, sa ist Helias, saei skulda qiman. 15 Saei habhi dus6na RduJiandcka, gal~&usj&i. A~WAGGELJOPA~RH MARKU

CHAPTER I r Anastcdeins alwaggClj6ns Iesuis Xristius sunius gups.

2 Swe gamelip ist in Esa~inpraCfetlu : sli, ik insandja aggilu meinana facra pus, saei gamanweip wig pinana faira PUS. 3 Stibna wijpjandins in iupidhi : manweip wig friujins, rafht6s wadrkeip stiigijs guPs unsaris. 4 Was IiihannEs diupjands in BuPiddi jah mzrjands diupein idreig6s du aflageinii frawahrhte. '5 Jah usiddjedun du imma all Iudaialand jah Ialrusadlymeis, jah diupidiii wesun aliPi in IatirdanE ahrii fram imma, andhPitandans frawairhtim seinPim. 5 Wasup-pan 16hannFs gaffasips taglam ulbanddus jah gafrda filieina bi hup seinana, jah matida pramsteins jah milip h&ipiwisk, 7 jah msrida qipands : qimip swinpijza mis sa afar mis, pizei ik ni im walrps anahneiwands andbindan skiudariip sk8hG is. 8 Appan ik diupja izwis in watin, ip is diiupeip izwis in ahmin weihamma. 9 Jah warp in jPiniim dagam, qam Iesus fram NazaraQ Galei- iaias, jah ddupips was fram Idhanne in IairdanE. ro Jah suns usgaggands us pamma watin gasahr uslukanans himinans, jah ahman swE ahak atgaggandan ana ina. r r Jah stibna qam us himinam : pu is sunus meins sa liuba, in puzei wafla galeik8ida ETAI'~EIZIONKATA MAPKON

CEIAPTER I

I 'ApX$roc c6ayyehiov 'IqaoG XpiaroO vlot roc 19~00. 2 'as yiypamai Zv r+ 'I-laaiLq 24 vpo+ljm. isoh ly& d.rroardAAo rdv 6yycAdv pov vpd vpoad?iov aov, 8s rcura- o~cvdoecn)v dsdv uov ij*n-poaOIv UOV. 3 @wv$ poSvros Iv r?j Zprjpy irorp~aarr4v b8Av iwpbv. rittlcias aoicrrc rThs ~pi@ovsairoG. q 'Ey4uero 'Iohuvqs j3a7iriCou iv T$ 8pfipy ~a'crtqpduuwl. /3dariapa p~ravoias(1s d+euiv &papriLiv. 5 Kal ~&nop~60vrorpbs airbv v6cra ?) '1ov8afa Xdpa ~ai ol 'Icpoaohvp~rar,real ~jlam~~ouroa&urcs iv r$ '~op~&vp xorap4 in' a6roO Ifopohoyoipez~oirhs dpaprlas a6rLiv. 6'Hv 62 'Iocivvqs IuS~8v~'uos pixa as ~aprjAov rai (dqu Bepparivqv aepl r$u do+Dv air06 rai Za5iov d~pitias~ai p&i &ypiov. 7 Kai h~iipvnarvA6ymv. ipxrrai d ia~v~drrpdspov clvlaw pov, of O~Kdpi l~avdsrci+as hGaa~ TAU iphvra TGI. in~&~pdrwvairoc. 8'EyA phu ijjdxrraa ip&s Jv GBarr, airbs 82- /3amlncr &$is iu nvciparr iryly. 9 Ka'L Jyivcro iv ~rclz.air raPs $pipais $@EU '17uoss &a6 Nacap26 rijs rddalas tcai @an-ridq &rd 'Iwcivuov cis rdv '10~ddvqv. 10 Ka1 ri6iws dua/3aIuou 21( TOG G8aros CBSUuXt~op~uo~s ro3s 06pavo6s ~aird n~lrcpa 6s srcpto~ephv xara/3aivov In' airdv. 11 Kal $wv$ Iydvrro IK 791 otpauLiv. & ei d vids pot1 d dyaqrds, Ju r48drcqua. 12 Jah suns sbi, ahma ina ustBuh in liupida. 13 Jah was in Piz6i BupidQi dage fidw6r tiguna fraisans fram Satanin, jah was mip diuzam, jah aggileis andbahtidedun imma 14 Ip afar btei atgibans warp I6hannEs, qam Iesus in Galeilaia mErjands afwaggElj6n Piudangardj6s gups, 15 qipands patei usfullnijda pata mEl jah atnEhrida sik Piudan- gardi gups : idreig6P jah galiubeik in afwaggElj6n. 16 Jah tuarb6nds faGr marein Galeilaias gasahr Seim6nu jah Andraian brijpar is, Pis SeimGnis, wafrpandans nati in marein : wbun buk fiskjans. I 7 Jah qap im Iesus : hirjats afar mis, jah gatauja igqis wafrpan nutans mannE. I 8 Jah suns aflftandans P6 natja seina laistidedun afar imma

I 9 Jah jbinpr6 inn gaggands framis leitil gasahr Iakijbu pana ZafbafdaiQus jah IGhannB brcpar is. jah pans in skipa manwjanddns natja. 20 Jah suns hathait ins. Jah afletandans attan seinana Zaf- bafdaiu in pamma skipa mip asnjam, galipun afar imma. a I Jah galipun in Kafarnaum, jah suns sabbat6 daga galeipands in synagbgen 15isida ins. 22 Jah usfilmans \sarirpun ana Pizdi IAiseinAi is ; untE was 1Qisjands ins swS naldufni habands jah ni smaswE phi b6karjiis. 23 Jah was in piz% synag6gEn izE manna in unhriinjamma ahmin, jah ufhr6pida 24 qipands : fralet, hta uns jah pus, Iesu Naz6rEn6, qamt fra- qistjan uns? Karin puk, has pu is, sa weiha guks. 25 Jah andbait ina IEsus qipands: PahBi jah usgagg iit us pamma, ahma unhr4inja. 26 Jah tahida ina ahma sa unhrbinja, jah hr6pjands etibnbi mikil5i usiddja us imma 1s Hal 72) 71vrGpa a&hv ?rp&Urr cls Gv zp'ptlpv. 13 Kal qv Jv rfi Jp&y @&pas rrauapdrrovra ~cr~aCdprvos &d roc aaravZ, rtal qv pcrh TOV BqpCov, ~aiEiyyrho~ G~?~KOVOVVu~?T@. r4 Mcrh 62 rb lrapa6oBijvai 'I~dvvqv$ABcv 'IquoGs rls r$u rahrXaiav, ~?pv'aawv r6 r$ayyAiov rGs @audc(as 706 Ocoij, 15Ai~ov8rr nr~h~~wrard rratp;s rrai $yyi~rv paui.kcfa 706 Bro3. pcravocirr KU? riarrv'trc Jv r{ tGayycAiy. 16 Kal ~ap&~ovnap& ri)v Bdhauaav 6s raXthaiar r?Gcv Bfpova ~ai'A~i3~lav rhv d6rh$civ a6ro3, rol Zipovos, &iAAovras 6p+f/3A7crpov JP r: Bah&aq qaav yhp Mtcis. 17 Kal rilrrv aho;s 6 'Iqaoi.s* ~E&C dniuo ~OU,~a\( POL$U~ ipGs yrviu6ai &ALESdvepdnwv. 18 Kai &f%os d+ivrcs rh 8iKrva ahDv {~oAov'f?quavair& 19Kal wpo/3&s JrtciBrv dhfyov ri6cv 'l&~o/3ovr;v TOG Zt/3~- Gaiov icai 'Iwivzqv r6v d8ch$6v ahoG, ~aia&ro;s 31. r$ wholy ~araprifivrasrh hirrrva, 20 xal ciBios ~K&LXCUCVairo6s. rrai &~&VT€B rdv nardpa ahijv Zc@ri3aZov Jv r$ nhoiy pcrh rGv pia8wr8v drijh- Bov dniao ah-00. 21 Kal ilcmoptv'ovrai cls Ka~cpvaoip* ~aicGOdos rok a@- /3aarv cinrA0Av cis dvauvayor;iv 28iijacracv. 22 I(& J.$nA

27 Jah afsliupniid~dunallii sildaleikjandans, swaei siikidedun mip sis miss6 qipandans: ha sijdi pata? hr6 s6 liiseinb sii niuj8, ei mip waldufnja jah ahmam Pbim unhriinjam anabiudip jah ufhhsjand imma? 28 Usiddja pan meripa is suns and allans bisitands Galeilaias. 29 Jah suns us Pizii synagiigen usgaggandans qFmun in garda Srimdnis jah Andrafins mip Iakiibfru jah I6hannFn. 30 Ip swafhrii Seim8nis lag in brinn6n : jah suns qepun imma bi ija. 3 r Jah duatgaggands urr6isida undgreipands handu iz&, jah aflaff6t @ s5 brinn6 suns, jah andbahtida im. 32 Andanahtja pan waitrpanamma, pan gasaggq sauil, bFrun du imma allans bns ubil habandans jah unhulp6ns habandans. 33 Jah s6 ba6rgs alla garunnana was at dadra. 34 Jah gahiilida managans ubil habandans missaleik6im sabhtim, jah unhulp6ns managiis uswarp, jah ni fralafl6t rdjan P6s unhulpiins, untE kunpedun ina. 35 Jah bir iihtw6n usstandands usiddja, jah galiip ana aupjana stap, jah jainar bap. 36 Jah galBistans wadrpun imma Seimiin jah pai mip imma. 37 Jah bigiiandans ina qepun du imma patei aliBi puk siikjand, 38 Jah qap du im: gaggam du Fim bisunjan, h5imiim jah bahrgim, ei jah jbinar mErj6u, untE dupe qam. 39 Jah was mFrjands in synagiigim iz6 and alla Galeilaian jah unhulP6ns uswafrpands. 40 Jah qam at imma priitsfill habands, bidjands ina jah kniwam knussjands jah qipands du imma patei jab% wileis. magt mik gahrkinjan. 41 IP I~SUSinfeinands, ufrakjands handu seina attaftiik imma jah qap imma : wiljku, walrp hrgins. 42 Jah biPB qap pata IBsus, suns pata Priitsfill aflBiP af imma, jah hrbins warp. 27 Kal ~8aP@-rj8qcrav~civrrs iurr crv~jrciv nphs iaurois Adyov~as. ri &r~ivTOCTO; ris $ 816ax;I xai~~i/ah?, brl ~ar' 2(0uuiav ~ai70% nvcipaoiv rois bxa8i.iprors Jxrri.iaocr, ~aiSna~o6ovarv ah@; ~8'EfijAOev62 6 6x04 a;roG r18hs cis o"Aqv r;]v prpiXwpov 7jjs rdlhalas. 29 Ka1 c$O&os ZK 6s ovay(oyljs 2[chOdvr6s jhOov 62s r$v oi~(fAvZbwvos xai 'Av8pCov per& 'Ia~cl5~ovxai 'Iw&vvov. 30'H 64 n~vBc,p&SIpwvos xarixccro mpCuuovua, xal cG0;ws ~l~ovo~vah+ ncpl airrijs. 31 Kai zpoo~ABAv;iyripci~ a;r$v xpa~$nasnis Xctp6s aCrfs rai &$~KEU a$r;/v 6 7~lpcrhsc$Oiws, xai Biv~OIvriaGrois. 32 'O$Cas 82 ycuo~~ivqs,Srr i8v 6 tjhios, i$cpov np;s a$r6v advras rohs K~K& ixovras xai rohs 8a~povi~opivo~s. 33 Kai $ .rrdAts r;h? intcrvi~~~~iv~qv nphs r$u 86pav. 34 Ka'c i8cpdacvcrcv ?;o~Ao;sxax&s iXol~rasi~oi~~hais V~CTOLS, rai Ga~pdvra iroAAh ifkfiahcv, ~aiOLK $$i~v AaAeCv rh 6aipdvia, &ri $6riaav airrdv. 3j Kal npwt &vvXov Aiav &vamhs i&Aen, ~aiirnijA8ev ris ipqpov rpdxov ~ai1xct ?;pouqiXrro. 36 Kal icarc8lo&v airr6v d Zipv ~ai02 pr' a4roG. 37 Kal rSp6vr~s ahhv Adyovcriv a&$ O~TL n(tvrcs ue ii- rov^crrv. 3s Ka1 Ai'y~i a.irroCs* By~pwrIs rap Ixopc'vas ~wpo~dhcis, Iva xai JxeT xqpi[w- cis roCro y&p ?&~~j~t'i)a. 39 Kai jv qp6acrov iv rais ovvaywyais a6rGv cis o"hqv dlv rahrhalav ~alrh Gaipdvia Ixpb~hwv. 40 Kai ~pxrrai zpbs a4rbv hcnppds, aapaaahGv adrbv ~al yovuncrliv ail-6v ~alAiywv ah$, &ri i&v OdAys, Gv'vaual pc ~a0apluai. 41'0 ar 'Itlaoijs u?rAay~v~a8c~sZKTEIV~S r;lv ~cipaah08 f$aro ah06 ~alhiycr ah+. OdAw, rtaBapicr8qrr. 12 Kd E~T~VTOSa$roG dOdws dnijAOrv hz' a6roG 4 At%rpa ~al J~a0apicrO~. 43 Jah gahrijtjands imma suns ussandida ina,

44 jah qap du imrna: salhr ei mannhun ni qiPdjs wafht ; ak gagg puk silban atdugjan gudjin, jah atbafr fram gahrBineinPi peinBi patei anab4up MijsEs du weitwbdipbi im.

45 Ip is usgaggands dugann m5 rjan filu jah usqihn pata waGrd, swaswT: is jupan ni mahta and4ugjb in baGg galeipan, ak iita ana 6upjAim stadim was ; jah iddjtdun du imma allaprb.

CHAPTER I1

I Jah galdip aRra in Kafarnaum afar dagans, jah gafrehun patei in garda ist. 2 Jah suns gaqcmun managfii, swaswZ juFn ni gambst5dun nih at dadra, jah rcidida im wadrd. 3 Jah qtmun at imma uslipan bafrandans, hafanana fram fidwbrim. 4 Jah ni magandans nelua qiman imma fafira manageim, and- hulidedun hrbt Frei was Iesus, jah usgrabandans insdilidedun pata badi, jah fralaflijtun ana pammei lag sa usIipa. 5 Gasahnds pan IEsus galdubein izE qap du Pmma uslipin : barnilb, afletanda pus frawadrhteis hinds. 6 Wesunuh pan sum% Fizz bdkarjF jBinar silandans jah pagk- iandans sis in hafrtam seinpim : 7 hra sa swa rbdei), nsiteinins? hras mag afletan frawafirhtins, niba dins gup? 8 Jah suns ufkunnands Iesus ahmin seinamma patei swa pdi mitijdtdun sis, qap du im : duhre mit6b pata in hafrtam izwardim ? 9 hrapar ist azttiz6 du qipan pamma uslipin : aflttanda pus frawafirhteis peinijs, Pdu qipan: urreis jah nim pata badi ])einata jah gagg ? I o ;\&an ei witeip patei waldufni habiip sunus mans ana airphi afletan frawafirhtins, qap du pamma uslipin : 4 3 Kal €p/3prpqsdpcvos ah$ ci6dos €f@aXcv ah& 44~alhdyct a&+* 6pa pqbcvl pq8kv cbps, irM& hayc acavrbv 6tif0~r+ icpc; Kai npoudv€y~c ncPi roij ~a6apl- upij uov h npoudra&v Muoijs cls paprdpiov ahois. 45 '0 62 I(EA~&V,jp(aro ~~pduacwnoroMh ~al8ia+vpl@iv rbv hdyov, buTc pq~drr ahbv 8dvauBar $avcp&s cis adArv ciucAdc5, &A' Iv 2p~p.01~rdnors tjv. KCL~ tjpXovro ~$9ahhv ~av~axdecv.

CHAPTER I1

I Kd cIo$Ade~ nArv cls Kancpvao;p 81' $pcpGv ~ai i~oda&l87'1 C~S0iKdV 2071~. a Rat d6dus a~v<~6~uausohhoi, $arc pll~irrxup~iv iyqGt rh npds 6jv Odpav, ~al2AdArr ahois ~dvAdyov. 3 Kal tpxovrar wpbs ahbv napdwr~bv+&ovrrs alpdpevov hbrcuudpuv. 4 Kal p3 L;1vvdp~voinpoucyykrai a&@ 6rh TAU Gxhov, ctncuri- yauav 7Sjv mimv 6n0v jv, ~aii[opi[avrcs xaAGuiv rdv KPd~aTT0~,I+' 4 6 ~FQPQALJ~LKBSK~T~KC~TO. 5 'IG&v 82 6 'JquoGs r;lv wlmw ahGv Agycr r+ ~apahvrc~i$. rircvov, &+iuvrai roc ai bpprlai aov. 6'Huav 6d rivcs rGv YPa~parCuv€KC: ~aB

I I pus qipa : urreis nimul~pata badi pein jah gagg du garda peinamma I 2 Jah urrdis suns jah ushafjands badi usiddja faGra andwafrpja alliize, swaswi5 usgeifn6dEdun a116i jah h6uhidEdun mikil- jandans gup, qipandans patei Biw swa ni gasehrun. 13 Jah gal6iP aftra fafir marein, jah all manageins iddjedun du imma, jah ldisida ins. 14 Jah hrarb6nds gasahr Lafwwi pana Alfaiiius sitandan at mdtdi jah qap du imma : gagg afar mis. Jah usstandand> iddja afar imma 15 Jah warp, bipe is anakumbida in garda is, jah manag5 md- tarj6s jah frawaiirhtPi mip anakumbidsdun ICsua jah sip6njam is ; wesun Auk managli jah iddjedun afar irnma. I 6 Jah Pfii b6karj6s jah Fareisaieis gasaihrandans ina matjandan mip Piim mdtarjam jah frawaGrhtiim, qepun du piim sip6n- jam is : hra ist patei miP mGtaiam jah frawahrhtiim matjip jah driggkip?

17 Jah gahdusjands IEsus qap du im : ni pa6rbun swinpiii Ekeis, ak pdi ubilaba habandans; ni qam lapdn uswa~irhtans,ak frawahrhtans. I 8 Jah wFsun sip6nj6s Ibhannis jah Fareisaieis fastandans ; jah atiddjsdun jah qFbun du imma: duke sip6njds IrShannes jafi Fareisaieis fastand, ip pAi peinBi sip6njds ni fastand ? 19 Jah qap im ISsus : ibBi magun sunjus briipfadis, und patei mip im ist briiJ&aps, fastan? swa Iagga hreila swG mip sis haband briipfad, ni magun fastan.

20 Appan atgaggand dag6s pan afnimada af im sa briipfaps, jah pan fastand in jdinamma daga. ax Ni manna plat fanins niujis siujip ana snagan fafrnjana; ibdi afnimdi fulldn af parnma sa niujapamma fahnjin, jah wairsiza gatahra wafrpip. Ch. ii. I I-a I] E3ayyCX~ov ~a~hMciprcov 21g

xoi Adyo, dycipc ica; dpov rdv rrpbparrdv uov ral Gaayc rbv oirdv UOV- I a KaJ iydpOq c6Odos rral &pas rbv rpd/3anov h@~Orv2vav- ndvrov, Gmc Z&mauBai advras ral 80(&Cccv rbv Bedv, ~d~ovras&i o;6ixore oCros ~ZGopcv. rg Kal 2EijhOru ndhtv aaph r;!v 8ciAauuav. rtal a&s 6 6xAos 4pXcr~np'pds airdv, rai ~6~6au~rva6roCs. 14 Kai aapdyov ci&v Acvi rAv TOO 'AA+aiov ~a8~pevovhi T; TEA&V$OV, rtai Adyar a&$. 8~0h066~tPO&. ral Bvauriis j~oA&&lcrcv ah$. 1 5 Ka; iyi~f~o2v TI$ rtarartrTu6ai a6r;v ?V rfj otrtlq aho0, r;ai aoAAo> rrhDva~~ai &aproAoi uvvavd~ccvroTI$ 'IqaoO ~alrois pa0qrals a6roG. 4uav yap aoMoi rai rjrtoAoC8quav ah?. I 6 Ka2 ot ypapparcrs rral 01 cPapraaTor, ~B~UTESa&rbu 1)uOiovra pcrh rBv TEAWVOVlcai &paprwABv, heyov rok paOqraPs ahoii. ri &r prrh rGv rrhovGv rtal &paprwAGv ZUO~CL ~aiafvrr; 17 Iiai broduas 6 'IqaoGs Xlycc ahois* 04 ~pclav +ovcrrv ol laXdovrcs ZarpoO &M' oi K~KGS&ovrcs. o6rc 4hOov ;t;d&a&t~alovs, dMh bpaproAov's. 18 Iiai ijuav oi paOqrai 'Io&vvov~ai ol cPaprcraior vqmdovrcs. ra'c dpxovrai rai Aiyovuiv a&+. 8ih 71 oi paBqrai 'to&vvov ~aioi TOV cPapiualwv V~UTCCOU~LV,oi 82 a01 pa6qral 06 vqmr6ovaiv; 19Kal ciarv atrois d 'IquoOs. p;l Gu'vavrac oi vtol TOG vvp- +Ovos, 2v 4 5 vvp+ios pcr' a6rOv 4oriv, qur&arv; o"aov ~pdvov pcd' 2avrGv ~Xova~vrbu mp$iov, 06 bv'vavrac vqmfv'clv. zo'EArdaovrai 62 tjpdpai 5rav BnapOyi &a' a6rCv d vvp+ios, ~airdrc qcrrcv'uovaiv iv h~rivt~rfj $pipB. 2 1 O66rls JaiPAqpa $&rrovs &yv&+ov 2ncp&.rrrri 2al iparly adar+. cl 6; pi, afpcc rA ?rAipopa bn' ahoQ rA rtaivhr ro3 naAaio6, ~alxcipov oxlapa yivarar. 2 20 Atwagg8g0 path Marku [~h.ii. a a-iii. 4

2 a Ni manna giutib wein juggata in balgins fafrnjans ; ibPi duft~ distairdi wein kta niuj6 pans balgins jah wein usgutnip, jah pPi balgeis fraqistnand; ak wein juggata in balgins niujans giutand.

23 Jah warp pafrhgaggan imma sabbatb daga pafrh atisk, jah dugunnun sipijnjijs is skiiwjandans rdupjan ahsa.

24 Jah Fareisaieis qcpun du imma: sPi, hn tAujand sip6nj6s Findi sabbatim patei ni skuld ist ?

25 Jah is qap du im: niu ussuggwuP Piw hra gatawida Daweid. pan pahfta jah gredags was, is jah Pdi mip imma ?

26 Miwa galtiip in gard guPs uf Abiapara gudjin jah hltiibans fadrlageindis matida, panzei ni skuld ist matjan niba dintiim gudjam, jah gaf jah ptiim mip sis wisandam ?

P? Jah qap im : sabbatij in mans warp gaskapans, ni manna in sabbata dagis ;

28 swaei frduja ist sa sunus mans jah pamma sabbat6.

CHAPTER I11

r Jah galtiip aftra in synagdgen, jah was jainar manna gapalir- sana habands handu. 2 Jah witbidcdun irnma hdilidtdiu sabbatij daga, ei wr6hide- deina ina. 3 Jah qap du pamma mann pamma gapa6rsana habandin handu : urreis in midumii. 4 Jah qap du im : skuidu ist in sabbatim PiuP tlujan aQptiu unpiup tdujan, sdiwala nasjan afppdu usqistjan? Ip eis pahgidedun. 21 Kal &ds ~~ccO?VOU U~OV C/S &uro$s ~da~oitsbci 82 p$, $uacc 6 oivos d vies TOGS ~UKO~S,~ai 6 oivos IrcXcirar ~a\r02 dartoi d?roAoGvrar, hMh oivov vCov cis &UK&S racvo2s /3hqrdov. 03 Kai ZyCvcro ?rapanop&cueai ahdv iv rois udfi@auiv d& ~6vu?ropfpwv, rtal ijp[avro ol pa6qral ah09 66o~oicCv rihhovrcs ro3s cnaixvas. 2.q Kal oi @apioa7oi iAcyov air?. Bc ri noroGuw TOTS ud@- pauiv 8 oh Z&UTLU; 23 Kai ahbs €Acycv a&ois. o68inort hviyvwrc ri tinoiqucv Aavcl8, &E pciav iuxcv rtai Zacivaucu, airrbs rtal 01 per' airros; 26 ~Escto+jA6cv cts rbu O~KOUTOG Be06 tipi 'A@cd%ap&pXec- ~iws~ai TOGS Bprovs rijs ?rpoO~urws&$aycv, 06s oh :&uriv $aye> el pa rois irpeGu~v, rtal ~bortcv ~airois dvah@ 03uiu; 27 Kal ikeyrv airroCs rA uh&3arov brir rdv hv8porov iyivcro, oh6 b6pwnos bhrb olrp~arov, 28 Gmc dpids Imw 6 vlbs TOG iur%@?rov ~alroij cap- @drov.

CHAPTER III

r Kai cl&jXOcv ndXiv cis r;lv avvaywyjv, ~altjv Zmi dvBpwnos =Z[vpappCvqvixwv r;lv xcipa. 2 Kai ?rapc~poGvro ahdv, €1 rois ud/3/3auiv Bcpancv'uci airrdv, tva rarqyop7juouiv a&oG. 3 Kal Aiycr r$ dvOpdny r+ Ifqpawdvqv ~XOUTLrip xcipa@ lyc1pc €19 rd piuov. 4 Kai hiyce ahoip. r*~co-~ivIv rois uh@/3auw &ya%oaorij- uai 4 ~artonoi~uai,$ux$v u6iuar 4 h?ro~~civai;oi 82 Iurdnwu. 222 AfwageQa pa frh Marku [~h.iii. 5-18

6 Jah assahnds ins mip m&Ia, gdurs in ddubips hairtins iz5 qap du barnma mann: ufrakei pa handu peinaf Jah ufrakida, jah gastbj, aftra sb handus is 6 Jah gaggandans pan Fareisaieis sunsfiiw mip pdim Her& dianum gariini gatawidEdun bi ina, ei imma usqcmeina. 7 Jah Iesus aflfiip mip sipbnjam seinfiim du marein, jah filu manageins us Galeilaia liistidcdun afar imma, 8 jah us Iudaia jah us Iafrusalilymim jah us Idumaia jah hindana IarirdanLus ; jah PBi bi Tyra jah Seiddna, manageins filu, gahfiusjandans Ivan filu is tawida, qEmun at imma. g Jah qap Pfiim sipbnjam seinfiim ei skip habfiij, wEsi at imma in piz6s manageins, ei ni praiheina ina.

10 Managans Quk gahfiilida, swaswe drusun ana ina ei imma attaftbkeina,

I I jah swa managdi swZ habiidcdun wundufiljbs jah ahmans unhrAinjans, PCtih pan ina gasEhn, drusun du imma jah hrdpidedun qipandans patei pu is sunus gups,

I z Jah filu andb6it ins ei ina ni gaswikunpidedeina.

I 3 Jah ustfiig in fafrguni jah athahiit panzei wilda is, jah galipun du imma. s 4 Jah gawalirhta twalif du wisan mip sis, jah ei insandidedi ins mErjan, 15 jah haban waldufni du hiiljan sa6htins jah uswairpan un- huIpdns.

I 6 Jah gasatida Seim6na namb Paftrus;

I 7 jah Iak6bfiu pamma ZaibafdaiLus, jah Ibhanne brdpr Iak6- bPus, jah gasatida im namna BaGanafrgafs, patei ist : sunjus peihrbns ; 18 jah Andrafan jah Filippu jah ,Barpalilafimaiu jah Matpaiu jah Pbman jah Iakbbu pana Alfaifius, jah Paddaiu jah Seimbna pana KananeitGn, Ch, iii. 5-r 81 Et3ayyiA~ov ~arhMctp~ov 223

5 Rat ~c~ipAftCrOiprv09~&o&s dpfls, ~VMVAO~~CLFYOS Zal rjj awpduri rijs rapsias a6rOv Adyci T+ &vOpi)ny' i~rrrvovr$v Xc'ippd UOV. ral I[&civcv, ral &acrarccrr&Oq 6 xcip ahoii. 6 Kai I[cAOdvrcs ot @apiaaibr c;Olws prrh TGU 'tJpwBiauGv ~~ppodAwv

19 jah Iudan Iskaribth, saei jah galtwida ina.

20 Jah atiddjtdun in gard, jah garddja sik managei, swaswE ni mahtedun nih hlQif matjan.

2 I Jah hBusjandans fram imma Wkajbs jah anpar4i usiddiedun gahaban ina ; qepun Buk patei usg5isiPg ist. 21 Jah bc3kajbs pi af IairusaGlymii qimandans qEpun patei Bafaflzafbul habfiip, jah patei in pamma reikistin unhuipbn6 uswafrpip piirn unhulNm. 23 Jah athiitands ins in gajukBm qap du im: hr6iwa mag Satanas Satanan uswafrpan ? 24 Jah jabii Piudangardi wifira sik gadiiljada, ni mag standan sb Piudangardi jdina. 25 Jah jab& gards wipra sik gadiiljada, ni mag standan sa gards jiins. 26 Jah jabii Satana usstdj, ana sik silban jah gadhilips warp, ni mag gastandan, ak andi hab6ifi. 27 Ni manna mag kasa swinpis galeipands in gard is wilwan. niba faiirpis pana swinpan gabindip ; jah pan pana gard is diswilwii. 28 AmEn, qifm izwis, patei allata aflotada fmta frawadrht~ sunum mannF, jah niitein6s swa managbs swaswt waja- merjand ; 29 appan saei wajamereifi ahman weihana ni hal;riiP fralet iiw, ak skula ist Qiweinjiziis frawalirhtSis. 30 UntE q+un : ahman unhrjinjana habiifi. 31 Jah qtmun pan iipei is jah br6prjus is jah ata standandbna insanciidedun du imma, hiitand6na ina. 32 Jah sEtun bi ina managei ; qtpun pan du imma: sii, iipei pina jah brbprjus fieinbi jah swistrjus pein6s iita s6kjand Puk- 33 Jah andhbf im qipands: hrb ist s6 Biki meina afppin pRi brbprjus meinii I '9 xa1 'Idhv 'Iu~apcdrqv, 8s rtal napjbwxcv airrdv. Kal ipXovrar ds otov. Kd avvipxcra~xcfhiv d zxhos, 6urc iL;I 86vacrOar aCrohs p+c Bprov +aycB. 2I Kal d~odaawcs01 nap' atroc J[qheov ~parccrar aiirdv. &qov yhp Gri ifdq. 22 Kal oi yppparcis 01 'I~~ooohv'povrara~bres iAtyov &rLBccAic/3o;A ixct, ~a\ro"rr Zv s$ hpxowr rGv Baipoviwv Jx@hMcr rb Gaipdvia. 23 Kal T~OUK~~€U&~€VOSaitro;s iv napa/3oha?s &tycv ahois. n&g tidvarac uasav&s uaraviiv ~xP&~Ew; 24 Kal bhv @acrLXcia 29' iat&p pcp~adfl,06 Gv'varai ura0ijvai ;I paorhela i~clvq. a5 Kal bhv olrtla b$' iavr$v pcp~a09, 06 Gv'varac oradijvai .r) olxla bxcivr]. 26 Kai €1 d craraviis dvdarq b+' iavrAv xal prpt'pearai, 06 atharat uradijvac, AM& rihos ZXci. a7 Otbris 8dvarai sh crrtev'~ roli iqvpoii cirrchOAv cls r$v olxlav aikoii 6eapxduat, bhv p;I rpGrov rbv iuxvpbv Gjal, xai rdrc rfiv otxiav ats& 8tapndcrg. 2S'Api~Xiyo 6pPv 017~ nhvra &+cdTjocrai rh &pnpr~para sois ulois TGV dvBpd~wv,K~\L @Aau+qpiac, bcras Bv @ha- u$qll7jowo1v. 298s 8' &V @hau4rlp4flDels s6 ~vcppar6 67io~1, O$K ixri B$cuiv CIS r6u aic;jua, MA' $uoXds im~uai~uiov &pprTj- paros. 30@OrriAcyov. .rrvcFpa &rth6aprov Zxci. 31~E~~ovraiozv 6 p$rVP a6roG ~aloi d8ch+oi aboij, xai Z(o isrGrrs driurcihav npds aLr6v +wvoiivres atrdv. 32 Kai i~d0qroscpi ahdv 6xhos, cixov 82 atr@ 1604 4 p4qp crov xa\c oi dSrA$oi uov xai a1 d&cA+ai crov itw cqroiioiv ac. 33 Kal dr.rrrrtp[8q airois Adyou. ris ~LVp

34 Jah bisafhrands bisunjanZ pans bi sik sitandans qap: sfii, iiPei meina jah pii brB],rjus meintii. 35 Saei allis wa$rkeip wiljan gups, sa jah brdpar meins jah swistar jah iipei ist.

CHAPTER IV

I Jah aftra IPsus dugann lfiisjan at marein, jah galesun sik du imma manageins filu, swaswE ina galeipandan in skip gasitan in marein ; jah alla s6 managei wipra marein ana stapa was.

2 Jah lfiisida ins in gajuk6m mnnag, jah qap im in Iiiseinfii seinfii : 3 hiuseip I Sli, urrann sa saiands du saian fi6iwa seinamma. q Jah warp, mippanei safs6, sum rafitis gadrfius fatir wig, jah qcmun fuglds jah fr5tun pata. 5 Anparuppan gadrlus ana stiinahamma, parei ni habfiida airpa managa, jah suns urrann, in pizei ni habBida diuplizbs afrp6s ; 6 at sunnin pan urrinnandin ufbrann, jah untE ni hablida waGrtins gapa1hsn6da. 7 Jah sum gadrius in pafirnuns ; jah ufarstigun P8i bdrnjus jah afhrapidOdun pata, jah akran ni gaf. 8 Jah sum gadrilus in afrpa g6da, jah gaf akran urrinnand6 jah wahsjand6, jah bar 8in .I. jah fiin *j*jah gin .r. 9 Jah qap : saei habBi aus6na hiusjandGna, gahiusjfti.

to IP biPG war], sundrb, frGhun ina pii bi ina mip paim twa- libim piz6s gajuk6ns.

I I Jah qap im : izwis atgiban ist kunnan riina Piudangardjds gups, ip jtiinfiim pAim 3ta in gajuk6m allata wafrpip, ~h.iii. 34-iv. r X] E6ayyQ~ov KUT; Mdptcov 2 2 7

34 Kai acp~j3h~dlrcvosK~KA~ ~0;s xcpl ahdv rtaellPEvovs Adycr. lbc i p4r~pou ~ai01 QBrA+oi pov. 35A0syhp Bv noi$ug rd OihVpa rot7 Brot7, ohs&8cA$ds pov &6th++ rai prjrqp ioriv.

CHAPTER IV

I Kai xdhw $p&ro 6~dhnrtcbv nap& rijv Bdhauaav. ~ai avu

Q 2 rl ei safluandans sahlina jah ni g6umjGna, jah hiusjandans hbusjiina jah ni frapjlina, nibbi ban gawandjdina sik jah aflE6indbu im frawadrhteis. '3 Jah qap du im: ni witup pii pajukiin, jah hr&iwa allas pas gajukiins kunneip ? r 4 Sa saijands wa6rd saijip.

15 APbn pbi wipra wig sind, parei saiada pata wadrd, jah pan gahgusjand unkarjans, suns qimiP Satanas jah usnimip waGrd bata insaianii in hafrtam izc.

I G Jah sind samaleikii pQi ana stfiinahamma saianans, Piiei pan h6usjand pata walird, suns mip fahcdli nimand ita,

17 jah ni haband wadrtins in sis, ak hreilshrafrbli sind ; paprah, biPE qimip aglG aIPPlu wrakja in Pis wadrdis, suns gamarz- janda. 18 Jah pBi sind P6i in padrnuns saianans, pli waGrd hius- jandans, £9 jah safirg.6~Pizds libainlis jah afmarzeins gabeins jab Pii bi pata anpar lustjus inn atgaggandans afhrapjand @ta wairrd jah akranalius wairpip.

20 Jah psi sind p6i ana airp6i pizBi gadan saianans pliei hius- jand Fta walird jah andnimand, jah akran bafrand, lrin -1. jah &in.j. jah Bin .r.

2 I Jah qap du im : ib6i lukarn qimip dupei uf mElan satjlidiu afPplu undar ligr 1 niu ei ana lukarnastapan satjPid8ul za Nih allis ist hra fulginis patei ni gabairhtjiidlu: nih warp analBugn, ak ei swikunp wafrpbi. 23 JabBi hras habfii lusiina hlusjandana, gahiusjbi. 34 Jah qap du im : safhrip hra hiuseip! In pizbiei mitap mitip, mitada izwis jah biBukada izwis Piim galiubjandam. 25 Untc pishrammeh saei habaip gibada imma; jah saei ni hkbtiip jah Ftei habbip afnimada imma. ch. iv. xa-a5] EGayyEAwv ~ardMC~~KOV 229

r 2 ba Phkovr~~JQhl~wuiv ~a2 p$l S8wuivY KUI &KO~OYT~S &Kod~aiv~d p$ ovveGuiv, &YOTP d~rurpl\l/~ucv~ai &+$g a6ro'is rh bpapw$para. ra Kal hkytr ahors. O~Kol6nrc 4vaapapoh$v radrlv, ~ai nhcras rhs ~apapohhsy~~dueu9r; 14 '0 aneipov rdv ad yo^ U'ITF~~EL. 15 Ohor 62 cloiv oi nap& T$V &bv dnou anclprrai 6 Adyos, Kai &av drtoGuwurv, c69ios 2pxrrar d uarav&s rtal aiprr rbV hdyou rbv Zurrappdvov Iv rals ~ap6iarsa~h%v. 15 Kal ohol ciurv 6poios ol ici r& serpd6q oseipdprvoi, ol 8rav &~odawcrrv hdytrrt, ~69iosprh xa@s ha/@&- VOUU~Vairdv, I 7 ~aiO~K ~X~vuiv :i{av &J iawois, MA& zpdr~ai~oiclrrv. cTra yevopdvvs BAI+Fws q GrcrtypoG 61h TAU hdyov c69iws u~av8aAi~ovrar. 18 Kal o%oi clacv ol cls rhr Ir~dv@asmcipdpcvoi, ol rhv hdyov daodovrcs, 19 ~aial pipiPvar rev^ aiGvof roGrov rai tj dahrq roc nhodrov rtal al ncpl rh horn& 4nr9vpia~ elonop~vdpcvac uupnvlyovurv rbv Adyov, nai d~apsosyivcrar. 20 Kal oi7rol tkiv oi hi r$v yijv r$v raA;/a u~aplvrcs, ofrrves d~odovarvrdv hdyov ~a'raapa8CXovra~, ~ai Kapno- @opo&~wiv rpid~ovra~ai 6v ;f$~ovra~ai iv 2~ardv. 21 Kal ihqcv ahols. pjrc d h4xvos ipx~rac'iva itad TAU pd6wv rc$j 4 bab r;lv rthlqz~; oh tva dnl r;,v hvxl~lav see$; 22 06 ydp 4mlv re ~pvnrbv8 Ihv p$ @av~po8ij-0482 c'yt'z-cro dzd~p+ov,Mh' ba rls $avcp&v FAOy. 23 ES zrs $FC bra dr~odctv,irtouirw. e4 Kal ihcycv a6ro'is* /3Ad.rrerc TI ducov'crc. Iv $ pirpy pmpeirc, perpq$jurrar Gpiv, ~al7rpourcBrjacrai 3p7v rois d~odovow. 15'0s yhp hv ix,, 800$ucrar ah@ rtat 8s O~KdXcr, rd 8 &cry dp&jucrai d~'aho7. qo Aiwaggeljii paid Marku [ch, iv. 26-40

26 Jah qap: swa ist Piudangnrdi gu'ps, swaswe jabfti manna wafrpip frdiwa ana afrpa. 27 Jah sltpik jah urreisij, naht jah daga, jah pata frdiw keinip jah fiudip swE ni wdit is. 29 SilE iuk afrpa akran bafrip: frumist gras, PaPr6h ahs, paprBh fulleip kadrnis in pamma ahsa. 29 Panuh bipE atgibada akran, suns insandeip gilpa, untt atist asans. 30 Jah qap : hrt galeik6m Piudangardja gups, aQpiu in hrileikii gajukbn gabafram ? 3 I SwZ kafirnb sinapis, htei pan saiada ana afrpa, minnist alMiz5 frftiwE ist pize ena afrkii ; 32 jah @n saiada, urninnip jah wafrpip alldizt grasE miist, jah gatiujiP astans mikilans, swasw5 magun uf skadiu is fugl6s himinis gabauan. 33 Jah swaleik6im managdim gajukbm r6dida du im pata wadrd, swaswe mahtcdun h6usjBn. 34 IP inuh gajuk6n ni r6dida im, iP sundr6 sipijnjam seindim andband allata 35 Jah qap du im in jdinamma daga at andanahtja pan wadr- panamma; usleipam jdinis stadis. 36 Jah afletandans P6 managein andncmun ina sw5 was in skipa ; jah pan anpara skipa wesun mij, imma. 37 Jah warp skiira windis mikila jah weg6s waltidedun in skip, swaswe ita jupan gafulln6da. 38 Jiih was is ana n6tin ana waggarja slPpands, jah urriisi- dEdun ina jah qepun du imma: Iftisari, niu kara puk 'pizei fraqistnam ? 39 Jah urreisands gasdk winda jah qap du marein: gaslawdi, afdumbn I Jah anasiliida sa winds jah warp wis mikil. 40 Jah qap du im : duhrz faGrht6i sijup swa? hriiwa oi naGh habftip galftubein ? ~6 KaI gAcycv. oerws ?mlv 6 BacriAcia roc dcoii, As &.v Gv~~~T~os@ATI T&V (ZH~~OV17: T~Syis, 27 Kai ~a0ev'Bg ~aiiyt.ipqrai vi~ra~ai iplpav, ~aid undpos @~acrra'v~~ai pq~ivqrai, hs o6~oi8t.v a6rds. 28 ~6~opd~qyhp + ~ ~apao+opci; zpGrov ~dprov,cSra ,TT&XW, cira 7rA7jptl ail-ov Zv TG crrdXvi'. zgb0rav Bh Trapa8G 6 ~n~nds,cir6lws ciaooriAAci rh 6pi- navov, 8rr aapiorq~cvJ Brpiapds. 30 Kai iAryrv. ~ivi6poiduwpcv &)v f3aurAriav roc BcoG, 4 Iv ~olgaapa@oAij aapa/3~Awpcua6rrjv; 31 'as K~KKOV aivdxcws, as Zrav uTrap9 Ixi rijs yijs, pr~pd- T€pOS T~~VTWVTGV u~T€~/J.~T~vJUT~V TGV 2~1T~S fir, 32 ~ai8rav crxap9, hvapaivcr ~aiylvcrai ~dvrwv~dv ~a~dvovpcicwv, rtal xoic; ~Ad8ovs I*c'JdAovs, $UTE 66- vaoeai irxh riv UKL~Va6~05 ~h pcrcrvh roc 06pavoG ~aracr~qvoGv. 33 Kai ~oradrais mpa@oXaLs aohAa?s IAdAcc atrois rhv hdyov, ~a6&s&6vavro h~ov'c~v. 34 Xwpis 6; aapaf3oAijs O~K

41 Jah Cihtedun sis agis mikil, jah qPpun du sis miss5 : hras pannu sa sijdi, unti jah winds jah marei ufh6usjand imma ?

CHAPTER V r Jah qemun hindar marein in landa GaddarZnE. 2 Jah usgaggandin imma us skipa suns gam6tida imma manna us a6rahjbm in ahmin nnhrdinjamma, 3 saei baudin habaida in a6rahjdm: jah ni ndudibandjbm eisarneinfiim manna mahta ina gabindan. 4 UntE is ulla eisarnam bi fbtuns gabugandim jah ndudiband- jdm eisarneiniim gabundans was, jah galdusida af sis Pbs niudibandjbs, jah J% ana fotum eisarna gabrak, jah manna ni mahta ina gatamjan. 5 Jah sinteinb nahtam jah dagam in atrahj6m jah in fafrgun- jam was hr6pjands jah bliggwands sik stBinam.

6 Gasahrands pan IEsu fafrraprb rann jah inw&t ins, , 7 jah hrbpjands stibnii mikilai qap: hra mis jah pus, ISsu, sundu pps pis hhhistins? biswara puk bi gupa, ni balw- jiis mis I 8 Unt8 qap imma: usgagg, ahma unhrdinja, us pamma mann l 9 Jah frah ina: hra nam6 pein? Jah qap du imma : namb mein LafgalBn, unti? managpi sijum. ro Jah bap ina filu ei ni usdrebi im us landa. r r Wasuh pan jainar hafrda sweinE haldana at pamma fafr- gunja. r a Jah Edun ina all& ps unhulp5ns qiwdeins: insandei unsis in pb sweina, ei in p6 galeipgima. I 3 Jah uslhubida im Iesus suns. Jah usgaggandans ahmans pfii unhrdinjans galipun in Pb sweina, jah rann 96 hafrda and driusbn in marein ; wssunup-pan sw8 twbs Piisundjbs, jah afhrapn6dedun in marein. 4 r Kal i+o/3$6qaav @dpov p

I Kal +Bov cis 7.6 ~c'pav rijs BaAiuuqs cls r;lv ~dpav r&v ra8ap1?uGz~ a Kal J(cAedvrt ah+ ?K ro6 ~rhoiov ~6Oias dmjvqnrv ah+ JK rGv pvqptl(ov hv0poaos ?V 7~vcipart&rta6dpr?, 3 as T~V~aroi~qaiv cixcv Gv rois pv7jpau~v, KO? OGTE bhd- ncarv oi8cls 28ivaro air& Gijnar, 4 8th rd aCrdv 'IFOAA~KLS?rj&acs ~aiMiucurv drdc'u6at rtal 8tcuaiuOat 3n' TOG rhs Miacrs rtai rhs d8as ouvrc- rpk+ear, rtal oi8cis iuxvcv ahdv 8apduar. 5 Kal 8ra~awdsvu~rds ~ai jpipas 2v TOTS pv~paowrtai zv 6pcurv qv rtpdcwv rtai ~ara~dmoviavr6v Aieois. 6'IGhv 82 rdv 'ItluoOv pa~pdecv i8papcv ~ai~poar~6vqnev atrdv, 7 rtai K~~&s$Jovfi pcydAg €?P€v' rl zp01 Kill UO~'Iqff06 via 706 BCOG TOG &jrturov; dprtlS; ur rhv Ocdv, pr panavings. 8'EAtyrv yhp a&+. i&het, rb .rrvri;pa r), B~LBaprov, ?K ro6 &v~~;xov. 9 Kai hrqpdra airdv. rC &oPd cot; ~aihiyri ah+. hrychv o'vopd pot, o*rt zohhoi lup~v. 10 Kai ~apr~dhcta6rb zohhh iva p$ &HOUTC~A~a6rohs 6js xdpas. 1 I 'Hv 82 2~6;dyiAq x~ip~vpourtopCvrl rphs T+ 6prc. 12 ~al~aprrtkcuav a6rdv rdvrcs oi 8afpoves ~Cyovrrs. nip+ov $$is cis roLs Xoipovs, fva rls aCro;s cluCAOwprv. 13 Kal inirpqbcv ah05 cirOCos d 'IquoOs. rtai ?(rABdvra rh rvdpara rh IrtdBapra claijheov rls TOGS xoipovs, ~ai ippqacv 4 dyiAtl ~arhTOG rpqpvoii cls 4v 8llhaucrw, jaav 8& Bs bru~h~or,~ai inviyovro iv rfi BaAfruug. 14 Jah Phi haldandans Pb sweina gapladhun, jah gatafhun in balirg jah in hiimbm, jah qemun salhran hra wesi pata walirpanb. I5 Jah atiddjFdun du IPsua, jah gasahrand pana wadan sitandan jah gawasidana jah frapjandan pana saei habitida lafgdbn, jah BhtEdun. 16 Jah spillbdEdun im Piiei gasehrm, hraiwa warp bi pana wbdan jah bi Pii sweina.

I 7 Jah dugunnun bidjan ina galeipan hindar markas seinBs. 18 Jah inn gaggandan ina in skip bap ina, saei was wbds, ei mip imma wesi. x g Jah ni laflbt ina, ak qaf, du imma : gagg du garda beinamma du PeinPim, jah gateih im, hran filu pus frAuja gatawida jah gaarmPida puk.

20 Jah galPif, jah dugann merjan in Dafkapahlein, hran fiiu gatawida imma I~SUS;jah all% sildaleikidedun.

2 I Jah usleipandin Iesua in skipa aftra hindar marein, gaqEmun sik manageins filu du imma, jah was fadra marein. 2a Jah ssi, qimip Qins pizF synag6gafadE namin Jaeirus; jah saihrands ina gadrhus du fiitum Iesuis, 23 jah bap ina filu, qipands patei da6htar meina aftumist habLip, ei qimands lagjais ana p6 handuns, ei ganishi jah libhi. 24 Jah gal6ip mij, imma, jah iddjedun afar imma manageins filu jah prafhun ina.

2 ;Jah qinbnd suma wisandei in runa bl6pis jPra twalif,

26 jah manag gapulandei fram managPim lekjam jah fraqim- andei allamma seinamma jah ni wafhtii biitida, ak miis wairs habiida,

2 7 gahLusjandei bi ICsu, atgaggandei in managein aftana attaftbk wastjii is. 28 Unte qap patei jab51 wastj6m is atteka, ganisa. I.+ Kai of t9durtovrcr TO$S ~~(povsC+vyov rtal bn$yyciAav els ,+;/II ndhtv xai cls robs bypo4o. rtal jj~Oov 16cb rl ZUTIV

&1v4.' ~ai?repi rGv xoipwv. 17 Kai $p(auro zapa~ahebahdv bncXUcb Gab rGv 6piov airrGv. i S Kai 2p@6vros ah05 E~Srd ~Aoiov napcn&hcr air& 6 Gaipov~uBcisba per' a4roG Tj. r g Rai at?^ dc+ij~cv a;rdv, dhX& hiyci air$. Gnayc CES TAU ohcdv uov npbs ro6s uo$s ~ai&vdyycihov airrois 8ua ao~6 K~~~OSHBPO~~K~V ~aitj~i'~u4v UC. 20 Kai &nfih0ev xal Ijp(aro ~-r?p&crucrviv tij Acxandhc~8rra Znoiqucv a4rG 6 'ItpoGs, rtal ndvres ZBa&pa(ov. 2 r Kal Gia?rcpduavros TOG 'I7po9 c?v ry^ ?rAoiy n&cv cis rc'i ~i~av,uvvljX6q ~XAOS noA6s l?r' airdv, ral ;jv ?rap&riv Ohauuav. 22 Kai /Go3 ipxcrai err r&v Lp~~uvvayiyov,dvdparr 'I&c~pos, ~all6Au a6rAv ninrci ?rpAs TO~S.trdSas ah03 23 ~al?rapcrt&Aci a6rc'iv ?roXA&,AE~WV 6ri rA Ovy&rpidv pov iux&rws ZXc~,&a iAOAv ZntOijs a6rfi rhs xci:pas, 6a awe$ ~ai{$ug. 24 Kai d7ifiAdrv per' airoG, rtai rj~oAov'Bcia&-$ 6xAos nohl;s, nai av~~i8ht/3ova&-:-rc;u. 25 Kal yud~ris ocua iv bdcrci arparos irq &&cK~, 26 rtal TOM&?raOoGaa Snd nohAGv larpGu rtai danavrjuaaa rh ?rapy atrijs ndvra ~alpvbhv &+cAvBe8a &Ah p&Mov FES rd xcOpov ?hBoGoa, 27 (i~oduaua~epl roi 'IvaoG, 2XOoGaa lv 74 5xAy Oirt~Ocv $$are TOO ipariov aGroG. 28 ZA~ycvy8p 871 K&V TGV ipariwv airoi itll/wpai, UWO$UO~~L. 29 Jah suns4iw ga~a6rsnBdasa brunna bidpis izas, jah ufkunpa ma leika patei gahdilnada af pamma slaha. 30 Jah sunsliw Iesus ufkunpa in sis silbin us sis maht usgaggandein ; gawandjands sik in managein qap : hras mis taftbk wastjbm ? 31 Jah qepun du irnma sipiinjBs is: sail& managein Preihandein puk, jah qikis : hras mis taftbk? 3"ah wlditbda salhran p6 pata tdujandein. 33 IP sb qin6 Bgandei jah reirandei, witandei patei warp bi ija. qam jah drdus du imma, jah qap imma alla PB sunja, 34 IP is qap du izbi : dairhtar, galiubeins peina ganasida puk, gagg in gawalrpi, jah sijdis haila af pamma slaha peinamma. 35 Nafihpanuh imma rBdjandin qGmun fram pamma synag6- gafada, qipandans jntei dalihtar peina gaswalt : hra panamdis draibeis pana ldisari ? 36 IP IPsus sunsdiw gahbusjands fYdta walird rBdiP, qap du

pamma synagijgafada: ni fahrhtei; kat6inei galiubei. , 37 Jah ni fralailbt fiinrjhun izO mip sis afargaggan, nibdi Paftru jah Iakbbu jah fbhannen br6kr Iakijbis. 38 Jah galdip in gard Pis synagbgafadis, jah gasahr afthjijdu jah gretandans jah wiifairhrjandans filu. 39 Jah inn atgaggands qap du im : hra alihj6p jah gretiP ? pata barn ni gadiupnijda, ak slGpiP. 40 Jah bihlijhun ina. IP is uswairpands all9irn ganimip attan pis barnis jah BiPein jah pans mip sis, jah galhip inn parei was pata barn ligandb. 41 Jah falrgriip bi handdu pata barn qapuh du iz5i: taIeipa kumei, patei ist gaskeirip : mawil6, du pus qipa : urreis. 42 Jah suns urr6is s6 mawi jah iddja; was iuk jea twalibE; jah usgeisnrjdedun falirhtein mikil6i. 43 Jah anabLuP im filu ei manna ni funpi pata; jah halhlit iz6i giban matjan. 29 Kal c;%iws 2(qPhvOq $ ~$1TOG atparoo ahijs, xal iyvw r4j g$pari &I tarar an6 rijs ~I~UTL~OS. 30 Kai E;&!WS 6 'I~uo~s~LYVO&S JV ?am$ rju 1( ah06 i$vapw Z[cA%ot'aav, 2aimpa+cis ZP T$ 5xAy iAryev. ris pov $y!raro TGV ipariwv; 31 Ka1 ZAcyov oi pa%qra> aho6. /3Aincrs rbv 6XAov ~y8hlpovr&ac ~aihiyers. ris pov fqaro; 31 Kal n~~icphdncro28eiv dvTOGTO xoc~aauav. 33 'H 82 yvvj +opq%efua xal rpipovaa, elbvih 6 yCyovev in' a&,:, tfhecu xal npocriaeucv ah+ xal rirrtv ah$ niiuav T$V &i$kiw. 34'0 62 cinev a&$* Ov'yarcp, $ 7rfurrs oov aiuoxiv or. i;?raye cls cipjv?v nai ia8i +L$S dxh 6spdur~yds UOU. 3jfErr ah06 AaAo6vros ~pXovrardnb roij dpx~avvayiyov ~~~ovrcso"rr 4 8vydrqp aov dniBavev, rl ZTL accdhi~rsrhv 8r8draxaAov; 36 '0 62 'Iqao6s C;%~WS &xo~;aasrbv hdyov AaA06~cvouAdyci r+ &pXtwvaydyy. pi +0po6, prdvov ~iurcve. 37 Kai oh d+ijxev oirsiva ah4 uwamhov%ijaar rl p: ndrpov rial 'Ihxwpov xai 'Iwdvqv rdv (ibeh4bv 'Iaxdpov. 38 Kai ipxcrai cls rbv oixov ro3 dp~iovvaydyov,~ai eeope'i Bcfpvpov ~aidalovras xai MaAd(ovras noMi. 39 Kal cioeAO&v Akycc shots. 71 Bopv~eioOcra'r xhaie~c; rb nar8fov oirx bn48avev &Ah ~aOci8ci. 40 Kal xar~yiAwvaho6. d 68 2xPaA;v ndvras ~ra~a~a~~~&~ci TAU narioa roij narsiov ~air;/v pqripa xai ro&s per' airroc, xal cioaoprderar Snou 4v rd rarsiov Avaxcipcvov. 41 Kal xoanjuas rjjs xc~pds TOG 7rat8iov Aiyri a&$. rdieh xodu~i,o" Jsrrv yc8rppqvevdptvov* rd xopdtriov, uo1 hiyo, Ivcroc.

4 2 Kal c;Oiws dvimq 76 xophuiov rral rrptmcircr. 4v yhp ~T&Vbisexa. xai ~&oquav8~srdruer pcy&g. 43 Kal 6icurcAaro atroLs noAAh lva pqbcts yv+ roGo, xai tiacv 8oOijvai air* +aycTv. CHAPTER VI

I Jah usst6fi jhinpr6 jah qam in landa seinamma, jah ldistidcdun afar imma sipbnjiis is. 2 Jah bip5 warp sabbat6, dugann in synag6gE Iiisjan, jab managfti hftusjandans sildaieikidEdun qipandans : hrapr6 pamma pata, jah lvti 56 handugeinti s6 giban6 imma, ei mahteis swaleik6s Pafrh handuns is wairpand I 3 Niu pata ist sa timrja, sa sunus Marjins, ip brbpar Iak6ba jah IiisC jah Iudins jah Seimiinis? jah niu sind swistrjus is hCr at unsis? Jah gamarziddi walirfiun in pamma. 4 Qap pan im fCsus pate; nist praitfetus unsvvErs, niba in gabadrpfti seinfti jah in ganipjam jah in garda seinamma. 5 Jah ni mahta jiiinar iiin611un maht5 gatgujan, niba fawhim siukiim handuns galagjands gahbilida. 6 Jah sifdaleikida in ungairiubeindis izE, jah bitbuh weihsa bisunjanE ISisjands. 7 Jah athaihhit pans twalif jah dugann ins insandjan twans hranzuh, jah gaf im waldufni ahmans unhrBinjliz5. 8 Jah fa6rbiuP im ei wafht ni n5meina in wig, niba hrugga Bina, nih matibalg nih hljif nih in gaird6s Aiz, 9 ak ga-kdhii suIjiim: jah ni tvasjiib tw6im p6idiim. I o Jah qap du im : Pishraduh pei gaggBiP in gard, par saljSip, unte usgagggip jftinpr6. r I Jah swa managrii swe ni andnimftina izwis ni hftusjaina izwis, usgaggandans jSinp16 ushrisjBiP mulda P6 undar6 f6tum iz\var6im du weit\tGdik,ii im. Amen, qipa izwis : sutiz6 ist Salida6mjam aQbiu Gairmalirjam in daga stau6s pftu Pizdi baurg jftiniii. I a Jah usgaggandans mPridEdun ei idreig6dCdeina. I 3 Jah unhulpijns manag6s usdribun, jah gasalb6dEdun alswa managans siukans, jah gah6ilidedun. r 4 Jah gahftusida piudans Elerbdes, ssikunp allis warp nam6 ch. yi. 1~-l7] AiwaggGgb Faid Marku 239

is, jah qap patei I6hannis sa daupjands us dbrupaim urrdis, duppe wahrkjand )6s mahteis in imma. '5 Anparhi pan qtit)un patei Helias ist; anpardi pan qEpun palei prariEtes ist swE gins PizE pra6fEtB 16 Gahlusjands pan HFrbdes qaf, patei parnmei ik hiubif, afmaim6it IBhannC, sa ist : sah urrdis us dBupBim. Sa 6uk raihtis Hmdes insandjands gahabiida 16hanntn jah gaband ina in karkar6i in HalrBdiadins qEn8is Filippius br6prs seinis, unts P6 galiuggida. 18 Qa) luk I6hannFs du HerBda patei ni skuld ist pus haban qen br6prs peinis. rg It) s6 HEr6dia niiw imma jah wilda irnrna usqiman, jah ni rnahta: 20 untE HGrCidis ijhta sis IijhannEn, kunnands ina wair garaiht- ana jah weihana, jah witBida imma, jah hiusjands imma rnanag gatawida, jah gaba6rjaba irnma andhlusida. 21 Jah warirpans daps gatils, pan HErBdis mela gabairpriis seinbiz6s nahtamat wa6rhta Pfiim miistam seiniize jah piisundifadim jah PAim frumistam Galeilaias, 22 jah atgaggandein inn dalihtr HGrBdiadins jali plinsjandein jah galeikandein Her6da jah Pftim mik anakumbjandam, qat) Piudans du Pizli miujii: bidei mik Pishrizuh pei wileis, jah giba pus. 23 Jah sw6r izii patei pishrah pei bidjiis mik, giba pus und halba piudangardja meina.

2.t It) si usgaggandei qap du lipein seinai : hris bidj6u ? IJJ si qap : hsubidis I6hannis his d8upjandins. 25 Jah atgaggandei sunsiiiw sniumund6 du pmma piudana bap qipandei : wiljlu ei mis gib8s ana mesa hlubi) IBhannis pis dlupjandins. 26 Jah glurs wadrpans sa Piudans in pi26 8ipjah in PizE mip anakumbjandane ni wilda iz6i ufbrikan. 27 Jah suns insandjands sa Piudans spafkulltur, anabdup briggan h6ubiP is. IP is galeipands afmalmlit imma hiubip in karkarii, 240 Afwagg~Qdpaid Marku [a.vi. 18-vii. 7

28 jah atbax pata hhubip is ana mEsa, jah atgaf ita Pizdi nhujli, jah s6 mawi atgaf ita dipein seindi. zg Jah gahdusjandans sip6nj6s is qFmun jah usnZmun leik is jah galagidedun ita in hlfiiwa. 30 Jah gayddjedun apalista6leis du Iesua jah gatafhun imma allata jab swa filu swE gatamidedun - - 53 --jah duatsniwun 54 Jah usgaggaridam im us skipa, sunshiw ufkunnandans ina, 55 birinnandans all pats gawi dugunnun ana badjam pans ubil habandans bafran, Padei hdusidEdun ei is wbi. 56 Jah Pishraduh Padei iddja in hdim6s afPpfiu bafirgs aQpin in weihsa, ana gagga IagidEdun siukans jah bedun ina ei pbu skduta wastj6s is attaft6keina; jah swa managai sw% attaf- t6kun imma, gancsun.

CHAPTER VII r Jah gaqemun sik du imma Fareisaieis jah sumhi Pizt WhrjE, qimandans us Iafrusalilymim. 2 Jah gasafhrandans sumans Piz5 sip6njE is gamdinjaiim han- durn, pat-ist unpwahan6im, matjandans hl6ibans ; 3 ip Fareisaieis jah alfii Iudaieis, niba ufta Pwahand handuns, ni matjand, habandans anafilh PizP sinistane, q jah af mapla niba diiupjand ni matjand, jah anpar ist manag patei andnemun du haban : dkupeinins stikle jah abrkje jah katiIE jah Iigri? ; 5 papr6h pan frehun ina Pffi Fareisaieis jah Pdi b6karj6s: dubs P4i sip6njBs peinii ni gaggand bi parnmei anafulhun Pii sinistans, ak un~wahankimhandum matjand hlAif? 6 I), is andhafjands qap du im patei wafla praliEtida Esa~as bi izwis pans liutans, sw5 gamelip ist : s6 managei wafrilam mik swerhip, 9 hafrtb izE fafrra habdip sik mis. 7 1)~ swart mik bldtand, ldisjandans IAiseinins, anabusnins manne ; ch. vii. 8-23] Afwaggdgd pal& Marku 241

8 afl~tandansnfhtis anabusn gups habdip patei anafulhun man- naris, ddupeinins a6rkj5 jah stikle, jah anbr galeik swalei- kata manag tbujip. Jah qab du im : wafla inwidip anabusn gups, ei pata anafulh- an6 izwar fastdip. 10 M6sEs duk ralhtis qap: swErBi attan peinana jah dipein peina; jah saei ubil qipii attin seinamma afppbu bipein seindi, diupu afdhpjiiddu, 11 Ip jus qipip: jabdi qipdi manna attin seinamma afppiu iipein: kairrba, patei ist mbipms, pishrah patei us mis gabatnis, 12 jah ni fraletip ina ni wafht tdujan attin seinamma afPpiu Bipein seinbi, 13 blbupjandans waGrd gups Pizfii anabusndi izwarii, pei anafulhup ; jah galeik swaleikata manag tbujip. 14 Jah athiitands alla pti managein qap im : hbuseip mis alldi jah frapjiip. 15 Ni wafhts ist atapr6 mans inn gaggandij in ina patei magi ina gambinjan ; ak pata iit gaggandb us mann pata ist pata gamiinjandb mannan. I 0 Jabii bas habii iusbna hdusjand6na, gahgusjii. I; Jah pan gal6ip in gard us Pidi managein, frEhun ina sip6n- jbs is bi Pt5 gajuk6n. 18 Jah qap du im: swa jah jus unwitans sijup? Ni frapjip pammei all pata iitaprd inn gaggandb in rnannan ni mag ina gam6injan : 19 unte ni galeipip imma in hafrtd, ak in wamba, jah in urrunsa usgaggip, gahriixleip allans matins. 20 Qapup-pan patei pata us mann usgaggandij pata gam&ineip mannan. 2 1 Innapr6 Auk us halrtin manni? mittineis ubiltis usgaggand : kalkinassjus, hdrinassjus, mahrpra, 22 Piubja, faihufrikeins, unseleins, liutei, aglbitei, Bug6 unsel, wajamcreins, hbuhhafrtei, unwiti. 23 P6 alla ubil6na innaPr6 usgaggand jah gagamdinjand mannan. 1187 R 242 Arwaggzgo pafrh Markg [ch.vii. 24-37

2 4 Jah jiinprb usstandands gal6ip in markbs Tyre jah SeidGniS, jah galeibnds in gard ni wilda witan mannan jah ni mahta gaiiugnjan. 2 j Gahausjandei rafhtis qinii bi ina, biziizei habiida daGhtar ahman unhrfiinjana, qimandei drlius du fotum is. 26 Wasup-pan sii qinb hbipnd, Saiirini fynikiska gababrgi, jah bap ina ei pa unhulpbn uswaitrpi us daithtr izBs. 27 Ip Icsus qap du izfii; Bt fadrpis sada wafrpan ma,unte ni g6P ist niman hlfiib barns jah wafrpan hundam. 28 IP si andh6f imma jah qap du imma : jii friuja ; jah Quk hundiis undarii biuda matjand af draithsn6m barn& 29 Jah qap du izlii: in pis waitrdis gagg, usiddja unhulp6 us tlaithtr peinfii. 30 Jah galeipandei du garda seinamma bigat unhulp6n usgagg- ana jah )~iidaithtar ligandein ana ligra. 31 Jah aftra galeipands af markiim Tyrs jah SeidBnE qam at , marein GaleilaiB mip tweihn&im markiim DafkapaGlaiGs. 32 Jah &run du imma bhudana stammana, jah bgdun ina ei lagidtdi imma hand&. 33 Jah afnimands ina af managein sundr6, lagida figgrans seinans in 6us6na imma jah sptwands attaftbk tuggbn is, 34 jah ussafhrands du himina gaswbgida, jah qa), du imma: afffapa, patei ist uslukn. 35 Jah suns6iw uslukn6dedun imma hliurnans jah andbundnbda bandi tuggiins is jah r6dida rafhtaba. 36 Jah anabiup im ei mann ni qepeina. hran filu is im anabiuk, mSis pamma eis mtridsdun, 37 jah ufarassiu sildaleikidedun qipandans: wafla allata gata- wida, jah bhudans gatSujiP gahbusjan jah unrbdjandans rbdjan. ch. viii. 1-1 41 A twaggegd patrll, Jlarku 243

CHAPTER VIII

I In jdindim pan dagam afira at filu manag% managein wisan- dein jah ni habandam haa matidsdeina, athfiitands sipijnjans qapuh du im : 2 infeinijda du Pizii managein, unti; ju dagans prins mip mis wesun, jah ni haband hra matjlina ; jah jab& fraleta ins Itiixsgif.rans du garda izE, ufligand ana wiga ; sumii rafhtis iz6 fafrrnfarii qemun. Jah andbiifiln imma sip6rijBs is : hraprij pans mag hras gas6pjan hilibam ana QufiidSi? 5 Jah frah ins : hran managzns habiip hldibans ? IP cis qepun : sibun. 5 Jah anabiup Pizli managein anakumbjan ana afrpii; jah nimands pans sibun hl611,:ins jah awiliudijnds gabrak jah atgaf sipbnjam seiniim, ei atldgidedeina fa~r;jah atlagidBdun fadr P6 managein. 7 Jah habiidtidun fiskans fawans, jah pans gapiupjands qap ei atlagidedeina jah pans. 8 Gamatidedun pan jah sad& wadrpun; jah usnemun Ibibijs gabruk6 sibun spyreidans. 1) Wesunup-pan P&i matjandans swF Gdwbr piisunctj6s; jah fralafldt ins. 13Jab galjip sunsgiw in skip mip sipijnjam seinlim, jah qam ana Era hIagdalan. I r Jab urrunnun Fareisaieis jah dugunnun mip sijkjan imma sijkjandans du imma tlikn us himina, frlisandans ina. t a ]ah ufswbgjands ahmin seinamma qap : hapita kuni tiikn s6keip? Amen, qipa izwis: jab& gibPidQu kunja pamma titknc. 13 ]ah afletands ins, galeipands aftra in skip usl6iP hindar marein. 14 Jah ufarmunnijdGdun niman hliibans jah niba iinana hiiif ni hab6idedun mip sis in skip. R 2 244 Afwagggg~pai~h Marku [a.viii. 15-r9

15 Jah anabdup im qibands: safhrip ei atsafhrip izwia Pis beistis FareisaiE jah beistis Htrddis. 16 Jah PahtEdun mip sis miss6 qipandans: untZ hlQibans ni habam. r 7 Jah frapjands IEsus qap du im : hra paggkeip untE hldibans ni habbip? ni narih frapjip nih witup, untE ddubata habOip halrtd izwar. 18 Augiina habandans ni gasaihrip, jah (iusdna habandans ni gahhseip, jah ni gamunup. rg Pan pans fimf hlQibans gabrak fimf piisundjtjrn, ban ma- nag& tdinjdns fullds gabruk6 usn2mup ? Qepun du imma : rwalif. 20 Appan pan pans sibun hlAibans fidw6r Pilsundjdrn, hran managans spyreidans fullans gabrukb usnEmup ? Ip eis qepun : sibun. 2 r Jah qap du im : hrliwa ni naGh frapjip?

; 22 Jah qtmun in Bepaniin, jah berun du imma blindan jah bedun ina ei imma attait6ki. 23 Jah fairgreipands handu Pis blindins usthh ina Btana weihsis jah speiwands in QugBna is, atIagjands ana handuns sein6s frah ina ga-u-ha-sEhii ? 14 Jah ussafhrands qap: gasafhra mans, patei swG bagmans gasafhra gaggandans. 25 Paprdh aftra galagida handuns ana Pb Qugbna is jah gata- wida ina ussafhran ; jah aftra gasatips war], jah gasahi bafrhtaba allans. 26 Jah insandida ina du garda is qipands: ni in pata weihs gagglis, ni mannhun qip6.i~ in pamma wehsa. 27 fah usiddja Bsus jah sip6nj6s is in wehsa Ibisarias piz6s Filipplus : jah ana wiga frah sipdnjans seinans qipands du im : kana mik qipand mans wisan ? 18 Ip eis andh6fun : IdhannEn pana diupjand, jah anparii HElian : sumBih pan Binana pra6Ett. 29 Jah is qap du .im : appan jus, kana mik qiPiP wisan? rindhafjands pan Paftrus qap du imma : pu is Xristus. 30 Jah fa6rbSup im ei marlnhun ni qEpeina bi ina. 31 Jah dugann idisjan ins patei skal sunus mans filu winnan jab uskiusan skuids ist ltam P&im sinistam $11 )aim a611u- mistam gudjam jah bakarjam, jah usqiman jah afar prins dagans usstandan. 32 Jah swikunpaba pata vvafird rijdida; jah aftirahands ina Paftrus dugann strdbeitan ina ; 33 if, is gawandjands sik jah gasalhrands pans sip6njnns seinans andbiit Paitru qipands : gagg hindar mik, Satana, und ni frapjis P&im gups, ak P6im mannt. 34 Jah athiitands p6 managein mip sipanjam seiniim qap du im : saei wili afar mis Ilistjan, inwidii sik sitban, jah nimii galgan seinana jah lPistjPi mik. 35 Saei allis wili sbiwala seina ganasjan, fraqisttaip izii : ip saei fraqisteip siiwalfii seinii in meina jah in pizds afwagg61j6ns, ganasjip p6. 36 hra Quk Kteip mannan, jabii gageigiip pana fatriuu allana jah gasleipeip sik siiwalii seinii f 37 AQPdu hra gibip manna inmiidein siiwalds seiniizijs 7 38 Unte saei skamiip sik meina jah wahd8 rneinClizS in ga- bafirpii PizPi h6rinGndein jah frawalirhtan, jah sunus mans skamiip sik is, pan qimip in wulpiu attills seinis mtf7 aggilum pBim weiham.

CHAPTER IX

I Jah qap du im: amen, qipa izwis patei sind sumsi PizE hEr standandane, P&i ixE ni kiusjand dBupius, untZ gasafhrand piudinassu gups qumanana in mahtiii. 2 Jah afar dagans safhs ganam IEsus Paftm jah Iakbbu jah IGhannEn, jah ustBuh ins ana fafrguni hiuh sundr6 iinans : jah inmiidida sik in andwairpja ize. 3 Jah wastjbs is waGrPun glitmunjandeins, hreitbs swE snbiws, swaleikbs swE wullareis ana afrpii ni mag gahreitjan. 4 Jah atitugips warp im Helias mip RI6sE ; jah wesun r6d- jandans mip IEsua. 5 fah andhafjands Paltms qap du Iesua : rabbei, g6p ist unsis hEr wisan, jah gawaGrkjam hlijans prins, pus 6inana jah M6s6 Qinanajah iinana HElijin. 6 Ni Auk wissa hra ri5didCdi ; wesun fiuk usagidii. 7 Jah warp milhma ufarskadwjands im, jah qam stibna us pamma milhmin : sa ist sunus meins sa Iiuba, pamma h6usjliP. 8 Jah anaks insahandans ni panaseips Bin6hun gasFhrun, alja Iesu Binana mip sis. 9 Dalap pan atgaggandam im af pamma fafrgunja, anab6up im ei mannhun ni spilI6di;deina patei gasehrun, niba bipe sunus mans us d6up8im usst6pi. r o Jah pata walird hab6idedun du sis miss6 s6kjandans: hra ist pata us dluj,Qim usstandan ? r I, )ah frehun ina qipandans : unt6 qipand p6i tSkarj6s patei flelias skuli qiman falirpis? I 2 Ip is andhafjands qafi du im : HElias swEPBuh qimands falirpis aftra gabiiteip alla; jah b8iwa gamelip ist bi sunu mans, ei manag winnli jah frakunj,~wafrpgi. 13 Akei qipa izwis fiatei ju Ilelias qam jah gatawidedun imma swa filu sw6 wildedun, swasue gamelip ist bi ina. r 4 Jah qimands at sipijnjam gasahr filu manageins bi ins, jah b6karjans siikjandans mij, im. t 5 Jah suns& alla managei gasafhrandans ina usgeisnBdEdun, jah durinnandans inwitun ina. I 6 Jah frah pans bakarjans : ha s6keiP mip pftim ? I 7 Jah andhafjands Qins us Pizii managein qap : IAisari, brPhta sunu meinana du pus habandan ahman unr6djandan. r 8 Jah pisluaruh pei ina gafship. gawafrpip ina, jah hrapjip jah kriustip tunpuns seinans, jah gastalirknip ; jah qap sipijnjam beindim ei usdreibeina ina, jah ni mahtsdun. 19 Ip is andhafjands im qaj, : 8 kuni ungaliubjand6 I und hra at izwis sijiu? und hra pullu izwis? Bafrip ina du mis. ch. ix. 20-351 Atwaggdjo )at& Marku 247

2o Jah br8htldun ina at imma. Jah gasafhrands ina sunsaiw sa ahma tahida ina ; jah driusands ana afrpa walwis6da hrapjands. 21 Jah frah pana attan is : ban lagg me1 ist ei pata warp irnma? IP is qap: us barniskja. 22 Jah ufia ina jah in fdn atwarp jah in wati5, ei usqistidedi imma; akei jabii mageis, hilp unsara, gableikjands unsis. 23 11) IEsus qap du imrna pata jabii mageis galiubjan ; allata mahteig pamma galbubjandin. 24 Jah sunsiiw ufhrdpjands sa atta Pis barnis mij, tagram qap : galiubja; hilp meinbiz6s ungalBubeinPis I 25 Gasaikrands pan IFsus pate; samak rann manage;, gahr6tida ahmin pamma unhriinjin, qipands du i~nrna: pu ahrna, pu unrGdjands jah bBups, ik pus anabiuda : usgagg us pamrna, jah panaseips ni galeipiis in ina. 26 Jah hr6pjands jah filu tahjands ina usiddja; jab warp swP diups, swaswE managBi qepun patei gaswalt. 27 Ip Jesus undgreipands ina bi hand6u urriisida ina; jah ussti5p. 28 Jah galeiFndan ina in gard, sip6nj6s is fr2hun ina sundr6 dube weis ni mahttdum usd~eibanpana? 29 Jah qaj, du im : pata kuni in walhtii ni mag usgaggan, niba in bidii jah fastubnja. 30 Jah jiinprci usgaggandans iddjedun Pafrh Galeilaian, jah 11i wilda ei has wissedi, 31 untl Iiisida sip6njans seinans, jah qap du im patei sunus mans atgibada in handuns marine, jah usqimand inma, jah usqistips Pridjin daga usstandip. 32 IP eis ni frdpun wmawaiirda, jah 6htCdun ins frafhnan. 33 Jah qam in Kafarnaum, jah in garda qumans frah ins: hra in wiga mip izwis miss6 mit6dGclup? 34 IP eis slawiidEdun; du sis miss6 andrunnun, hrarjis miists wlsi. 35 Jah sitands atwcpida pans twalif jah qap du im: jabii hras wili frumists wisan, sijii alliiz5 aftumists jah alliim andbahts. 248 Afwagpbd pairh Marku [Ch. ix. 36- 50

36 Jah nimands barn gasatida ita in midjhim im, jah ana armins nirnands ita qap du im : 37 sati din pize swaleiklize barn5 andnimip ana namin mei- namma, mi% andnimip; jah sahrazuh saei mik andnimip, ni mik andnimip, ak pana sandjandan mik. 38 Andh6f pan imma I6hannEs qibnds : ldisari I sEhrum sumana in peinarnma namin usdreibandan unhulpdns, saei ni llisteip unsis, jah waridedum irnrna, unt5 ni lhisteip unsis. 39 IP is qap: ni warjip irnma; ni rnannahun Buk ist saei tfiujif, maht in narnin meinamma jah magi sprSut6 ubilwadrdjan mis ; 40 untg saei nist wipra izwis, faGr izwis ist. 4r Saei 4uk allis gadragkjli izwis stikla watins in narnin rnei- narnma, untZ Xristdus sijup, amEn qipa izlvis ei ni fraqisteip mizd6n seinii. 4 a Jah sahrazuh saei gamarzjhi Qinana PizL leitilanz pizE galdub- . jandanE du mis, giiP ist imma mftis ei galagjQidluasiluqafrnus ana balsaggan is jah frawadrpans wEsi in marein. 43 Jah jab5 marzjhi Puk handus peina, afmdit p6; g6P pus ist hamfamma in libam galeipan, Plu twas handuns habandin galeipan in gafafnnan, in fin pata unlvapnand6, 44 parei mapa izC ni gaswiltip jah f6n ni afhrapnip. 45 Jah jabgi f6tus peins marzjtii puk, afmQit ina; gi5P bus ist galeipan in lib5in haltamma, p5u twans fotuns habandin gawafrpan in gafalnnan, in f6n pata unhrapnand6, 46 parei mapa iz6 ni gaswilti), jah f6n ni afhrapnip. 47 Jah jabii Qugd pein marzjii buk, uswafrp imma; g6P pus kt hlihamma galeibn in Piudangardja guks, PBu twa 6ug6na habandin atwairpan in gafafnnan funins, 48 brti mapa izE ni gadBu)niP jah f6n ni afhrapnip. 49 hrazuh Quk funin saltada jah brjatdh hunsle salta saltada. .3o G6P salt ; ip jab4i salt unsaltan wafrpip, hrE supiida? Habhip in iewis salt, jah gawairpeigaii sijhip mip izwis miss6 CHAPTER X r Jah jbinpd usstandands qam in markBm Indaias hindar Ialirdanitu ; jah gaqPmun sik aftra manageins du imma, jah, sws bi-fihts, aftra 15isida ins. 2 Jah duatgaggandans Fareisaieis frehun ina, skuldu sij&imann qcn afsatjan, frgisandans ina. 3 Ip is andhafjands qap: tua izwis anabliup MWs 2 q 1) eis qepun : M6sEs usl5ubida unsis b6k6s afsateiniis mEljan jah atletan. 5 Jah andhaljands IEsus qafi du im : wipra harduhafrtein izwara gamelida izwis P6 anabusn. 6 If) af anast6deinlti gaskaftAis gurnein jah qinein gatawida PUP. 7 Inuh pis bileipgi manna attin seinamma jah Bipin seinii, 8 jah sijaina P6 twa du leika samin, swasmE Fnaseips ni sind twa, ak leik bin. g htei nu gup gawap, manna pamma ni skiiidii. ro Jah in garda aftra sipijnj6s is bi pata sam6 frehun ina. I r Jah qap du im : salvazuh saei*atli;tip qOn seina jah Iiugliip anpara, h6rin6p du Piz6i. I a Jah jabbi qin6 aflFtiP aban seinana jah liugada anparamma, h6rinBP. I ,j Panuh atbcrun du imma barna, ei attaft6ki im : iP f6i sip6njds is sijkun PAim barrandarn du. 14 Gasafhrands pan Iasus unwErida jah qap du im: letij, fiii barna gaggan du mis jah ni warjip Pij, unte fiize ist Piu- dangardi gups. 15 Amen, qiPa izwis : saei ni andnimip Piudangardja guPs swZ barn, ni PSuh qimip in izii. r 6 Jah gaPlPihands im, lagjands handuns ana piupida im. 17 Jah usgaggandin imma in wig, duatrinnands bins jah knuss- jands bay ina qipands : lBisari piupeiga, hra tbujSu ei libiinllis 6iweinBns arbja walrpbu ? 18 I'p is qap du imma : hra mik qipis Piupigana ? ni hrashun piupeigs, alja Bins gup. I 9 Pbs anabusnins kant : ni hbrinbs ; ni malirprjftis ; ni hlifgis ; ni sij6is galiugaweitwbds ; ni anamahtjftis ; sw6r6i attan peinana jah &iPein Peina. 20 huh andhafjands qap du imma : Iftisari, j,b alla gafastgida us jund6i meinai. z I Ip Iesus insahrands du imma frijbda ina jah qaf, du imma : Binis pus wan ist ; gagg, swa filu sw6 habftis frabugei jah gif parbam, jah habsis huzd in himinam ; jah hiri lftistjan mik nimands galgan. 22 Ip is ganipnands in pis nalirdis galftip gfturs; was (iuk habands fathu manag. 23 Jah bisaliuands I~susqaj, sip6njam seinftim : sBi, hrairva agluba PBi fall16 gahabandans in piudangardja guPs galei- pand. 24 Ip k6i sip6nj6s afsl6upnbdEdun in walird6 is. Paruh IEsus aftra andhafjands qap im : barniIGna, hrliwa aglu ist PBim hugjandam afar faihlu in Piudangardja gu'ps galei'pan. 25 Azitizii ist ulbandftu Pairh pairk6 nOpliis galeipan, p6u gabig- amma in Piudangardja goPs galeipan. 26 Ip eis m6is usgeisnddedun qipandans du sis miss6 : jah bas mag ganisan ? 2 7 lnsahnds du im Iesus qaj, : fram mannam unmahteig ist, akei ni fram gupa; allata Auk mahteig ist fram gupa. 28 Dugann pan Pailrus qipan du imma: sfti, weis aflail6tum alla jah lliistidcdum puk. zy Andhafjands im IEsus qap: amen, qiPa izwis : ni hrashun ist saei aflallbti gard a+P&u bbr6t)runs atpF6u liipein a$f78u attan a@pftu qFn aij,pBu barna aQp6u hAirnbj,lja in meina jah in pizijs aiwaggGljiins, 30 saei ni andnimLi .r. falp nu in pamma mela gardins jah brbj,runs jah swistruns jah attan jah ftipein jah barna jah hftimiiplja mip wrakiim, jah in ftiwa pamma anawairpin libiin ftiweiniin. 3l Appan managdi wafrpand frumans aftumans, jah aftumans frumans. 32 W~sunup-panana wiga gaggandans du IafrusarilymAi jah fafirbigaggands ins Iesus, jah sildaleikidcdun jab afarl6ist- jandans falirhtdi walirpun. Jah andnimands aftra pans twalif dugann im qipan PBei habi$idEdun ina gadaban. 33 Pat& sBi, usgaggam in Iairusalilyma jah sunus mans atgib- ada Him ufargudjam jah bdkarjam, jah gawargjand ina d6upB~,- - 34 jah bildikand ina jah bliggwand ina, jah speiwand ana irla jah usqimand imma, jah pridjin daga ustandip. 3.5 Jah athabPidEdun sik du imma Iakiibus jah Ifihannss, sunjus Zafbafdaiiius, qipandans : ILisari, wileima ei jatei puk bidj6s, t6ujdis uggkis. 36 IP IEsus qap im : hra wileits tBujan mik igqis ? 37 IP eis qepun du imma : fragif ugkis ei &ins af tafhswdn peinPi jah Bins af hleidumein pein6i sitiiiwa in wul)x5u peinamma. 38 IP IFsus qajuh du im : ni wituts his bidjats : magutsu driggkan stikl panei ik driggka, jah d6upein8i pizliei ik diupjada, ei dtiupjaindiu 7 39 IP eis qEPun du imma: mag. IP IEsus qakuh du im: swElpkuh pana stikl panei ik driggka, driggkats, jah Pizli daupeinii pizdiei ik daupjada duuplbnda ; 40 ip pata clu sitan af taihswBn mein6i afpp6u af hleidumein nist mein du giban, alja Piiimei rnanwip was. 4 I jah gahBusjandans p&itaihun dugunnun unwsrjan bi Iakiibu iah IGhannEn. 42 1j)is athlitands ins qap du im : witup )>at&b6it.i puggkjand reikinlijn PiudGm, gafrAujin8nd in], ij, FAi mikilans izi: gawaldand im. 43 IP ni swa sijii in izwis; ak sahrazuh saei wili wafrpun mikils in izwis, sijki izwar andbahts ; 44 jah saei wili izwara wafrpan frumists, sijji aIIBim skalks. 45 Jah Buk sunus mans ni qam at andbahtjam, ak andbahtjan jah giban s6iwala seina fa6r managans lun. -1 5 2 A twagg@d pa frh Marku [Ch. x. 46-xi. 2

46 Jah qemun in Iafrik6n. Jab usgaggandin imma jfiinpr6 mip sip6njam sein6im jah managein ganShAi, sunus Teimaidus, Barteimaifius blinda, sat faljr wig du Bihtrdn. 47 Jah gahCiusjands patei Jesus sa Nazdraius ist, dugann hrepjan jah qipan: sunh Daweidis, Itsu, amii mik 1 48 Jah IudtidEdun imma managfii ei gaphfiidgdi; ip is filu mdis hrijpida: sunQu Daweidis, armdi mik I 49 Jah gastandands Iesus halhhit atwSpjan ina. Jah wdpi- dedun pana blindan, qibandans du imma: prafstei puk ; urreis, wdpeip puk. 50 IJI is afwafrpands wastjei seinsi ushlfiupands qam at IEsu. 51 Jah andhafjands qap du imma IEsus: hra wileis ei tfiujdu pus? IF sa blinda qap du imma: rabbaunei, ei ussafhrfiu. 52 Ip IPsus qap du imma: gagg, galdubeins peir~a ganasida puk. fah sunsdiw ussahr jah Ifiistida in wiga IEsu

CHAPTER XI

I Jah bike nZhm wgsun IaJrusal6m, in BEJsfagein jah Bibaniin at falrgunja altwjin, insandida twans sipiinje seinfiizc, 2 jah qak do im: gaggats in h6im Pd wiprawalrpn iggqis, jah sunsdiw inn gaggandans in pii baljrg bigitats fulan gabundanana, ana pammei na6h Unshun mann2 ni sat; andbindandans ina attiuhats. 3 Jah jabhi hras iggqis qipfii: duhre pata tfiujats? qipits : patei fr6uja pis gafrneip ; jah sunskiw ina insande.jP hidre. 4 Galibun pan jah bigctun fulan gabundanana at dadra iita ana gagga; jah andbundun ina. 5 Jah sumbi pi6 jfiinar standandan5 qgpun du im : hra tdujats andbindandans pana fulan? 6 Ip eis q€pun du im swaswE anabhp im IEsus, jah lafldtun ins. 7 Jah brshttdun pana fulan at IEsua; jah galagidEdun ana wastj6s sein6s, jah gasat ana ina. ch. xi. 8-2 3) AiwaggZg~jaiyh Marku 253

g &Ianag& pan wastj6m seinhim strawidtdun ana wiga; sumfii astans mafmsitun us bagmam jah strawidcdun ana wiga. Jah PQi fadragaggandans hr6pidEdun qipandans : bama, piupida sa qimanda in namin frQujinsl Io Piupidd $6 qirnandei Piudangardi in namin attins unsaris Daweidis, 6sanna in hiuhistjam I I 1 Jah galdip in Iafrusa6lyma Itsus jah in alh ; jah bisafhrands atla, at andanahtja jupan wisandin hreilSi usiddja in Bepanian mip pAim twalibirn. 12 Jah iftumin daga usstandandam im us Bepaniin grtdags was. 13 Jah gasafhrands smakkabagm fafrraprii habandan lluf atiddja, ei iuft6 bigeti hra ana imma; jah qimands at imma ni wafht bigat ana imrna niba 16uf; ni Qukwas mEl smakkant. I J Jah usbafrands qap du imma : ni panaseips us PUS Qiw manna akran matj6i. Jah gahinsidedun Phi sip6njbs is. I j Jah iddjgdun du IafrusalilymPi. Jah atgaggands Itsus in alh dugann uswafrpan pans frabugjandans jah bugjandans in alh, jah mEsa skattjane jah sitfans pize frabugjandanc ahakim uswaltida. I 6 Jah ni laflijt ei has pafrhbtri kas Pafrh p6 alh. I 7 Jah ldisida qipands du im : niu gamelip ist patei razn mein razn bid6 hiitada allhim piudijm? iP jus gatawidtdup ita du filigrja w8idPdjanE. 18 Jah gahhusidedun pii b6karjbs jah gudjane a6humistans jah s6kidEdun, hrQiwa imma usqistidedeina: BhtPdun 5uk ina, untG alia managei sildaleikidedun in IAiseinQis is. I 9 Jah biPE andanahti warp, usiddja at us PizQi badrg. 20 Jah in malirgin fadrgaggandans gasehrun pana smakkabagm padrsjana us wabrtim. 2 I Jah gamunands Paftrus qa? du imma : rabbei, sQi, smakka- bagms panei fraqast gapafrrsnbda. 22 Jah andhafjands Izsus qap du im: habQiP galhubein guPsl 23 Amen iuk qiPa izwis, Pishrazuh ei qiPii du Pmma fafr- gunja: ushafei puk jah wafrp pus in marein. jah ni tuzwerjii 254 Afwagdgd jaf~hMnrkzt [Ch. xi. 24-xii. 2

in hafrtin seinamma, ak gal5ubj6i pata, ei patei qiPip gagagg- ip, wafrpit, imma pishrah jlei qipij,. 24 DuPpE qipa izwis : allata Pishrah pei bidjandans sakeip, galiubeit, patei nimip, jah wafrpif) izwis. 25 Jah pan standiip bidjandans, afletaip, jabtii hra habiip wipra htana, ei jah atta izwar sa in himinam aflEt6i izwis rnissadedins izwarbs. 26 Ip jab5i jus ni afletit,, ni Ptiu atta izwar sa in himinam aAetiP izwis missadEdins izwar6s. 27 Jah iddjTdun aftra du IairusaGlymtii. Jah in aIh hrarbsndin imma, atiddjedun du imma p&i a6humistans gudjans jah b6karj6s jah sinistans. 28 Jah qgjlun du imma : in hramma waldufnje pata tPujis? jah hras pus pata waldurni atgaf, ei pata tiujis l 29 IP I~SUSandhafjands qaj, du im: fralhna jah ik izwis Sinis wali~dis jah andhafjik mis, jah qipa izwis in hramma maldufnje pata tituja 30 DPupeins 16hannis uzuh himina was PBu uzuh mannam? andhafjip mis. 31 Jah jlshtedun du sis miss6 qipandans, jabii qit,am: us himina, qipip : appan duhre ni galbubidEdup i~nma? 3 2 Ak qipam : us rnannam, iihtcdun PB managein. Alldi auk alakj6 habfiidedun 16hannS.n patei bi sunj6i prahfetes was. 3.; Jah andhafjands qepun itu Issua: ni witum. Jah andhaijand< Iesus qap du im: nih ik izwis qiPa in lwamma waldufnje pata tauja.

CHAPTER XI1

I Jah dugann im in gajukdm qipan: weinagard ussatida manna, jah bisatida ina fap6m, jah usgr6f dal uf mesa, jal~ gatimrida kelikn, jah anafaIh ina walirstwjam, jah aflfiij- aljap. 2 Jah insandida du p5im walirstwjam at mEl skalk, ei at p8im wa6rstwjam nemi akranis pis weinagardis. ch. xii. 3-1 71 Aiwaggcljii pat'?-h Markzr

Ip nimandans ina usbluggwun jah insandidedun 1611s- handjan. Jah aftra insandida du im anparana skalk; jah pana &inam wafrpandans gaiiwisk6dedun jah hiubip wundan brghtedun, jah insandidedun ganiitidana. 5 Jab aftra insandida anparana; jah jiinana afsldhun, jah managans anparans, sumans usbliggwandans, sumanzuh pan usqimandans. 6 Panuh nalihpanuh Binana sunu Bigands liubana sis, insandida jah pana du im spedistana, qipands patei gaiistand sunu meinana. 7 If, jiinii pii wahrstwjans qEj7un du sis miss6 patei sa ist sa arbinumja; hirjip, usqimam Imma, jah unsar wafrpip pata arbi. 8 Jah undgreipandans ina usqemun, jah uswa6rpun imma iir us pamma weinagarda. 9 tva nuh tiujii friuja Pis weinagardis ? Qimip jah usqisteip pans walirstwjans, jah gibip pana weinagard anpar61m. 10 Kih pata gamelid6 ussl~ggwuP: siiins pammei uswahrpun Pii timrjans, sah warp du hiutrida wafhstins I I I Fram friujin warp sa, jah ist sildaleiks in iugam unsarbim. I 2 Jah sdkidedun ina undgreipan, jah dhtedun P6 managein ; fr6pun Buk patei du im PB gajukdn qap. Jah afletandans ina galipun. 1 3 Jah insandidedun du imma sumii pize Fareisaie jah Her& dianE, ei ina ganuteina wa6rd:l. 14 Ip eis qimandans qepun du imma: IBisari, n itum patei sunjeins is jah ni kara ].uk manshun; ni Auk safhiis in andwafrpja manne, ak bi sunjii wig gups liiseis: skuldu ist kaisaragild giban kaisara, p8u niu gibAima? 15 Ip Iesus gasafhrands ize liutein qap du im : hra mik friisip? atbafrip mis skatt, ei gasafhrh. 16 Ip eis atberun, jah qal, du im : hris ist sa manleika jah s6 ufarmEleins ? IP eis @pun du imma : kaisaris. 17 Jah andhafjands Iesus qap du im : usgibip pd kaisaris kaisara ]ah pd guPs gupa. Jah sildaleikidedun ana pamrna. I 8 Jah atiddjcdun Saddukaieis du imma p&iei qibnd usstass ni wisan, jah frehun ina qipandans : rg Ldisari, M6ses gamelida unsis patei jab6i hris br6Par ga- diupnii, jah biieipii qEndi, jah barn6 ni bileipdi, ei nimii br6par is P6 qSn is, jah ussatjdi bama brBPr seinamma. 20 Sibun br6prahans wesun; jah sa frumista nam qtn, jah gaswiltands ni bil6iP fr&iwa. a I Jah anbr nam ;jah gadiupniida, jah ni sa biliib frgiwa. Jah pridja samaleik6. zz Jah n6mun p6 samaleik6 pdi sibun, jah ni bilipun friiwa. Sptdumista all4izE gaswaft jah sb qEns. 23 In Pizdi usstasshi, pan usstandand, hrajamma izE wafrpip qens ? Pii auk sibun Bihtedun P6 du qEnLi 24 Jah andhafjands ISsus qap du im : niu dup afrzjBi sijup, ni kunnandans mela nih maht gups? 25 Allis pan usstandand us dftupiim, ni liugand ni liuganda, ak sind swE aggiljus pii in himinam. 26 Appan bi dSupans, patei urreisand, niu gakunngidedup ana b6kiSm M6sgzis ana ailvatundj6i, hriiwa imma qap gup qipands : ik in1 gup Abrahamis jah gup Isakis jah Iak6bis ? 27 Nisi gup dPupdizS, ak qiw6izZ. APPan jus filu afrzjii sijup. 28 Jah duatgaggands &insPizE b6karj6, gahiusjands ins samana dkjandans, gasahnds patei wafla im andhaf, frah ina: hrarja ist alIlizB anabusnS frumista I 29 IP IESUS andh6f imma patei frumista allPiz6 anabusns : hftusei Israel, friuja gup unsar frftuja gins ist. 30 Jah frijas frdujan gup peinana us allamma hafrtin peinamma jah us all& siiwalki Peingi jah us allii gahugdii peinPi jah us all% maht6i peindi. S6 frumista anabusns. 31 Jah anpara galeika Piz6i: frij6s nCihndjan peinanaswe puk silban. Miizei pkim anpara anabusns nist. 32 Jah qap du imma sa b6kareis: waila, Ilisari, bi sunjii qast patei &ins ist, jah nist anpar alja irnma ; 33 jah Jmta du frijijn ina us allamma hafrtin jah us allamma frapja jah us a116 s6iwalAi jah us all& mahtPi, jah pata du ch. xii. 34-xiii. a31 Aiwagg~Qiipaid Marku 257 frijiin nEhndjan swF sik silban managizB ist alliim Piim alabrunstim jah sBudim. 34 Jah IEsus gasalhrands ina patei frijdaba andhtjf, qap du imma: ni falrra is Piudangardjii gups. Jah Binshun panaseips ni gadalirsta inn frafhnan. 35 Jah andhafjands Iesus qap liisjands in alh: hriiwa qipand PBi b6karjbs patei Xristus sunus ist Ilaweidis ? 36 Silba Auk Daweid qap in ahmin weihamma: qiPiP friuja du frliujin meinamma, sit af tafhsw6n rneinii, unte ik gala~ja fijands peinans ffitubaurd f6tiwe peiniize. 37 Siiba rafhtis Daweid qiPiP ina friujan, jah hraprb imma sunus ist? Jah alla so managei hiusidedun imma gn- ba6rjaba. 33 Jah qap du im in laiseinii seinhi: saihrip L16ra b6kar- jam - -

CHAPTER XlII

I 6 - - wastja seina. 17 ApPan wSi Piim qipuhaftiim jah daddjandeim in jiiniim dagam. I 8 A@an bidjiip ei ni wafrpii sa plalihs izwar wintrliu. 19 U'airfiand huk pii dag6s j6inii aglii swa!eika, swF ni was swaleika fram anastbdeinlii gaskaftiis p6ei ga&p gu),, und hita, jah ni wallpip. 20 Jah ni fr6uja gamalirgidedi pans dagans, ni j79uh ganesi Qinhun leikE ; akei in PizZ gawalidane panzei gawaiida, gama6rgida pans dagans. 21 Jah pan jab6i bas izwis qiPii: sbi, her Xristus, af&gu s8i, jiinar, ni galgubjiip ; 22 unte urreisand galiugaxristjus jah galiugapraitfeteis, jah giband tAiknins jah faitratanja du afairzjan, jabAi mahteig sijii, jah pans galva I'dI ans. 23 IP jus sailvip, sii, fafiragatliih izwis allata. 1187 s 24 Akei in jlinans dagans afar Pii agI6n jiiina sauil riqizeip jah mena ni gibiP liuhap sein. 25 Jah stafrn6ns hirninis wafrpand driusandeins jah mahteis JJ~S in himinam gawagjanda 26 Jah pan gasafhrand sunu mans qimandan in milhmam mip mahtii managhi jah wulpiu. 27 Jah pan insandeip aggiluns seinans jah galisip pans gawali- dans seinans af fidwdr windam fram andjam afrpds und andi himinis. 28 APPan af smakkabagma ganimip p6 gajuk8n. Pan pis jupan asts plaqus aairpip jah uskeinand Ihubb, kunnup patei nelua ist asans. ZQ Swah jah jus, pan gasakip pata wafrpan, kunneip patei nEhra sijup at - --

CHAPTER XIV 4 - -frayriteins pis balsanis warp ? 5 Maht wPsi iuk pata baIsan frabugjan in managizij p5u prija hunda skatte, jah giban unleddim. Jah andstaur- riidedun pii. 6 IP IESUSqatp: 1Ptip P6 ; duhre iz&i uspriutip? pannu gap walirstw wadrhta bi mis. 7 Sinteinii 6uk pans unlcdans habiip mip izwis, jah pan wile+? magub im wafla tdujan; ip mik ni sinteind hab8iP. 8 Patei habdida s6 gatawida; fadrsniu salbdn mein leik du usfilha. 9 AmEn, qiPa iz~vis: Pishraruh pi mPrjada s6 alwaggZIj6 and nlla manasep, jah patei gatawida s6 rddjada du gamundii iz8s. to Jah Iudas Iskaridteis, gins Pize twalibe, galsit, du piim gudjam, ei galewidedi ina im. I I I)J eis gahiusjandans faginddedun jah gahafh6itun imma fafhu giban ; jah s6kida hrBiwa gatilaba ina galZwidEdi. I 2 Jah parnma frumistin daga azymE, pan paska salidedun, ch. xiv. 13-53) Afwagg~lj6pafyh Marku 259

@pun du imma pbi sip6njbs is: hrwileis ei galeipandans rnanwjiima, ei matj6is paska ? rg Jah insandida twans sip6njG seiniize qapuh du im : gaggats in P6 ba6rg, jah garn6teiP igqis manna kas watins balrands : gapgats afar pamma, 14 jah padei inn galeipdi, qij,8its pamma heiwafr6ujin btei l6isareis qipip : bar sind salipwbs parei paska mip sip6njam meiniim matjdu ? 15 Jah sa izwis tBikneiP kelikn mikiiata, gastrawip, manwjata ; jnh j6inar manwjBij, unsis. 16 Jah usiddjjedun pBi sip6njGs - 41 - sBi, galFwjada sunus mans in handuns frawa6rhtbizi 42 Urreisit), gaggam ! SBi, sa 1Ewjands mik atnehrida. 43 Jah suns6iw na6hpanuh at imma r6djandin qam Iudas, sums PizE twalib0, jah mip imma managei m~phafrurn jah triwam fram PBim alihumistam gudjam jah bdkarjam jah sinistam. 44 Atuh-pan-gaf sa lewjands im bandwbn qipands : pammei kukjgu, sa ist : greipip pana jah tiuhij, arniba. 45 Jah qimands sunsAiw, atgaggands du imma qap: rabbei, rabbei I jah kukida imma. 46 IP eis uslagidPdun handuns ana ina jah undgripun ina. 47 1) gins sums piza atstandandane imma usliikands hafru sldh skalk a6humistins gudjins jah afsioh imma Bus6 Fta talhsw6. 48 Jah andhafjantis I~SUSqnp du im : swE du wiidedj~n urrunnup nlip hafrurn jah ~riivamgrcipan rnik. 49 Daga hrammeh was at izwis in alh 1Pisjands jah ni gripup mik : ali ei usfulinddEdeina Wk6s. 50 Jah afletandans ina gaplatihun allgi. 51 Jah Bins sums juggaliups liistida afar imma biwdibips leina ana naqadana ; jah gripun is pii juggal6udeis. 52 IP is bileipands pamma leina naqaps gaplPuh faera im. 53 Jah gata6hun I&su du alihumistin gudjin; jah garunnun mip imma atihumistans gudjans allBi jah P6i sinistans jah Mkarjbs s a 260 Aiwaggdljd paid Marku [Ch. xiv. 54-69

54 Jah Paftms fairraprii ldistida afar imma, untE qam in garda pis alihumistins gudjins ; jah was sitands mip andbahtam jah warmjands sik at iiuhada. 55 IP PAi a6humistans gudjans jah alla s6 gafalirds sbkidedun ana IEsu weitw6dipa du afd6upjan ina ; jah ni bigEtun. 56 Managdi Buk galiug ~seitu~bdidEdunana ina, jah samaleikbs P6s weitw6diPbs ni wCsun. 57 Jah sumSi usstandandans galiug weitw6didZdun ana ina qipandans : 58 patei weis gahAusidEdum qipandan ina patei ik gatafra alh P6 handuwacrhtbn, jah bi prins dagans anpara unhandu- wadrhta gatimrja. 59 Jah ni sma samaleika was weitwbdiba iz@. 60 Jah usstandands sa ahhumista gudja in midjSim frah IEsu qipands: niu andhafjia wafh:, hra Phi ana puk weitwbdjand? 61 Ip is pahSida, jah wafht ni andhbf. Aftra sa alihurnista gudja frah ina jah qap du imma : pu is Xristus sa sunus pis piupeigins? 62 Xp is qapuh : ik im ; jah gasafhrip pana sunu mans af tafh- swBn sitandan mahtiis, jah qimandan mip milhmam himinis. 63 Ip sa alihumista gudja disskreitands wastjbs seinijs qap : hra banam& pafirbum weis weitwbdF ? 64 HiusidEdup p6 wajamerein is: hra izwis PugkeiP? Paruh eis all$ gadbmidedun ina skrllan wisan dLup8u. 65 Jah dugunnun sumrii speiwan ana wlit is jah huljan and- tvairpi is jah kdupatjan ina, jah q@un du imrna : pradfetei ! jah andbahtbs gabalirjaba 16fam sldhun ina. 66 Jah wisandin Paftrtiu in r6hsnSi dalapa jah atiddja Bina Piujb pis alihumistins gudjins, 6; jah gasafhrandei Paftru warmjandan sik, insafhrandei du imma qap : jah pu mip IEsua pamma NazbreinSu nast. 68 IP is afafiik qipands : ni wtiit, ni kznn hra pu qibis. Jah galdip falir gard, jah hana wijpida. 69 Jah piwi gasafhrandei ina aftra dugann qipan bi5im fa6ra- standandam, patei sa Pizei ist. 70 Ip is aftra liugnida. Jah afar ieitil aftra pii atstandandans q@pundu Paftriu: bi sunjii, pizei is; jah 9uk razda peina galeika ist. 7 I IF is dugann afiikan jah swaran patel ni kann pana mannan panei qipip. 72 Jah anparamma sinpa hana wiipitla. Jah gamunda Paftrus pata wa6rd, swe qap imma IEsus, batei fa6rpizE hana hrukj6i twiim sinpam, inwidis mik prim sinkam. Jah dugann greitan.

CHAPTER XV

I Jah sunsdiw in ma6rgin gariini tdujandans p5i alihumistans gudjans mip p6im sin~stamjah bdkarjam, jah alla s6 gafa6rds gabindandans Iesu brBhtedun ina at PeilPtiu. 2 Jah frah ina Peilatus : pu is piudans Iudai? ? Ip is andl~af- jands qap du imma : pu qipis. 3 Jah wrdhidedun ina PBi achumistans gudjans filu. J Ip Peilstus aftra frah ina qipands: niu andhafjis ni waiht f s5i, fvan filu ana puk weitw6djand. 5 Ip Esus panamiis ni anithbf, swasws sildaleikida Peil3tus. 6 Ij, and duIP barj6h fralaflijt im Pinana bandjan panei bi;dt~n. 7 Wasuh pan sa hditana Barabbas mip piim mip imnia d161)- jandam gabundans, Piiei in a6hj6dilu ma6r)r gatawi~ictlnn. 8 Jah usgaggarldei alla managei dugunnun bidjan, s\laswG sinteind tawida im. 9 Ip Peilztus ancliliif im qipands : wilcidu fraleitan izwis pana piudan Iudai@? ro Wissa Buk patei in neipis atgebun ina P6i a6humistans gudjans. I I Ip p9i adhumistans gudjans inwagidEdun pb managein ei mPis Barabban fralafldti im. I a Ip Peilztus aftra a~?dhafjandsqap du im: hra nu wileib ei t6uj6u pammei qiPiP piudan IudaiE ? 262 A fwaggebb' paid Marku [ch. XV. 13-31

73 If) eis aftra hr6pidedun: ushramei ina. I 4 Ij, Peiliitus qap du im : hra allis ubilis gatawidal Ip eis miis hr6pidGdun : ushramei ina. I 5 Ip Peiliitus wiljands PizBi managein fullafahjan, fralaflBt im pana Barabban, iP IEsu atgaf usbliggwands, ei ushramips wesi. 16 Ip gadrahhteis gatahhun ina innana gardis, patei ist praf- t6riabn, jah gahafhhitun alla hansa, 17 jah gawasidedun ina padrpurii, jah atlagiddun ana ina pahrneina wipja uswindandans, r 8 jah dugunnun gBljan ina : hiils, Piudan Iudai5 ! I 9 Jah sldhun is hfiubip riusa, jah bispiwun ina, jah lagjandans kniwa inwitun ina. 20 fah bipe bifafldikun ina andwasidPdun ina Pizfii pahrpurgi, jah gawasidedun ina wastj6m smes6im, jah ustalihun ina ei ushramidetleina ina. zr Jah undgripun sumana mannE, Seimiina Icyreinaiu, qi- mandan af akra, attan Alafksandrius jah Ruf6us, ci nEmi galgan is. 22 Jah attaGhun ina ana Gadlgadp stap patei ist gaskeirip hralrneins staps. 23 Jah gebun imma drigkan wein mip smyrna ; ip is ni nam. 24 Jah ushramjandans ina disdiiljand wastjiis is wafrpandans hlguta ana Pi%, hrarjizuh hra nerni. 25 UTasuhpan lveila Pridj6, jah ushramidedun ino. 26 Jah was ufarrnSli fairin6s is ufarmPliP : sa piudans IudaiE. 27 Jah mij, imma ushramidedun twans ~Bidetljans,Binana af tafhsw6n jah Binana af hleidumein is. 28 Jah usfulln6da pata gamelida pata qipan6: jah mip unsib- jiim rahnips was. 29 Jah pfii fadrgaggandans wajamEridEdun ina, wipdndans hiubida seina jah qipndans: 6 sa gatafrands P6 ahjah bi prins dagans gatimrjands P6, 30 nasei puk silban jah atsteig af pamma galgin! 3 1 Samaleik6 jah phi adhumistans gudjans bil6ikandans ina mip ch. xv. 32-46] Afwuggd&d pairh Marku 263

sis miss6 mip Pfiim biikarjam qZpun : anparans ganasida, ip sik silban ni mag ganasjan. 32 Sa Xristus, sa Piudans Israelis, atsteigadiu nu af pamma galgin, ei gasakiima jah galbubjBima. Jah p6i mip ushramidans imma idweitidetiun imma. 33 Jah biPE warp hreila safhst6, riqis warp ana a116i afrp8i und hreila niunddn. 34 Jah niund6n hreil6i w6pida IFsus stibnPi mikilgi qipands : afl6Z aGdF, lima sibakpanei, patei ist gaskeirip : gup meins, gup meins, duke mis bilPist ? 35 Jah surniii pize atstandandane gah8usjandans qFpun : sfii, HZlian wdpeip. 36 Pragjands pan Bins jah gafulljands swamm akeitis, galag- jands ana rhs, dragkida ina qipands : let, ei saihram qimBiu HElias athafjan ina. 37 Ip JFsus afira letands stibna mikila uz6n. 38 Jah fa6rahBh aihs disskritnfjda in twa iupnprb und dalap. 39 Gasaflvands pan sa liundafaps sa atstandands in andwait-pja is patei swa hrdpjands uzdn, qap: bi sunjBi, sa manna sa sunus was gups. 40 Viesunup-pan qin6ns fairraprii sahandeins, in p5imei was Narja s6 AIagdalPne jah RIarja Iakobis Pis minnizins jali I6dzis Ripei jah SaldmB 41 Jah pan was in Galeilaia, jab 16istid&lun ina jah andbnh- tidedun imma, jah anparfjs m:,nasos p6,zei n~ipiddjcdun imma in Iafrusalern. jz Jah jupan at andanahtja wa6rpan:3mma, untZ was paraskaiwe, saei ist frurna sabba~6, 43 qimands I6sEf af Areimapaias, gaguds ragineis, saei was silba beidands Piudangardj6s gups, anartanpjands galiip inn du Peilatiu jah baj, Pis leikis IGsuis. 44 IP Peilatus sildaleikida ei is jupan gaswalt; jah athgitands pana hundafap frah ina jupan gad&upn6dikli. 45 Jah finpands at pamma hundafada fra?af pata leik IBsEfa. (6 Jah usbugjands lein jah usnimands ita biu.arrd pamrna leina 264 Aizvaggeg~pairk Marku [ch. xv. 47-xvi. I a jah galagida ita in hl6iwa patei was gadraban us stlina, jah atwalwida st6in du daitra pis hl6iwis. 47 IP Marja s6 Magdalene jah Marja IijsEzis sEhrun hrar gala- gips wbi.

CHAPTER XVI

I Jah inwisandins sabbat? dagis Marja s6 nIagdal5nZ jah hIarja s6 Iak6bis jah Saldme usba6htedun arijmata, ei atgaggandeins gasalb6dEdeina ina. z Jah filu 8ir pis dagis afarsabbatc atiddjedun du pamma hlliwa at urrinnandin sunnin. 3 jah qPPun du sis missij: hras afwalwjai unsis pana st6in af dalir6m pis hliiwis ? 4 Jah insahandeins gQumidedun pammei afwalwips ist sa stgins; was 6uk mikils abraba. 5 fah atgaggandeins in pata hfiiw gasehrun jupgaliu~sitandan in tafhsw6i biwQibidana wastjsi hreit6i ; jah usgeisnadedun. 6 Paruh qap du im : ni fafirhteip izwis, Iesu s6keip Naz6raiu pana ushramidan; nist her, urriis, s6i pana stab parei gala- giclEdun ina. 7 Akei gaggip qipiduh du sipijnjam is jah du Paitriu patei falirbigaggij, izwis in Galeilaian ; Paruh ina gasailuip, swaswe qap izws. 8 jah usgaggandeins af pamrna hliiwa gaplafiliun; diz-uh- pan-sat ijas reii-6 jah usfilmei, jah ni qepun mannhun waiht; 6htPdun sis Quk. 9 Usstandands pan in malirgin frumin sabbat6 attiugida frumist nIarjin piz6i MagdalGnZ, af Piziiei uswarp sibun unhulp6ns. 10 Sah gaggandei gatLih piim mip irnma wisandam, qiin6n- dam jah gretandam. r r Jah eis h6usjandans patei libdip jah gasafhrana warp fram izii, ni gal6ubidEdun. r z Afaruh pan pata - - ~f WAGGEL ~6 PA~RH.LUKAN CHAPTER I1

I Warp pan in dagans jiinans, urrann gagrtfts fram kaisara Agustiu, gamPljan allana midjungard. SGh pan gilstrameleins frumista warp at [wisandin kindina Syriiris] ragindndin Salirim Kyreinafh. Jah iddjtdun all%, ei melidii wtseina, iuarjizuh in seindi balirg. 4 Urrann pan jah 16sFf us Galeilaia, us baGrg Nazarafp, in Iudaian, in badrg Daweidis sei hhitada BEplahafm, dup ei was us garda fadreiniis Daweidis, r, anamEljan mip Mariin sei in fragif~imwas imma qeins, wisandein inkilpbn. 6 Warp pan, mippanei p6 wesun jiinar, usfullncidEdun dagds du bairan iz6i. 7 Jah gabar sunu seinane pana frumabadr, jah biwand ina, jah galagida ina in uzetin, unt5 ni was im riimis in stada parnma. 8 Jah hafrdjcis wesun in pamma samin landa Pafrhwakandans jah witandans wahtw6m nahts ufar6 hafrdii seinii. g Ip aggilus friujins anaqam ins jah wulpus frjujins biskiin ins, jah iihtedun agisa mikilamma. ro Jah qap du im sa aggilus: ni iigeip, untt sji, spill6 izwis faheid mikila, sei wafrpip all5 managein, I I patei gaba6rans ist izwis himma daga nasjands, saei ist Xristus frhja, in badrg Daweidis. I z Jah pata izwis tiikns : bigitid barn biwundan jah galagid in uzetin. 13 Jah anaks warp mip pamma aggilfiu managei harjis himina- kundis hazjandane gup jah qipandane : 14 wulpus in hLuhistjam gupa jah ana afrpii gawafrpi in man- nam gcidis wiljins. 15 Jah warp. bipt galipun fafrra im in himin pii aggiljus, jah 266 Atwagg@d pa frh Lzckan [Ch. ii. 16-30

pii mans plli hairdjbs qepun du sis miss6: Pafrhgaggiirna ju und BEPIahafm, jah safhrPima wa6rd pata wa6rpan6: patei frduja gakannida unsis. 16 Jah qemun sniumjandans, jah bigetun Marian jah Ifisef, jah pata barn ligandb in uzttin. 17 Gasafiuandans pan gakannidedun bi pata wa6rd patei rddip was du im bi pata barn. I 8 Jah allii pdi gahdusjandans sildaleikid5dun bi P6 rddidbna fram pdim hafrdjam du im. rg Ip Naria alla gafastdida kd walirda, pagkjandei in hafrtin seinamma. zo Jah gawandidedun sik p5i hafrdjds mikiljandans jah haz- jandans gup in allbiz& pizzei gahiusidEdun jah gasebun swaswe r6diP was du im. 21 Jah bipe usfulnddStiun dag6s aht6u du bimBitan ina, jah hPitan was namb is Iesus, pata qipan6 fram aggiliu, fa6r- pizei ganumans wSsi in namba. 22 Jah bipe usfuln6dedun dag6s hrdineinsis izE bi witdda M6sezis, brahtedun ina IalrusalPm, atsatjan fa6ra frgujin, 23 swaswE gamelid ist in witijda fr8ujins: patei hrazuh gu- makundBizF usltikands qiPu weihs fuiujins hdikada, zq jah ei gebeina fram imma hunsl, s\vaswE qiPan ist in wit6da frkujins, gajuk hrbiwadiibdnd affipbu twds juggdns ahakE. 25 Paruh was manna in Iafrusalem, pizei namd Symafdn, jah sa manna was garafhts jah gudafadritts, bcidands lap61l:iis Israelis, jah allma weihs was ana irnnla. 26 Jah was imma gatafhan fram ahmin pamma weihin ni safhran d$u]~u,fadrpizei s6hri Xristu fdtujins. 27 Jah qan~in abmin in pizbi alh; jah rnippanei inn attadhun bt;~usjuspata barn Iesu, ei tawidedeina bi biiil~tjawit6dis bi ina, 28 jah is andnam ina ann armins seinans, jnhpiupida gupa jah qap: 29 nu fraleit6is skalk peinana, frbujin6nd frtiuja, bi wadrda peinamma in gawairpja ; 30 band? sehrun Rugijna meina nasein peina, ch. ii. 3~-46] A twagg~&~pn frh Lukan 267

31 p8ei manwidZs in andwafrpja allgizb manageln6, liuhap du andhulein6i Piuddm jah wulpu managein pein6i fsraela. 33 Jah was fbsCf jah fripei is sildaleikjand6na ana p6im pei rbdida wFsun bi :na, 34 jah piupida ina Syrnaf8n jah qap du Mariin, iipein is : s&i, sa ligip du drusa jah usstassii managiize in Israsla jah du tiiknii andsakanP1. ?; Jah pan peina silbans s6iwala pafrhgaggip hafrus, ei and- huljiiud6u us rnxnas"am halrtam mitiineis. 36 Jah was Anna pradfFteis, dalihtar FanuZlis, us kunja AsEris ; sbh framaldra daqF managtiize libandei rnip abin jEra sibun fram magapein se~ihi, 37 sbh pan widuwb jPlc ahtdutehund jah fidwijr, s8h ni afiddja fafrra alh fastubnjam jdh biddm bldtandE friujan nahtam jah dagam. 38 S6h Pizdi hreilii atstandandei andhahiit frAujln, jah r6dida bi ina in aIl5im piim uibeidandam lapan Iafrusafilymas. 39 Jah bipE usta6hun allata bi wit6da friujins, gawandidedun sik in Galeilaian, in ba6rg seina Nazarafp. lo Ip pata barn wdhs jah swinpndda ahmins fullnands jah handugeins, jah ansts $ups was ana imma. $1 Jah wrat6dCdun P6i birusj6s is jera hramrneh in 1afrusalE.m at dulp paska. 42 Jah blpe wa~b twalibwintrus, uspnggnndam pan im in Iafrusa6lyma b~ bilihtja dulP8is. 43 jah ustiuhandam pans dagans, mippane gawandidedun sik aftra, gastap Itsus sa magus in Iafrusali?m, jah ni wissEdun IdsBf jah 61Pei is. 4 + sugjand6na in gasinpjam ina wisan qErnun dagis wig jah s6kidEdun ina in ganipjam jah in kunpam. 45 Jah ni bigitanddna ina gawandideclun sik in IafrusalPm s6kjand6na ina. 46 Jah wa~pafar dagans prins, biggtun ina in alh sitandan in midjiim 16isarjam jah hiusjandan im jah frafhnandan ins. 268 Afwaggt?@paid Lukan [Ch.ii.47-5a; iv. 1-8

47 Usgeisn6d~dunpan allii Pii hiusjandans is ana frbdein jah andawa6rdjam is. 48 Jah gasahndans ina sildaleikidedun, jah qap du imma s6 QiPei is : magiu, hra gatawidzs uns swa ? sfti, sa atta Fins jah ik winnanddna sbkidedum puk. 49 Jah qaj, du im : hra patei sbkidedup mik ? niu wissEdr~Ppatei in piim attins meinis skulda wisan? 50 Jah ija ni frbpun pamma waitrda patei rbdida du im. 51 Jah iddja mip im jah qam in Nazarafp, jah was ufhiusjands im; jah iipei is gafastftida P6 wahrda alla in hairtin seinamma. 52 Jah 1i;sus Piih frbdein jah .wahstiu jah anstii at gupa jah mannam.

CHAPTER IV

r Ip Iesus, ahmins weihis fulls, gawandida sik fram IaGrdaniu, jah taithans was in ahmin in Bupidfti z dage fidw6r tiguns, friisans fram diabuliu. Jah ni matida watht in dagam jftiniim, jah at ustaithaniim Piim dagam, bike gredags warp. 3 Jah qap du imma diabulus: jabii sunftus sij6is gups, qiF pamma st6ina ei wafrpii hl6ibs. 4 Jah andhtif IEsus wipra ina qipands: gamelid ist patei ni bi hl6ib iinana lib6id manna, ak bi all wa6rde gups. 5 Jah ustiuhands ina diabulius ana fafrguni hiuhata, at6ugida imma allans Piudinassuns pis midjungardis in stika mElis. 6 Jah qap du imma sa diabulus: pus giba pata waldufni pize allata jah wulpu izZ, unte mis atgiban ist, jah pishrammeh pei wiljftu, giba pata. 7 Pu nu jabii inweitis mik in andwairpja meinamma, wafrpip pein all. 8 Jah andhafjands imma IEsus qap : gamelid ist, friujan gup peinana inweitiis jah imma ginamma fullafahj6is. ~h,iv. Afwagqdljd pnf~4Lukan 269 Papr6h gatPuh ina in IafrusalEm, jah gasatida ina ana giblin alhs, jah qap du imrna : jabii sunus sij6is gups, wafrp puk ppr6 dalap ; @melid ist Auk patei aggilum xinlirn anabiudip bi puk du gafastan puk, I jah patei ana handurn Pok ufhaband, ei hran ni gastagqjliis bi st6ina f6tu peinana, , Jah andhafjands qap i!nrna IEsus patei qipan ist : ni friiisais fraujan gup peinana. l3 Jah ustiuhands all frgist6bnj6 diabulus, afst6p fatrra imrna und mel. 14 Jah gawandida sik IZsus in mahtBi ahmins in Galeilaian, jah mFripa urrann and all sawi bisitandi? bi ina. 15 Jah is Iaisida in gaqun~pimize, mikilids fram ailhim. 16 Jah qam in Nazarafl, parei was fijdips, jah galfiij, inn bi biiihtja seinamma in daga sabbat6 in synagdgein, jah usstbp siggwan b6k6s. 17 Jah atgiban6s wFsun imma b6k6s Eisaeiins prahfetus, jah uslakands P6s bbkds bigat stad, Frei was garnetid : 13 ahma friujins ana mis, in pizei gasalb6da mik du wafla- merjan unltdgirn, insandida mik du ganasjan pans garnal- widans halrtin, r 9 mErjan frahunpan6im fralet jah blind6im siun, fralstan gamaidans in gaprafstein, mcrjan jEr frPujins andanem. 20 Jah faifalp P6s b6k6s jah usgibands andbahta gasat. Jah allBirn in pizsi synag6gein wesun Pug6na fafrweitjand6na du imma. 21 Dugann pan rijdjan du im patei hirnma daga usfulln6dEdun mela in Pusam izwarPim. 22 Jab all& alakj6 weitw6didedun irnma jah sildaleikidedun bi P6 wafirda anstPis p6 usgaggand6na us munpa is jah qEpun: niu sa ist sunus IGsEfis? 23 Jah qap du im : iuft6 qiPiP mis gajuk6n : pu leiki, h&ilei puk silban; hran filu h&usid&dumwaGrpan in Kafarnaurn, tawei jah hEr in gabafirpai peinai. 2 70 Aiwagg~djcSpaiyh Lukan [Ch. iv. 24-38

24 QaP pan : amen izwis qipa, Btei ni ilinshun pra6fEtE. anda- nZms ist in gaba6rpii seinii : zg appan bi sunjii qipa izwis Ftei managiis widuwans wesun in dagam Heleiins in Israela, pan galukniida himins du jeram prim jah menaps saihs, swE warp hiihrus mikils and alla airpa : 26 jah ni du SinBihun pizb insandips was HOlias, alja in Saraipta Seidoniis du qiniin widuw6n. 27 Jah manag5i priitsfillii wesun uf Hafleisaiu pra6fetAu in IsraEla,jah ni iinshun ize gahrtiinids was, alja Nafman sa Sa6r. 23 Jah fullii wa6rpun a116i miidis in Piz5i synagbgein hius- jandans pata. 29 Jah usstandandans nskusun imma iit us ba6rg jah brahtedun ina und airhmistii pis fafrgunjis ana parnmei balirgs izE gatimrida was, du afdrhsjan ina paprii. 30 Ip is PafrhleiPands Pafrh midjans ins iddja. 31 Jah galiip in Kafarnaum, ba6rg Galeilaias, jah was liisjand5 ins in sabbatim. 32 Jah sildalrikidedun bi pd lBisein is, unte in waldufnja was aaGrd is. 33 Jah in pizii synagiigein was manna habands ahman un hulpiins unhrSinjana, jah ufhriipida, 34 qipands : l&t! hra uns jah pus, Iesu NaziirSnu ? qamt fra- qistjan unsis? kann puk, has i:, sa wcrha gups. 3.5 Jah gahrbtida imma IEsus qij-ands : afdbb~ijnh usgapg us pamma. Jah gawafrpands ina sa unhulpa in mit1jAlm urralur af imma, ni wafht6i gaskapjands imma. 36 Jah warp afsliupnan allans, jah rbdidedun du sis miss6 qipandans : hra waiirdc pata, patei mip waldufnja jah mahtii anabiudip PQlm unhriinjam ahmam jah usgaggand ? 37 Jah usiddja meripa fram imma and allans stadins pis bisunjane landis. 38 Usstandands pan us biz% synagiigii galdip in gard Seirn6nis. Swafhr6 pan Pis Seimiinis was anahabiida brinniin mikilii, jah bedun ina bi pa ch.iv.39-44; xiv.11-171 Afwagg~@patrhLukan 271

39 J& atstandands ufar ija gas6k piz6i brinniin, jah aflailat ija. Suns6iw pan usstandandei andbahtida im. 40 31ippanei pan sagq sunn6, a116i swa managQi swE hab6idEdun siukans sa6htim missaleikiim, br%htedun ins at imma : iP is 6inhrarjammeh ize handuns anatagjands gahBi1ida ins. I UsiddjEdun pan jah rrnhulpiins af managftim hr6pjandeins jah qipandeins patei pu is Xristus, sunus p),s. Jah gasa- kands im ni lafl6t ~GSrijdjan, untP wissEdun silban Xristu ina wisan. 42 Bipgh pan war), dags, usgaggands galsip ana ftukjana stad, jah manageins sdkidedun ma jah qemun und ina jah gaha- biidedun ina, ei ni aflipx fafrra im. 43 Paruh is qap du im jah pBim anFrftim ba~rgirn waflamerjan ik skal bi kiudangardja guks, untZ dup5 mik insandida 44 Jah was mcrjands in synagegim Galeilaias.

CHAPTER XIV

I z Qa),uP-pan jah pamma hftitandin sik : pan wa6rkjBis unda6rnimat alPpBu nahtamat, ni hQitlis frijonds peinans nih br6pruns peinans nih nipjans peinans nih garasnans gabeigans, ibBi iuftii jah eis aftra hiitftina puk jah wafrplp pus usguldan ; 13 ak pan wahrkjdis dahht, hdit unledans, gamdidans, haltans, blindans. 84 Jah Qudags wafrpis, untG eis ni haband usgildan pus; us- gildada Qukpus in usstassli pize uswaiirhtane. 15 Gahiusjands pan sums Pi25 anakumbjandans pata qap du imma : ftudags saei matjip hlEiif in piudangardjii gups. r 6 Paruh qap imma frCuja : manna sums gawaitrhta nahtamat mikilana jah hafh6it managans. r 7 Jah insandida skalk seinana hteilfii nahtamatis qipan Paim hfitanam : gaggip, unte ju manwu ist allata. 2 7 2 Aiwagg6@pat~hLukaiz [~h.xiv. I 8-26 ; xv. r-5

18 Jah dugunnun suns fafirqipan allbi. Sa frumista qap : land bafihta, jah parf galeipan jah saihran pata ; bidja puk, habOi mik falirqipanana. 9 Jah anpar qap : juka alihsna usbalihta fimf, jah gagga kausjan pans ; bidja puk, habbi mik fafirqipanana. zo Jah sums qap : qEn IiugQida,jah dupS ni mag qiman. 21 Jah qimands sa skalks gatOih friujin seinamma pta. Panuh pwairhs sa gardawaldands qap du skalka seinamma : usgagg spr6ut6 in gatw6ns jah st6igds balirgs, jah unledans jah gamdidans jah blindans jah haltans attiuh hidre. 22 Jah qa) sa skalks : friuja, warp swO anabbst, jah nahh stads ist. 23 Jab qap sa frliuja du pamma skalka: usgagg and wigans jah fap6s, jah ntiupei inn atgaggan, ei usfuln6i gards meins. 24 QiPa allis izwis patei ni Binst~unmann5 j6inPizE pizE fali~a hiitanan5 kduseip pis nahtamatis meinis. 25 Mip iddjedun pan imma hiuhmans managli, jah gawand- jands sik qap du im : 26 Jabli bas gaggip du mis, jah ni fij6ip attan seinana jah Bipein jah qen jah barna jah brijpruns jah swistruns,naiihup- pan seina silbins s8iwala, ni mag meins sipdneis wisan.

CHAPTER XV

I WSsunuIj-pan imma nehrjandans sik allbi mdtarj6s jah fra- wafirhtbi l~ri~lsjanimma. a Jah birddidedun Fareisaieis jah bijkarjds, qibandans pate; sn frawafirhtans andnimi) jah mip n~atj~pim. 3 Qap pan du im p6 gajukdn qikands : 4 has manna iz~~ara6igands taihuntehund IambE jah fraliu- sands Binamma Tpize, niu bileipib pii niuntEhund jah niun ana lupidii jah gaggij, afar pamma fralusanin, unte bigitip pats? 5 Jah bigitands uslagjip ana amsans seinans faginends, a? Jah saei ni bafrip galgan seinana jah gaggbi afar mls, ni mag wisan meins siponeis. a8 Izwara bas rafhtls wiljands kelikn tirnbrjan, niu frumist gas it and^ rahneij, rn~vwij,Ghabiiu cfu ustruhan f 29 ibii buftG, b~pegas&trdS.di grunduwaddju jah ni mahtedi ustiuhan, all&\\?&i sac illvandans duginnri~nabilaikall ina, 30 qipandans patci sa nunna dustijdida tinlbrjan jah ni mahta ustiuhan. 3 I AQpiu hras Piudans g~qgandsstigqan vc ]bra anparana piudan du wigana, niu gas~tonifsfafirpis Pankelp, slbiu mahtelgs mip taniun kiisundj6!n $-niE:jan pamma mi) r:561m tigum piisundj6 gagga~diqane sik? 3 a EiPfiu [jab& nist rnnhlcigs] narihpanuh fafrra irnrna wisandirl insandjands biru t\;djii- .~swafrpjis. 33 Swah nu hrarjizuh 1;nnra saei ni afqiPiP allzrnrna Aigin~ seinamma, ni mag ~15~311meins sipBneis. 34 Gijd salt; ij, jab5 salt tiad wafrpip, hrE gasupbda? 35 Nih du afrpbi, ni du mqfhstbu fagr ist ; at uswafrpand imma. Saei habbi ausBna gahiuslanddna, gahbusjbi.

1 'Haav 68 aGr+ iyyl(ofrres 7idvrcs oi rrA&vai KU~oi 6paproAoi &KI?~€L~a6roL;. 2 Kai Girydyyucov oi @apiaaLo~~al oi ypapparcLs hr!yovrcs jri ocros BpaprwAo6s apocr8r!xcrai ~aiavveu8icr a6rors. 3 Elnrv 62 rpbs aGro&s r;jv 7iapai30Ajv radrqv Alywv. 4 'l'is hv0pwnos 25 GpGy iXwv I~arht~rpdpara ~a16rohdaas Cv &$ a6rGv, 06 ~araAei.ircr r& ivev$~ovra ivvda iu 73 ?pipy nai ~opcv'erarin1 rb &aoAwAds, 2ws cGpP aird; 5 Kai c;p&v i~;criOqmvhnl TO~S6pous iauro7 xaipov, 1187 T 274 Afwagge'@dpa frh Lukan [ch. XV. 6-20 6 jah qimands in garda galaptip frijbnds jah garaznans qipands du im : faginbp mip mis pammei bigat lamb mein pata fralusan6. 7 Qipa izwis patei swa fahgds wafrpip in himina in dinis fra- kvalirhtis idreig6ndins Pdu in niuntehundis jah niunZ garafht- 6izE Pdiei ni palirbun idreigbs. 8 AQpdu suma qin6 drakmans habandei tafhun, jabdi fraliusip drakrnin dinamma, niu tandeip lukarn jah usb6ugeiP razn jah s6keiP glaggwaba, unt& bigitip ? 9 Jah bigitandei gahlitip frij6ndj6s jah garaznbns qipandei : IaginiiP mip mis, unte bigat drakmein pammei fraliius.

10 Swa qipa izwis, fah~dswafrpip in andwalrpja aggilc gups in Binis idreig6ndins frawairrhtis.

I r Qapup-pan : manne sums aihta twans sununs.

I 2 Jah qa2, sa jiihiza ize du attin: atta, gif mis sei undrinnii mik ddil Biginis ; jah disdgilida irn swZs sein. 13 Jah afar ni managans dagans brshta samana allata sa jijhiza sunus, jah aflfiip in land falrra w1sand6,jah jriinar distahida pata swgs seinata lrbands usstiuriba. 14 BiF pan frawas allamma, warp hiihrus abrs and gawi jiinata, iah is dugann alaparba wafrpan. I F, ]ah gaggands gahaftida sik sumamma balirgjane jiinis giiujis, j~hinsandida ha h5iPj:jiis seinBiz6s haldan sxeina. 16 Jah gairnida sad itan hacrne, pGei matidedun sweina, jah manna imnta ni gaf. I 7 Qimands pan in sis qap : hran fiiu asnje attins meinis ufar- assju haband hl&ibe, ip ik hiillrfiu fraqistna. 18 Usstandands gagga du attin meinamma jah qifia du imma: atta, frawairrhta mis in himin jah in andwalrpja peinamma ; 19 ju panaseips ni im wairfis ei h6itiidbu sunus peins; gatawei mik swE dinana asnje peinfiize. 20 Jah usstandands qam at attin seinamma. Nadhkanuh ban Ch. xv. 6-20] &i:;cz'yyiAbov ~aa&Ao6tcav 2 75

6 xal ~A$&vcis T~VO~KOV cruy~dc?TOGS $dAovs rtal TO& yt(Tovas hCyo$ a4rots. avy~dpqrt! pot, 6rr c5pov r& ?fp&~ardvpv 70 B~oiwAds. 7 AC~W 4pTv o"rr o&wr xaph larat Iv r$ o4pavG 4%; ivl hpapro~+pcravooCw~ 4 is? ivcv~xovraivvda dt~aiots oiirvcs 04 ~priav$,yovtrrv pcravoias. 8"H 71s yvd 6pa~phr~Xovua 6t!Ka, 6hv &aoA&rp lipaxkfiv pial,, oGXi Bmei X6~vov ~alaapoi T+V O~K~QVxai firei iaipchds, 20s BTOU &p; 9 Kai c4poGua uuylta~.cBar rhs +has xai rhs yci~ovas Aiyovcra. uvy)(dppqrd For, Zrr t$popov T;/V GpaXI*;Iv$P bnd- hem. ro Oikos, Adyo ip?zi, xap; yil*crar Iv6nrov rBv dndAwv TOG $toti 6x1 ivi &paprw/h+pcravoov^vri. r I Eilrcu 64- i~%~o.rrdsrrs F?~~v660 uiods. r z Kal e?~cvd vcdrcpo~ a6rGv r$ narpl. n&rcp, ads por r6 Ia~Pdhhovp~pos 69 oiuias. at 6rcAev a6~oTsrdzf prov. 13Ka'c per' 04 mMhs ipbpas avvayay&v aaavra d ucirepor vids d71c6tjC11u~v cis Xdpw parcpdzv, xai KC? Btcun;dp.rrtar~ r;/V O$U~W~6~05 @V ~U~TOS. r4 Aaaav~uav~os62 ahoO advra Iykvcro Atpas IuXvpbs K~T& riv xdpav irrciqv, xai ah& I;p[aro 6u~cpeioBar. 1 ii Kai ~opcuOeisIKOAA~%~ ivi TGV TOALTGVrjjs xkpas Jxciqs, ~aiFnep$cv a4rt;v els TOGS clypoirs a6roC Pdrxciv )joipovp. 16 Kal inct)&pcr ~oprau9ijuar JK riiv xcpariov Gv iju9cov oi xoipoc, ~aio66cis d6i8ov a&-+. '7 E1s iavrhv 62 IAOAv ct~cv-~duot piu%tot TOG sarpds pov scptuudovurv &prov, iy& 62 ArpG dadhhvpar. 18'Avaurhs ~opc4uopar npbs rbv nardpa pov xai JpLi a&+. a(ircp, $paprov cis TAU oipav6v ~aiIvdxcdv uov. '9 OGKE'TLclpl &ELOS rthqefivar vids uov. noiqudv pc 6s Eva TGV pl~ei~vuov. 10 Kat dcaur;ls $A%rv sphs r6v saripa iat~roi?. irr 62 aGroG T 2 2 76 Aiwagge'Fb patrh Lukan [ch. XV. 21-31

fairra wisandan gasahr ina atta is jah infeiniida, jah pragjands drius ana hals is jah kukida imma. ar Jah qap imma sa sunus: atta, frawaGrhta in himin jah in andwafrpja peinamma, ju panaseips ni im wafrps ei hditiidau sunus pins.

22 Qap pan sa atta du skalkarn sein6im : sprautb bringip wastja P6 frumisten jah gawasjip ina jah gibip figgragulp in handu is jah gask6hi ana f6tuns is;

23 jah bringandans stiur kana alidan ufsneipip, jah matjandans wisam wafia ; 24 untz sa sunus meins ditups was jah gaqiunGda, jah fralusans was jah bigitans warp ; jah dugunnun wisan.

25 Wasuppan sunus is sa alpiza ana akra, jah qimands atiddja nehr ram, jah gahitusida saggwins jah 16ikins. 26 Jah athhitands sumana magiwt frahuh ha wPsi pata.

27 Pamh is qap du imma patei br6par peins qam. jah afsniip atta pins stiur pana alidan, untE hliilana ina andnam.

28 Panuh m6dags warp jah ni wilda inn gaggan, ip atta ia usgaggands iit bad ina. 29 Paruh is andhafjands qap du attin : sii, swa filu jErE skaE kin6da pus, jah ni hranhun anabusn peina ufariddja, jah mis ni iiw atgaft giitein? ei mip frij6ndam rneinliim biuesjiu; 30 ip pan sa sunus peins, saei fret pein swiis mip kalkjdm, qam, ufsn6ist imma stiur pana alidan. 31 Paruh qap du imma : baxnil6, pu sinteinb mip mis wast jah is, jah al pata mein pein ist ; 31 wafla wisan jah fagin6n skuld was, untP br6par peins diups was jah gaqiun6da, jah fralusans jah bigitans warp. Ch. xv. z I -381 Ei?ayyCX~ov KUT& ho6~av * 7 7 pa~phvd?~i~ovros~ ei6av atrb d nar3p atroii nal InnAay- Xvi~6qnal Gpaphv Inbncsrv 2nl rhv rpdXqAou aCroS nai ~arc+lAquevatrdv. 21 Ei~av81 a&$ 6 vidr. .rrdrrp, qpprov €is sdv otpavhv 1ca1 Jvdridv aov, oirnCrt elpi 8.ftos nA~Ojj~*atvEds uov. 22 Eizev 62 d nadp ~pdrrails 6ov'Aovs ah03 2.fevby- rtarp r$v uroA$v T;IV xp$t-qv nal av6v'o-arc a6rh nal Gdra 8andAiov cis T$V xcrpa. a6roii rial dn06$~aracis 70;s +d8as a;roQ, 23 nai ~viynavrts r8v pdv;yov rhu U6~fvrhV eduarr, nai $aydvrcs a6+pavBGpcv, 240"~~O;TOS d vids pow V~K~;)SPju na1 &uiS;lucv, rial &TO- hohAs fjv ral c6pCQq. nal

CHAPTER XIV r Ni indriibnii izwar hafrtii; gal,iubei), du gupa jah du rnis galfiubeip. 2 In garda attins meinis salipw6s manages sind; appan niba weseina, afppiu qSpjiu du izwis : gagga manwjan stad izwis. 3 Jah pan jabii gaggajah manwvja izwis stad, aftra qima jah franima izwis du mis silbin, ei parei im ik, Paruh sijuP jah jus. 4 Jah padei ik gagga kunnup, jah pana wig kunnup. 5 Paruh qap imma Pdmas : frauja, ni witum hraP gaggis, jah hrfiiwa magum pana wig kinnan ? 6 Qap imma Icsus: ik im sa wigs jah sunja jah lib6ins. Ainshun ni qimi), at attin, niba pafrh mik. 7 IJJ kunpcdeik mik, afj+~iu kunpFdeiP jah attan rneinana; jah pan fram himma kunnup ina jah gasaflvip ina. S IF) Filippus qapuh du imma: frliuja, Bugei unsis pana attan ; patuh ganah unsis. 9 Paruh qap inma IEsus: swaliud rnelis miP izwis was, jah ni ufkunpes mik, Filippu? saei gas,~twmik, gasaiu attnn, jah hriiwa pu qipis: riugei unsis kana atian ? lo Niu gaidubeis patei ik in attin jail atta in mis ist ? P6 waitrda pdei ik r6dja izwis, af mis silbin ni r6dja, ak atta saei in mis ist, sa tftujip pa wahrstwa. r I GaMubeip mis patei ik in attin jah atta in mis ; ip jabhi ni, in Piz5 walirstwe galiubeip mis. I 2 Amen amen qiJJa izwis : saei galiubeid mis, Pii walirstwa PBei ik tLuja, jah is taujijp jah m&izBna PAim tftujip; unte ik du attin gagga. 13 Jah patei hra bidjip in namin meinamma, pats tatlja, el hauhjitidiu atta in sun& 14 Jab5 hris bidjip rnik in narnin meinamma, ik tduja, 15 Jabai rnik frijBp, anabusnins meinBs fastiid. I 6 Jah ik bidja attan, jah anparana parakletu gibip izwis, ei sijai mip izwis du Qiwa, I 7 ahma sunjbs, panei 86 manaseips ni mag niman, untE ni safhrip ina, nih kann ina; iP jus kunnup ina, unt5 is mip izwis wisiP jah in izais ist. 1 S Ni Eta izwis widuwairnans ; qima at izwis. I g NaGh leitil, jah sb manaseips rnik ni Jxxnaseips safhrip ; iP jus safhrip mik, patei ik liba, jah jus IibBiP. 20 In jginamma daga ufkunngip jus patei ik in attin meinamma jah jus in mis jah ik in izwis. z I Saei hab6id anabusnins meinija jah fastftip pbs, sa ist saei frij6) rnik: jah pan saei frijdp mik, frij6da fram attin meinamma. jah ik frijii ina jah gabafrhtja imma rnik silban. 2a hmh qap imma Iudas, ni sa IskarjbtEs : frftuja, hra warp ei unsis muniis gabairhtjan puk silban, ip bizhi manasedai ni ? 23 AndhBf IGsus jah qap du imma: jabhi hras rnik fi.ij6P jah walird mein fast6iP, jah atta meins frijdp ina, jah du imma galeipiis jah salipwcSs at imma gatftuj6s. 24 IP saei ni lrijijf, mik, P6 wa6rda meina ni fastiip; jah pata wa6rd patei h6useip nist mein, ak Pis sandjandins rnik attins. 25 Pata r6dida izwis at izwis wisands. 26 Appan sa parakletus, ahma sa ueiha, parlei sandeip atta in namin meinamma, sa izwis 15,rse;p allata jah garnriuderp izw~s allis patei qaf, du izwis. 27 GawafrPi bileipa izwis, gawafrpi mein giba izbris; nt swaswe sb manaseps gibip, ik giba izwis. Ni indriibn6lna izwara hairt6na nih falirhtjriina. 28 Hiusidedup ei ik qap izwis: galeipa jah qima at izwis ; jabii rrijddedeip mik, afpj6u jus fagin6dedeiP ei ik gagga do attin: untS atta meins m6iza mis ist. 29 Jah nu qap izwis, falirpizei wahrpi, ei biP5 wairpai galiubjaip. 30 Panaseips filu ni maplja mip izwia ; qimip saei Fzdi mana- Edli reikinbp, jah in mis ni bigitip wafht. 31 Ak ei ufkunnli s6 manasEp Ftei ik frijada attan meinana, jah swaswe anabiud mi8 atta, swa tiuja Urreisip, gaggam paprh

CHAPTER XV

I Ik im weinatriu pata sunjein6, jah atta meins wahrstwja ist. 2 All tiine in mis unbafrandanz akran g6p, usnimip ita: jah all akran bafrandane, gahriineip ita, ei managiz6 akran bafrltina. 3 JU jus hriinjii sijup in Pis waGrdis patei rbdida du izwis. 4 Wisiip in mis jah ik in izwis. Sw5 sa weinatiins ni mag akran bafran af sis silbin, niba ist ana weinatriwa, swah nih jus, niba in mis sijup. 5 Ik im pata weinatriu, ip jus weinat6inbs ; saei wisip in mis jah ik in imma, sa bafrip akran manag, patei inuh mik ni magup tiujan ni wafht. 6 Niba saei wisijl in mis, uswafrpada at sw2 weinatiins, jah gapaGrsni), jah galisada, jah in fon galagjand jah inbrann- jada. 7 APpan jabii sijup in mis, jah waGrda meina in izwis sind, Ftahrah pei wileip, bidjiP, jah wairpip izwis. 8 In pamma hltuhips ist atta meins, ei akran manag bairltip jah wafrpgip meinPi sipbnj6s. 9 Swaswe frij6da mik atta, swah ik frijbda izwis; wis6ip in friapwlti meinli. 10 JabPi anabusnins mein6s fastiid, sijup in friapwdi meinii, swaswi? ik anabusnins attins meinis fastaida, jah wisa in friapwlti is. 11 kata rbdida izwis, ei faheps meina in izwis sijU, jah faliEds izwara usfullj6idBu. 12 Pata ist anabusns meina, ei frijbp izwis miss6, swaswZ ik frijbda izwis. 284 AiwaggdIJ'd paid J6tzatzn8n [Ch. XV. '3-17 13 MBizein pizii friapwdi manna ni habBiP, ti hras sBiwala seina lagjiP falir frij6nds seinans. I 4 fus frijbnds meinii sijup, jabhi tiujip patei ik anabiuda izwis. 15 Panaseips izwis ni qipa skalkans; unt5 skalks ni wiit hra tdujip is friuja, ip ik izwis qap frijGnde, untE all patei hiusida at attin meinamma, gakannida izwis. 16 Ni jus rnik gawalidedup, ak ik gawalida izwis, ei jus sniwPip jah akran bairiiip, jah akran izwar du Biwa sijhi, ei Patahrah pei bidjhip attan in namin meinamma, gibip izwis. 17 Pata anabiuda izwis ei frijdp izwis missb. I 8 Jabii s6 manascds izwis fijPi, kunneip ei rnik fruman izwis fijiida. 19 Jabhi pis fafrhrhus wEseip, aQpiu a6 manadds swesans frij6dEdi; afikan untC us bmma fafrMu ni sijup, ak ik gawalida izwis us pamma fafrhtgu, duppE fijdid izwis sd manasEps. zo Gamuneip pis wadrdis patei ik qap du izwis: nist skalks miiza frAujin seinamma. Jabii rnik wrekun,, jah izwis wrikand ; jabhi mein wadrd fastiidEdeina, jah izwar fas- tlina. 21 Ak pata allata tPujand izwis in namins meinis, untt ni kunnun pana sandjandan mik. 2 a Nih qEmjPu jah r6didEdjBu du im, frawadrht ni habiidtdeina : ij, nu inilijns ni haband bi frawadrht seina. 23 Saei mik fijPip, jah attan meinana fij6ip. 24 Ijpb tvadrstwa ni gatawidEdj6u in im p6ei anpar Binshun ni gatawida, frawalirht ni habAidedeina; i), nu jah gasehrun rnik jah fijPidEdun jah rnik jah attan meinana. a5 Ak ei usfulln6dSdi waGrd pata gamClid6 in wit6da id: ei fijlidEdun rnik arwj6. 26 APpan pan qimiP paraklttus panei ik insandja izwis fram attin, ahman sunjBs izei fram attin urrinnip, sa weitwadeip bi mik. 27 Jah pan jus weitwadeip, untE fram fruma mip mis sijup. ch. xvii. 1-1 41 Aiwaggdg8 Pairh Jdha?z?z&z 285

CHAPTER XVII

1 Pata r6dida ISsus uzuhhbf frugbna seina du himina jah qap: atta, qam hreila, hBuhei peinana sunu, ei sunus pins htiuhjii puk ; 2 swaswE atgaft imma waldufni allBizE leike, ei all patei atgaft imma, gibPi im Iibfrin Biwein6n. 3 Sbh pan ist s6 BiweinB lib$ins, ei kunneina puk frinana sunjana gup jah panei insandid&, IFsu Xristu. 4 Ik puk hiuhida ana afrpBi; walirstw ustiuh patei atgaft rnis du waGrkjan. 5 Jah nu hiuhei mik, pu atta, at pus silbin pamrna wuljbu, panei habiida at pus, faiirpizei sa fairhrus wFsi. 6 Gabafrhtida peinata namb mannam panzei atgaft rnis us pamma fafrhrtiu. PeinQi wesun jah rnis atgaft ins, jah pata waGrd peinata gafastSidCdun. 7 Nu ufkunpa ei alla P6ei atgaft mis, at pus sind ; 8 untZ P6 walirda piatgaft mis, atgaf im, jah eis n&mun bi sunjdi patei fram pus urrann, jah galdubidedun patei P mik insandides. g Ik bi ins bidja; ni bi P6 manasep bidja, ak bi pans panzei atgaft mis, unte peinai sind. ro Jah meina aIla peina s~ndjah peina meina, jah hLuhijls im in Ptiim. I I Ni pannseips im in pamma falrhriu ; ip PBi in pamma fafrlviu sind, jah ik du pus gagga. Atta weiha, fast6i ins in namtn peinamma, panzei atgaft mis, ei sijhina Bin swaswE wit. 12 Pan was mip im in pamma fafrhrBu, ik fasttiida ins In namin peinamma. Panzei atgaft mis gafasttiida, jah frinshun us im ni fraqistn6da. niba sa sunus fralustiis, ei pata gamelid6 usfulli~walirpi. 13 Ip nu du pus gagga, jah pita r6dja in manasedfri, ei hab6ina fahed meina usfullida in sis. 14 Ik atgaf im walird peinata; jah s6 manaseps fijBida ins, 286 Afwaggzgi pafrli JOhan~zgn[Ch. xvii. 15-26 untE ni sind us bmma falrhrtiu, swasw& ik as mrna fafrWu ni im. 15 Ni bidja ei usnimiis ins us pamma fafrhr;lu, ah ei balrg4is im fa6ra pamma unscljin. 16 Us pamma fairhriiu ni sind, swaswE ik us mafsirhr5u ni im. 17 Weihii ins in aunjii; wahd pinata sunja ist. r8 Swasw~mik insandidts in manastp, swah ik insandida ins in manasEd. 19 Jah fram im ik weiha rnik ailban, ei sijiina jah eis weihii in sunj8i. 20 ApPan ni bi pans bidja binans, ak bi pane galiubjandans pafrh waGrda ize du mis, 21 ei allii fin sijiina, swasws pu, atta, in rnis jah ik in pus, ei jah pfii in uggkis &in sijiina, ei d manadps galiubjdi patei pu mik insandid&. aa Jah ik wulpu panei gaft mis, gaf im, ei sijaina gin swaswE wit &in siju. 23 Ik in im jab pu in mis, ei sijtiina ustalihanhi du tiinamma, jah kunnei s6 manasPPs patei pu mik insandides, jah frij6dcs ins, swaswt mik frijbdes. 24 Atta, patei atgaft miti, wiljtiu ei parei im ik, jah p&isijtiina snip mis, ei sakhrjina wulb meinana panei gaft mis, untE frij6des mik fa& gaskaft fafrhrSus. 25 Atta garafhta, jah s6 manaseps puk ni ufkunpa; ip ik puk kunpa. Jah p8i ufkunpcdun Fatei pu mil< insandides. 26 Jah gakannida im nam6 peinata jah kannja, ei friapwa Pbei frij6des mik, in im sijfii jah ik in im. DU TE'fMAOPAlAU ANPARA CHAPTER I

I Pawlus, apabstablus Iesuis Xristaus pairh wiljan guPs bi gahBitam libdindis sei ist in XristAu IEsu, 2 Teirnadpafbu, liubin barna, ansts, armaiii. gawafrpi fram guPa attin jah XristLu Iesu friiujin unsaramma. 3 Adiudd gupa meinamma, pamrnei skaikinii fram fadreinam in hrdinjhi gahugdiii, bGwa unsweiband6 haba bi puk gaminpi in bid6m meinitim naht jah daga, 4 gafrnjands puk gasafhran, garnunands tagre peinbize, ei iahed6is usfullnfiu, j gamriudein andnimands Piz6s sei ist in pus, unliut6ns galfiu- bcinLis sei bauPida fakpis in awiin pcinii Laui4bi jah aikeiri Peindi Aiwneik&i, gap-pan-traua patei jah in pus. 6 In Pizdzei waihdis gamgudja puk anaqiujan anst Ns,sei ist in pus pafrh analagein handiwZ nleiniiz6. 7 UntS ni gaf unsis gup ahrnan faurhteins, ak mahtdis jah FriapwBs jah inaheins. 8 Ni nunu skamii puk weitw6diPiis ir6ujins unsaris IFsuis nih meina, bandjins is, ak mip arbitidei aiwaggeljan bi mahtPi guP% 9 pis nasjnndins uns jah la~bntlinslap6ndi weihji, ni bi wailrs- twam unsariim, ak I)i seinbi leikiin2ii jnh anstii sei gihana ist unsis in Xristbu I~SUfahr lrlela itiweina, ro ip gaswikunkida nu pairh gal)n(t.l~t~innasjandis unsaris ICsuis Xristbus, gatairandins rafhtis dduJ~Au, ip galiuhtjandins libdin jah unriurein pafrh aiwaggEljGn, I 1 in p6ei gasatips im ik mGrjcinds jah aparistarilus jah Idisareis piud6, ra in piz6zel rairin6s jah pata winna; akei nib skama mik, untF wdit bamma galbubida, jah gatraua pammei mahteigs ist pata anafiih mein fastan in j6inana dag. 13 Frisaht habands hQilriizt wadrdD, pei at rnis hiiusides in galiubein6i jah friapwfii in Xristhu IEsu, I 4 pata gad6 anafilh fastdi Pafrh ahman weihana saei bauip in uns. I 5 WQist patei afwandidtdun sik af mis allii Pdiei sind in Asili, piz2;ei ist Fygaflus jah AfrmdgafnEs. I 6 Gibii armaidn frduja Alineiseifaljrhus garda, untt ufta mik anaprafstida jah nludibandjb mein6izB ni skamdida sik ; I 7 ak qimands in RiimQi usd6udb sbkida mik jah bigat. I 8 Gibii friuja imma bigitan armahafrtein at friiujin in jiinamma daga ; jah hran filu miis in Affafsdn andbahtida mis, waFla pu kant.

CHAPTER I1 r h nu, barn mein walis0, inswinlei puk in anst6i Piz6i in Xrist6u Iesu, z jah Pei hLusides at mis Flrh rnana& weitwbdja, wadrda gups, 'p6 anafilh triggwiiim mannam, P5iei wairjxii sijdina jah anparans 16isjan. 3 Pu nu arbQidei swe g6ds gadralihts Xristaus TEsuis. 4 Ni Qinshun drahhtinbnds friujin dugawindip sik gawafirkjam pizds alddis, ei galeikii pammei draljhtinbp. 5 jail pan jabQi hQifsteip has, ni weipada, niba wit6deig6 brikip. 6 Arbiidjands afr]:8s wailrstmja skal frumist akranE. andniman. 7 Frapei patei qipa; gibij, Quk pus frQuja fra'pi us alliim. 8 Gamuneis Xrisku Iesu urrisanana us dQup6im us frdiwa Daweidis bi af\vaggCljcin meinii, g in Pizdiei arbhidja und bandj6s sw5 ubilt6jis ; akei waGrd gups nist gabundan. lo Inuh Pis all gapula bi pans ga~validans,ei jah p6i ganist gatilGna, sei ist in XristQu Iesu mip wulb6u Qiweinanlma. I I Triggw pata walird : jab6i mip gad&ulnddE.dum,jah mip Ebam ; Ch. ii. 11-~6] DU Tei~zatipaiaz4Anpara 289 ra jabhi gapularn, jah mip piudanam ; jablii afiikarn: jah is afhiki), uns ; 13 jabfii ni galiubjam, jfiins triggws wisip; affiikan sik silban ni mag. r q PizE garnhdei, weitwddjands in andwafrpja fr6ujins. WaGrdam weihan du ni wafhtii dliug, niba uswalteinfii Piim hfius- jdndarn. I; Usdludei puk silban gakusanana usgiban gupa watirstwjan ungiwiskana, ralhtaha r&idjandan warjrd sunj6s. 16 I), P6 dwal6na usweihiina 16usawarjrdja biwandei ; untE filu gaggand du al'gudein, 17 jah wadrd ize swe gund wulip; pizeei ist Ymainaius jah Filetus, 18 priiei bi sunjli uswissai usrnZtun, qipandans usstass ju waiir- pana, jah galriubein sumriizf uswaltidedun. 19 APPan tulgus grunduwaddjus gups standip, habands siglj6 pata: kunpa friuja pans priiei sind is, jah : afstandrii af unstlein hrazuh saei namnj& namB fr&ujins. zo APPan in mikilamma garda ni sind PatBinei kasa gulpeina jah silubreina, ak jah triweina jah digana, jah suma du swergirn, sumup-pan du unsw-5rdirn. 21 Appan jabai hras gahrlinjdi sik PizE, wafrpip kas du sweri- Pii gaweihliip, briik frhujin, du allamma wa6rstwE gijdjize garnanwip. 22 Appan juggans lustuns pliuh ; ij, IAistei g-arafhlcin, galBuheir~, friapaa, gawalrpi mi)^ pAim bidlii anahlitantlarn friujan us hr6injamma halrtin. 23 I), ),OS dwalbns jah untaldns dhins biwandei, witands patei gabafrand sakjijns. 24 Ip skalks friujins ni skal sakan, ak qafrrus wisan wipra allans, liiseigs, uspulands, 25 in qafrrein talzjands pans andstandandans, niu ban gibfii irn gttb id1 eiga du ufkunpja sunjc?~, 26 jah usskarjaindiu us unhulbins wruggGn, frani panl~nei gafshanrii habanda afar is wiljin.

i 187 U CHAPTER 111 r &pan pata kunneis ti in spedistiim dagam atgaggand jera sleidja, 2 jah wafbnd mannans sik frijandans, fafhugafm4i, bih&itjans, hluhhalrtli, wajamerjandans, fadreinam ungahrafrbhi, 1Suna- warg6s, unalrkngi, 3 unhunslagii, unmildjli, fairinsndans, ungahabandans sik, unmanariggwii, unseljii, 4 fralewjandans, unlilamalskbi, ufblulidli, frijijndans wiljan seinana miis P;iu guj,. 5 habandans hiwi gagudeins, il, maht iz6s inwidandans; jah pans afwandei. 6 UntE us plim sind p6iei sliupand in gardins jah frahunbna tiuhand qineina afhlapana frawadrhtim, Pdei tiuhanda du lusturn missaleikgirn, 7 sinteinij 18isjanddna sik jab ni 4iw hranhun in ufkunpja sunjbs qiman mahtriga. 8 APpan barnma hlid6u ei JannEs jah MambrEs andstBpun MBsEza, swa jah PBi andstandand sunjli, mannans frawadr- pan% ahin, uskusm6i bi galaubein ; 9 akei ni Peihand du lilusn&i, unte unwiti iz& swikunp wafrpip all*, swaswe jah j6in6izZ was. ro Ip pu gallista is IBiseinBi mein%, usmeta, mwu, sidau, galBubeinEti, usbeisnfii, fria)w6i, puli~nfii, I I wrakj6m, wunnim, ivilcika mis waGr)un in AntiabkiB, in EikariniGn, In Lystrys, hrileikds wrakds us)ulQida, jah us allBim mik gal5usida fr6uja. I 2 Jah ban a116i p6iei wileina gagudaba iiban in Xrist6u IGsu, wrak6s winnand. 13 Ij, ubil6i mannans jah liutPi Peihand du wairsizin, afrzjii jah afrzjandans. rq Ip pu framwafrpis wislis in pQimei galCiisides puk jah ga- traulida sind pus, witands at hramma ganamt, I 5 jah patei us barniskja weihb bdkijs kunpes, p6s mahteigsns puk usfratwjan du ganistai pairh galbubein PB in Xristbu Iesu. Ch. iii. 16 ; iv. 161 DU Teimadpafau A #para 29 I 16 All b6kb gudiskdizijs ahmateinbis jah Frirftijs du I&iseindi, du gasahtli, du garafhteinii, du talzeinki in garafhtein, I 7 ei ustafihans sijli manna gups, du allamma wahrstwt giidlis gamanwi)s. CHAPTER IV

I WeitwiSdja in andwafrpja gups jah frgujins XristQus I~suis. Saei skal st6jan qiwans jah diupans bi qum is jah Piudi- nassu is : a mzrei wafird, instand iihteigb, uniihteigb, gasak, gaplPih, gahratei in alldi usbeisnii jah 16iseinii. 3 Wafrpil) mEl pan hlila liisein ni uspuland, ak du seinlim lustum gadragand sis liisajans, supjbndans hiusein ; 4 appan af sunjli hiusein afwandjand, iP du spillam gawand- jand sik. 5 Ip p andapHhts sijdis in allPim, arbQidei, wahrstw wadrkei aiwaggelistins, andbahti pein usfullei. 6 APPan ik ju hunsljada jah mEl meinQiz6s diswissdis atist. 7 HBifst Pb g6d6n hbifstida, run ustQuh, galgubein gafastPida; 8 paprbh gdagips ist rnis wlips garafi~teins,Fnei usgibip rnis frluja in jiinamma daga, sa garalhta staua; appan ni PatPinei mis, ak jah allQim pAiei frij6nd qum is. 9 Sniumei qiman at rnis spriutci ; xo unte Demas mis biliip, frijdnds p6 nu ald, jah galdip du Paissala6neikii, Xreskus du Galatiii, Teitus du Dalrnati6i. I i Lukas ist mip rnis &ins. hInrku andnimands brigg mip pus silbin, unte ist mis brliks du andbahtja. 12 APpan Tykeiku insanditla in Affafsdn. r3 Hakul panei bilQiP in Trauadii at I

[The references refer to the paragraphs in the grammar.]

ST. MATTHEW CHAPTER VI I. du aafhran im - rpirr sir B~aejvaratroir, see Q 435. 3. puk taujandan, acc. gov. by witi. Two Lat. MSS. (Vercellensis and Veronensis) of the Gospels have the same construction ; tefacientem, the Greek version has here the gen. absolute : aoir rroroiwos. 4. sii armahairtipa peina, a lit. rendering of seir 4 ~'Xc~pou;~. This construction is very common in the Gothic translation. 5. waihstam, gov. by in.

7. bidjandansup 5 bidjandans-t the enclitic particle uh. The final h in the particles uh, jah, nih, is often assimilated to the initial consonant of the following word (5 164 note). rswaswii p&i piudli, lit. like those of (the)healhens. 9. )m in himinam ; the Gr. has 6 Cv ~oiroipnvois. In addressing a person the Gr. def. article is translated by the personal pronoun in Gothic. 11. himma daga, see $267. 12. aR5t uns patei skulans sijhima, forgive us whaf we are owing, i. e. our debfs. patei, acc. gov. by skulans, see the Glossary under skula. 13. in fritistubnjhi, into fenzp!afion. With verbs of motion the prep. in sometimes takes the acc., sometimes the dat., cp. ahma ina usthuh in Aupida, the spirit led him away into the wilderness, beside qiimun in garda (dat.) SeimBnis, they came info Simon's house. 15. ni pbu atta izwar aflEtip missadEdins izwariis, in that case yourfather will not forgive your trespasses. For ni pbn the Gr. version has o;%, and nof, nor. 23. pata riqiz ban filu! supply ist; and on the -z in riqiz, see 5 175 note I. Notes a.+ fabki . .. aippAu, &thcr. . . or. Ulfilas seems to have read el, if, instead off, either.

25, niu ~i.ni + u = Lat. nonne, where -u is an interrogative ; cp. such phrases as skuldu ist P is it lawful? fodeindi, wastjGm, the dat. of the things compared, dependent upon mhis. Cp. the similar idiomatical construction in Greek and Latin, where the former has the gen. and the latter the ablative, as pci(ou rob ci%ch$ob = 6 d ci8tX+ds ; major fratre = major quam frater. See 5 428. a6. pei = patei, that. Phim, dat. pl. gov. by ir~iiis;see note to verse 25.

CHAPTER VIII I. atgaggandin imma = xnra@&vrt~$73, is in apposition to the second imma. Similarly in verse 5. g. tawei, see 94 149-50. XI. saggqa = sagqa (§ 17). The guttural nasal is sometimes written gg before q and k. 24. swasw6 pata skip gahulip wairpan fram wEgim. To indicate consequence or result swaswG with the inf. is some- times used, in imitation of the Greek burr with inf. ; cp. GUT* 7; rhoiou ~aXirrrradar. In the pl. wEgs fluctuates between the a- and i-declension ; cp. wEg6s in Mark iv. 37. 29 hra uns jah pusP lit. what (is there common) to us and fu thee? The dat. of relationship. 30. haldana, pp. with act. meaning like the Gr. @wrtopivq, agreeing with hairda. 31. qipandans, masc. agreeing with the natural gender. 32. hairda has the verb in the pl. because of its collective meaning. Cp. Mark ii. 13.

CHAPTER XI S. bi sip5njam seinhim, instead of pairh sip6njans seinans the Gr. dsri siu p81yhv airo;. 3. anparizuh = anparia (gen.) +uh, see 5 175 and note 2 to it 6. htazuh saei, see 8 276. 9. prauEtdu, see note to Matth. vi. 25. 12. und hita, see § 267. Notes 13. pradfEteis. The nom. sing. has two forms, pratiiGtEs - Gr. npo+$r7s, gen. pradEtis, nom. pl. prafifeteis, like gasteis (§ 196) ; and pratiiEtus inflected like sunus ($202). Cp. verseg. 14. mip niman = andniman, to receive, accept.

ST. MARK CHAPTER I 5. in IafirdanE ahr81, with retention of the Gr. ending in the proper name : iu T$ 'lop&~ma& 7. swinp6za mis, see 5 428. 19. jab pans in skips manwjandans natja is a lit. rendering of Kal ahoits ;v r+ ~Xoi~~arap~i(ovrar rh 8i~rva. 24. Ma uns jah pusP see note to Matth. viii. 29. q.mip sis missii, see 1431. htii sB fdiseinii sii niajij P What is this new one of doctrines ? See $9 200, 427. 32. ubil habandans, having an iihtess, a lit. translation of the Gr. xar& Ixovras. See also ch. ii. 17.

CHAPTER I1 I. gafrhhun, see 4 308 note. a. ni gamcsthdun, they didnotfind room, see 5 338. 7. gup is properly neuter, and retains its old gender in the plural nom. acc. guda, heathen gods ; in the sing.it is used for the Christian God, and is always masculine, although it retains its nom. voc. ace. form gup. The MSS. have regularly the contracted forms: nam. voc. acc. gp, gen. gps, dat. gps. But when the inflected forms are written in full they always have gucl-. See also Appendix, Note H. 13. all manageins, cp. note to Matth. viii. 3% 16. driggkip = drigkip. 17. ak pai ubilaba habandans, a lit, translation of the Gr. ;AX' 0i K~K&S~XOM~E. 21. ibdi afnimdi fullBn af pamma, sa niuja pamma fafmjin, lest it (the piece of new cloth) take away the filness (the piece of the old garment lyng beneath the new piece) from it, the new (sa niuja, in apposition to the subject) from the old (pamma fairnjin, in apposition to af pamma). Ulfilas took rb nhjpopa as the acc., and then translated the Gr. word for word. m. giutand, thy pour, people pour. 23. warp parhgaggan imma. The Gr. has iyivcro nopanopcGr- cr$a

CHAPTER III a hailidbdiu = hhilid6di +us wfielfierhewould hral. The par- ticle u is always attached enclitically to the first word of its clause, and is used to indicate direct (as in verse 4 skuld + u) or indirect interrogation, see Cj 349. g. habtiip, pp. neut. of haban. 28. frawaxirhtz, gen. pi. gov. by allata pata. 31. standand2jnaa hbitandzna, pres. part. neut. pi., see !4 !4 429 (3). CHAPTER IV. I. swasw"ena galeikandan in skip gasitan in marein, on the construction see note to Matth. viii. 24. 5. anparup-pan = anpar + ull-pan. 8. On 'I', 'j', and 'r., see $ 2. lo. frEhun, see $ 308 note, and 5 4'27. 14. saijands, saijip =. saiands, saiip. rg. bi pat a anpar iustjus, lit. &sires concerrring the ~Ilrrrtfiing, i. e. concetrring other tltings. 25. PishramnlEh saci, see $ 276. 27. keinip (cp. OHG. inf. kinan), properly a strong verb belonging to the first ablaut-series (fj 299). The n beionps to the pres, only, just as in fraihnan ($ 308 note). The regular pret. would be *kAi, *kijum; instead of which we have a new pret. us-keinijda (Luke viii. 8), formed aficr the analogy of Notes weak verbs of the fourth class (5 329). us-kijanata, the neut. of the old strong participle occurs in Luke viii. 6. ag. atist, 3 sing. pres. of at wisan. 33. hdusjGn, the more usual form is hdusjan. 37. wzgiis, cp. note to Matth. viii. 24. 38. niu kara puk pizei fraqistnam P On the construction of kara see 5 426. CHAPTER V 5. nahtam, see 4 221. 7. hra mis jah pus, cp. note to Matth. viii. 29. sundu - sunu (8 202 note). 13. wEsunu~pan= wesun-ah-pan. 14. haimijm, see 3 199 note. qsmun, they (the peopk of the vi7kages) came. 18. wiids, see 9 173 note. 23. aftumist habhip, is at the point of death, a literal transla- tion of the Gr. 2~x6~~s?xt~. After habdip supply bidja puk. 26. jah ni wafhtai biitida, ak mdis wairs habaida, a literal rendering of ~air7c?lu &r+tX96t;rra 6hXb ghhov tls rb xripov e'A8o;ua ; so that bijtida and habhida are here pp. fern. sing. 41. qapuh 5- qap + uh. taleipa kumei = Gr. T~XI@&xoiper. +a was duk jErl twalibE, see 8 427. CHAPTER V1 a jah hrii sii handagein6 sG giban6 immaF The Gr. has xai ris 4 oo$in 4 8o8riua air+ ; cp. note to ch. i. 27. 15. HErGdEs qap patei pammei ik hdubip afmafmdit IijhannE, lit. Herod said that to whom I CII/ fJ~ehead off, to john. The Gr. has d '~~d~81pt&~tv dr~ bu iY&(~ITCK~$J~IU[I 'I~(iuvqv, Herod said that if isjohn whom I beheaded. 21. jah wadrpans dags gatils, and a fitting day being come. Ulfilas generally used the dat. in such instances corresponding to the Gr. gen. absolute, but he has here used the nom. (Q 436). See also v. 26. 53. duatsniwun, see 3 5. CHAPTER VII 4 anpar ist manag, lit. other (thing there) is many. The Gr. has the pl. dhAa rroAh6. ~'cv. Notes 29 7

5. bi pammsi anafulhun ptii sinistans, according to that which (Ar &s have handed down as a tradition. & ip hairti5 izl fairra habiip sik mis, tit. but their head has itserf far from me. XI. pishrah patei us mis gabatnis, as to rvhatsoever thou profifest from me. Ulfilas has closely followed the Gr. 8 RV;[ ipoi P+tXs8~swhich omits the apodosis t3 ixrc. 1% ni.. .. ni waffit is a double negative like the Gr. OLK&L .. .. oGB~u. Cp. afso ch. xv. 4. 31. mip tweihniiim markcm, lit. amid fhe two boundanis. 34. aiffapa = Gr. ;++nBci, open, be opened ! 36. mais pamma, by that the more, so tnuch the more.

CHAPTER VIXI ro. jabii gibtiidiiu kunja pamma tiiiknl, lit. Vfhercshould be given ofsips to this generation. Bernhardt following Meyer's suggestion supplies : so tue mir Goffdies und das. The Gr. has ci 808jarmr rTj ycvta sal;sg uppriov. 23. frah ina ga-u-hra.slhri, he asked him whether he saw any- firing. See $ 279. 26.27. wEhsa - weihsa, see 4 5. 31. uskiusan skulds ist, is liable to be rejected, on the inf. see 4 435, Similarly usqiman.

CHAPTER IX 2. dinans, see 4 249. 18. usdreibeina = usdribeina, see 8 5. 23. allata rnahteigpan~rnagalhubjandin, cveryfhitzg [is] pas- sible to the one who believes. 50. supiida, see $ 7. CHAPTER X 14. untb pzl ist Piudangardi gups. Here pizZ is a rnis- translation of the Gr. T&U TO~O;T(UY; the correct translation, pizZ swaleikiizl, occurs in Luke xviii. 16. ar. iiinis pus wan ist, lit. fhere is lacking'h thee of one thing. 25. azitiz6 = azCtizi5, see 5 5. 32. p6ei habiiidaun ina gadaban, those things which were about to happen to him, cp. the Gr. rh p;XXovra ahyovfiaivtiv. 298 notes

CHAPTER XI r. alzwjin is here used adjectively agreeing with fafrgunja. The Gr. has Bpnr rGv ihuriv, the Mount of Olives.

10. Piupid6 5 Gr. cChov/iirll. in namin attins unsaris Ilaweidis is meaningless, and does not correspond to either of the Gr. readings :-roc aazpbs iptv Aavria, or iv drdCIorr~vpiov roj narpAs {p&v Anvria. Possibly frkujins has been inadvertently omitted in the Gothic version, 12. usstandandam im, the dat. absolute, see $ 436. 14. usbairands, answering, only occurs here in this meaning. The Gr. has ciro~pt8cis. 18. gudjanE, gen. pl. dep. on althumistans. 23. Pishrazuh ei, see $276. 30. uzuh, zu?zel/~erfrom, see $175 note a p. iihtann for ijhtEdun, see 9 7.

CHAPTER XI1 z. ahanis, partitive gen., see 5 427. 4. hhubip, accusative of closer definition, see 8 426. 5. sumanznh = sumans + uh. 7. hirjip, atme kit/;er, an old imperative used as an interjection. The sing. a pers. hiri, and dual 2 pers. hirjats also occur. The i in the stern-syllable has not yet been satisfactorily explained. See Feist, ' Etym. WGrterbuch der got. Sprache,' p. 137. 14. kara puk manshun, on the coilsti-uction see $426. skuldu = skuld +u, see note to lvlatt. vi. 25. pbu niu gibhi~na2 the Gr. has 6&prv 3 pi 8Cptv; 20. brhprahans, bvet/zren, from an adjective "br6prahs (5 393) ; cp. such lorrns as un-barnahs, clzi2dless, beside barn.

CHAPTER XI11 a8. uskeinand, see note to ch. iv. 27.

CHAPTER XIV p. jah duk razda peina galeika ist, after buk supply Galeilaius is jah. Cp. the Gr. rai raXcXaios c: rai ihdcri uov .;,'o'd[cl. CHAPTER XV 9 wileidu - wileip+a. fraleitan = fralEtan, see 8 5. 34. ailijl aflziz, lima sibakpanei - the Gr. text 'EX*; ;~@1 XcPh ur,90X8avi. 4a. fruma sabbatij, Gr. rrpauti8Bnrav, the day befmthe Sabbath. CHAPTER XVI

9. frumin sabbatij, Gr. ap&rn cm@fl&rov, on the first day of the , ie. the first day affer the Sabbath. Cp. ch. xv. qa, where fruma sabbatii means the day before thc Sabbath.

ST. LUKE Before reading the chapters from St. Luke, the beginner stlould refer to Q$ 5, 7, and the notes to $5 161, 173, 202. CHAPTER I1 a. [wiaandin kindina Syridis], a marginal gloss, which has crept into the text of the MS. which has come down to us. Kyreinaibu KyrEnaitku. 4. sei, see $ 271 note 3. 5 anamZljan, on the construction see $ 435. qeins = qGns. 7. riimis, gen. gov. by ni, see Q 427. 10. fafieid = fahzp. 13. hazjandanl, hip and an^, gen. plur. agreeing with the plurality implied in harjis. 20. pizzei, gen. pl. gov. by gahAusidZc1un. 21. usfuln6dEdun = usfulln5di.dun (cp. v. 6). Similarly in C. 22. q. bZrusjijs, pareztk, originally the perfect part. act. of bairan. 29. fraleittiis - fralEtdis. 33. sildaleikjandijna, on the gender see 429. Similarly in w. 44%45,48. 37. blijtandG = blGtandei.

41. birusjijs I. bZrusj6s. 48. magiu = magu. 50. ija, neut. pl., see note to v. 33. 300 Notes

CHAPTER IV 3. sundus = sunus. 5. diabuldus = diabulus. 6. pishrammah pei, see 1276. 13. frlistiibnjij = fraistubnj6. 14. bisitandE, of those that dweN round about. 17. praitfetus = prauEt8us. 25. mSnGps, acc. pl. 27. Hafleisaiu = Hafleisaidu. 36. jah warp afslaupnan allans, see note to Mark ii. 23. 40. dinfirarjrimmEh, see $ 275 note a.

CHAPTER XIV

12. qabppan = qapuhepan. 19. aithsnz, see $ 208 note. 23. usfulnli = usfullndi. 26. naithuppan - naith-uh-pan. 28. rnanwi* habdiu, whefherhe has the nccr.rsary means; where manwip6 is the gen. pl. used partitively and dep. upon habkin

5 habli + u. 31. du wigana. The codex argenteus has wigH na. The Gr. *is R~~;XCPCWsuggests that du wigana means to war, in which case it is related to weihan, lofight. pankeip = pagkeip. si8iu for sij8i + u, whether he may be. 32 eiPdu - aipphu. nist = ni + ist.

CHAPTER XV

I. wlsunup-pan t. wEsun.uh.pan. Similarly in v. 2s 8. Instead of suma we ought to have had hr6. The translator mistook the indef. pronoun ris for the interrogative ri~. drak- mans, drakmin presuppose a nom. form drakma. 9. drakmein, the Greek case form (8paXpjv)with ei for B ; but masc. as is shown by pammei. '

13. bringandans I. briggandans. q. jah duguunun wisan, supply wafla. Notes

ST. JOHN CHAPTER XI1 4. Seimijnis, see $ 427. 6. patuppan = pata-uh-pan,also in w. 16, 3. kara, on the construction see 5 426. 10. mundidTdunu~pan- munlidEdun.uh-pan. Similarly in V. 20.

as. fi&iP.P fijhip. 26. On habAip see $ 432. 29. sumAih = sumhi + uh.

CHAPTER XV 7. patahrah pei, see 4 276. 9. friaPwPi = frijapwai, also in w. 10, 13.

CHAPTER XVII I. azuhh7jf = uzuh + hsf. 21. aggkis = ugkis.

THE SECOND EPISTLE TO TIMOTHY CHAPTER I 5. gap.pan-traua= ga-uh-pan-traua, where ga belongs to traua. 7. fliapwiis frijapwiis. Similarly in v. 13. GLOSSARY

sm., 8j;, am., - strong masculine, &c. #. = strong verb, m.,WJ, wn., - weak masculine, &c. oav. weak verb. pni.-pres. - preterite present. The remaining abbreviations need no explanation. The Roman numeral after a verb indicates the class to which the verb belongs. The ordinary numerals after a word indicate the paragraph in the Grammar where the word either occurs or some peculiarity of it is explained. The letter lv folbws h, and p follows t. aba, wm. man, husband, 206, af.d&upjan, wv. I, to kill, put a08 note. 0.Icel. afe. to death ; pass. to die, 402. abraba, av. strongly, exces- af-dGbnan, wv. IV, to be silent. sively, very, very much. +af.dGjan, wv. 1, to fatigue, 80, abrs, aj. strong, violent, great, , 319 note. mighty. af-drziusjan, m. I, to cast af; prej. c. dat. of, from, by, down. away from, out of, 88, 350. sf-dmgkja,wm. drunkard, 355. OE. af, of, OHG. aba, ab. af-dnmbnan, Wii IV, to hold af-&&an, sv. VII, to deny, one's peace, be silent or still, to deny vehemently, 313, 33~. 402. af.etja, wm. glutton, 355. af-airzjan, wv. I, to deceive, af-gaggan,su. VII, to go away, lead astray ; see airzeis, depart, go to, come, 313 note I, airzjan. 402. afar, prep. c. am. and dat., av. af.gudei, wJ ungodliness,,355. after, according to, af-gups. a]. godless, implous, OH G. avar, afar. / 355, 391. Lp. OIIG. abgot, afar-dags, sm. the next day, abgudi, idol, false god. 3s6- 1 afAlapan, sv. VI, to lade, load, afar-gaggan,sv.VII, to follow, 310. OE. OHG. hladan. go after, 313 note I, 403. af-hrapjan, wv. I, to choke, afar.18istja11, wv. I, to follow quench. after, follow, 403. af-hrapnan, wv. IV, to be afar-sabbatus, sm. the day I choked, be quenched, atter the Sabbath; Pis dagis / af.lageins, sf. a laying aside, afar-sabbatz, on the first day / remlsslon, 355: of the week, 356. / af-leitan = af-letan, see 8 5. afaruh = afar + uh. af-leipan, so. I, to go awa af.daubnan, wv. lY, to become ( depart. OE. ripan. OH^: deaf, 331. lid an. Glossary 303 d.l%an, sv. VII, to dismiss, aftr? av. back, backwards, leave, forsake, ut away, let agaln, once more ; aftra alone, forgive, aI solve, 402. gabGtjan, to restore ; aftra af.llts, sm, forgiveness, remis- gasatjan, to heal. OE. ~fter, sion, 355. OHG. after. af.lifnan, wv. IV, to remain, aftuma, aj. the following, be left. Poste~ils,next, hindmost, last, af.linnan, sv. 111, to de art, 246, 430. 304. OE. linnan, OH$ bi- aftumists, nj. last, aftermost, linnan. 246 ; aftumist haban, to be af.m&itan, sv. VII, to cut off, at the po~ntof death, OE. 402. eftemest. af.marzeins, sf. deceitfulness. af-wairpan, sv. 111, to cast *af.m6jm, wv. I, to fatigue, away, put away, 428. 3x9 note. OHG. muoen, af-walwjan, wv. I, to roll away. muoan. OE. wielwan. af-niman, su. IV, to take away. af-wandjan,urv.I, toturn away. af.qipan, sv, V, to renounce, .aga-, sufix, 392. forsake. aggilus, sm. ange1,messenger; af-sateins, sf. divorcement. the pl. fluctuates bet,wgen the af-satjan, wv. I, to divorce. 3- and u.declensfin, as =om af-skiuban, sv. 11, to push pl. aggileis and aggiuus, 17 aside, 286 note a, 302. OE. OE. engel, OHG.engil,angil, sciifan, OHG. skioban. from Gr. Byyehos through Lat. af-slahan, sv. VI, to kill, slay, angelus. 402. aggwipa, -Cf. anguist, distress, af-slaupan, wv. IV, to be tribtllation, 384. amazed, be beside oneself. aggwus, aj. narrow, 17, 132, af-sneipan, m. I, to cut off, 236. OE. enge, OHG. engi. ki1. agls ken. agisis), sn. fri ht af-stsndan, sv. VI, to stand fear. terror. 168. 182. %ET off, depart. ege,' OHG. kgi. ' af-stass, sf. a standing OK, fall- agliiitei, wf: lasciviousness, ing off or away, 355. unchastity, 212. OHG. aga. af-swairban, sv. 111, to wipe Ieiqi, zeal. out, 304. OE. sweorfan, aglaiti-waitrdei, wf: indecent OHG. swerban. language, 389. afta, av. behind, backwards, azllpa, sf: anguish, distress, 348. 38f. aftana, av. from behind, 348. aglo, wJ: anguish, affliction, OE. zeftan. tribulat~on,aI1. aftarc, av. from behind, be- 1 aglvha, av. hardly, with diffi- hind, 344. I Culcy, 344. af-tadrnan, wv. IV, to be torn aglus, aj. hard, difficult, 2 away, 331. 428. Cp. OE. egle, troubp e- af-tiuhan, su. 11, to draw away, some. push off; to take, draw aside, 1 aha, wm. mind, understanding, 4- i aca. 304 Glossary -aha-, su&, 393. bins, num. one, alone, only; ahaks, sf.(?)dove, 1 eon. indcf.fr. one, a certain one ; ahana, SJ chaff. 82. egenu, bins . . . fah bins. the one OHG. agana. . . . and fhe othe;, 10, 44 ahma, wm. spirit, the Holy 83, 89, 24 249, a58, 390. Ghost, 208, n3. OE. iin. O~G.ein. ahmateins, sf. inspiration. bins-hui, indef. pr. with the ahs, sn. ear of corn, 353. OE. neg. particle ni, no one, no, Ear, OHG. ahir, ehir. none, 87 (r), 89, 278. ahtlu, num. eight, 4, 11, 3 bir, av. (comp. biris), soon, 65, 90,91, 121, id, 247. 02: ~arly,347. OE. 6r, OHG. eahta, OHG. ahto. er. ahuu-dsga, ' eight days birinGn, wv. I I, to be a mes- old, IZZ Cp. 8~.dGgor, day. senger, 325. ahtlutdhund, sum. eighty, &iris, av. earlier, 45. 247. airpa, s/. earth, &nd, region, ahtuda, num. eighth, 253. 10, 67, 171, rga OE. eorpe, aka, sf: river, water, 19, 36, OHG. erda. f43, 192. OE. Za, OHG. aha. afrpa-kunds, aj. earthy, born b~gm, sn. property, inheri- of the earth, 397. tance, goods, 425. OE. Bgen, airpeins, aj. earthly, za7, 395. OHG. eigan. birus, sm. messenger, 203. bigum, we have, 339. 0.Icel. Zirr, OE. iir. gih, pret.-pres. I have, possess, airzeis, at astray, erring ; 137,339. OE. Zig later i5h. airzeis wlsan or wairpan, to bihan, pret.-pres. to have, pos- go astray, err, be deceived, sess, 339, 426. OE. Igan, 231. OE. eorre, ierre, angry, OHG. eigan. OHG. irri. bihtriin, we. I1,to beg for, pray, airzjan, wv. 1, to deceive, lead desire, 325. astray. OHG. irren, cp. OE. bihts, sf, praperty, 199, 354. iersian, to be angry. OHG. Eht. bistan, wv. 111, to reverence, aika-tundi, sf: thornbush, lit. 328 Cp. OE. Pr, OHG. Era, horse tooth, 389. Cp. OE. from *aiz6, honour. eoh, horse, and Goth. tunpus, AF, W/ n~otiier, 6, 2x2. tooth. HG. eldi, MHG. eide. dina-ba~,snn. only-born, 389. &ips, sm. oath, 10, 171, 180, binaha, w.aj. only, 393. 353. OE. lp, OHG. eid. bin-falpei, wi simplicity, aippbu, ci. or, else ; aipplu goodness of isposition, 389. jah, trul 10, 66 note, 256, bin-falps, num. onefold, 351. ~H'eppa,OHG. eddo. simple, sin le, 257, 397. OE. aiwaggclista, wm. evangelist, Hnfeald, O~G.einfalt. Gr. eirayyshtari)~through Lat. bin-hrarjiz-uh, indpf.pr. every- euangelista. one, each, 275 note 2. aiwaggcljan, wv. I, to preach -bini-, suflx, 388. the gospel. *lidif, num. eleven, 247, 252. aiwaggi?ljii, wj gospel, Gr. OHG. einlif. &ayyAtov.' Glossary 305

&weins, aj eternal, everlast- alja, j. than, except, unless, ing, =7, 395. save ; prep. c. dul. except, hiws, sm. time, lifetime, age, 35". world, eternity ; ni &iw (347), alja-kuns, aj. foreign, strange, never; in Biwins, du Biwa, 3p. for ever. OE. &, Sw, OHG. alja-leik6s. av. otherwise, 345. Ewa. aljan, wv. I, to bring up, rear, hiz, sn. brass, coin, money, 47. fatten. OE. 'ir, OHG. Er. aljar, av. elsewhere, 348. OE. hiza-smipa, wm. coppersmith, ellor. 389. aljap,av.elsewhere, in another ak, cj. but, however (after direction, 348; afleipan aljap, negative clauses), 35r. OE. to go away. ac, OHG. oh. aljaprii, av. from elsewhere, akei, cj. but, yet, stil1,neverthe- from all sides, from every less, 351. quarter, 348. akeit (aket), ?sn. or akeits, aljis, aj. other, another. 36, ?sm.vinegar. OE.eced,OHG. OE. ella ( m.), else ; 3 e~qih,from Lat. acctum. ele-lande, %HG. eli-lenti, akran, sn. fruit, 182; akran foreign. bairan, to bear fruit. OE. allis, av. in general, wholly, at aecern, acorn. a!l, 46; ni allis, not at all ; akrana-lhus, aj. unfruitful, (I ?or, because, 351; nib barren, 34, 97. allis, for neither, for not ; akrs, sm. fie3 d, 4, 21, 25, 36, allis .. . ip, indeed . . . but. 88,91,129, 159, 16% 175, 180, OE. ealles, OHG. alles. 354. OE. aecer. OHG. ackar. ans, aj. all, everv, much, zq, ajukdcpa, sf. time, eternity, 390, 427,430. 02. call, OHG. 382. al. ala-brunsts, s burnt-offering, all-waldands, sm. the Al- holocaust 6HG. brunst. mighty, 34, 218,389. alakj6, av. together, collec- *alpan, sv. VII, see us-alpan. tively. alpeis (comp. a1 iza), uj. old, alan, m. VI, to grow, 310. 175,231,243. 0 k. eald, OHG. OE. alan, Lat. alere, to ald, alt. nourish. amen, av. verily, truly, from ala+arba, w.aj. very needy, Hebrew through Gr. &~jv. very poor. ams. Zsm. or amsa, ? wnz. alds, sf: age, life, eneration, shoulder. 17.1. OE. ieldu, ~HG.alti, an, interrog. $artick, then, 349. eiG. Gr. dv. aleina, sf. ell, cubit OE. eln, ana, prep. c. acc. and dat. in, OHG. elina. on, upon, at, over, to, into, alzw. sn. olive oil. against, av. on, upon. al~ws,aj. of olives; fairguni OE. on, dE&.ana. alEwj6, Mount of Olives. ana-8ukan. sv. VII, to add to. alhs, g temple, 221. OE. / 404. ealh, HG. alah. ana.biudan, sv. 11, to bid, 1187 x 306 Glossary

command, order, g1,122,127, have courage, be bold. OE. 138, 173, 286 notes 2. 3, nzpan, OHG. nenden. 301, 404. OE. bcodan, OHG. ana-niujan, wv. I, to renew, biotavn. 319. ana-b.iisns, sf. command, com- ana.praggan, sv. VII, to op- mandment, order, 1a2, 138, press, 313 note I. 199~357. anasqiman, sv. IV, to come aria-filh, sn. a thing committed, near, approach. tradition, recommendation, ana-qiss, sf. blas hemy, 357. 35 7. aoa-qiujan, ruv f, to arouse, aria-filhan, sv. 111, to commit make alive. to, entrust, let out, hand down anassilan, unr. 111, to be silent, as tradition. be quiet, grow still, 328. Lat. ana.fulhan5, PP.n. of ana- siEre. filhan, used as a noun, tradi- anapsiuns, aj. visible, 234, 357, tion; pata anafrrlhano izwar, 391. Cp. OE. an-sien, face. 4vmapti8ourv JpGiv. aria-stcdeins, sf. beginning, ana-haban, urn. 111, to take 357. hold of; in pass. (Luke iv. 38), ana-stGdjan, wv. I, to begin, to be talcen (wit11 fever). 404. ana-haitan, sv. VII, c. acc. to anadrimpan, su. 111, to tread call on, c. dat. to scold, 404, on, 304. 4*. ana-prafstjan, wv. I, to com- ana-hntiiwjan, wv. I, to lay, fort. lay down. ana-wairps, aj. future, 357. ana-hneiwan, su. I, to stoop OHG. -wert, reiated to wair- down, 404. pan. anaks, av. straightway, at and,pt-ep. c. acc. along, through- once, suddenly. out, towa ,ds, in, on, amon ana-kumbjan, wv. I, to lie or 350. OE. and., ond-, OH^: sit down, sit at table, recline. ant-. Lat. ac-cumbere. -and-, sufix, 339. ana-lageins, sf. a laying on, anda-bauhts, sf. ransom, 358. 357 anda-hafts, sf: answer, 33, 19, anu-lagjan wv. I, tolay on,4oq. 358. ana-18ugni6a, av. secretly, anda-laus, aj. endless, 397. 344. anda-nahti, sn. evening, 358. anam18ugns,aj. hidden, secret, anda-neipa, waj. contrary, 234. hostile, 428. ana-leikii, av. in like manner, anda-nems, aj. ppleasant, ac- 344. MH G. ane-liche. ceptable, 33,234,358,391,394. ana-mahtjan, wv. 1, to do anda-stabjis, sm. adversary, violence, injure, damage, re- 185, 358. vile. anda-pahts, aj. circumspect, ans.mEIjan, wv. I, to enroil. 321 note I, 358. aria-minds s supposition, 357. and.Hugi, sn. face, 358. 'anan, sv. dI, see us-anan. and-lugjG, av. openly, 344. ana-nanpjan, wv. I, to dare, anda-waurdi, sn. answer, 358. Glossary 307

OE. and-wyrde, OFIG. ant- and-wasjan, wy. I, to unclothe, wurti. take off clothes. and-bahti, sn. service, minis- and-wadrdjan, wv. I, to try, 183,*187. answer. OE. and-wyrdan, aad.bahtjan, W. I, to serve, OHG. ant-wurten. minister, 320. annij, wJ wages. Cp. Lat. and.bahts, sm. servant. annha, provts~ons,supplies. OE. ambiht, ambeht, OHG. ansteigs, aj. gracious, favour- ambaht. able, 394,428. and-beitan, sv. I, to blame, re- ansts, sf. favour race, go, 112, proach, threaten, charge. 120, 132, 198. 0%.Est, OHG. and-bindan, su. 111, to loose, anst. unbind, explain, 330, 405 anpar, aj. other, second, 158, and-bundnan, wv. IV, to be- 175,253,254,258,430 ; plural, come unbound, be loosened, the others, the rest; anpar 330,331. . . . anpar, the one. . . the andeis, sm. end, 185. OE. other. OE. Zper. OEIG. ende, OHG. enti. andar. and-hafjan, m. VI, to answer, apa~istatilus,apalistalus, sm. 33,405j~8- apostle; fl. nonr. .cis, gen. and-haltan, su. VII, to call to .e, ncc. -uns and -ans. Gr. one, profess, confess,acknow- b~dmoh~. ledge, gve thanks to. aqizi, s$ axe. OE. zx, OHG. and.h&usjan, wv. I, to listen ackus, akis. to, obey, hear. arbkidjan, wv. I, to work, toil, and-hulehs, sf. uncovering, suffer. OHG, arbeiten. revelation, illumination, 358. arbaips, s work, toil, labour, and-huljan, UJU. 1, to disclose, 199. 0L. earfop, OWG. open, uncover, reveal, 405. arbeit. andi-ldus, aj endless, 397. arbi, sn. heritage, inheritance, OE. ende-1Sas. 6, I 161, 187. OE. ierfe, andiz-uh . . .alp)Au, either. . . OH& erbi, arbi. Or, 351. arbi-numja, wnz. heir, zo8, and-nirnan, sv. IV, to receive, 389. OE. ierfe-numa, 011G. take. 33, 405. erbi-nomo. and-rinnan,sv. 111, to compete arbja, wm. heir, 208; arbja in runnlng, strlve, dispute. wairpan, to inherit. and-sakan, sv. VI, to dispute, arbj5, utf. heiress, aII. strive against, 40 -arja-, strfix, 380. and-standan, SU. $1, to with- arjan, uru. 1, to , 318 stand, 405. OE. erian, OHG. erien. and-staiirran, wv. 111, to mur- arka, sJ. mone box, chest. mur against, 328. oE. earc, OHZ; arca, from and.wairpi, sn. presence, face, Lat. arca, erson, 358 ; in andwaif ja, arma.hairtei, wf: mercy, 389. [efore, in the presence o! armn-hairtipa, r/pity,mercy, and-wairps, aj. present. OHG. charity, al~rls. ant-weft. arma-hairts, aj. merciful, 398. X 2 OE. earm-heort, OHG. arm- at-hiitan, sv. VII, to call to herz. one. armaiii, wf. mercy, pity, alms, atisk, sn. corn, cornfield. 10. OHG. ezqisc. arman, wv. 111, to ity, have at-ist, is at hand, 34% pit on, 328. OH^. arrnEn, -atjan, su/jix, 424. to te poor. at-lagjan, wv. I, to lay, lay arms, snt. arm, 197. OE. on, put on clothes, 4, 406. earn, OHG. arm. at-nlbjan, m. I, r(ij to draw arms, aj. oor, 227, 244. OE. near, be at hand. eatm, ORG. arm. at-saihran, sv. V, to take heed, arniba, av. surely, safely. observe, look to, 406. arBmata, $I. sweet spices. Gr. at-satjan, wv. I, to present, bptpara. offer. arwjii, av. in vain, without a at-standan, sv. VI, to stand cause. Cp. OHG. arwiin. near. asans, sf: harvest, summer, at-steigan, sv. I, to descend, 199. OHG. arn. come down. asilu-qairnus, sf. a mill-stone, atta, wm. father, forefather, fit. ass-mill, 389. OE. esol- 31, 208. OHG. atto, Lat. cweorn. atta, Gr. tima. asilus, sfn. ass, 203. OE. at-tekan, sv. VII, to touch, esol, OHG. esil. 406, 428. asilus, sf. she-ass, 203. at-tiuhan, sv. 11, to pull to- asneis, sm. servant, hireling, wards, bring. hired servant, 185. OE. esne, at-pinsan, sv. 111, to attract, OIiG. asni, esni. 304. OHG. dinsan. -assue,sum, 381. at-wairpan, sv. 111, to cast, asts, sm. branch, bou h, twig, cast down, 406. 126 note 2,141,180. O~G.ast. at-walwjan, wv. I, to roll to. at, prep. C. acc. and dat. at, by, at-wisan, sv. V, to be at hand. to, wlth, of,27,170,350. OE. at-witkins, sf. observation, et, OHG. a3. 359.- at-apni, sn. year, 359. at-wopjan, wv. I, to call, 406. atsdugjan, wv. I, to show, appan, cj. but, however, still, appear ; pass. to appear, 406. Yet, 35:. at.bairan, sv. IV, to brlng, bud age^, wJ blessedness, 212, take, carry, offer. 383. at-gaggan, sv. VII, to go, go Budags, a : blessed, up to, come to, enter, come 392. oI?! ladig, OHP~~: down, descend, 313 note I. kuft6 (aiiftG?), av. perhaps, abgiban, sv.. V, to give up, indeed, to be sure, 344. give up to, gve away, deliver iuga-daiirij, wn. window 21 up, put in prison, 406. 389. OE. gag-duru, d~d.) at-haban, w. 111, wlth sik, to ouga-tora. come towards. Bugjan, utv. I, to show, 320. at-hafjan, sv. VI, to take OHG. ougen. down, 406. tiug6, wn. eye, 11, 17, 84, 104, Glossary 309

168, 214. OE. Sage, OHG. bagms, sm. tree, 22, 159, 168, ouga 180, 354. OE. bEam, OHG. a&jGdus, sm. tumult, 385. boum. auhjon, wv. 11, to make a bBi (acc. bans, daf. bdim, nom. noise, cry aloud. acc. neut. ba), num. both, 255. *a6hns, sm. oven. OE. ofen, OE. masc. bB. OHG. ofan. bairan, sts. IV, to bear, carry, adhsa, wm.ox, 11,32,122,125, bring forth, 10,14,25,39 note, 174,206,208 note. OE. oxa, 679% 75187-9~90 Ilote, 92, OHG. ohso. 97, 1149 1229 I24,132,136, "4, alihuma, aj. Ihigher, high, 246. 161, 291, 305. OE. OHG. auhumists (auhmists), ay. beran. highest, chief, 246. OE. bairgahei, wf. hill.country, yrnest. A derxv. of *bairgs, buk, cj. for, because, but, also, 8% beorg, 013,. berg, hiU, 351 ; Auk raihtis, for. OE. mountain. Eac, OHG. ouh. bairgan, sv. IV, to hide, keep, bukan, sv. VII, to add, in- preserve, protect, 167, 30 crease, 10, 50, 104%129, 162, .pa. OE. bcorgan, OH^: 312 note, 313. OE. Sacian, bergan. OHG. ouhhijn. bairhtaba, av. brightly,clearly, aurahi, sf. or atirahj6, wf. 344. tomb, grave. bairhtei, u$ brightness, 212 ; aurkeis, sm. jug, cup. OE. in bairhtein, openly. orc, Lat. urceus. bairhtjan, zuv. 1, to reveal. busti, wn. ear, 11, o, 136, 137, OE. bierhtan, to shine. 214. OE. Care, JHG.Gra. bairhts, a?. bright, manifest, bu ida, sf. wilderness, desert, 227,390. OE. beorht, OWG. '? dA. berbt, beraht. b"u$s, aj. desert, waste, 234. bhitrei, wf. bitterness, 212,383. OHG. 6di. b&itrs, aj. bitter, 227, OE. awiliudan, wv. 11, to thank, biter, bitter, OHG. bittar. give thanks, 325. bajops. num. both, 255. OIIG. awistr, sn. sheepfold, 182. OE. bEde, beide. eowestre. balgs, sm. leather bag, mine- aw6, wf; grandmother. Cp. skin, bottle, 197. Ok1. belg, Lat. ava. OHG. balg. azCts, aj. easy, 428. bals-agga, see hals-agga. azg6, wf. cinder, ash, 167,175~ balsan, sn. balsam. OHG. 211. OE. asce, =see, 01-IG. baisamo, from Gr. flbkvapov asca. through Lat. balsamum. azymus, sm. unleavened bal ei wJ boldness, 212. bread, gen. pl. azymE, Gr. OR6b&&. TGV dihpov. balwian. wv. I. to torment. plagie,.428. ' Sba, av. sufix, 344. bandi, sf. band, bond, 6, 87, badi, sn. bed, 15,161,187. OE. 122,193,354. OE. bend, bedd. OMG. betti. g&G. bant. bandja, wm. prisoner, 208,354. ex ect, look for, 49,-173, bandwa, sJ sign, token, 192. O~ bida~,OHG. batan. bandw6, wf. sign, token. beist, sn. leaven. bandwjan, wv. I, to give a beitan, sv. I, to bite, 6,48, 68, slgn, signify. 0. Icel. benda. 93, 132, 300. OE. bitan, bansts (acc. pl. banstins), sm. OHG. biqan. barn. berusjos, sm. pl. parents, 5, barizeins, aj of barley, 395. 331 rm, 354. From *baris, OE. bere, bi, $ref. c. acc. and dat. by, barley. about, concerning, around, barms, sm. bosom, lap, 197. against, according to, on OE. bearm, OHG, barm. account of, for, at, after, near, barn, sn. child, 14,235, 122,158, 350. OE. bi, be,, OHG. bi, 161,182,354; barns ussatjan, bi-. to beget children to. OE. bi-aukan, sv. VII, to increase, beam, OHG. barn. add to, 407. *barnatis, aj. see un-barnahs. bi-huknan, zuv. IV, to become

barnil& wn. little child,. son,, larger, 331- 33 214: 354- bida, sj. request, prayer, 192, barn~skt,sn. childhood, 354 35+. OHG beta. barnisks, aj. childish, 227, bidjan, su. V, to ask, beg, 396. 0.Icel. bernskr. entreat, pray, 68, 173, 286 batists, aj. best, 107,245. OE. note a, p8 and note. OE. betfekt.., . OHG. bezzisto. biddan, OHG. bittea batiza, aj. better, 24 . bi-faih6, wf. covetousness, 360. OE. bet(s)ra, bettra, OH& bi-witan, szr. V, to find, meet beqqiro. w?th, 2'96 note 3, 308, 407, bauhins, sf; dwelling, dwell- 426. OE. be.gietan, OHG. bi- ing-place, abode, zoo. geiS3an. bauan, wv. 111, to dwell, in- bi.hait, sn. strife, 360. OHG. habit, 11,8o, Ior. 200. 328 and bi-heiq. note I. OE. OHG. bEan. bi-hhitja, wm. boaster. badhta, pret. I bought, 321. bi-hlahjan, sv. VI, to deride, OE. bohte. laugh to scorn. badr, sm. son, child, 122,175, bi-Ihikan, sv. VII, to mock. 196 note I, 354. OE. byre. bi-leiban, su. I, to remain, 161, *baurd, sn. board, see Gtu- 37: 407. OE. bedifan, OHG. baurd. blql~ban. batirgja, wm. citizen, 208, 354. bi-leipan, sv. I, to leave, leave baurgs, f. city. town. 87. r 58, behind, forsake. 169, 220, 353. OE. O~G.bi-mkit, sn. circumcision, 360. burg. bi:m&itan, su. VII, to circum- badrgs-waddjus, sf: town- else. wall. 389. bi-nah, prel.-pres. it is per- *baurps, sf: see ga-baurps. mitted, is lawful, 336. OE. baups, aj. deaf, dumb; b8u s be-neah, OHG. gi-nah, it wairpan, to become insipis suffices. beidan, sv. I, c. gen. to await, bi-natihts, pp. sufficient, 336. Glossa l-y 311 bindan, sv. 111, to bind, 6,8, OE. wzfian, OHG. weibon, 15~60~65,72, 91,93, 95, 122, to hesitate; OHG. zi.weiben, 124, 127, 132, 161, 172, 303. to divide. OE. bindan, OHG. bintan. bl-wandjan, wv. I, .to shun. bi-rAubijn, wv. 11, to rob, stri bi-windan, sv. 111, to wra despoil. 0~.be.ri.afian,0~8: round, enwrap, swathe. o#. bi.roub6n. beswindan, OHG. bi.wintan. bi.riman, sv. 1x1, to run about, bi.wisan, sv. V, to make ?CYL merry. bl.rodjan, wv. I, to murmur. blandan, sv. VII, to mix, 313 bi-saihran, sv. V, to see, look, note r. OE. blandan, OHG. look round on. blantan. bi-satjan, mv. I, to beset, set bldu jan, wv. I, to make void, round anything. aboksh. abrogate. Cp. OE. bi.sitan, sv. V, to sit about, sit bleap, OHG. blodi, timid. near, 407. bleipei, wJ. mercy, 212, 383. bi-sitands, m. neighbour, 218, bleips, a '. merciful, kind. OE. 360,379. blipe, ~HG.blidi, glad. bx-ske~nan, sv. I, to shine *blesan, sv. VII, see uf-blEsan. round. bliggwan, sv. 111, to beat, bi-speiwan, sv. I, to spit upon. strike, scourge, 17, 151, 304. bi-stugq, sn. a stumbling, 407. OHG. bliuwan. bi-sunjang, av. round about, blinda, wm. blind man, 223. near. blinds, aj. blind, 14, 33, 89, bi.swafrban, sv. 111, to wipe, 106, 111, 114, 120, 175, 223, d fy. 226, 237: 390. OE. blind, bi-swaran, sv. VI, to swear, 01-lG. bllnt. adjure, conjure, 407. blijma, wm. flower, 45, 2o8 bi-tiuban, sv. 11, to go about, OE. bloma, OHG. bluomo. visit. blijtan, sv. VII, to worship, bi.pC, j. whilst, when, after reverence. honour, 138, 313 that, as sc.1011as; ou. after, note 4. OE. blotan, OIIC;. then, afterwnrd, thereupon, blttoqan, to s:lcrifice. 265 note I, 266 note 3, 351. bl6tilxassus, sitz. service, wors bi. Sh, all. after tllat, then, ship, 381. a IPterward, 260 note 3. bli3P, sn. blood, 182. OE. *biudan, su. 11, to oiler, bid, blod, OHG. bluot. order, 15, 40,- 52, 70, 72, bnauan, sv. VII, to rub, 80, 95, 138. OE. beodan, OHG. 328 note 4. OHG. niian. biotan. See ana-biudan. biika, sJ. sing. a letter of the biugan, sv. 11, to bend, 124, alphabet ; $I. epistle, book, ~a,302. OIIG. biogan. the Scriptures, 42, 192; bi-iihti, sn. custom. b6k65 afsateinais, a bill of bi-iihts, aj. accustomed, wont. divorcement. OE. bGc, OHG. biu s, rm. or biup, sn. table. buoh. 3k. bgod, 0.G biot. bGkareis, sm. scribe, 185,354, bi-wciibjan, wv. I, to wind 380. OE.biicere,OHG buoh. about, encompass, clotlre. hlri. 312 Glossary b6ta, sf: advantage, 112,192. sm. bridegroom, 34, OE. b6t. OHG. buoza. re- b:iir;g., a - medy, atonement. briips, sf. bride, daughter-in- batjan, wv. I, to do good, avail, law, 8, 28. OE. bryd, OHG. help, profit. OE. bEtan,OHG. briit. buoqen. bugjan, wv. I, to buy, 17, 138, briihta, pret. I brought, 321. 283, 321,340. OE. bycgan. OE. brGhte, OHG. brihta. brtiidei, wf; breadth, 354, 383. *daban, sv. VI, see ga-daban. * brdips (braids), aj. broad. daddjan, wv. I, to suckle, give OE. brgd, OHG. breit. suck, 156. brakja, sf: strife, r 2. dags, sm. day, 4,159 179 33, 65, *brannjan, wv. 4, see ga- 87-9, 105-7,111, 114.117. 12a, brannjan. 132,. 169, 17% 275, 179, 353 ; briggan, wv. I, to bring, lead, dagls hrammeh or hr~zuh, 41 177 74,969 1381 158, 166,321 day by day, 347,427 ; hirnma and note 3,340,426 ; wundan daga, to-day, 267. OE. d~g, briggan, towound. OE. OHG. OfiG. tag. bringan. diiiljan, un~.I, to deal out, brikan, sv. IV, to break, quar- d~vide.share, 320, 322, 400. rel, fight, ax, 305. OE. OE, dglan, OHG. tellen. brecan, OHG. brehhan. dails, sf: portion, share, 199, brinnan, sv. 111, to burn, 304. 322.- OE. dH1, OHG. teil. OHG. brinnan. dairnonareis, sm. one pos- brinn6, wJ fever, arr. sessed with a devil. From Gr. bt6par, m,brother, 7, 28, 33, Saipov with Goth. ending 42, 79, 87, 88, 100, 106, 108, -areis, 380. 122, 128, 132, 161, 171, 17 dal, sn. dale, valle ditch ; 215,354. OE. br6por. OH^ dal uf rncsa, a ditck) or hole bruoder. for the wine-vat. OE. del, br6prahans. m. PI. brethren, QHG. tal. 393. dalap, av. down, 348; und br6prn-, briipra-lub6, wf; bro- dalap, to the bottom; dalapa, therly love, 389. below, 348; dalapr6, from 'bruka, sf. see ga-bruka. below, 33, 348. briikjan, wu. I, to use, partake dbubipa, sf. deafness, hard- of, 321,427. OE. briican, sv., ness, obduracy, 33, 384. OHG. briihhan. diiufs, qj. deaf, dull, hardened. briiks, aj. useful, 234, 428. OE. dEaf, OHG. toub. OE, bdce, OHG. briihhi. dbug, pret.-pres. it is good for, brunji3, wJ breastplate, 2x1. profits, 334. OE.dEag,OHG. OE. byrne, OHG. brunia. toug. brunna, wfn. well, spring, dalihtar, /: daughter, 11, 71, fountain, issue, 208. OE. 94, 13% 164, 1 2, 216, 354, burn(n)a brunna, OHG. OE. dohtor, O~G.tohter. brunno. I dau?i.f. feast. brusts, f. breast, 221. OHG. dauns s smell, odour, savour. brust. Cp 0 G. tom. d&uPeins,sf.baptism,washing, distairan, sv. IV, to tear to 153 and note, 200. pleces, 408. dAupjan, wv. I, to baptize, dis-wilwan,sv. 111, to plunder, wash oneself, 200, 320. OE. 408. *diepan, OHG. toufen. dis.wiss, s$ dissolution, 361. dbupjands, m. baptizer, 218. diupei, wf. de th, 212, 383. darir, sn. door, 25, 158, 182. OE. dicpe, O~G.tiufi. OE. dor, OHG. tor. diupipa, sf. depth, 384. datira-wards, sm. door-keep- diups, aj. deep, 23,86,105,129, er, porter, 389. OE. weard, 160,172,227,390. OE. dEop, OHG. -wart. OIIG. tiof. daur5, wf. door. dius (gen. diuzis), sn. wild *darirsan, pret.-$yes. to dare, beast, 175, 182. OE. dCor, 335. See ga-daursan. OHG. tior. dhupeins, sf. the erilof death. diwan, sv. V, to die, 308, 436 ; dAupjan, wu. f to put to pata diwan6, that which is death. OE. diedan. mortal, mortality. 'dhupnan, wv. IV, see gas diimjan, wv. I, to judge, 320. dAupnan: OE. dEman, OHG. tuomen. daups, a. dead, 390, OE. d6ms, n.judgment, know- dead, 0 G. tot. ledge, o inion, 45, 122. OE. daupus, sm. death, 11, 15. 84, d6m, O~G.tuom. ~3.OE. dEap, OHG. t6d. "draban. sv. VI, see ga- deigan, sv. I, to knead, form of draban. earth, 300. dragan,sv.Vl,tocarr ,drag, 15. *dgs,sf deed, rp, 19.OE. OE. dragan, OHG? tragan. d8d, OHG. t8t. See ga- dragk,sn. adrink,354. OHG. tranc. diadE"$. arilus, diabulus, sm. devil. dragkjan, wv. I, to give to OE. deofol, OHG. tiufal, drink, 320, OE. drencan, from Gr. Std@oXos through OHG. trenken. Lat. diabolus. draibjan, wu. I, to drive, digans, pp. made of earth. trouble, vex, 320. OE. dis-dhiljan, wv. I, to share, drkfan, OI-IG. treihen. divide, 408. drakma, wm. drachma. Frorn dis-hniupan, su. 11, to break Gr. Spa~ithrough Lat. asunder, 302. CP. OE. 2- drachma. See noteto Luke hneiipan, to . xv. 8, 9. disditao, su. ~I~:~~ttleupon, dratlhsna, sj: crumb, fragn~enl. selze upon, 408. drauhtinassus, snz. warfare, dis-skreitan, sv. I, to rend, 381; tear, 300. dra&tinGn, wv. 11, to war, dis-skritnaa, cuv. IV, to be- 42s. come torn, be rent apart, 175 dreiban, sv. I, to drive, 3~. note 3, 331. OE. drifan, OHG. triban. dis-taheins,sf. dispersion,g61. drigkan, sv. 111, to drink, 17, dis-tahjan, wv. I, to waste, 158, 304,.436. OE. drincan, destroy, 408. OlfG. tr~nkan. 3 14 Glossary driugan, sv. 11, to senre as a adiipi., sz@x, 382. soldier, 302. OE. drzogan. dwala.waurdei, #f. foolish driusan, sv. 11, to fall, fall talking, 389. down, fall upon, press against, dwalipa, sf. foolishness, 384. crowd upon, 9, 172. OE. dwalm6n, wv. 11, to be foolish, dreosan. .,"225. OE. dwolma, OHG. drius6, wfi slope, 211. twalm, chaos, bewilderment, drijbjan, wv. I, to cause trouble, stupefaction. stir up, excite to uproar. OE. dwals, aj. foolish, 149 22 . drEfan, OHG. truoben. Cp. OE. ge-dwola, OHE. drcbnan, wv. IV, to become ga-twola, error. anxious, troubled. drugkanei, w$ drunkenness, ei, cj. that, so that, 351 ; ink. 212, 354. part. whether ; rel. part. used drus, sm. fall, 175, 196 note I, as suffix, 270-2; also used 354. OE. dryre. alone, for saei, soei, patei ; du, prep. c. dat. to, towards, du pamma ei, to the end that, against,in,350; du maurgina, because. to-morrow, 34 ; du panama ei, to the end tiat, because. aeiga-, su#x, 394. du-at-gaggan, sv. VII, to go -eina-, sic x, 395. -eini-, SU$X, 388. to, come to, 409. du-abrinnan, sv. 111, to run to. eisarn, sn. iron, 18a ; eisarna du-at-sniwan, sv. V, to hasten bi f6tuns gabugana and ana towards, 5. fotuni eisarna, fetters. OE. isen, isern, iren, OHG. isan, *dugan, $ref.-pres.to be good isarn. for rofit, 334. OE. dugan, eisarneins, aj. iron. 068. tugad. 351. du-ga-windan, sv. 111, to en- ei-pan, cj. therefore, tangle. du-ginnan, sv. 111, to begin, fadar, m. father, 15, 16, 41, undertake, 34, 304, 4oq, 430 55, 65, 87, 91, 136, 158, 160, OE. be-ginnan, OHG. bl- 173, 216. OE. fader, OHG ginnan. fater. du-be, av. why, wherefore. fadrein, sn. paternity ; pl. pa- dul s, sf. feast, 221 and note. rents, 173 ; with masc. attri- 0 P1G. tuld. bute and& v. as PBi fadrein *dumbnan, wv. IV, see af- is jah qGf?un,and his parents dun] bnan. said. dumbs, aj. dumb, 161, 227. fadreins, sf, family, race, line- OE. dumb, OH G. tumb. age, 199. du-rinnan, sv. 111, to run to, fagin&, wv. 11, to rejoice, be 409. - glad, 137, 32 425.- OE. du-stodjan, wv. I, to begin, qog. fcegnisn, OH(? faginon. du.pE, du PZ? j. therefore, fagrs, aj. beautiful, suitable, because, ges~des, on that ac- fit, 227, 390. OE. feger, count, 35%; dup8 ei, to the OHG. fazar. end that, because. faha;, SV."VII, to seize, catch, Glossary 315

grasp, lay hands on, 4, 5 fana, wm. bit of cloth, patch, y2, 313. oE. Con, OHZ: 208. OE. fana, OHG. fano. fahan. faran, sv. VI, to fare, go, 65, fahzps, sf: joy, gladness, 5,137, 79, 100, 124, 160, 3'39- OL- '9 OIiG. faran. faian, wv. 111, to find fault fastan, wv. 111, to fast, hold with, 10. firm, keep, 328. OE. festan, faihu, s? cattle, property, 01-IG. fast&. possessions, money, 7,8, 10, fastubni, sn. fasting, obser- 18, 88, 92, 116, 128, 164, 205. vance, 158 note, 18 OE. feoh, OHG. fihu. fapa, SJ hedge. Mht?iade. faihu-frikei, wf: covetousness, -faps, srtt. master. Cp. Gr. greed. xdorc; from *rr6~1s,husband, fafhu-gairnei, wf: covetous- Lat. hos-pes (gen. hos-pitis), ness, 389. he who entertams a stranger, faihu-gairns, aj. avaricious, a host. 397. OE. georn, OHG. gern, fauho, zcfl fox. OHG. foha. eager. faur, prep. c. acc. for, before, fair-Aihan, $vet.-pres. to par- by, ,to, along, from, con- take of, 339. cerning, 350 ; av. before. fairsgreipan, su. I, to seize, faura, prep. c. dut. before, for, catch hold. on account of, from; av. fairguni, sn. mountain, 167, before, go, 348, 350. OHG. 187. Cp. OE. firgengiit, fora. mountain . faura-dauri, sn. street, lit. the fairluus, sm. world, 203. OE. space before a door or gate, feorh, OHG. ferah, life. 364. fairina, sf, accusation, charge, fnura-gagga, wm. steward, cause. OE. firen, OHG. governor, 208,364. firina. faura-gaggan, sv. VII, to go fairinon. wv. 11. to accuse. before, 441. OE. tirknian, o~IG.firincn. faura-gaggja, zcl?tr. governor. 'fairneis, fa.rns, (?I. oitl. 231. faura-ea.tt illan, sv. 1, to in- fatrra, uv. far, far off; follctwed thrm brfir, clland, toretell, 411. by &f. far from; Prep. (after faura-ilZh ~faur-hEh),sit. cur- verbs of ntotion) from, 158. iain, veil, 74, 363, 364. OE. feot-, 01-IG. ferro. faura-mapleis, sm. ruler, fairraprij, av. from afar, 348. prince, chief, 185, fair-weitjan, wv. I, to gaze faera-qipan, sv. $?to pro- around. phesy, foretell. fair-weitl, sn. 5pectacle. 362. faura-standan, sit. VI, to rule, falpan, sv. VII, to fold, close, govern. stand near, 41 I. 313. OE. fealdan, OHG. faura-tani, sn. sign, wonder, faldan. 364. -faIps, aj. -fold ; binfalps, faur-bauhts,-. sJ. rede~nption, *. onefold, sim le; fidurfal s, 363. fourfold. oI!. .fern, OH%. faur-bi-gaggan, sv. VII, to go -fa1t. before, precede. fa&-biudan, sv. 11, to forbid, fijan, wv. 111, to hate, 152,328. command, 4x0. OE. fEog(e)an, OHG. fiEn. fat'u-gaggan, sv. VII, to pass fijands (fisnds), m. enem 20, by, 4:o. 228, 379. OE. Bond, JHG. faur-hah, see falira-hEh. f lant. falirhtei, wf: fear, astonish- fijapwa (flapwa), sf: hatred, ment. 792, 387. fa~rhtjan,wv. I, to fear, be filhan, sv. 111, to hide, conceal, afraid, 20, 428. OE. forht. bury, 18, 122, 137, 164, 304. ian. ~d~..furhten. OE. Eolan, OHG. felhan. faurhts, aj. fearful, afraid. filigri (fillgri), sn. den, cave, OE. OHG. forht. hiding-place. fatir-lageins, a put- *fill, s;t. skin, hide. OE. fell, ting before, exf ibiting, 363 ; OHG. fel, see pr5t.s-fill. hllib6s fatirlageinkis, shew- filleins, aj. leathern, 395, Cp. bread. OE. fell, OWG. fel, skin. fa&-qipan, sv. V, to make filu, neut. aj., also used adverb- excuse, excuse, 410. ially, great, very much, 88, fat'u-sniwan,,su V, to hasten 1x6, 205 note, t;7. OE. fela, before, antic~pate,410. feola, feolu, 0 G. filu. falir-stasaeis, sm. chief, ruler, filu.ga.l&ufs (filugalkubs), aj. 363. very precious, costly. faur-pis, av. first, beforehand, filusna, sf, multitude. formerly, 345. filu-watirdei, wf. much talking, falir-pizei, q. before that, 351. 389. *fAus (masc.pl. fawhi), a]. few, filu-walirdjan, w. I, to talk 149, 232. OE. fGa,OHG. fao, much, use many words. fii. fimf, num. five, r6,60,88, 134 *feinan,wv. III,see in-feinan. note, 160, 247, 258. OE. fif, Era, sf: region, district, 77,97, OHG. fimf, finf. 192. OHG. fGra, fiara. fimfta-, ntrm. fifth, 253. fidur-d?jgs, aj. space of four fimf-taihun, nrm. fifteen, 247, days, 257 note. Cp. OE. 252. dijgor, day. finifta-taihunda, num. fif- fidur-falps, num. fourfold, 257. teenth, 253 fidur-ragineis, st)$. tetrar- fimf tigjus, nufn. fifty, 247. chate, 257 note. finpan, sv. I1 I, to find, find out, fidwiir, num. four, 2589 note, know, learn, hear, 28, 172, 134 note. 149, 158, 173, 247, 304. OE. OHG. findan. 252. OE. Eower, OHG. feor, fiskja, wnr. fisher, 153 note, fior. 208,354. fidwzr-tafhun, ntrm. fourteen, fiskijn, wv. 11, to fish, 325, 247_ 400. fidwor tigjus, nzrm. forty, 247. fisks, sm. fish, 6, 38, 68, 93, figgra-gulp,sn. finger-ring,$$ 128, 180, 353. OE. OHG. figgrs, sm. finger, 17, 158, fisc. 166, 354. OE. finger, OHG. fitan, sv. V, to travail in birth, fingar. 308. tfijdus, s flood, stream, 4579, fra.IEwjm, wv. I, to betray. I$. d.E. fl6d, OHG. fluot. fra-liusan, sv. 11, to lose, 86, 'flijkan, sv. VII, to lament, 105, 122, 302, 412, 428. OE. bewail, 313 note 4: OHG. for-lEosan, OHG. fur-liosan. fluachan, sv. fluohon, wv. to fra-lusnan, zuv. IV, to perish, curse. go astray, be lost, 331. fodeins, sf. meat, food. fra-lusts, sf. loss, fodjan, wv. I, to feed, nourish, 95, 112, 199, 365. &F;?Z bring u I 8,320, 400. OE. lust. ~dan,8~2. fuoten. frarn, prep. c. dat. from, by, f6n, n, fire, 222. since, on account of, 350; fob-baurd, sn. footstool, 389. fram himma, henceforth, OE. fot.bord. 267 ; fram hiinma nu, hence- fotus, sm. foot, 45, 79, 8 , roo, forth, 347. OE. from, OHG. 128. 129. 203, 353. oE. f6t, fram. OIiG. fuoz;. fram-aldrs, a of reat age, fra-bugjan, m.I, to sell, 428. 366. 391. &. 08. ealdor, fra-dliljan, wv. I, to divide, OIIG. altar, age, life. distribute. fratn-gzhts, sf: progress, fra-giban, sv. V, to give, grant, furtherance, 74, 366. 412. framis, av. further, onward, fra-gifts, sf. a giving away, 345. 0.Icel. fremr. es ousal, 138, 365. Cp. OE. fram-wairpis, av. hencefor- ORG. gift. ward. fra-hinFn, sv. 111, to capture, framiman, sv. IV, to receive, imprison, 304 ; fra-hunpans, take, 412. prisoner. fra.qiman, sv. IV, to expend, fraihnan, sv. V, to ask, ask spend, 428. questions, 308 and note, +q. fra-qisteins, sJ waste, 365. OE. frignan, OHG. ga- fra-qistjan, wv. I, to destroy, fregnan. 412, 428. friiisan, sv. VII, to tempt,.31a fra-qistnan, wv. IV, to perish, note, 313- OE. frzsian, be destroyed, 331. OHG. frexson. fra-qipan, sv. V, to curse. frAistubni, sf. temptation, 158 fra-slindan, st!. 111, to swallow note, 194, 386. up, 304. OHG. fir-slintan. fra-itan, sv. V, to eat up, frapi, sn. understanding, 187, devour, a note, 308 note, 412. 354. frkiw, sn. seed, 149,189 note 2. frapjan, sv. VI, to understand, Ira-kunnan, fret.-fires. to de- perceive, think, know, 122, spise, 34, 428. 137, 171, 3091 310, 428. fra-kunps, pp. despised, 34. frkuja, wnr. master, lord, 208. OE. fracop. OE. frEa, OHG. frij. fra-Wan, sv. VII, to liberate, frbujincn, to be lord or king, let free, leave, let down, per- rule! 3_25,381,425. mit, 412. friiujinonds, m. ruler, 218. fra-lZts, snt. forgiveness, re- fra-wair~an,sv. Iff, to cast mission, deliverance. away. Glossary fm-wairpan, sv. 111, to COP fmistn, a: first, foremost, IuPt, 436 best, chiefl (men), n46, '53, fra-wardjan, my. I, to destroy, 345. spoil, corrupt, disfigure, 137 frums, sm. beginnin . note, 152, 153, p. 22, 412. fugls, sm. bird, fow,Pi 159, 08. wierdan, O~G.far- 168, 180, 354. OE. fugol, wertm. OHG. fogal. frawwadrhts, s .evil-doing,sin, fufa, wm. foal. OE. fola, 199, 365. 0E ., for-w rht. OHG. folo. fk?-wa~%rhts, sinful; subs. fulgins, q: hidden, ~aa,137, sxnner. OHXfra-worht. ul, 194. fra-warirkjan, wv. I, to sin, fulhsni, sn. the thing hidden, qa& OE. for-wyrcan. a secret, 354. fra-weit, sn. vengeance, re- -fahjan, wv. I, to satisfy, venge, 355. OE. wite, OHG. serve. wiqi?punishment. fulla-tsjis, aj. perfect, w. fra-wettan, sv. I, to avenge. fulleips, sj or fulleik st;. ful- OHG. far-wQan. ness. fra-weitands, m. avenger, 218. fulljan, wv. I, to fill, fulfil, 427. fra-wilwan, sv. 111, to rob, OE. fylfan, OHG. fallen. take forcibly. fullnan, wv. IV, to become fra-wisan,sv. V, to spend, ex- full, *,319,330, m. haust. fullii, wf. fulness, 2x1. frei-hals, sm. freedom, 175, fulls, aj. full, 16, 56, r39, 158, 179 note 2, 389. OE. fraols. 160, za7, o, 390, 427, 436. freis, aj. free. 1.53, % rq. OE. full, &G. fol. OE. frio, OHG. fri. fils, aj. foul, 4582. OE. OHG. frijapwa (friapwa), sf. love, El. funisks, aj. fiery, 396. frijon,3&1. m. 11, to love, 3a5. OE. frSog(e)an. gas, p.pfi_~.3% 413. frijgndi, s/: friend, 89, 194. ga.blglnon, wv. 11, to take frijijnds,rn.friend.152,217,379. possession of, get an advan- OE. frzond, OHG. friunt. ta e of,. ~5.OE. Ignian, *frib, a/ greedy. OHG. freh. O~G.exgmm. fri-sahts, sf. example. ga-aistan, wv. 111, to rever- frcdaba, av. wisely. ence. frclidei, WJ understanding, wis- ga-biwiskZn, my. 11, to ill- dom, I?, 137,212. treat, make ashamed. Cp. friips, a wise, 227. OE. OE. bwirc, disgrace. fmd, O~G.fmot. ga-arman, wv. 111, to have fruma, aj. the former, prior, pity on, pity. first, 246, 253, 254, 430; ga-bairan, sv. IV, to bring fruma sabbato, the da forth, compare. before the Sabbath. 0d ga-bairhteins, sJ appearance, farma. mznifestation. frunla.balir, sm. first-borh. see ga.bairhtjan, wv. I, to declare, 4 175- reveal, manifest. Glossary

ga-batnan, wv. IV, to profit, ga-dauban, wv. IV, to die, benefit, 331. perish, 331. ga-bauan, wv. 111, to dwell. ga-dEps, sJ: deed, 43, 75, 97, ga-balirjaba, av. gladly, will- 122, 13% in 1 Cp. OE. ge-b rian, ga-dijfs, aj. becoming, fit, 367. 0hg. gi-burren, to be &ting, ga-dijmjan, wv. I, to judge, proper. pronounce judgment, con- ga-badrjijpus, sm. pleasure, demn. 385. ga.draban, sv. Vf, to hew out, ga-bafirpi-wafirda, sn. pl. 310. genealogy, 389. ga-dragan, sv. VI, to hea ga-badrpa, s/. birth, hinh- up, heap to ether, 3x0. 0% place, native country, genera- dragan, 0%~.tragan, to tion, IV, 367 ; mS1 gabaur- draw. pkiq blrthday. OE. ge-byrd, ga-dragkjan, wv. I, to give to OHG. gi-burt. drink. gabei, wf. ricl~es,122,354. ga-dradhts, sm. soldier. gabigs (gabeigs), aj. rich. ga-driusan, sv. 11, to fall, be ga.bindan, sv. 111, to bind, 413. cast. fa-biugan, sv. 11, to bend. ga-driibnan, WV.IV, to become ga-bleipjan, wv. f ,to pity. Cp. troubled, anxious. OE. blipe, OHG. blidi, glad, ga-fiihan, sv. VII, to catch, cheerful. take, seize, overtake, appre- ga-blindjan, wv. I, to blind. hend as a criminal, 4, 4x3. ga-blindnan, wv. IV, to be- ga-fZhs, sm. a catch,?laul, 74 come blind, 331. ga-fast-, w. 111, to keep, ga-bijtjan, wv. I, to make use- support, hold fast. ful ; aftra gabijtjan, to re- ga.faiuds, sf. chief council. store. ga-faurs, aj. well-behaved, ga-brannjan, wv. I, to burn, 234. 320. OE. baernan, OHG. ga-filh, m. burial 54,36 brennen. ga-tilban, sv. fi?, to kde, ga-brikan, sv. IV, to break. conceal, bury. ga-bruka, sj: fragment, 367. ga~fraihnan,sv. V,to find out, OHG. brocko. learn by inquiry, ask, seek. ga-bundi, sf. bond, 122. ga.frAujinZn, wv. 11, to exer- ga-dnbsn, sv. VI, to beseem, cise lorciship. happen. befall, 310. Cp. OE. ga-fulljan, wv. I, to fill, 473, ge-dafen, fitting. ga-fullnan, wv. IV, to become ga-dhiljan, wv. I, to divide, full, fill. 415 ga-gaggan, sv. VII, to collect, ga-dars, pret.-fires. I dare, 335. assemble, come to pass ; also OE. dear(r), OHG. &tar. with sik. ga-daubjan, wv. I, to make ga-ga-mainjan, zuv. I, to make deaf, harden. common. to defile. gaadalirsan, et.-pres. to dare, ga.geigan, wv. 111, to gain, 7!, 335 ~g*durran,OHG. 318. gl-turran. gaggan, N. VfI, to go, 74. 320 Glossa9y

158, 313 note I, 321 note a; ga-iddja, see ga-gaggan. pret. iddja. OE. OHG. gan- ghidw, sn. want, lack, 189 gan. note a OE. giid, gM. gaggs, sm. road, way. OE. gafrda, s. girdle. Cp. OE. OHG. gang. gyrdel, LHG.gurti~ ga-grzfts, $ order, decree. *gafrdan, sv. 111, see nf. ga-gudaba, av. godly. gairdan. ga-gudei, wf. piety, godliness, gairnjan, wv. I, to be fain OY 212. willing, desire, wish, long for, ga:guF (.guds), aj. godly, 427. OE. giernan. PIOUS, 367, 391. *gaims, aj. desirous, eager. ga-haban, wv. 111, to have, OE. georn, OIIG. gern. hold, secure, possess, lay gliru, sn. goad, sting, a05 note. hold on. OE. gHr. ga-haftjan sik, wv. I, to join 'gbisjan, wv. I, see us-ghis- oneself to, join, 331. jan. ga-haftnan, wv. IV, to be gizteins, aj. belonging to a attached to. Cp. OE. heft, goat ; tuuf. gbitein, young OHG. haft, bond, fetter. goat, kid. OE. g&ten,OHG ga-hiihjij, av. in order, con- geiqin. nectedly, 74. ghits, m. goat. OE. gHt, ga.hliljan, wv. I, to heal. OHG. geiq. , ga-hlilnan, wv. If', to be- ga.juk, sn. pair, 367. come whole, be healed, 331, ga-juka, wm. companion, a*. ga-hhit, sn. promise, 354. OE. ga-juk6, w/: parable, eompan- ge-hM, OH G. ga-heiq. son, 211. ga-hditan, sv.. VII, to call to- ga.kannjan, uw. I, to make gether, promlse, 413. known. ga-hlusjan, wv. I, to hear. ga.kiusan, sv. XI, to approve, ga-hnhiwjan, wv. I, to lower, 413. abase. ga.kunnan, wv. 111, to recog- ga-hriineins, sf. cleansing. nize, observe, consider, read, ga-hrlinjan, wv. I, to cleanse, 328. make clean, 427. ga.kunps,sf. appearance, per- ga.hugds, sf. thought, mind, suasion. conscience, 367. OE. ga-kusts, sf. test, 199, 354, ge-hygc~,~H'??bi-hugt. 367. ga-hnljan, wv. I, to cover, ga-lagjan, wv. I, to lay, lay conceal. down, set, place, make. gashratjan, wv. I, to sharpen, ga-kisjan, wv. I, to teach. incite, entice, 138. OE. ga.l&ista, wm. follower; ga- hwettan, OHG. wezzen. liista wisan, to follow. ga-hreitjan, wv. I, to whiten. ga.I&istjan, wv. I, to follow. OE. hwitan, OHG. hwiqen. ga.lapEn, wv. 11, to invite, call ga-hrijtjan, wv. I, to threaten, together. rebuke, strictly charge. ga-lkubeins, sf faith, belief, gaiainna, wnz. Gehenna, hell. 200. Gr. yitvva. ga.l&ubjan, wv. I, to believe, Glossary 32 I

rzq 161,zw, 32.0, 413. OE. clean. 234. OE. ge-mene, ge-liefan, OHE. gi-louben. OHG. &-meini. ga-lhugnjan, utv. I, to be hid, ga.maips (-mtiids), aj. weak, lie hid. feeble, bruised. OE. gemedd, ga.llusjan, WV. I, to loose, OHG. gi.meit, foolish. loosen. ga-malwjan, wv. I, to bruise. ga-leikan, wv. 111, to please, ga-man, sn. fellow-man, coni- take pleasure in, $36. panion, partner, 36 ga.leikG, au. like, in the same ga-manwjan, wv. 17; to pre- manner, 344. OE. ge-lice, pare, make read . OHG. qi-lihho. ga-marzjan, mv. { to ofend. ga.leikGn, m. 11, to liken, ga-matjan, wv. I, to eat. compare, resemble, be like, ga-mhudeins, sf. remem- 325- brance. ga-leiks, aj. Eke, similar, 227. ga-mtiudjw, wv. I, to rernern- OE. ge-Kc, OIIG. gi-lih. ber, remind. ga-leipan, sv. I, to go, travel, ga-maurgjan, wv. I, to curtail, come, 300. OE. lipan, OHG. cut short. lidan. ga-miiljan, wv. I, to write, en- ga-lzwjan, wv. I, to give up, roll ; pata gam6lid6, writing, betray. scripture. galga, wm. cross, gallows, ga-minpi, m. remembrance. 208. OE. gealga, OHG. ga.mGt, prei.-pres. I find room, galgo. 8. OE. miit, OHG. muoq, ga-lisan sik, SV. V, to gather ?%ay together, meet together, ~~a-mitan,pvet.-prcs. to find assemble, 41.3. rooni, to have room, 338. ga-liug, srr. Ile ; galiug weit- ga.mGtjan, wv. I, to meet, 320. wsdjan, to bear false xvitness. OE. ge-metan. ga-liugan, m.11 I, to marry. ga-munan, pret.-pres. to be- ga-liuga-praefetus, sm. false think, remember. prophet. ga-munds, sf. remembrance, ga.liuga-weitwGps (-wGds), 54, 199. 3-4, 367. OE. ge- m. false witness. mynd, O~G.gi-munt. ga-liuga.xristus, sm. false ga-nah, @ref.-pt2es.~t sufices, Christ. 336. Cp. OE. be-neah. ga.liuhtjan, wv. I, to bring to ga-nditjan, wv. I, to treat light, illumine. shamefully. OE. nstan, ga.lCkan, sv. 11, to shut, lock, OIIG, neiqen. 82,102,280,302and note. OE. ga-nasjan, wv. I, to save, 413. liican, 01-IG. Ilihhan. ga-niman,sv. lV,to take to one- ga-luknan, wv. IV, to be shut self, take with one, conceive. UP- ga-nipnan, wv. IV, to mourn, ga-m&indiips, sf. community, be sorrowful. Cp. OE. ge- 382. nipan, to grow dark. ga-mkinjan, wv. I, to make ga-nisan, sv. V, to be saved, common, defile. become whole, recover, 137 ga.ni&ins, aj. common, un- note, 174, 175 note, ,108, 322. 1x87 Y 322 Glossary

OE, ge-neaan, OHG. gi- ga-riini, sn, consultation, nesan. counsel, I&. OE. ge-me, ga-nists, sf: salvation, health, OHG. gi-riini, a secret. 199,.354. OHG. giaist. ga.runs, sf. market-place, ga-nipjis, sm. ksnsman. street, 199. ga-niutan, sv. 11, to catch with ga-sahts, sf. reproof. nets, catch. ga-saihran, sv. V, to see, be- ga-nchs, aj. enough, suficient, hold, perceive. numerous, 430. OE. ge.n6h, ga.sakan, sv. VI, to rebuke, OHG. gi-nuog. reprove. ga-qiman, sv. lV, to assemble, ga-salbzn, wv. 11, to anoint. come together, 34, 436. ga-satjan, wv. I, to set, lay, ga-qiss, sf. consent, 226 note, place, add, appoint, restore ; 354. - gasatjan nam6, to surname. ga-qiss, aJ: consenting, 226 ga-sigqan, sv. 111, to sink. note. ga-sinpja (.sinpa), wm. com- ga-qiujan, w. I, to give life panlon, 208, OE. ge-sip, to, 319. OHG. gi-sind. ga-qlunan, zvv. IV, to be made ga-sitan, sv. V, to sit, sit alive, 331. down. ga-qumps, sf: assembly, syna- ga-skafts, sf. creation, crea- gogue, 87, 12% 1.99,354,367. ture, 34, 138, 199, 354, 367. ga-raihtel, wf. righteousness, OE. ge-sceaft, OHG. gx- 212. skaft. ga-raihteins, sf. righteous- ga.skBidnan, zuv. IV, to be- ness. come parted, 331. ga-raihts, aj. righteous? just. ga.skapjan, sv. VI, to create, ga.r&ips (.r&idsf, a due, make, 310. OE. scieppan, fixed, a pointed. d~.ge- OHG. skephen. rkde, ORG. bi-reiti, ready. ga.skapjan, wv. I, to injure. ga-rapjan,~ir. VI, to count, 310. ga-skeirjan, wv. I, to make Cp, OHG. redGn, to speak. clear, interpret. ga-razna, wm. neighbour. ga.skijhi, slr. pair of shoes. ga.razn6, wf. female neigh- ga-skijhs, aj, shod. bour. ga.slawan, wv. 111, to be still, garda, wm. yard, fold, 208. be silent. OHG, garto, garden. ga.sleipjan, urv. I, to slight, garda-waldands, nz. ruler or injure ; gaslei jan sik, to be master of the house, 389. injured in, su2 er loss of. gards, sm. house, household, ga-smeitan, sv. I, to smear, court, 173, 197. OE. geard, 300. OE. be-sniitan, OHG. OHG. gart. bi-smiqan. ga-riidan, sv. VII, to reflect ga.s6pjan, wv. I, to fill, satisfy, upon, 75 314. OE. rsdan, 122. OWG. ratan, to advise. ga.stagqjan, wv. I, to dash ga-rinnan, sv. 111, to run, against. hasten together, come to- ga-staldan, sv. VI I, to possess, gether, 413, 436. 31a note, 313. OE. stealdan. Glossary ga-standan, sv. VI, to stand ga.tirnrj6, wf. building, an. fast. stand still, remain, be gadiuhan, sv. 11, to draw, lead, restored. bring, take. ga-staurknan, wv. IV, to be- ga-trauan, wv. 111, to trust, come dry, dry up, pine away. entrust, be persuaded. OHG. gi-storchanzn, to be- gatwb, wj street, 211. OHG. come rigid or hard. ga3W ga.str&ujan, wv. I, to strew, ga-pahan, wv. 111, to be silent. filrnish. ga-pairsan, sv. 111, to wither, gasts, sm. guest, 6, 39, 65. 87 304. note I, 88 and note, 91, 107, ga-parban, 7nv. 111, to suffer 110, 117, 128, 133, 134, :53, want, abstain from, 427. OE. 175, I+. OE. giest, pearfian, OHG. darben. E&G.gast, ga-paursnan, wv. IV, to be- ga-sup6n, wv. 11, to season. come dry, dry up, wither ga-swi-ran, wv. 111, to glorify, away, 331. make known. ga-piupjan, wu. I, to bless. ga.swi.kunpjan, wv.I,to make ga+lBihan, .Ti]. VII, to cherish, known, proclaim. console, comfort, take in the gaswiltan, sv. 111, to die. arms, caress, 313 note 2. ga.s_w6gjan, wv.1,to sigh. OE. OHG. flEhGn. swegan, to resound. ga-pliuhan, sv. 11, to flee. ga:tairan, m. IV, to tear to ga-prafsteins, sf: comfort. pieces, destroy, break, 122, ga-prask, stz. threshing-floor. 306, 4x3. OE. teran, OHG. ga-pulan, wv. 111, to suffer, zeran. endure. ga.tamjan, wv. I, to tame, 318. gkuja, zut~t.countryman ; usrd OE. temian. in pl. land, region. ga-t~ujan,wv. I, to do, make, gkumjan, wv. I, to perceive, perform. see, behold, observe, 84, 320, ga-taura, wm. tear, rent, 122, 428. OE. gieman, OHG. 24354. goumen. ga-taurps, sf: destruction, 19. gAunijn, wv. 11, to lament, 325. ga-tethan, sv. I, to tell, relate, gAunGPus, str?. mourning, la- proclaim, make known, show, mentation, 385. 18, 48. 69,. 300. OE. tion, gkuripa, sf. sorrow, 384. Eon, OHG. zihan, to accuse. gaurs, (5j. sad,tro~:blcd,lnourn- ga-ternlba, av. fitly, w. Cp. ful, sorrowful, 227. OH G. ga-zimo. ga.wadj6n. wv. 11, to pledge, ga-tilaba, av. conveniently. betroth. OE. weddian, MHG. ga-tilGn, wv. 11, to attain, ob- wetten. tain. OE. tilian, OHG. zil6n. ga-wagjan, wv. I, to stir, ga-tifs, aj. fit, convenient. OE. shake. til. ga-wairpan, s71. 111, to cast, ga-timan, sv. IV, to suit, 306. cast down, tllrow down. OI3G. zeman. ga-wair eigs, aj. at peace, ga-timrjan (-timbrjan), wv. I, peacea R ly disposed. to build. ga.wairpi, sn. peace, 183, z&1. Y 2 Glossary ga-waknan, wv. IV,to awake, *gifts, sf. see fra-gifts. 331. OE. ge-wwcnan. *gildan, sv. 111, see us-gifdan. ga-waldan, sv. VII, to rule, gilstt, sn. tribute. OHG. bear rule. gelstar. ga-waljan, wv, I, to choose, gilstra.mGleins, sf, taxation, choose out. taxing. ga-wandjan, wv. I, to turn gilpa, sf. sickle. round, bring back ; wifh re$. gistra-dagis,av.to-morrow,34, pr. to be converted, turn 347 27. OE. giestran-daege, round, return, 413. odd. gesteron, yesterday. ga-wargjan, WL*.I, to con- *gitan, su. V, see bi-gitan. demn. OE. wiergan, OHG. giutan, sv. 11, to pour, 302. fur-wergen, to curse. OE. gGotan, OtIG. gioqan. ga-wasjan sik, wu. I, to clothe. gIaggw6, av. accurately, 89, ga-waurki, sn. deed. 151, 344. CF. OE. glEaw, ga-waurkjan, wv. I, to make, OHG. glau, wise, skilful. prepare, appoint. glaggwuba (glaggwaba), av. ga.waurstwa, wm. fellow- exactly, diligently, 151. worker, 208,367. glitmunjan, wv. I, to shine, ga-weihan,wv. 111, to sanctify. glitter, 316, 320. ga-weisGn, wv. 11, to visit, 427. g6daekunds,- aj. of noble birth, OHG. wisiin. 397- gawi, sn. region, district, land, gGdei, wj. goodness, virtue, neighbourhood, 187. OHG. 383. gewi, gouwi. gGljan, wv. I, to grcet, salute, ga-widan, sv. V, to bind, join 320. together, 308. OHG. wetan. gijps (gZids), aj. good, 17,16/, ga-wigan, sv. V, to shake 1733 @ note, 227, 245, 428. down, 133, 308. OE. OfIG. OE. god, OHG. guot. wegan. graba, sf: ditch, 192. ga-wiljis, aj. willing, 229. graban, sv. VI, to dig, 122,161, ga-wrisqan, sv. 111, to bear 286 note 3, 309. OE. grafan, fruit, 304. OWC. graban. gazds, sm. sting, 173. OHG, gras, s#r. grass, blade of grass, gart. 26, 182. OE. grzFs, OHG. 'geisnan, wv. IV, see us" gras. geisnan. grEdags, aj, hungry, greedy, giba, sf. gift, 4,87,89 and note, 227.392 OE. grSdig, OHG go, 1x1, 1x4, 119,120, 17.5 191, griitag. 192, 354. OE. gieftc, OHG. grFdijn, wv. 11, to be greedy geba. or hungry. 426. giban, su. V, to give, 16, 17, 65, greipan, sv. I, to seize, lay 91,93, 12% 124, 138, 161, 167, hold of, take (prisoner),300. 286 notes 2, 3, 307. OE. OE. gripan, OHG. grifan. defan, OHG, geban. grEtan, su. VII, to weep, gibands, m. giver, a18. lament, 167, 314. 0.Icet. gibla, wm. gable, pinnacle. OHG. gibil. 1 g%$~. weeping. Glossary gr6ba, sf. den, hole, cave, 122. haban, to be ill; wairs OHG, gruobs. hsban, to be worse ; gaf& *grundus, srn. ground. OE. hana haban,>o hold captive ; grund, OHG. grunt. p6ei hnbaidedun ina gada- grundu.waddjus, sin. and sf. ban, what things stlould foundation, 392. happen unto him; aftumist guda-fa~irhts,aj. devout, god- haban, to lie at the point of fearing. death ; fairra haban sik, to guda.l&us, 01. godless, 397. be far from ; habaip wisan gud-hiis, sn. temple, 8, 26, 82, at, to be held, be ready for. 174, 389. OE. OIiG. hiis, OE. habban, OHG. hahen. house. hafjan, sv. VI, to raise, liR, gudisks, aj divine, 396. bear up, carry, 128, 134, 137, gudja, wnz. priest, 208, 354, 164.310. OE. hebban, OHG. 381, 425- heff'en. eudiinassus. sm. office of a haftjan, wv. I, to join, cleave "pri"est. ministration, 351. to, OE. hseftan, OHG. heft- gudjinon, wv. 11, to be a priest, en. 387, 425 'hafts, .rf., see anda.hafts. gulp, sit. gold, 353. OE. OHG. Cp. 01-IG. haft, captivity. gold. hlhan, sv. VII, to hang, 7 , gulpeins, aj. golden, 227, 395. g0.1j2,313. OE. h~n,OM$. guma, wrn. man, 33, m, 133, hHhan. 134,158,167, zo8. OE. guma, hA%ius, sm. manner, way. 01-IG. Eomo. OE. h'id, OHG. heit. guma-ktlnds, aj. male, of the hkifstjan, wv. I, to strive, male sex, 397. fight. p~zrneins, aj. manfike, male, haifsts, sJ fight, strife. Cp. 395. OE. hCst, violence. gund, sn. cancer, canker. OE. hkihs, aj. half-blind, with one gund, OHG. gunt, pus. eye. cp. Lat. caecus, blind. *gutnan, wv. IV, see us. h&iljan, wv. I, to heal, 320, gutnan. 322, 400, 427. OE. hslan, g;up, sur. God, 70; neut. pl. OHG. heilen. guda, heathen gods. See 'hailnan, wv. lV, see ga. note to Mark ii. 7. OE. god, hailnan. 01-IG. got. See also Ap- hCiils, aj. whole. sound, safe, pendix. 22, ?.3, 227, 322, 390. OE. gup.blGstreis, snz. worshipper hll, OHG. hell. of God, 138,389. hBimBpli, sn. hornestead, 1ar;ls. OHG. heim6dil. haims, sf. village, town, coun- haban, wv. 111, to have, try place, rgg note. OE. hHm, possess, hold, take, esteem, OL 1G. heim. count, consider, keep, ob- hafrda, sf. herd, flock, 192. serve, be able to do, 14, 76, OE. heord, OHG. herta. go, 112, 161, 164, 283,. 326, hairdeis, sm.shepherd, 88,110, 327, 432; ubil and ubilaba XIS, 152, 153, 154, 157, 1841 326 Glossary

185. OE. hierde, OHG. 114, 11 , 1a8, d,207. OR. hirti. hana, ~HG.bana -hairtei, wf., a deriv. of hairt6. handugei, wf, cleverness, hafrt6, wn. heart, 7, 18,27, 67, wisdom, 383. 87, 89, 1x4, 1x9, 128, 129, 164, handugs, aj. clever, wise, 227. 170, 6,213. OE. heorte, handus, sf: hand, 152, zaz OHG.herza. OE.hand, OHG.hant. hairus, sm. sword, 203. OE. handu-waitrhts, aj. wrought heoru. by hand, 397. .hirit, sn. a naming, command- hansa, s multitude, com an ing ; a deriv. of hkitan. band oc men. OE.hGs, &HE: Mitan, sv. VII, to call, name, hansa. order, command, invite, 10, harduba, av. hardly, severely, 27, 33, 83, 103, 1381 282, 286 grievously. and note 3, 311,~2,313, p6. hardu-hairtei, wJ hardness of OE. hiitan, OH . heiqan. heart, hard-heartedness, 389. h&iti, s& order, command, hardus, n '. hard, 107, 235.243, 390,. 0d. heard, OHG. hart. hki 1, sf. field, heath, 194. h&rjis, SW. army, host, 107, 0IT . hbp, OHG.heida. 11.5, 1 2 154, 155 1 8, 1841 hsipiwisks, ajwild, 396. 185. hi.here, OHC? heri. haipnb, wf.a heathen woman. hatan, wv. 111, to hate, 328and Cp. OE. hbpen. OHG. heid- note 3. OE. hatian, OHG. an, aj. heathen. haqg.55. hakuls, sm. cloak. OE.hacele, hatis, sn. hatred, wrath. OE. OHG.hahhul. hete, OHG.haq. , halbs, aj. half; 430. OE.healf, hatiz6n,wv. 11, to be angry,325. OHG.halp. hatjan, wv. I, to hate, 328 note haldan, sv. VII, to hold, take 3. OHG.hezzen. care of, tend, feed, 22, 158, hlubip, sn, head, 11, 84, 173, 173,313. OE.healdan, OHG. 181,182. OE.hzafod, OIHG. haltan. houbit. haldis, av. rather, more, 265 hduhaba, aa. highly, 344. note, 345; nips haldis, not hauheins, s$ praise. the more so, by no means. hauh-hairtei, z2If: pride, 21a. OHG.halt. hauh.hairts,uj. proud-hearted, halja, sf. hell, 192. OE.hell, 398. OE.heah-heo1.t. OHG.hella. h&uhis,av. higher, 345. hals, snz. neck, 174. OE. h8uhisti. sn. the highest. heals, OHG.hals. height, 'highest point, hkhest , hals-agga (for the probably heaven. corrupt bals-agga of the hauhjan, m. I, to glorify, manuscript), wm. neck, 3843. make high, praise, exalt, mag- halts, aj. halt, lame, 227. OE. nifv. OHG.hbhen. healt, OHG.halz. hauhs, a '. high, zqq. OE. hamfs, aj. one - handed, hEah, O~G.h6h. maimed. OHG.hamf. hiruh-piihts, aj. having high hana, wm. cock, &7, I&. 107, thoughts, proud, 321 note I. Glossary 327 hafirds, sf. door, 1%. hindar-leipan, sv. I, to go be- hadrn,sn. horn, skin, husk, 11, hind, 414. 87 note, 182,353. OE. Of4G. hindar-weis, aj. deceitful, 368 horn. hindar-weisei, wJ dece~tful- haurnja, wm. horn-blower, ness, 398. 208. hindumlsts,aJ. hindmost,outer- haurnjan, tuv. I, to blow a most, 246. horn, trumpet. *hinpan, sv. 111, see fra- hkuseins, sf. word. preaching, hinpan. report (kt.= hearing), sense hiri (old imperafive used as an of hearing. znlerjction),come here ! ; dual hbusjan, wv. I, to hear, per- hirjats. come here, ye two ! ; ceive, listen to, 320. OE. pl. hirjip, come ye here! hieran, OHG. hijren. %note. See note to Mark hbusjGn, wv. 11, to hear. xrr. 7. hawi, sn. grass, hay, 149, 187. *his, denr. pr., prescvved in OE. hieg, OHG. hewi, the adverbial phrases himma houwi. daga, on this day, to-day, 267, hazjan, w. I, to praise, 30, 347 ; und hina dag, to thls 137.note, 154, 175, 318. OE. day; und hita, und hita nu, herian. till now, hitherto ; frilrn heitij, a$ fever. himma, from henceforth. heiwa.fr&uja, wm. master of a hiufan, sv. 11, to mourn, weep, house. OE. hiwa, member corn lain, 302. OE. hBofan, of a family, OHG. hiwo, hus- 01%8. hiufan. band. hiuhma, wm. crowd, multi- hZr, av. here, hither, 77, 97, tude, heap, 208, 429. 348, OE. OHG. hEr. hiwi, sn. appearance. OE. hepjo, ZL$ chamber, room, 211. hiew, hiw. hidrc, av. hither, 5, 117, 348. hlahjan, SI.VI, to laugh, 310. OE. hider. OE. hliehhan, OHG. hlah- hilms, srn. helmet, 66. OE. hen. OW G. helm. hlAifs, snr. loaf, bread, 10, 18, hilpan, sv. 111, to help, 23, 66, 161,164,179, 180. 0E, hlHf, 70, 93, 95, 124, 1% 280, Of IG. hleib. 303, 427. OE. helpan, OtiG. hldins, sm. hilI. helfan. hlA~w,sn. grave, tomb, 149. himina-kunds, aj. heavenly, OE. hlzw, OHG. hlEo. 397: filkiwasna, sf: totrly fozrmi in hiains, snz. heaven, 180. plural), tomb. hindana, fir@. c. gen. behind, *hlapan, sv. VI, to load, lade. t on that side of, be ond, / OE. hfadan, OHG. (h Iadan. 348, 427. OE. hindan, 8 HG. *hl&upan,sv. VII. to leap, 84, hintana. 313 note 5. OE. hleapan, hindar, prep. c. ace. and dat. OHG. hlouffan. behind, over, beyond, among, hlkuts, sw. lot. OHG. h16q. 350. OE. hinder, OMG. 1 hleiduma, aj. left ; m stcbsl.fem. hmtar. I the left hand or s~de,246. hlifan, sv. V, to steal, 88, 128, hrcpeigs, aj. victorious, triurn- 160,308. phant, 394. OE. hrepig. hliftus, sm. thief, 128, 164,203, hrugga, sf. staff. OE. hrung. 354. hrukjan, wv. to crow. tllijans, arc. $1. ; nont. ? hleis, huggrjan, wv. I, to hunger, sm. or? hlija, wm. tent, taber- 95, 137, 166, 320, 46. OE. nacle. hyngran, OHG. hungaren. hliuma, wtn. hearing, 208. hugjan, wv. I, to think, con- hliitrei, wf. purity, 212. sider, 72. OE. hycgan, OHG. hliitrs, aj. pure, 227. OE. huggen. hlGt(t)or, OHG. hlGt(t)ar. hiihrus, sm. hunger, 82, 137, hniiiwjan, wv. I, to abase, 203. lower, 149, 320. Cp. OE. huljan, wv. I, to hide, conceal, hnsgan, ONG. hneigen. cover, disguise, 318. OHG. hn&iws,aj. low, humble, 149. hullen. hnasqus, aj. soft, tender, 236. hul s, nj. gracious, 227, 428. OE. hnesce. 01. OHG. hold. hneiwan, sv. I, to bend down- -hun, particle, 278 note I. wards, decline, bow, 300. 0 E. hund, sn.hundred, 53,134,136, OHG. hnigan. 139, 143, 164, 172, 247. OE. *hiupan, sv. 11, see dis- hund, OHG. hunt. hniupan. hunda-faps,snr.centurion, 389. hGlijn, wv. 11, to treat with hunds, sm. dog, hound, 40, +iolencc, deceive, injure, 325. 72, 128, 143, 180. OE. hund, OE. hGlian. 0 I I G. hunt. hijrinassus, sm. whoredom, !, sn. sacrifice, 159. OE. adultery, 381. hiisl, Eucharist. hiirincn, wv. 11, to commit hunsla-staps, stir. altar, 389. adultery, 425. hunsljan, wv. I, to sacri!ice. hijrinijndei, pres. pcrrt. fern. hups, srgt. hip, lali~~s,197. OE. adulteress. hype, OIIG. huf. hers, sm. adulterer. OE. hijre, *hiis, sn., see gud-hiis. w!. huzd, s9r. treasure, rg. 30, 70, hriineins, SJ urification. 141,f73, 175,182. OE. hord, hr&injan, wi~.f, to niake dean, OH(,. hort. cleanse, 320, 400. OlIG. liuzdjan, wv. I, to collect hreinen. treasures, store up, hoard up. hriiins, aj. clean, pure, 88, 164, hradrE, av. whither, rq.348. 233. OHG. hreini. hrairban, sv. 111, to walk. 16 , hrCiiwa-diib6, wf. turtle-dove. 304. OE. hweorfan, OH^. OE. hrZw, hrSw, OHG. hwerban. hriio, corpse, carrion ; OE. *hralrbs,aj., seehreila-hrairbs, diife, OHG. tiiba, dove. and cp. hrairban. "risjan, wir. I, see us-hrisjan. hrairnei, wf; skull. hriipjan, wv. I, to call cr hriiiteis, sm. corn, wheat, 185. 0s. hr6p.n. sv., OH^: OE. hwgte, OHG. hweigi. hruoffen. luiiiwa, cj. and av. how, in hriit. sn. roof. O.Ict-I. hrit. what way, 351. OHG. hwii. man, av.,interrog. when, when- hrapjan, wv. I, to foam, 130. ever; hefore ajs. and avs., kuaprii, av. whence, 89, rrg, how; before comparati~res,how 348. nluch ; rurth other particles, at hraz-uh, iedef. pr. each, every, any time, 347 ; hraa lagg mE1, 89, xog, 114, 175 note 2, 275. for how long a time; nibbi p7; twans hranzuh, two a~id hran, test at any time ; hran two, 273 note 2. filu, how much. Cp. OE. haz-uh saei, indrf. pr. whoso- hwonne, OHG. hwanne. ever, 276. ban-hun, av. ever, at any he,av. with what, wherewith, time ; only used with neg., as how,273 note I; hre galeiks? ni hran-hun, never. like untowhat? hrE galeikijn? *Napjan, WV. I, see af. to liken unto what? OE. hrapjan. hwp, hwi. Wapnan, wv. IV, see af. / hreila, sf, time, season, tlorir, hrapnan. 19, 78. 165, 192, 353. OE. bar, av. where, 348. Cp. 0 E. hwil, 01-IG. hwria. hw&r, OI-IG. hwar. hreila-hairbs, aj. inconstant, hrarbcn, wv. 11, to go about, transient, endu;ing only for a pass by, \vander, walk, 32.5. while, 397. OE. hwear fian, OHG. hwar- 'hreitjan, wv. I, see ga- biin. hreitjan. hrarjis, pr. who, which (out of lueits, a/. white, 140, 165. OE. many), 274,275,427. hwit. OIIG. hwig. hrarjiz-uh, indef: pr. each, hrZ-l&ups,pr. \\hat sort of, 271. every, 255,275. hri-leiks, pr. what sort of; 274. bas, zntewog. pr: who, what, hropan, sv. V11, to boast, 19, 39, 87, 88 and note, 89, 1x4, 165 and note, 311,313, OE. 128,134, 165, 175 note 2, 273, hwopan, to threaten. 275; tndep pr. anyone, 279, hrotjan, wv. I, to threaten, re- 427. OE. hwz. buke, charge. bas-hun, irzdef. pr. with the neg.$article ni, no one, 278. 'brass, aj. sharp. O.icel. ibhi, itzf~~~ogattveparticle, like hvass, OHG. (h)was, cp. ga- Gr. p4, Lat. nuni; ibdi, iba, hratjan. cj. l&i, tlint. . .not. 3 19, 351. hrassaba, nv. sharply, 138,344. Cp. OI3G. ibu. eassei, ZL$ sharpness, sever- ibna-leiks, czj. equal, 398. OE. ~ty,138. Cp. OE. llwress, efen-lic, OHG. eban-lih. OHG. hwas, sharp. ibnassus, sin. evenness, a3, *hratjan, wv. I, see ga- 381. hratjan, ibns, nj. even, 14,22, 159, 161, iuap, av. whither, 48. 227, 390. OE. efen, efn, Napar, pr. whict of two, OHG. eban. whether, 106, 165, 274. OE. iddja, pret. 1 went, 2 note I, hwaeper. 15, 156, 313 note, 321. hrapar-uh, tndef. pr. each of idreiga, sf. re entance. two, 275. idreig6n, wv. P1, to rel~ent,325. 330 Glossary id-weit, sn. reproach, 369. within, inside, 348, m. OE. OE. ed-wit, OHG. ita-wiz,, innan, OHG. innana. id-weitjan, wv. I, to reprove, innapra, av. from within, 348. blame, revile, reproach, 428 innuma, aj. the Inner, inner- iftuma, aj. next, the one after, most, inmost, 246. the following, 246. -inon, suJ?x, 42 igqar, pas. )r. of you two, in-saim, rv. dl, to sow in, 263. 415. ik, firs. pr. I, 6, 21, 88, 12 in-safhran, sv. V, to look at, 162, 260, 261. OE. ic, OH(? look upon, look round, be- ih. hold, regard, , im, def. v. I am, 342. in-sailjan, wv. bind with in, prep. c. acc. In, into, to- ro es, let down with cords. wards; c.gm. on account of; 0g. sslan. c. daf. in, into, among, by, in-sandjan, wv. I, to send, 350. OE. OHG. in. send forth, 415. -in-(-ein.), sufix, 383. in-standan, sv. VI, to persist. in-ahei, zvf; soberness, so- in-swinpjan, wv. f, to grow briety, 370. strong ; inswinpjan sik, to in-ahs, aj. wise, sober, 370. be strong. -inassu-, sufix, 381. in.tandjan, wv. I, to burn up. in-brannjan, wv. I, to put in inuh, inu,prep. c. acc. without, the fire, burn, 415. except, 350. indrtibnan, wv. IV, to become in-wagjan, wv. I, to stir up. sad. in-weiian, sv. I, to worship, in-feinan,~.IV, to be moved reverence, salute, 3m. with compassion, have corn- in-widan, sv. V, to reject, passion on, pity, 331. frustrate, deny, refuse. insgardja, w, aj. used as subst. in-winds, a;. turned aside, one of the same household, perverse,unjust,unrighteous, 37% 370; inilo, zuf. excuse, pretence, in-wlsan, XI.V, to be present, 37% be near at liand. in-k1lp6,w. aj. with child. is, fiers. pr. he, 88 note, 114, in-kunja, wrcr. one of the same 120, I7j note 2, 260,261, 263. country, countryman, 370. is, deb ZJ, thou art, 342. in.ln&ideins, sf. change, ex- -islia-,strfix, 396. change, 370. itan, sv. V. to eat, 5, 43, 66, in-mtiidjan, wv. I, to change, 129, 138. 170, 280, 308 and exchange, .transfigure. note. OE. etan, OHG. inn, av. In, witltin; inn ez,+n. atgaggan, to enter, enter ip, cj. but, however, if, 351. into, go into ; inn gaggan, to -+a, sztflx, 384. go ~n,enter, iudaiwlsks, aj. Jewish, 396. inna, av. within, 3 . iumj6, wf. multitude. inns-kunds, aj. of8 the same iup, av. upwards ; iupa, above, household, 371. g, 348 ; iupana, iupaprii, from innana, azt. within ;prep. c.gen. above, 348 Glossary

iz-ei, iz-S, d.pr. masc. who, governor. OE. &sere, OHG. which, 5, 175 note a, 271 keisar, Lat. Caesar, Gr. note 3. Kaicrap. izwar, poss. pr. your, 263. khisara-gild, sn. tribute- money. ja, jhi, av. yea, yes, verily, kalbB, w$ calf, 161,211. OE. 349: OHG. jH. cealf, OHG. kalb, sn. jabhi, CJ. if, even if, although, kalds, a]. cold, IS, 129, 134, 351 ; jabiii . . . aippdu, either 162, 227, 390. OE. ceald, . . . or. OHG. kalt. jah, cj. and, also, even, 18, kaikinassus, sm. adultery, 164, 351 ; jah . . . jah, both fornication. . . . and, 351 ; ni patairlei . .. kalkjij, wf. harlot. ak jah, not only.. . but also; kann, puet.-pves. I Imow, 22, nih.. . ak jab, not only.. . 158 note, 335. OE. can(n), but also. OfIG. ja. OHG. kan. jiiinar, av. yonder, there, in kannjan, wv. I, to make that place, 348. known, I 8 note. OE. cen- jhind, jhindi.6, av. thither, 348. nan, OH& kennen. jdins, dem. pr. that, yon, 268, I,ara, sf. care, anxiety, 192, 430- 426 ; ni kara puk, there is no jhinpr6, av. thence, 348. care to thee, thou carest not. jaPpCL ql and if, 265 note I ; OE. cearu, OHG. chara. pappe . . .jappE, . . whether.. . karkara. sf. prison, 192. Lat. or; 351. carcer. ja-u, interrogative parficle, karijn, wv. 11, to care for, be whether ; in inriivect quesh'ons,- concerned about, 325, 400. if so, so then, 349. kas, sn. vessel, pitcher. OHG. jar, sn. year, , 20, 152, 182. kar. 08. glar, O~G.j8r. katGls,sm. kettle, vessel for jiukan, wv. 111, to contend, water. OE. cietei, OHG. 328. chezqil. ju, nv. already, now, 347. kbupaijan, wz). I, to buflrt, OI-IG. iii. ziG. 7 , ,> cuff,str~ke w~th tlir pa1111 of jugga.IAups, sin. a youth, the hand, 138, 321. ~dt young man. k&upGn, wv. 11, to trailic, 325. juggs, aj. young, m,72,82,95, OE. cgapian, OHG. coufon. 102, 227,. 136, 137, 152, 243, kaurbzn, gift. Gr. KO~~&V. 390. OE. geong, 0HG.jung. jiihiza, aj. younger, 137, 2.13. kauripa, sf, weight, burden, juk, sn. yoke, 20,21,70,87,88 384. kaurn, sn. corn, 21, 182. OE. note, 89,95, 129, I 2, 162,182, 353. OE. geoc, ~BG.joh. corn, OHG. korn. junda, sf. youth. kaurnij, wn. corn, a grain of jus, pers. pr. ye, 260, 261 COri1, 214. ju-pan, av. already; ju-pan ni kaurus, aj. heavy, 129, 146, (or -ni), no longer. 236. kdusjan, wv. I, to prove, test, kbisar, sm. Caesar, emperor, taste. Glossary keinan, sv. I, to bud, grow, cyst, Ot-IG. kust, choice, see sprlng up ; weak pret. kein- ga.kusts. iida, see note to Mark iv. 27. kustus, sm. proof, test, trial, kGlikn, sn. tower, upper-room. 203. OE. cyst, OHG. kust, kilpei, wf. womb, 212. choice. kindins, sm. ruler, governor. us,s cheek, 139, 162, . cinn, OHG. lagga-madel, wf. long-suffer- chtnni. ing, 389. kiusan, sv. 11, to choose, test, laggei, wf. length, 354. 383. 51. 84. 104, 105, 129, 137, I75 laggs, aj. long, 22, 132, 158, note. 280,302. OE. ceosan, 166, 2a7. OE. 01-IG. lang. OH G. kiosan. lagjan, wv. I, to lay, lay down, kniu, sn. knee, 9,zx, roj, 129, set, place, 20, 158, 168, 318. 134, 149, I 0, 162, 189. OE. 400: kniwa kgjan, to bend cnEo(w), 313~.knio. one's knees; gawair i lag- knussjan, wv. I, to kneel ; jan ana airpa, to sen B8eace knussjan kniwam, to kneel. on earth. OE. lecgan, HG. kriustan, sv. 11, to gnash with leggen. the teeth, grind the teeth, laiba, sf. remnant, 192, 354. 302. OE. lBf, OI-IG. leiba. krusts, sf. gnashing. *lAibjan (in bi-ldibjan), WU. kukjan, wv. I, to kiss, 318, I, to leave. OE. 16fan. 4A. laigaizn, legion. Gr. Xeycitv. *kumbjan, wv. I, see ana. lkikan, sv. VII, to leap for joy, kumbjan. 313. OE. IEcan, to play. kumei, imper. arise !, Gr. ldiks, srn. dance, dancing. *0lit*€'. OE. IBc, OHG. leih. .kunds, pp. born, cp. Skr. lais, $ret.-pres. I know, rzz, jltds, Lat. fg)nItus, born. I379 333- kuni. sn. race. generation. Idisareis, sm. teacher. master. tribe, 115, 15~'~62% 186, 18~: OE. cyn(n), OHG. kunni. kunnan, $ref.-prcs, to know, lhiseigs, aj. teachable, 394. 335,426. OE. cunnan,OIIG. lkiseins, sJ doctrine, teaching, kunnan. 153 note, 200,388. *kunnan, wv. 111, see ga- ldisjan, wv. I, to teach, 22, I 7 kunnan. note, 17 note, 320, 426. o$. kunpa, pet. I knew, 335. OE. Isran, ~HG.1Eren. ciipe, OH G. konda. ldistjan, wv. 1, to foflow,follow kunpi, sn. knowledge, 187. after,po. OE.lbstan, OHG. *kunpjan, wv. I, to make leisten. known. OE. cfipan, OHG. Idists, sm. foot-print, track, kunden, see ga-swi-kunpjan. step, 197. OE. lHst, OHG. kunps, pp. of kunnan, known, lesst. 40, 428 ; sm. acquaintance. lamb, sn. lamb, sheep, 14,161. &E, cEp, OHG. hnd. OE. OHG. lamb. *kusts, sf. proof, test. OE. land, sn. land, country; landis, Glossary

over the land, far away, 427. leik, sit. body, flesh, corpse, OE. land, OHG. lant. 182. 013. lic, OHG. 1ih. sf: lasiws, nj. weak, feeble, 23a. leikhins, liking,- good- fats,aj. slothful, lazy, 125,227. pleasure. OE. let, OHG. lay. leikan, wv. 111, to please, 328. laFn, wv. 11, to invite. call, OE. lician, OHG. 1ihhGn. 200, 325, OE. lapian, OlIG. 'leikian, wv. I. see silda- lad6n. leikjan: lapijns, sf. invitation, redemp- *leikijn, wv. 11, see ga-leikiin. tion, consolation, 200, 388. .leiks, sz!f%.~,like, similar, *lauan, sv. VII, to revile, 313 equal. OE. -lic, OMG. -lib, note 4. see ga-, hri-, ibna., missa., *iilubjan, wv. I, see ga-lilub- sama-, silda-, swa-leiks. ian. lein, sn. linen. OE. OHG. liufs, sm. leaf, foliage, 180. lin. OE. 1Eaf. OHG. loub. leitils, clj, little, small, 227,245. lilugnjan, wv. I, to deny, lie, O.Icel. litell. 159. OE. liegn(i)an, OHG. *leipan, sv. I, to go, 137 note, lougnen. 205 note. OE. lipan, OHG. *18ngns, aj. see ana-18ugns. lidan, see af-leipan. lauhatjan, wv. I, to lighten, leipu, sn. strong drink, aog 424. OHG. lohazzen. note. OK. lip, OI'iG. lid. lhun, sn. pa reward, 22, 182. IEkeis, snr. IJ~sician, 185. OE. 16an, ~HG.16x1. OE. liiice, 01-12'.1iclli. lAuna.wargs, sm. an unthank- lgkinassus, snn. healing, 354, ful person, 389. OE. wearg, 38.'. - 01-IG. warch, criminal. liiklnon, wv. 11, to heal, 425. lilus, aj. empty, I 226 note, OE. 18cnian, 16cnian, OHG. 427. OE. LEas, 6%~.16s. lLchin6n. llusa.waurdei, wf. empty lctan, sv. VII, to let, leave, words, babbling, 389. permit, suffer, 10, 33. 124, Ilusa.waitrds, aj. speaking 125,314. OE. &tan, OHG. loose words, talking vainly, 1Hqan. 398. lEw, sn. occasion, opportunity, laus-handja, waj. empty- 149, 189 note 2. handed, 34, 38 , 398. lewjan, wv. I, to betra 149, llusjan, rev. I, to 9oose,deliver, 152. OE. Iswan, OF?&. gi- free. OE. liesan, OHG. 1Ewen. 15sen. libains, sf. life, 200, 388. lhus.qiprs, aj. fasting, with liban, wv. 111, to llve, 161, empty stomach. zoo, 328. OE. libban, OHG. *lilups, aj. being grown up, leb6n. see hr&, ju gas, swa-laups. ligan, sv. V, to lie, lie down, *leiban, sv. f see bi-leiban. 308 and note. OE. licgan, leihran, sv. i, to lend, 48, 69, OHG. liggen. 88, 92, 128. I439 247, 298, liers, sm. bed, couch, 159, 180. 428. OE. lion, Eon, OHG. OE. leger, OHG. legar. lihan. 'linnan, sv. 111, see af-linnan. Glossary lisan, sv. V, to gather, 138, *luknan, wv. IV, see ga., us. 174, 292, 308. OE. OHG. 1 lultnan. lesan. lun, sn. ransom. listeigs, aj. crafty, cunning, luston, wv. 11, to desire, 325, wily, 394. OHG. fistig. 427. OE. lystan from 'lust- l'sts, s craftiness, 122, 19. jan, OHG. lustGn. OE. &G. list. still. *lusts, sJ, see fr a-lusts. li us, sm. limb, 203. OE. lip, lustus, sm. desire, lust, 203. lid. OE. OHG. lust. liudan, sv. 11, to grow, spnng UP, 302. OE. lsodan. *magan, f ref.-$yes. to be able, liufs, aj. dear, beloved, 86,122, 17, 138, 169,337. OE. OHG. 133,226 note, 227, 428. OE. magan. lSof, OHG. liob. magapei, ~Jvirginity,maiden- *kg, sn., see ga-liug. hood. liagan, wv. 111, to marry, magaps, sf: maid, 199. OE. 328. maeg(e)P, OHG. magad. liugan, sv. 11, to lie, 302. OE. magula, wm. little boy, 208,354. leogan, OHG, liogan. magus, sm. boy, servant, 137, liuhadeins, aj. bright, shining, 203. OE. magu. full of light. mahta,pret. I might, 337. OE. liuhap, sn. light. 86, 105 182. meahte, OIIG. mahta. OE. leoht, OHG. lioht. mahteigs, nj. mighty, abie, liuhtjan, wv. I, to qive liqht. possible, 227, 394. OHG. 6 8 ,105,320. OE. liehtan, mahtig. 0%2. liuhten. mahts, sf, might, power, *liusan, sv, 11, see fra-liuqan. strength, virtue, miracle, 27, liuta, wm. hypocrite, 208,223. 138, 193. 354. OE. meaht, liutei, wf. deceit, hypocrisy, miht, 6HG. maht. 212,383. mahts, aj. possiblr, 227. liuts, aj: hypocritical, 223. mdidjan, wv. I, to falsify, pa liubare~s,srn. singer, 380. 0.leel. meipa, to iniure. liupijn, wv. 11, to sing. OE. maihstus, snz. du~l~t~ill,69. 16opian ; cp. OE. lGop, OHG. Cp. OE. meox, OIIG. mist. liod, song. maim brana, w;~.par-ch~nen t, Efa, wm. palm of the hand. manuscript. Gr. ptpppbva. *lubii, aif. love. 122 ; in con~p. mais, av. more, rather, 345 ; br6pru.lub6, brotherly love. mais p&u, more than, rather ludja, sf. face, 192. than ; filu mhis, much more ; luftus, sm. air, 203. OE. lyft, und filu mdis, much more, so OHG. luft. much the more ; hran filu . . . *liikan, =. 11, to shut, close, mdis bamma. the more. .. so 125. See ga-liikan. OE. much' the more. OE. mE, liican, OHG. liihhan. OHG. mEr. lukarn, sn. light, candle. Lat. mkist, av. at most, 256, 345. iucerna. OHG. meist. Iukarna-stapa, wm. candle- maists, a$ greatest, chief, 245. stick, 208, 389. OE. mgsta, OHG. meisto. Glossary mhitan, m. VIT, to cut, hew, manwuba, av. in readiness, 313 OHG. meiqan. 344. mhaprns, sm. gift, 22, 159, 180, manwus, aj. ready, 236. 354. OE. mirpm, mZpum. marei. wf. sea, 212. OE. mere, mkiza, a]. greater, 30,175,245. OHG. meri. OE, msra, QHG. mero. mari-sbiws, sm. sea, 3%. malan, sv. VI, to grind, 310. mari-, OE. mere, OMG. men; OHG. nialan. saiws, OE. s&, OiIG. SEO. malma, wm. sand, 208. OE. marka, sf. boundary, border, mealm. coast. OE. mearc, OHG. maf6, wf: moth. marca. 'malwjan, wv. I, see ga- marzjan, wv. I, to offend, hin- malwjan. der, cause to stumble. OE. n1amm6na, wnz. mammon, mierran, OHG. merI.cn. riches. Gr. papwvcs. niati-balgs, sin. neat-bag, wnl- man, $yet.-pues. I think, 122, let, scrip, 389. 336. OE. man. matjan, wv. I, to eat, feed, 318. managdiips, sf. abundance, 89 mats, sm. meat, food, 197. OE. note, 354, 3%. mete, OHG. maq. managex, z~~multitude,crowd,ma a, wlin. worm. OE. mapa, 6,87! 1Io,210,354,~g1 OE. 0 fIG. mado. menlgo, 01-IG. menigi. mapl, sn. market, market- nianag-falps, nrim. manyfold, place. OE. mzepel, meeting. 25 , 389. OE. manig-feald, mapljan, wv. I, to speak. OE. OHG. manag-falt. mzplan, mapefian. manags, aj. much, great, rnaurgins, snz. morning, 180. many, 106, 160,227,243,244. OE. morgen, OHG. morgan. OE. manig, OMG. manag. *maurgjan, wv. I, see ga- mana-ssps, sf. man kind, maurgjan. world, multitude, 75,122, 199, maurnan, wv. 111, to mourn, 389. OE. siiid, OHG. sat, be anxious, take care for, seed. 328. OE. nlnrnan, 01-1G. man-leika, wm. image,picture, mornen. 389. OE. man-lica, OIIG. maurpr, sn. murder, 182. OE. mana.1Tktho. morpor. manna, win. man, 31,114, 158, maurprjan, wv. I, to n~urder, 206, 209. OE. mann, OHG. 320. man. mawi (gen. mbujljs), sf. mama.hun, indef. $7. with the maiden, damsel, 104, 137,149, neg. particle ni, no one, 278. 15'3, 194- manniskljdus, sm. humanity, mawiilj, wf. jYoung maiden, 354, 385. 211, 354. Oh. meowle. mannisks, aj. human, of man, meins, pass. pr. my, 263,264, 33, 396. OE. OHG. men- 430. OE. OI3G. min. nisc. mel, sn. time, hour, season; manwipa, sJ preparation ; fl. pl. writings, Scriptures, 22, necessary means, 384. 158; mZl gabaur &is, birth- manwjan. m. I, to prepare. day. UE. m21, 8HG. =HI. 3 36 Glossary mEla, turn. busheI, measure. mikil- iihts, aj. high-minded, mEUon, wu.1, to write, 320. ?rou!,3q. OE. mglan, OHG. m?il'al%n, mddipa, sf. mildness, kind. mHlTin, to mark. ness, 354, 384. OHG. mil- mena, wm. moon, 22, 43, 8 , tida. 158, 208. OE. mbna, OHE. *mild., aj. see un-milds. msno. milhma, wm. cloud. mEnops, m. month, 89, 219. milip, sn. honey. Cp. Gr. OE.monap, OHG.m'm6d. p~X7\r,gen. pbAtros. meipa, .f. rumour, repon, miluks, /. milk, 221. OE. fame, 3 4. OE- m@rp(o), meol(u)c, OHG. miluh. OHG. m8rida. mims (mimz), sn. flesh, meat. mBrjan, mu. to preach, pro- 175 note I. claim, 3-m. OE. msran, minnists a least, smallest, OHG.maren. 245. oirC minnist. mErjands, m. proclaimer, 218. minniza, aj. smaller, less, 139, *mZrs, aj. known, famous. 158 note, 245. OWG. min. OE. mgre, OHG.mZri. niro. m2s, sn. table, dish, 77. OE. mills, av. less, 158 note, 345. mike, OMG.mias, meas. OE. OHG.min. *nGt, sn. measure, see missa-dTps, sf. misdeed, sin, us-mEt. 19,372.OE. mis-dsd, OHG. , midja-sweiptlins, sj the flood, mlss~.tZt, deluge, 389, missa-leiks, a]. different, vari- midjis, ai. mtddle, 60,153 note, ous, 372, 391. OE. mis-lic, 173, 228? 430. OE. midd, OHG.m;r.si-1%. OHG.mitti. missa.qiss, sf. discord, dis- midjun-gards, sm. earth, sension, 372. world. OE. rniddan.gear6, miss& nu. reciprocally, the OHG. mitti-gart, mittin- one the other, one to another ; gart. always with pers. pr. 344,431. *miduma, sf. midst; in mi- mitan, sv. V. to measure, rzz. dumdi, in the midst. 170,307. OE. metan, OHG. midumijnds, nr. mediator, 218. meqan. Cp. OE. medemian, OHG. mitaps, sf. measirre, bushel, metemcn, to fix, measure. 221. mikilnba, av. greatly, 344. miton, wv. 11, to consider, mikil-dGps, sf. greatness, 199, think, ponder, zoo, 325, 428. 3.82: mitijns, sf. thought, consider- mtkllei, wf. greatness, 212, ing, reasoning, zoo. 383. OHG.mihhilT. mip, prep. c. dnt. with, among. mikiljan, wv. I, to make much together with, through, by, of, praise, exalt, magnify, near, 28,350 : mip tweihnairn glorify, 153, 320, 400. markijm, amid the two boun- mikilnan, wv. IV, to be mag- daries, in the midst of the nified, 331. region ; mip ushramjan, to mikils, nj. great. 227, 245, 390. crucif with ; av. with. OE. OE. micel, OHG.mihhil. mid. ~HG.mit. mipgardi-waddjus, sf. par- naiteins, sf. blas hemy. tition wall, 373. *nilitjan, w. !, see an- mipga-sinpa, wm. travelling nilitjan. companion, 373. namnjan, wv. I, to name, 158 mipdkjan, wv. I, c. dat. to note, 320, 322, 400. ok. drspute. nemnan, OHG. nemnen. mippansei, ci, while, during, nam6, wn. name, 4, n,158 when, 5,351. note, 214 note, 322. OE. mipwissei, wb conscience, nama, OHG. namo. 37'3. *nanpjan, zuv. I, see ana- mlzd6, zcrf. reward, 22,141,175, nanpjan. 211. OE. meord. naqaps, aj. naked, 146, 163. mGdags, aj. angr wrathful, OE. nacod, OHG. nachiTt. 227, 392, 428. 8' E. mijdig, nardus, sm. nard. Lat. nar- OHG. muotig, proud, brave. dus from Gr. vcip80r, cp. rnGta, sf. custoln, custom- Ol-IG. narda, nartha. house, 19.Cp. OlHG. miita, naseins, $. salvation, 153 note, Low Lat. miita. 200. *m6tan, pvef.-pres. to find nasjan, wv. I, to save, 87, 88. room, 338. 89 note, 19,114, 1x8. 137 mGtarels, sm. toll-taker, pub- note, 152, 153. 157, 173, 200. lican, 185. 354,380. 240, 316, 322, 400. OE. mGta-ataps, sm. toll-place, re- nerian, 0gt. nerren,nerien. ceipt ol custom, 389. nasjands, m. saviour, 218, 379. *mGtjan, wv. 1, see ga-motjan. OE. ner(i)gend. mops (mGds), snr. anger, nati, sn. net, 187. OE. nett, wrath. OE. mijd, OllG. OHG. nezzi. muot, courage. natjan, ulv.I. to make wet, mulda, sf. dust, 192. OE. wet, 318. OI-IG. nezzen. molde, OHG. molta. niludi-bandi, sf; chain, fetter, munan, w. 111, to consider, 389. think, intend, 328. Cp. OE. na~idi.paurfts, aj. necessary, mynnan, mynian, to intend. 397. munan, pet.-pres. to think,336. nauh, av. still, yet ; ni llaut~or OE. munan. nauh ni, nut yet, not as yet. "munds, sf.340. see ga-munds. 01-1G. noh. muns, snt. thought, intention, *nauhan, PI.?/.-PYPS., see bi- 122, 197. nah. mun S, sm. mouth. OE. miip, nai~h.panup,n71. still yet. O J'G. mund. naithup-pan, av, and also. nilus, srtr. corpse, 153, I* nadrs, sm. adder, vi er. Cp. note I. Cp. OE. dryht-ne, OE. n&did)rc, OR^) nltaia. dead body of a warrior. nahtamats, sm. supper, even- nkupjan, zew. I, to force, con>- ing meal, 389. pel. OE. niedan, OIIG. nahts, f. night, 18~22,I&* 158, noten. 764, 221,.346, 353, 427. OE. nziulps, sf. need, 199. OE. neaht, niht, OtiG. naht. nEad, nied, OkfG. n6t, i 187 Z Glossary nE, av. nay, no, 349. nipan, sv. V, to help, 308. nehr, av. near, close by, 19, ni jis, sm. kinsman, 185, axx. 33. OE. neah, OHG. nHh. zp.OE. nippas, men. nehra, prep. c. dat. nigh to, nipj6, uif: female cousin. near ; av. near, 350. OHG. niu, in/errogatrve parficle, not n8ho. = Lat. nonne, 349; niu diw, nehris, av. nearer, 345. never. nehrjan sik, wv. 1,to approach, *niujan, wv. I, see ana. draw near. OHG. nahen. niujan. nzhrundja, wm. ne~ghbour, niuja-satips, sm. novice, 389. 208. niujis, aj. new, young, zo, 85, neip, sn. envy, hatred. OE. 105, 229, 238. OE. niewe, nip, OI-IG. nid. niwe, OHG. niuwi, niuui. neiwan, sv. I, to be angry. niujipa, sf. neFess, 354,384. nGPla, needle, 192. OE. niu-klahs, aj. under age, nLdl, &G. nEdala. young, childish, 393. ni, av. neg. not, 265 note I, 349, niun, Mum. nine, 22, 247, 252. 427 ; nist = ni ist ; nl.. . ak, OE. nigon, OHG. niun. not.. .but ; ni dja.. . afja, niunda, nrinr. ninth,253. OE. not other. ..than ; ni.. .ni or nigopa, OHG. niunto, nih, neither.. . nor, 351 ; ni niuntehund, num. nlnety, 247. ananlais or panaseips, no niutan, sv. 11, to enjoy, 302, !anger, no more ; ni atainei ~7.OE. niotan, OHG. .. .ak jah, not on 7y ... but nioqan. also ; ni dinshun, no one, no, ni waihts, nothing, naught, none, 427; ni Biw, never, 427, See waihts. 347 ; ni allis, not at all, 427. nijta, wm. stern of a ship, 208. nibhi, niba, cj. unless, except, nu, av. now, so, consequently, if. ..not, 351. OHG. nibu. 34 ; aj. present, existlng ; nidwa,sf. rust, 149, 192. suL. present time ; nu, nunu, nih, 6 and not, not even, 351 ; nuh, au.and j. therefore, 351. nih .. . nih, neither .. . nor ; nuh, iirterrogatrve particle, then, nih .. . ak jab, neither. .. but 73 note, 349,351. also, 351. 0 WG. noh. nuta, wm. fisher, catcher of niman, sv. XV, to take, take , 208, 354. away, recerve, accept. 5, 10, *nuts (in un-nuts), nj. useful. 11, 22, 33, 65, 68, 70, 87, 83, 0 E. nytt, OHG. nuzzi. 89 note, 917 93, 95, '06, 107, 108, 110, 112, 114, 115, 120, 6, intevj. 0 ! oh ! 124, 158, 175, 239, 240, 241, *ijgan,prci.-fires.to fear, 7,169, 242, 282, 286, 287, 288, 289, 428. 92, 293. 295, 296.. 297, 305 ; Gg~an,wv. I, to terrify, 7, P. ml nlinan, to recelve, accept. -6ni-, sufi-T, 3%. 02 niman, OHG. neman. Bsanna, hosanna Gr. Iroawd. 'nipnan, zw, IV, see gas -ijpu., stiflx, 385. nipnan. 'nisan, sv. V, see ga-nisan. paida, sf. coat, 2% 160. QE. nist=ni ist. pld, OHG. pfeit. Glossary 339 paraklEtus, sm comforter. qineins, aj. female; neirf. Gr. rrapcirAqros. foolish woman, 395. paraskaiwe, the day of the woman, wife, 122, preparation. Gr. .n.apaorcufi. 129,211. OE. cwene, OHG. paska, sf. indeclirzabke, feast of *quena. the passover, pazchal feast. qiss*d a saying, speech, see Gr. mdqa. ga-qiss, and cp. qipan. padrpura, sf. purple. Gr. qipan, '7 say, rrop+Bpa. speak, 138, 163, 171,286 note sm. 3> 307, 426; ubil qipan, to peika-bagms, palm-tree. speak evil of one ; wails pistikeins, aj. gent!i!le, pure. qipan, to speak well of, Gr. *LUTLK~S with Goth. su&x pra,,e. OE. cwepan, OHG, -gins. quedan. Plapja, sf. street : orgbJ occurs qipu-hafts, aj. pregnant ; qipu. once (hlatth. vi. 5). artd is pvo- haftij, used as sb., a bably a scrtdalerrorJ*~r*platja being with child. frorn Lat. platea, 192. qipus, sm, body, womb. OE. plats, sm. patch, piece ofcloth. .,ip,, 0.Bulgarian platii, *qiujan, wv. I, see ga-qiujan. Fllnsjan, Wv- 1, to dance, a3, *qiunan, wv. IV, see ga. 160. 0.Bulgarian plqsati. qiunan. 'Praggan, sv- VII, see aria* qi~s,aj. .alive, quick, living, praggan. 10s,129,149,232. praltGrlahn, Pret~rium. Gr. qu,s, sm. advent, 19fj note 2, mpat~iprov. 354. OE. cyme, OHG. pratifeteis, fm.prophetess. -kumi. Gr. TPS+~~TLS. prahfetjan, wv. I, to prophesy. rabbei, master, teacher. Gr. praufiitus, praGtCs, sm. pro- 6apfi1. phet. Gr. npo+'qs. ragin, sn. o inion, judgment, pund, sn. pound, 23,160. OE. decree. EP. OE. reg(e)n. pund, OHG. pfnnt, Lat. wear4 mighty guardian. pondo. ragineis, sn?. counsel1or, governor, 153, 185 qlinijn,wv. 11, to weep, mourn, raginijn, zuv. 11, to be ruler, lament. OE. cwHnian. 425 OE. regnian. to ar- qairrei, wJ. meekness. range. qairrus, aj. gentle, 236. rahnjan, wv. 1, to count, 0.lcel. kwirr. reckon, number, 426. qEns (qeins), sf: wife, wonlnn, rkidjan, wV. 1, to determine, 5, 2397, 122, 163, 199 OE. fix,order, appoint, CP. OE. cwen. r'ldian. qiman, sv. fV, to come, arrive, raihtaba, av. rightly, straight- 24, 122, 129, 134, 146, 163, way? 344: 306,436. OE. cuman, OHG. raihtis, q. for, because, 351 ; queman. av. for, still, then, however, qina-kunds, a$ female, 397. indeed, 346,427. z 2 340 Glossary raihts, aj. right, straight, a 22, 122, 139, 158, 304. OE. 67, 128, 158, 227, 390. 02 rinnan, iernan, OHG. rin- reoht, riht, OHG. reht. nan. 'rkips, sm. see skiiuda-riips. riqis, riqiz, sn. darkness, 24, *rbisjan, wv. 1, to raise, 20 129, 163, 175 note I, 182. 4m, see ur-raisjan, dE: riqizeins, aj. dark. rmran. riqizjan, wv. I, to become %lips, aj. see ga.riips. dark, be darkened. *rakjan, wv. I, see uf.rakjan. rijdjan, wv. I, to speak, ~ao, *rannjan, wv. I, to cause to 428. run, 122. see ur-rannjan. riihsns, sf. hall. rapiz6, aj easier, 428. riims, sm. room, space, 82, *rappn,szr. Vf, see ga-rapjan. 102. OE. OHG. rum. rapjo, =sf. number, account, rlina, sf. secret, mystery, 192. 125,211. OHG. redia. OE. riin, OHG. rpna. rhupjan, wv. I, to pull out, runs, sm. running, issue, pluck. OE. riepan, 01-IG. course, 122 ; run gawatirkjan rouffen. sis, to rush violently. OE. rlus, sn. reed. OHG. r6r. ryne. riu s, aj. red, 2, 84, 133, 158 0i. rkd. O~G.r6t. razda, sf.. language, speech', ~([email protected]~ dem. 175, 192. OE. reord, OHG. pr. th~s,that, ; dc/. rarta. art. the, 49, 87 and note, 89 razn,sn. house, 158,159. OE. and note, "4, 120,175,265. zem, raen-. sabbat5, indeclinable, Sabbath ; *rSdan, sv. VII, to counsel, sabbatus, sm. Sabbath; pl deliberate, 2 125, 311, see fluctuates between i- and u- ga-raao. 0%.rodan, OHG. declension. Gr.abP@a~ov,od$- rZtan. paras. reiki,sn.ruIe,power, kingdom, sa.ei, rel. pr. who, he who, 187. OE. rice, OHG. rihhi. which, 271. reikiniin, wv. 11, to rule, saggws, snr. song, music, 197, govern, 33,325,425. 354. OE, OHG. sang. reiks, nj. mighty, powerful ; sagqjan (saggqjan), wv. I, to superl. reikista,the mightiest, sink, go down. OE. sencan, prlnce. Cp. OE.rice, OIIG. OHG. senken. rihhi. sagqs (saggqs), st^. sinking, reiks, m. ruler, prince, 219. oing down (of the sun),hence reiran, wv. 111, to tremble, best, 354. 328. sah (fern. sGh, neut. patuh), reirii, w& trembling. dem. pr. that, this, 266. 'reisan, sv. I, to rise ; see ur. sa-hraz-uh saei or izei,. indef.- reisan. OE. OHG. risan. pr. whosoever, 276. rign, sn. rain, 168. OE. regn, ski, intej. see! lo! behold! OHG. regan. OHG. si5, sE-nu. rikan, sv. V, to heap up, 308. saian (saijan), sv. VII, to sow, rinnan, sv. 111, to run, hasten, 71 10,769 $1 1001 1221 124,314 Glossary 341

and note. OE. sswan, OHG. sama-leiks, a?. atikc, agreeing Sen, Gwen. together. OIIG. sama-1%. saiands, pres.part. one sowing, sower. saihs, nztnr. six, 247. OE. siex, six, OHG. sehs. saihsta, 12tr112. sixth, 24.4, 253. OE. siexta, sixta, OIIG. sehsto. saihs tigjus, nttnz. sixty, 247. saihran, s~,.V, to see, take heed, rq. 19, 34, 67, 92, 124, 137, I.+:$, 165 note, 307. OE. sGon, OIIG. sehan. shiwala, ~;f. soul, spirit. life, 192. OE. s.5~01,s~wL,OI-~G. senla, sda. siiiws, SN~.sea, lake, 197. OE. SB, OI~G.S~O. sakan, sv. VI~to dispute, strive, rebuke, 3x0. OE. sacan, 01-IG. sahhan. sakj6, wf. strife, 21 I. salckus, stiz. sackcloth, 203. OE. saccc, 01-1G. sac, Lat. saccus, Gr. ai~nos. salbon, mi. 11, to anoint, 14>89 note, 111, 161, 200, 240, 28 323,324. OE. sealfian, OH^: salkon. 271 note 3. salbcns, sf. ointment, 200. sein (seina), poss. pr. its, zalipwcs, sj. pl, dwelling, 264. abode, rnansion, guest-cham- seins. $o.qs. fr. his, 78, gg, 263. ber, 387. OIIG. selida. OE. OIIG. in. saljan, zit:,. I, to dwell, abide: *!..rtf.s. (17'. st'(, pana-s~i!-f.. remain. sci us, nj. tat(:, 236. OE. sq, saljan, W71. I, to bring an offer- O f IG. sid, av. ing, sacrilice. OE. sellan, s21s, nj. ggootl, kind, 234. Cp. OHG. sellen, to surrender. OE. ssllic, OIIG. ~Blig, salt, srz. saft, 36. 158 OE. happy. sealt, 01-IG. salz. 'sEps, .Tf. see mana.sEps. saltan.s7!. VII, to salt, 313 note si, ~JPJS.fJr. she, 152, 260, 261. I. OIIG. salzan. OI-IG. si. sama, pr. Fame, 26, 269, 340. sibja, SJ relationship, 192. OHG.samo. OE. sibb, OHG. sibba. sama.leik6, av. likewise, in sibun, ntrnz. seven, 14,26 8 Iike manner, equally. OE. 136, 161, 1 4, 2!7, 258. bi!: sam.lice, together. seofon, 0dG. stbun. 342 Glossary sibuntEhund, num. seventy, sind, tfiep are, 342. OE. sfn- 241. I don. sin*. sink OHG. sint. sidbn, wv. 11, to practise, 325. aj old,' 110, 227,245, OHG. sit2in. sidus, sm. custom, habit, 203. s~ni$ta,aj.oldest;anelder,z45. OE. sidu, OHG. situ. sintein6, av. always, ever, con- sifan, wo. 111, to rejoice, be tinually, 344. glad, 328. sinteins, aj. daily. siggwan, sv. 111, to sing, read, *sinps, sm. time, lit. a going, 17,146, 149,304. OE. OIiG. 258. OE. sq, OHG. sind. singan. slponeis, sm. pupil, disciple, sigis, sn. victory. OE. sige, !8_5. sigor, OHG. sign. s~qonjan,wv. I, to be a dis- sigis-ltiun, An. the reward or clple, 320. crown of victory, prize, 304. sitan, sv. V, to sit, 34,7597, sigljan, wv. I, to seal. Lat. 174, 308 and note. OE. slt- sigillsre. tan, 01 IG. sizzen. sigljii, mn. seal, 22,2314. Low sitls, sm. seat, chair. nest, 159, Lar. sigillo. 180. OE. setl, OHG. seg~al. sigqan, sv. 111, t3 sink, go siujan, wv. I, to sew, 31 down, 17, 14, 116, 158. 163, OE. siowan, sEowan, OH(?: 304. OE. sincan, OHG. siuwen. sinkan. siukan, sv. II, to be sick, ba sihu, sn. victory, 205 note ill, 302. sijhu, 1- be, 342. siukei, wf. sickness, weakness, sijum, we are, 342. infirmity, 354, 383. sik, reJ:pr. oneself, 261, 262; siuks, aj. sick, ill, diseased, :;%?7,390. OE.ssoc,OHG.

silba, pr. self, 161, 269, 430. siuns, sf. sight, appearance, OE. self, OHG. selb. 105, 137,150, 199. OE. sien. silba-wiljis, aj. willing of one- *siuns, aj., see ana-si~~ns. self, 397. skaban, sv. VI, to sllnve, 310. silda-leikjan, wv. I, to marvel, OK. scafan, OIIG. skaban. wonder, be astonished. skadus, sm. shade. shadow, silda-leiks, nj. wonderf~1.OE. 116, I 50, 203. OE. sceadu, seld-Iic, sellic. OHG. scizto. silubr, sn. silver, 182. 0%. *skadwjan, wv. I, to cast a seolfor, OHG. silabar, shade or shadow, 29. See silber. ufar-skadwjan. silubreins, aj. silver. skaftjan, wv. I, to make ready, siml8, av. once, at one time, prepare. 344. OE. sim(b)Ie, OHG. sk$idan, sv. VII, to divide, simbles, always. sever, separate, put asunder, sinaps, sm. or sinap, sn. mus- 47, 130, 312 note, 313. OE. tard. OE. senep, OHG. sc(e)Zdan, OHG. skeidan. senaf, Lat. singpi, Gr. ska1,pret.-pres. I shall, 158,336. viviim. OE. sceal, OHG. skal. Glossary skalkinassus, sm. service, skGhs1, m. evil spirit, demon. 381. *skreitan, sv. I, see dis-skrei- skalkinijn, wv. 11, to serve, tan. 325, 425. *skritnan, wv. IV, see dis- skalks, sm. servant, 162, 180, skritnan. 425. OE. scealc, OHG. skuft, sn. the hair of the head. skalk. 0. fcel. skopt. skaman sik, wv. 111, to be skuggwa, wm. mirror, 151,208. ashamed, be ashamed of, 139, OE. sciiwa, OHG. sciiwo, 328,427. OE. scamian,OHE. shadow. scamen. skula, aj. owing, in debt.auilty, skanda, sf. shame, 139. OE. 428; wm. debtor, 208, 354. sc(e)and, OHG. scanta. OE. ge-scola, OHG. scola. *skapjan, sv. VI, to shape, *skulan, $9-et.-pres. to owe, to make, 138, I&. See ga. be about to be, shall, to be skapjan. one's duty, to be obliged, must, skattja, wtn. money-changer. 22, 336, 432 ; skulds ist, it is skatts,s;?z. rtlonev.coin, . lawful, 336, 340~ 400, 428. OE. sceatt, OIHG. scaz; 0. OE. OHG. scufan. Bulgarian skotii, cattle. skiira, sf: shower; skiira skapjan, szr. VI, to injure. windis, storm. OE. OHG. 130,310. OE. sceppan, OHG. sciir. skad-n. slahan, sv. VI, to smite, strike, sk/auda.rdips, sm. leather beat, hit, 124, 125, 137, 138, thong, shoe-latchet. OE. rgp, 143, 292, 309. OE. slcan, OHG. reif, rope. OHG. slahan. skguns, a?. beautiful, 234. OE. slahs,snr. stroke,stripe,plague. sciene, OHG. sconi. OE. slege, OHG. slag. skfiuts, sm. the hem of a slaihts, a]. smooth. OHG. garment, OE, scEat, OHG. sleht. scciq. slailhts, sf: slaughter, 125,199, skeinan, so. I, to shine, 128, 354. 300. OE. sciuan, OWG. ski- *sl&upnan, wv. IV, see af- nan sldnpnan. *skeirjan, wv. I, see ga-skeir- slnuan, zciv. 111. to be silent, jan. be stlll, 149. 328. skelrs, aj. clear, 175,234. OE. sleideis (or !sleips), 0% fierce, scir. dangerous, perlluus. OE. skewjan, wv. I, to walk, -go, slipe. go along. slEpan, sv. VII, to sleep, fall skildus, spit. shield, 203. OE. asleep, 5, 23, 97, 129, 16, scield, OHG. skilt. r74,3r3. OE. slgpan, OHG. skip, sn. ship, 23, 160, 182. slgfan. OE. scip, OHG. scif. *slindan, sv. 111, see frz.slind. *skiuban, sv. 11, see af-skim an. ban. sliupan, sv. 11, to slip, ~29,302 skGhs, sm. shoe. OE. scGh, OE. sliipan, UHG. slioffan. sc6, OIZG. scuoh. smakka, wm. fig, 108. 344 Glossary smakka.hngms, sm. fig-tree. spill, sn. fable, story. OE. smals, a;. small, 227. OE. spell, OHG. s el. smel, OHG. smal. spillln, tuu. 6, to narrate, 'smeltan, sv. I, see ga-smeit. relate, bring tidings of, 325 an. OE. spellian. smyrn, sn. myrrh; wein mi spinnan, sv. 111, to spin, 304. smyrna, wine mingled wit R OE. 01-IG. spinnan. myrrh. Gr. apv'pva. sprkut6, av. quickly. soon, 344. snaga, wm. garment, 208. spyreida, rum. large basket. snkiws, sm. snow, 29,137~14, Gr. cnrupLs, gen. mupc'bs, fish- 188 note. OE. snlw, OHE. basket. snEo. stkiga, s ath, way. Cp. OE. sneipan, sv. I, to cut, rea stig, 0h8. stiga. 137.29 OE. snipan, OH& stkinahs, aj. stony, 3q3. OE. snid an. stgniv, OHG. steinaa. sniumjan, wa. I, to hasten, stkineilns, aj. of stone;stony, 320. Cp. OE. snSome, OHG. 395. OE. stSnen. sniumo, quickly. stg~ns,sm. stone, rock, 10, sniumundij, av. with haste, 83.87 note I, 103, 180, 353; quickly, 344 ; CON@. sniumun- stBtnam wairpan, to stone. dijs, with more haste, 345. OE. stin, OHG. stein. sniwan, sv. V, to hasten, 104, stairnij, zum. star, 211. OHG. 149,150,307. OE. snzowan. stern, sterno. snutrs, aj. wise, 227. OE. *staldan, su. VII, see ga- snot(t)or, OH?. snottar. staldan. sijkareis, snz. disputer, 380. stamms, ~j.stammering, with szkjan, wv. I, to seek, desire, an impediment in the speech. long for, question with, dis- OE. stamm, OHG. stam. pute, 7,110.118,152,153.154, standan, sv. VI, to stand, '57, '62, 283, 316, 317, 322 ; stand firm, 310. OE.standan, sijkjan samana, to reason OHG. stantan. together, to discuss. OE. staps (ge". staclis), sm. place, sscan, OHG. suohhen. neighbourhood, 41,197, 354 ; sGkns, sJ; search, inquiry, rgg. jkinis stadis, unto the other 'sopjan, wv. 1, see ga-sopjan. side (of the lake), sic +& spaikulstur, m. spy, exccu- aipav. OE. stede, OHG. tioner. Lat. speculator, Gr. stat. mcrouXdrwp. staps (gem stzipis), sin. land, sparwa, rum. sparrowb;Iqe: shore. OE. 5tit.p. OHG. stad. 208. OE. spearwa, staua, wm.judge, b, roI,zo8, sparo. 223. spaurds, J: stadiilm. furlong, staua, s judzment, 11, 80, race-course, 221. OE. spyrd, 192. cip. OHG. stEa-tago, OHG. spurt. the day of judgment. spedumists, aj. last, 236. staua-stGls, mz. the judgment- *spEps, aj. late. OHG. splti. seat. 389. epeiwan, iz~. I, to spit, 5, 128, 'stalirknan, wv. IV, see ga- 300. OE. OHG. spiwan. staurknan. Glossary 345 stalirran, wv. 111, see and- apart, privately, 344. OE- staurran. sundor, OHG. suntar. stautan, sv. VII, to smite, sunja, sf. truth; bi sunjtii, push, 313 note 5. OIIG. truly, verily. stsgan. sunjaba, av. truly, 344. steigan, sv. I, to ascend, sunjeins, nj. true, veritable. mount up, 17, 48, 78, 83, 99, sunjis, aj. true, 229. 103, 124. 128, 133, 168, 300. sunjGn, wv. 11, to justify, zoo, OE. OI3G. stigan, 325- stibna, sf. voke, I 58 note, 192. sunjons, sf. a verifying, de- OE, sternn, stefn. OHG. fence, zoo. stemna, stimna, stimma. sunna, wm. sun. OE. sunna, stig an, sv. 111, to thrust, OIIG. sunno. ,u%, make war, 304. sunno, zuf. or wn. sun. OE. stikls, sm. cup, 354. OHG. sunne, OHG. sunna. stechal. suns, nzj. soon, at once, im- stiks, sm. point, moment; mediately ; suns-giw, au. s,tiks melis, a moment of immediately, straightway ; tlme. OE. stice. OHG. suns.ei, cj. as soon as, 351. stih. sunus, sttr. son, 8. 72, 87 and stilan, sv. IV, to steal, 66, 306. note 3, 88, 93 and note, 107, OE. OHG. stelan. 108, 113, 116, 121, 122, 150, stiur, sm. steer, calf. OE. 158, 202. OE. OHG. sunu. stzor, OHG. stior. supon, zav. 1 I, to season, 7. stiurjan, wit. I, to establish, 85. OHG. soffijn. OE. stleran, OHG. stiuren, s&ts, rrj. sweet, patient, peace- to steer. able, toleraid?, 234, 243, 244. *stGdjan, wv. 1, see ana- OE. swSte, OHG. suogi. st63jan. supj3n, ztv. 11, supjan, wv. I, stijjan, WV. I, to judge, 80, to itch, tickle. 81, xm, 101, 152. I 53. 316, swa, swah, av. so, just so, also, 3x7. Cp. OE. stowian, OHG. thus. OE. sw5. stouwen, to restrain. swa.ei, swa.swE, cj. so that, 'str~ujan, ZLW. I, to strew, so as. 351. spread, spread (with carpets), swaihra, zctljr. father-in-law, furnisll. 319. 01.3. streowian, 136,208. OE. SWCOI-,swehor, 01-IG. strouwen, strewen. 01 IG. swehur. striks. snz. stroke. title., roo... swalhrij, wfi mother-in-law, 0116.strih. 21 I. suliij. wf. sole of a shoe. Lat. 'swairban, sv. 111, to wipe, soiea. ' 14, 161, see af-swairban. sums, ina'ef. pr. some one, a swa-]&ups,pu. so great, 274. certain one, 53, 277,427, 430; swa-leiks, pu. such, 274, 430. sums.. . sums, the one.. . the OE slvelc, swylc, OIIG. other ; no192. pl. sum&i(h). . . solih. sumiih, some . . . and others. swalutns, sm. sponge. OE. OE. OI-IG. sum. swanim. eundrij, av. alone, asunder, swaran, st!. VI, to swear, 158, 346 Glossary 3x0 and note. OE. swerian, swinps, aj. strong, sound, OHG. swerren, swerien. healthy, 227,243. OE. swip. sware, av. without a cause, in swistar, f. sister, 29, 66, 93, valn. 147,149,216. OE. sweostor, swarts, aj. black, 227. OE. OHG. swestar. sweart, OHG. swarz. swiigatjan, wv. I, to sigh, 320, swa-swZ, av. even as, just as ; 424: cj. so that, 351. *swo_gjan, wv. I, see ga. awG, av. and cj. like, as, just ewogjan, as, so that, about, 5,351 ;-swe synagogs-fap, sm. ruler of . . . swa, as, .. so; swe . . . the synagogue. jah, or swa jah, or swah, aynagijgz, j. synagogue, 2 like,. . . so too. note 3. Gr. ouvayoyi. sweiban, sv. I, to cease, 161, 300: 0.lcel. svifa. sweln, sn. swine, pig, 6,44,78, tagl, sn. hair, 17, 22. 159, 18a, 99. QE. OHG. swin. OE. tzgl, OHG. zagel, sweran, uv, 111, to honour, 24: 328. tagr, sn. tear, 17, 28~,159, swerei, wJ honour. 168,170, 182,354. . tear, sweripa, sf. honour, 384. teagor, OHG. zahar. swirs, a?.honoured, ~7.5,227, tahjan, wv. I, to tear, rend. @. OE. sw*r, OHG. swsr, taihswa, sf. the right hand. heavy. OHG. zesawa. swzs, aj. one's own ; as sh., talhswa, w. aj. right : as noun, possession. property. QE. zuJ taihsw6, the right hand, swss, OHG. swgs. 29, 149. OHG. zeso. swe-phuh, av. yet, indeed, taihun, num. ten, 10, 27, 67, however, 351. 87, 92,128, ~29,136, 164,247, swiglja, wnz. 252. OE. tien, OHG zehan. swigion. wv. piperv1, to *. Ipe, play ta~hunda, r?i,i?z. tenth, 253. the flute, 325 O~G.awe- OE. tFopa, OHG. zebanto. galon. taihuntaihund-faIps,tlum. hun- swiknipa, sf. purity, pureness, drctifold, 257. chast~ty,384. taihuntEliand, taihuntaihund, swi-kunpaba, openly, 1?t(l?t. hundsed, 247, 427. manifestly. taiknjan, zov. I, to betoken, swi-kunps, nj. manifest, evi- pointout,show. OE. tscnan, dent, open, 428; OIIG. zeihhanen. wafrpan, to becoiTi::n!: tkikns, sJ token, sign?wonder, made manifest, +avephs miracle, 22, 159, 199. OE. yiyvc&ac. tLcn, 01-IG. zeihhan. swiltan, su. 111, to die, 146, ttiinj6, WJ a basket of twigs, 204. 0-7- OE.- sweltan. basket. OHG. zeina. swin ei, wfi strength, power, tains, sm. twig, sprig, branch, mjg R t, 383. OE. tBn, OHG. zexn. swmbnan, wv. IV, to grow *tairan, sv. IV, see gas, dis. strohg. I tairan. Glossary taler& maid, damsel. Gr. 151. 232. Cp. OE. ge-triewe, raht0di. OHG. gi.triuwi. talzeins, sf. instruction. trimpan, sv. 111, see ana. talzjan, wv. I, to instruct, trimpan. teach, 17s. triu, sn. tree, wood, staff, talzjands, nz. teacher, 218. 9, 150, 1% note I. OE. *tan~jan,wv. I, to tame, 170, trEo(w). see ga-tamjan. triweins, aj. wooden, 395. tandjan, wv. I, to light, kindle. trudan, sv. IV, to tread, 12.3 OE. on.tendan. 280, 306 and note. Cp. 06. taui, sn. deed, work, 11,80,81, treclan, OHG. tretan. 187. tuggij, uf. tongue, 87, 89,111, taujan, wv. I, to do, make, 104, 119, 166. 170, 206, 210. OE. 149, 150, 319, 426. Otiti. tunge, OHG. mnga. zouwen. tulgns, aj. firm, fast, 167, 236. 'tairrnan, wv. IV, see af- tuodnan, uizs.IV, to take fire, taurnan. 331. Cp. OIIG. zuntSn. *teihan, sv. I, see ga-teihan. tunpus, ~112. tooth, 27, 203. tzkan, szl. VII, to touch. 282, Cp. OE. top, OHG. zan(d). 314, 42_8- Cp. O.Icel. taka tc~z-werjan,~171. I, to doubt, (pret. tok), to take. 418. Cp. OKG. zur-wlri, 'tigus, sm. decade, 136, 247. suspicious ; OE. wSr, OHG. OE. -tig. wZr, true. tilon, WV. 11, see ga-til6n. twaddjs, see 156, 250. OE. "tifs, nj. fit, suitable, 227. OE. tweg(e a, OHG. zwelo. til, see ga-tils. twai (fe~etrr.twiis, neut. twa), *timan, sv. IV, see ga-timan. num. two, 10, 149, 170, 247, timrja, wm. carpenter, builder, 250, 256, 258 ; ~tztzsc. OE. 159, 208. twegen, OIXG. zwEne; ffm. timrjan (tirnbrjan), wv. I, to OE. tWE, OI-IG. zw5 (zt1-6), build, 159. OE. timbran, nrrrt. OE, tw6, t5, OHG. OHG. zimbren. Cr,. OE. zwei. timber, O13G. zimbar, tim- tw6.i tigjus, nrt?n. twenty, 247. ber. twal~b.uint~us,nj. t\tei\e tiuhan, sv. 11, to lead. draw, years old. 34, 276. guide, 51, 71, 73, 86-9+. 121, twalif, rttwz. t\\ ~Ive,145. 243, 128,129. 137, 301. OL. teon, 252. OE. twelf, OIIG. ONG. ziohan. zwelif. trauan, wv. 111, to trust, XI, tweihndi, num. two each, 256. 80,328 and notes I, 2. OE. Cp. OE. be-twEonum, be- trfwian, OHG. trGGn, triiw. tween. En. triggwab$ covenant, 155, pad-ei, av. whither, where, 192. trVow, OI-IG. wheresoever. triuwa. pagkjan, ulv. I, to think, medi- triggwaba, av. truly, assured- tate, consider, 17, 28, 59, 96 ly, %'. 142, 158, I I, 321, 428. OE. triggws, aj true, faithful, 17, 1 pencan, oLc. denre.. pahan, wv. 111, to be silent, arbs, sf. overty, need, want, hold one's peace, 328. Cp. $54. oE. pearf, OK. OHG. da~zn. darba. pEhi5, alf: tiay, 4,74,211. OE. arban, wv. 111, see ga-par- P6, OHG. dLha. tan. pBhta,pret. I thought, 321. OE. par-ei, azi. where. Ghte, OEIG. dghta. parf, pret.-pres. 1 need, 137, dairh, prep. c. acc. through, by, 335. OE. earf, OHG. darf. by means of, on account of, par-uh, cj. t 6erefure, but, and, lj1,3so. 351; av. there, now. bairh-bairan, sv. IV. to bear pata, pr. neut. that, this, the, 'through, carry through, 4r9. 262, 265 notez. OE.paet, pairh-gaggan, sv. VII, to go OHG. daq. or come through, 419. pata-hrah pej,pr. whatsoever, pairh-leipan, sv. I, to go 276. through. pat-bin-ei, av, only. pairh-saihran, sv. V, to see pat-ei, neut. of rel. @.,as Gj. that? through, 419. because, if, 271 note I, 351. pafrh-wakan, sv. VI, to keep babrii. av. thence, from there, watch, 165 note. ' 6,348. pairh-wisan, sv. V, to remain, pa-priih, av. aftenvards,thence 419. forth. pairkii, wn. a hole through p&u, p~uh,cfi and au. after a anything, 214 ; pairk6 nepliis, con~p.,alsoafter apos. standing the eye of a needle. for the comp.,than: g6ppusist *pairsan, sv. 111, to be with- .. . pbu (~ah6vuoi PUTLY. . i i), ered or parched, In, see ga- it is better for thee.. . than ; pairsan. introducing the second part pan, re/. particle, when, as, then, of a disjll~zcfiveinferrogation, as long as, 347 ; dem. (never or : ~Auniu, or not ; after an stands first), then, at that irttetrofipr., then,in that case ; time, thereupon; cj. but, still, perhaps, 349, 351. indeed, and, however, there- pbuh-jabbi,~;even thouqh,351. fore, as long as, 351. OE. paurban, pref.-pres. to need, be In want, lack, 292, 335, 427 OE. purfan, OHG. durfan. paurfts, aj. needy, necessary, $%tt., $ need, necessity, 199. 0 G. durft. paurneins, aj. thorny, 395, OE. pymen, OHG. dornin. *panjan, wv. I, see uf-panjan. patirnus, sm. thorn, 171, 203. pan-nu, pan-uh, cj. therefore, OE. porn, OHG. dorn. then, so, for, 351. pafwp, srr. field, 129. OE. par, av. there, 345. porp, OHG. dorf, village. parba, wm. a needy one, patirsjan, wv 1, to thirst, 320, pauper, beggar. 426. Glossary 349

*patkenan, wv. IV, to become piufs ( lubs), sm. thief. OE. dry, rzz, see ga-palirsnan. peof, 8'HG. diob. padrstei, WJ thirst, zrz. OE. lu-magus, sm. servant. pyrst, OHG. durst. 5i.s. s.. sewant, 89, 188. patirsus, aj. d withered, In, OE. pEow, OHG. deo. 216. Cp. OFpyrre. OHG. piup,-aj. good, 171. Cp. OE. durri. gesplede, v~rtuous. pe-ei, q'. that, because that, for piupeigs, aj. good, blessed, that, 265 note I, 351 ; ni PC-ei, not because. pei, CJ; that, so that; rei. far!. that, as ; used with sahrazuh, pishraduh, pishrah, patahrah, piup-spillcn, wv. 11, to tell or where it gives the force of bring glad tidings. a relative, 265 note I, 351. piwi [gen. piujcs), sf: maid- peihan, sv. I, to thrive, pros- servant, handmaid, 89, 149, per, increase, 60, 92, 124, 142, 150,195. OE. pEowu, pcowe, 164, 300. OE. pson, OHG. OHG. diu, gen. diuwi. dihan. *plAihan, sv. VII, see ga. peihr6, wf. thunder, arr. pldihan. peins, poss. pr. thy, 263, 430. plaqus, 19. SOR, tender, 236. OE. pin, OHG. din. larihs, sm. fli ht, 19 . *pinsan, sv. 111, see at-pinsan. gliuhan, su. h, to Jec, 3m. PIS-hun,av, chiefly, especialfy. OE, fleon, OHG. fliohan. Pis-hraduh padei, av. whither- prafstjan, wv. I. to console, soever. comfort; prafstjan sik, to pis-hrah,pr. whatsoever, what- take courage, be of good ever, 276. cheer. Pis.hraruh, av. wheresoever. pragjan, m. I, to run, 318. pis-hraz-uh sa-ei, indcf. pr. pramstei, wf. locust, 212. whosoever, a76. preihan, sv. I, to press upon, Piubi, sn. theft, 187. OHG. throng, crowd, 300. diuba. 'preis (newt. prija), nuni. three, piubjii, av. secretly, 89, 119, 28,87 note, 128, 152,247, 251, 344. 256, 258. OE. )xi, OIIG. dri. Piuda, sf. people; PI. heathens, 'preis tigjus, ntciti. thirty, 247. Gentiles, 9, 192. OE. PEod, pridja, nzctti.third,253. OL. OHG. cliot, diota. pridda, OWG. dritto. piudan-gardi, sf. kingdom, pridj6, av. for the third time, palace, 34, 194. 344. p!udanljn, wv. 11, to reign. priskan, sv. 111. to thresh, 304. p~udans,SNZ. king, 180. OE. OE, perscan, OHG.dreskan. peoden. ri v. 11, see us- Piudinassus, sm. kingdom, 33, 203,381- priits-fill, sn. leprosy. OE. PiudiskZi, av. after the manner pfGst-fell. of the Gentiles, 396. OE. pruts-fills, aj. diseased with PZodisc. leprosy, leprous. Glossary pu, pers. pr. thou, 128,260,161, uf-iiipeis, a). under an oath, 262. OE. p6, OHG. dl. 374. bugkjan, wv. I, to seem, 62, ufar, prep. C. acc. and dat. over, 82, 138, 321. OE. pyncan, above, beyond, 16. 106, 160, dunken. 350. OE. ofer, OHG. ubar. plihta, +ref. it seemed, 321. ufarassus, sm. abundance, su- OE: piihte, OHG. diihta. perfluity, 381 ; daf.ufarassau, bulAfns, sf: sufrerance, suffer- used as nv. in abundance, lng, patience, 200. greatly, enough and to spare. pulan, wv. 111, to tolerate, ufar-fullei, wf: overfullness, suffer, ut up with, endure, abundance, 375. 200. BE. polian, OHG ufar-fulls, a]. overfull, abun- dolZn. dant, 375. biisundi, sf: thousand, 8, 26, ufar-gaggan, sv. VII, to go too 82, 102, 194, 247, 427. OE. far, transgress, 420. kcsend, OHG. dcsent. ufar-gudja, wm. chief-priest, pusundi-faps, sm. leader of a 375. thousand men, captain, high ufar-hafnan, wv. IV, to be ex captain (~rhiap~os),389. alted, 33r.

+wa, su@, 8 8. ufar-msleins, sJ superscrip- pwahan, su. &Z to wash rq tion. 310. OE. pwcan, 6~2ufar-mili, SW. superscription, dwahan. 187, 325; pwafrhs, aj. anngry. OE. afar-mel~an,wv. 1, to write pweorh, OHG. dwerah, over, 420. crooked. ufar-rnunnijn, wv. 11, to forget, 325,420, 428. ufaro, av. above ; prep. c. dut. .a, infm pnrficIe (attached and acc. above, upon, over, encliticalg to the first word "9, 344. of its clause), 297,349. ufar-skadwjan, wv. I, to over- ubilaba, av. badly, ev~lly,344. shadow, r49, 420. ubils, aj. evil, bad, 8, 227, 245, ufarasteigan, sv. 1, to spring 390; as noun, pata ubil or up, mount LIP,420. ubilij, the evil ; ubil haban, uf-bguljan, wv. 1, to puff up. to be ill ; ubil qipan, t. daf. to uf-blesan, sv. VII, to blow up, speak evil of, curse. OE. puff up, 313 note, 417. OHG. yfel, OHG. ubil. blgsan. ubiltijjis, aj. evil-doing, as uf-bloteins, sf. entreaty, 374. noun, evil-doer, 22 uf-brikan, su. IV, to reject, ubilwwailrdjan, wu. !?;to speak despise, 417. evil of. uf-brinnan, wv. I, to burn up, ubil-walirds, aj. evil-speaking, scorch. railing, 398. uf-dhnpjaa, wv. I, to baptize, mubni, sup3%. 417. ubuh=u +encliiicparhPIe uh. uf-gairdan, sv. 111, to gird up, uf, prep. c. daf,and acc. under, 304. beneath, in the time of, 350. uf-graban, sv. VI, to dig up. Glossary 3.51 uf-haban, wv. 111, to hold up, erkan, cp. OE. eorc(n)an- bear up. stiin, precious stone. uf-hluseins, sf. regard, obe- un.diwisks, nj. blameless. dience, 374. un-bairarrds, part. not uf-hiiusjan (c dot.), wu I, to bearing, steri~~~6. submit, obey, iisten to, 417. un-barnahs, uj. cchildless,.393. uf-hrijpjan, mu. 1. to cry out. und,prep. c. acc. unto, untll, up uf-kunnan, wv. 111 (but pret. to ; c. daf. for, 350; und patei, uflcunpa), to recognize, know, while ; und hra, how long. acknowledge, 4 r 7. undar, prep. c. ncc. under, 350. uf-kunpi, sn, knowledge, 34, OE. under, OHti. untar. 37+ undar6, prep. c. daf. under, 89, uf.l~gan,sv. V, to lie under, 344,350: faint, 417. undaurnl.mats, sm. breakfast, -ufni, sztflx, 3%. dinner. OE. undern-mete. uf-rakjan, wz*. I, to stretch und-greipan, sv. I, to seize, lay forth, stretch up, lift up. hold of, 421. uf.sneipan, sv. 1, to slay. und-redan, sv. VII, to provide, uf-swGgjan, wv. I, to sigh furnish. grant, 421. deeply. nnd-rinnan, sv. 111, to run to ufta, av. often, 8. one, fall to one, fall to one's uf-panjan sik, wv. I, to stretch share, 421. oneself. OE. pennan, OHG. un-fagrs, aj. unfit, unsuitable, dennen. 376-391: uf-wGpjan, utv. I, to cry out, an-frodei, w$ without under- 165 note. standing, foolishness, folly,376. *ugkar, poss. pr. of us two, un-ga-habands sik, pres. PQP-f. 263. ~ncontirient. .uh, .h,enclitic cj. (like Lat, que, un-ga-hrafrbs, a$ unruly, dis- and), but,and, now, therefore. obedient. In coniposition with pro- un-ga-1&ubeins,sf. unbelief. nouns it often adds intensity un-ga-l&ubjands, prts part. to the signification. The h unbelieving. is often assimilated to the un.h&ili, stz. want of health, initial consonant of a follow- sickness, disease, 376. ing word, 73 note, 164 note, un-handu-wailrbts, aj. not 266, 351. See note to Matth. made by hands. vl. 7. un-hrkins, c!j. unclean. iihteigij, av. seasonably, op- un-hulpa, wm. devil, evil or portunely, 344. unclean spirit, 376. OE. un- iihtiugs, aj. at leisure, g holda, OHG. un-hofdo. CihtwG, WJ early morn, 8, 62, an-hulp6, wf. devil, evil or un- 82, at r. OE. iiht(a). I clean spir~t. ulbandus, sm. camel. OE. un-hunslags, aj. witho~~toffer- olfend, OHG. albanta. ing, truce-breaking, implac- un-agands, a i fearless, 338. able, 39% un-agei, wj r'earlessness, 376. un.luapnands, pres. part. un- un.ai~-kns,aj. unholy. OHG. quenchable, 3 5 2 Glossary un-karja, w. af. careless, ne- un-weis a :unlearned, IF,138, glectful. m7.-6k. OHG. un-w~s. un-kunps, aj. unknown. 428. un-werjan, wv. I, to be unable un-lups, aj. poor. OE. un- to endure, be displeased. l&d. un-witi, sn. ignorance, foll an-liuts, ai. unfeigned. foolishness, 354. Cp. 06: un.mahteigs, aj. Geak, impos- witt, OHG. wizzi, under- sible. standing. un-mahts, sf. infirmity, weak- un-wita, waj. without under- ness, 34,,376. standing, foolish. an-mana-riggws,nj. inhuman, ur.rAisjan, ulv. 1, to raise, fierce. rouse up, wake, 137 note, 17 j nn.milds, aj. not mild, without note, 422. OE. &ran. natural affection, unloving. ur-reisan, sv. I, to arise, 7.3 OE. un-milde,OIiG. un-milti. note, 137 note, 175 note 3 un-ritrrei, zof. immortality, in- 300, 322, 422. OK. OI-I(, corruption. risan. an-rodjands, Pres. pat?. not ur-rinnan, SI. 111, to proceed speaking, speechless, dumb. go out from, go forth, nse. un-saltans, pp. unsalted. spring up, 175 note 3, 422. unsar, poss. pr. our, 175, 263, ur-rists, sf. resurrection, I 264. OE. iiser, OI-IG. unsSr. 354, 377. 08. @-rist, Of%: un.sElei.,wf. wickedness, crafti- ur-rist. ness, injustrce, unrighteous- ur-runs, Sf. a running out, de. ness. parture, decease, 73 note, un-sels, aj. evil, wicked, un- 354- holy. ur-runs, sm. a running out, a un-sibjis, aj. lawless, impious ; rising, draught ; hence East. sb. transgressor, 229. us, prep. c. dnt. out, out of, un-sweibands, pres. part. un- from, 175 note 2, 350. OE. ceasing. or., OHG. ur-, ir-, ar.. un-swerei, 7 dishonour, us.agjan, wv. I, to frighterl shame, disgrace. utte1 Iy un-swErs, aj. without honoi~r. us-alpan, sv. VII, to grow old un-tals, aj. unlearned, indo- 313 note I. cile. us-anan, sv. VI, to expire, 310 untE, cj. for, because, since, 422. until, 351. us.batran, sv. IV, to carry out. un-tila-n~alsks,aj. rash, un- bear, endure, suffer, answer trecomingEy proud. (Mark XI. 14). unpa-pliuhan, sv. 11, to escape, us-bciugjan, wu. I, to sweep 421. out. un-piup, sn. evil. usbeidan, su. I, to await, lool: un-pwahans, p$. unwashed. for, 422. un-iihteigo, av.at an unfit time, us-beisnei, wf. long-suffering. inopportunely. us-beisneigs, aj. long-ablding, un.wZhs, aj. blameless, 74,376. long-suffering, 394. OE. wGh, bent, wrong, bad. us-beisns, sf. long-suffering. Glossary 353 us-bliggwan, sv. 111, to beat us-hhuhjan, wv. I, to exalt. severely, scourge. us-hduhnan, zrv. IV, to be as-bugjan,uiv. 1,tobuy out,buy. exalted, 331. us.ddudjan, wv. I, to strive, be us-Maupan, sv. VII, to leap diligent, endeavour. up, rise c~uickly, us-ddudii, av. zealously. us-hramjan, zuzq. I, to crucify. us-dreiban, sv. I, to drive out, us-hrisjan, ~7'.I, to shake out, send away, 5,422,428. shake OK OE. hrisian. us-drusts, sf. a falling away, us-keinan, sv. I, to spring up, a rough way. grow up, p11t forth, produce, us-filh, sn. burial, 34. 377. see keinan. us-filmei, wf, amazement. us-kitlsan, sv. 11, to choose us-filma, waj. amazed, aston- out, prove, test ; with rursfr. ished. d(~f.to cast out, reject, 421, us.Podeins, sf. food, nourish- 428. ment, 377. us-kunps, aj. well-known, us-fratwjan, run. I. to make evidoit, rnan~fest,377, 391. wlse. OE. frsetrv(i)an, frm- us-lagjan, wv. I, to lay out, tew(i)an, to adorn. stretch out, lay, lay upon. us.fulleins, sf, fulfilling, full- us-ldubjan, 7uv. I, to permit, ness, 377. allow, sufler, . us-fulljan, wo. I, to fulfil, com- us-leipan, rv. t::o go away, pfete, 34. pass by, come out. us-fullnstn, zuv. IV, to be ful- us-lipa, zc~nt. one sick of the filled, become full, come to palsy, paralytic person. pass. us-liikan, sv. 11, to open, un- us-gaggan, sv. VII, to go out, sheath (a sword). forth, away, 436. us-luknan, zuv. IV, to become us-gdisjan, wv. I, to deprive unlocked, be opened, open, of intellect, strike aghast; 331. pass. to be beside oneself. us-mditan, sv. VII, to cut us-geisnan, wv. IV, to be down. a hast, be amazed, be aston- us-mErnan, zr*~'.IV, to be pro- ifed, 331. clnir-nrtl, 331 us.giban, sv. V, to give out, us-mtt,

94% 114, 173, 181, 182, 353. wein-drugkja, wm. wine-bib. OE. word, ~HG.wort. bcr, 389. wallrdahs, aj. verbal, 393. weipan, sv. I, to crown, 300. wallrda-jiuka, sf: a strife about *;:f:: $ see hindar., un. words, 389. E. OHG. wis, wise, 'wafirdjan, wv. I, see and-, learned. filu-, ~bil~waurdjan. weis, pers. pr. we, 260. *waurhts, sf., see fra- weidn, wv. 11, see ga- waurhts. weisijn. wafirkjan, wrr. I, to work, *weit, sn. see fra-, id.weit. make, perform, 71, 73.23, *weitan, sv. I, see fra-weitan. 138,426 OE. wyrcan, 0 G. 'weitjan, wv. I, see fair- wurchen. weitjan. waurms, sm. se ent, 73, 94. weitwcdei, wf. witness, testi- OE. wyrm, 0%~.warm, mony. worm. weitwcdi, sn. testimony. waurstw, sn, work, deed, 29, weitwijdipa, sf. testimony, wit- 149, 189 note 2. ness. waurstweigs, aj. eeff'ective, weitwcdjan, wv. I, to bear effectual? 394. witness, testify ; galiug weit- waurstwja, wm. worker, la- wGdjan, to bear false wit- bourer, husbandman. ness. wailrts, root, 199. OE. weitwcds, *weitwGps, m. wit- wyrt, 0 G. wurz. ness, 219. wzgs, sm. wave, tempest, wGnjan, wv. I, to hope, ex- storm. OE. wCg, OfIG. pect, await, 320, qoo. OE. wsg. wznan, OHG. wanen. weiha, wnt. priest, 208, 223. hope 29, 199. OE. weihan, a#.Iff, to sanctify, wZ:l &G. win. make holy. OHG. wihen. *wSrjan, wv. I, seetuz.wErjan. weihan, su. I, to fight, strive, *wGrs, nj., see tuz-uzrjan. 128.100. *widan, sv. I, see ga.wldan. weihlWa, sf, holiness, 384. widuwalrna. wln. orphan ;aj. 0.2 wihida. comfortless. weihnan, zuv. IV, to become widuwij, zuf. widow, 38, 68. holy, be hallowed, 331, 400. OE. widwe, wuduwe, OHG. weihs (gen.weihsis),stt. town, wituwa. village. OE. wic, OHG. *wigan, sv. V, see ga-wigan. wich, Lat. vicus. wigans, sm. ?war (see note to weihs,aj. holy,z23,za7. OHG. Luke xiv. 31). wih. wigs, sm. way, journey, 65, wein, sn. wine. OE. OHG. 149, 169, 180. OE. OHG. win, Lat. vinum. weg. weha-gards, sin. vineyard, wiko, wf. office, week. O.1cel. 389. vika,OE. wice, wuce,OHG. weina-tains, sm. vine-branch. wehha. weina-triu, sn. vine,vine-tree, wilja, awn. will, 208. OE. 389. OE. win-treow. willa, OHG. wiflo. Glossary 357 wilja-halpei, wf. respect ofper- wipiin, wv. 11, to shake, wag. sons, 3%. wipra, prep. c. acc. against, wiljan, v. to be willing, will, over against, by, near, to, in wish, 44, 89, 175 note 2, 343. reply to, in return for, on OE. w~lfan. account of, for, 350 OHG. * wigis, aj..see ga-,silba-wiljis. widar. wil eis, aj. wild, 153 note, 230. wipra-gaggan, sv. VII, to go 01. wilde, OH,. wildi. to meet, 423. wilwan, sv. 111, to rob, plun- wipra-ga-motjan, wv. I, to go der, take by force, 304. to meet, 423 "indan, sv. 111, to wlnd. 304. wipra.wairps, aj. opposite, OE. windan, OHG. wintan, over, against, 378, 428. see bi.windan. wiprus, sm. lamb, 203. OE. winds, s~z.wind, 60,180. OE. weper, OHG, wider, widar. wind, OElG. wint. wlaiton, zuv. 11, to look round winnan, sv. 111, to suffer, sor- about. OE. wlgtian. row, 304. OE. OHG. win. wlits, sm. face, countenance, nan, to struggle. 749. wintrus, snt. winter, 204. OE. wopjan, wv. I, to call, cry out, winter, OHG. wintar. c aloud, crow. OE. wzpan, winpi-skkur6, zvf. winnowing 0%~.wuoffan. fan. wijbeis, aj. sweet, 231. OE. wipja, sf: crown. wepe. wis, sn. calm (of the sea). woks (weds), n' mad, pos- wisan, sv. V, to be, remain, sessed, lz2. 0k. w6d. 26,&, 128, 1741 284, 308. 342, wrkiqs, aj. crooked. waila wisan, be wraka, sf. persecution, 149. 5?h-;33OE. OHG. wesan. OE. wracu. *wiss (in un-wiss), aj. known. wrakja, sf, persecution, 192. Cp. OE. ge-wiss, OHG. gi. wraks, SIH.persecutor, 354. wis, certain. wrat6cius, slit. jotirney. 385. wists, sf. being, existence, wiaton, Ztti'. 11, to go, travel. 354. wlilran, sv. V, to persecute, wlt, pers.pr. we two, 260. OE. 29, 149, :308 OE. wrecan, wit. OZiG. rechan. *witan, pet.-pres. to know, 27, wrEhjan, rov. 1, to accuse. OE. 29, 38, 49,68, 88, 103, 122. 129, wregan, OlIG. ruogen. 138,170. ~II,333- OE. witan, wrohs, sf.accusation, rgg. Cp. 011G, wiy an. OE. wr6ht. witap, WY &I, to watch, keep wruggij, wf. snare. watch, observe, 328. OHG. wulan, sv. IV, to seethe, rage. gi-wiqqEn. OE. weailan, Ol iG. wallan. *witi, sn., see un-witi. wulfs, stir. wolf, 16, 56.87 ariti wit6da.lAus, aj, lawless, 397. note, 88, % note, 134 not(-. witGdeig5, av. lawfully. 149, 158, rb, 180, 353- OE.. witGp, bn. law 111, 182. uulf, Ot-IG. wolf. witubni, sn. knowledge, 158 wulla, sf. wool, 139, 158. OE. note, 386. wull, OHG. wolla. wullareis, sm. one who wulpus, sm. glory, 203. whitens wool, a fuller. wunds, aj. wounded ; haubip wulpags, aj. gorgeous, glori- wundan briggan, to wound ous, 3953. in the head. OE. wund, wulprs, aj. of worth, of con- OHG. wunt. sequence ; mais wulpriza wundufni, sf. wound, plague, wisan, to be of more worth, 158 note. 19g 386. be better. Cp. OE. wuldor, wunns, sf. su erlng, affliction. glory, praise. PROPER NAMES THEGothic spelling and pronunciation of Greek proper names, and of loan-words generaily, were intentionally ex- cluded from the chapter on Gothic pronunciation, in order that what was necessary to be said on these points might be reserved for the Glossary of proper names. The following few remarks, which are mcist.ly confined to the vowels in proper names, will be useful to the learner :- Greek a is regularly represented by a, as '~Brdoa~,Abia. par ; *Avva, Anna ; BqBu+ayi, Bepsfagei ; AqpBs, DBmas ; QopGs, P6rnas ; 'tuad~,Isak. Greek a is regularly represented by af, as *~+ruos, Aifais6 ; Xeya&v, Laigafijn ; fli~pos, Paftrus ; B€eAf.tBoih, Baiailzafbul; but BqeAehp, BEplahaim. Cp. 8 10. Greek r is represented by i or ei. No fixed rule can be laid down as to when it is represented by the one and when by the other. Examples of the former are:-Ae~d- ITOXIS, Daikapafilis ; 9thv+6s, FilBtus ; 'isoupaia, Idumaia ; Zupia, Syria ; '~KI@, lakijb ; 'irluoCs, lesus ; 'Iwu+#, I6sE.f; and of the latter :-'1~6vtov, Eikauni6 ; raXiXala, Galeiiaia ; Trp66eos, TeimaGpaius ; TrSiv, Seid6n ; ILrwv, Seimon. c is represented by af in Kyreinaius, Kupivtos. r is sometimes represented by j before a following vowel, as 'idetpos, Jaeirus ; 'lavvis, Janni5s ; Mapla, Marja, beside Maria. Greek o is regularly represented by ad in other than final syllables, as 'OV~UL+~~OS,Abneiseifafirus; BoavepyJs, Balianairgafs ;'fdp&avos, IaGTdanus ;IoXopdv, Salilabrnijn. Cp. the beginning of $11. In final syllables it is regularly represented by u, as 360 Proper Names

AJ~OU~TOS,Agustus ; Mdpros, Markus ; +Lhimros, Filippus ; ~&PDT,Paitrus. These and similar words are declined like sunus (5 aoa) in the singular, but are mostly declined like i-stems ($4 186, 108) in the plural. o is represented by 6 in AirrniigainEs, '~~~o~iyo.The u instead of at5 in kirusatilyma, 'Icpw6Xupa is due to the influence of the n in IairusalEm, '~c~ouoah~p. Greek v is regularly represented by in the Gothic alphabet, so that forms like +&yrAos,zupia ought properly to be transcribed by Fwgailus, Swria, cp. au, tu below. It has however become usual in all grammars, glossaries, and editions of the Gothic text, to transcribe Greek u in the function of a vowel by y. Inaccurate as this mode of transcription is, I have thought it advisable to adopt the usual transcription throughout this book. Examples are :- TUXCIK~S,Tykeikus; 'lapoa6Xupa, IairusaOyma; '~pivacos, Ymdnaius ; Xupc;~, Symafiin. u is represented by aG in SaGr, zv'pos. Greek q is mostly represented by 5, as 'Amjp, As&; Aqpcs, Demas ; QravoujA,Fanuel ; 'llooGs, IEsus. It is also sometimes represented by ei (cp. Q 5), as '~vqut+d~os,AGnei- seifafirus ; Kupjvios, Kyreinaius. 1 is represented by ai in Gairgaisainus, repycqnk. And beside the regular form BEbania, ~~0avla,we have the dat, form Bipaniin (Mark xi. I). Greelc o is usually represented by 6, as 'I~K&$,lak6b ; 'two<+, I6sEf; Mwuijs, M6sGs ; ewpSs, Piimas ; Iohop5~, SaWaGm6n. It is represented by au in Lauidja, AW~;Trauada, Tptds ; cp. the end of $ 11. And by ii in Riima, Lat. Rijma. Greek at, which was a long open e-sound like the 8 in OE. slspan, is regularly represented by ai, as '~h+aios, Alfaius ; Natpdv, Naiman ; '18oupaia, Idumaia ; +apruaios, Fareisaius ; cp. the close of 1 10. Proper Names 361

ai is represented by aei, as Bq8wai6dJ Bepsaeida ; 'Haatas, Esaeias. Greek €8, which was a long i-sound, is regularly repre- sented by ei (5 S), as ~auei6,Daweid ; 'Iderpos, Jaeirus. Greek ctu is represented by aw, as ~aucr'8,Daweid; naihos, Pawlus. AgustAu (I.uke ii. I) is probably a mis- take for AwgustQu. Greek cu is rcprescnted hx- afw, as Eirv~rq,Afwneika; Acuis, Laiwweis ; ~icryyihrov,aiwaggeljij. Greek ou, which was a fong close u-sound, is regtzlarly represented by u, as A~ycuorns;,Agustus ; *avou$X, FanuEl ; 'i8ouPaia, Iclumaia ; 'Iquoir.;, 15511s ; 'loriSas, Iudas ; Ka+ap- vaodp, Kafamaum. The Gothic reprrsrntatioi. of the Greek consonants in proper names requires hut little comment. The Greek consonants are genrrallv rep resen tcd by the corresponding Gothic equivalents, that is P, y, 6, 5, 0, K, X, p, v, (, .rr, p, u (s), T, +, + are almost in every case regularly represented by b, g, d, z, P, k, 1, m, n, ks, p, r, s, t, f, ps respectively. For examples see the Glossary below. The following points require to be noticed :- The Greek spi~-itusasper is generally represented by h, as 'Ehtaaio~,Haileisaius ;'Hhlns, MBlias ; 'Hpw6~av6s,Her6di. anus; it is however also occasionally ornitted, as in 'lapau- aaX,ip, Iafrusalem. An h has son;ctinies been insertcct in the Gothic form between two VOLT-els,as '~fi~atip,Abraham ; ~~$k~i~,Bepla- haim ; 'l~dv~s,IZjhannes. For Greek T we have j~ in Nazareip, Nagapir. Greek x is represented by X in Xristus, Xptorb; but it is generally represented by k, as AntiaGkia, '~vrro~la; Tykeikus, TUXLK~S.On the other hand Greek K is repre- sented by X in XrEskus, Kp{a~qs. The inflected forms of Greek proper names in Gothic are given in the Glossary below, so far as they occur in 362 Proper Names the specimens which I have chosen. No hard and fast rule for the of these words can be given, as they sometimes preserve the Greek endings, sometimes have Gothic endings, and sometimes have a mixture of the two. Most consistency prevails in nouns ending in the no%. in -us,Greek -0s ; these usually follow the u-declension in the sing., but the i-declension in the plural. GLOSSARY OF PROPER NAMES

Abiapar ('~$tdBn~),SWZ. ' Abia- Barteimaius (Boprrpoios), sm. thar' ; daf. Abiapara. ' Bartimaeus '. Abraham ('A$p~a'p), sm. Barpatilaurnaius (BnpBoXo- 'Abraham'; gen. Abra- pai~s), sm. ' Bartholomew' ; hamis ; dai. Abrahama. acc. Barpalilalirnaiu. Agustus i;y~v~~~s),sm. Bafianairgais (Boavcpy;s),' Boa- Augustus 'f dnf. AgustBu. nerges.' Aifaisii (*~r$rrros), wf. ' Ephe- BZpania, Bipania (R+?avia), sus ' ; daf. AifaisGn. fern. ' Bethany' ; dat. Bipa- AirmiigainEs ('ep~~y;~7~),m. niin, BZpanijin (John xii. I). ' Hermogenes'. BCblahaim (B~BAC;~),' Bethlc- Aiwneika (~&wir~),. .F( ' Eu- hern.' nice ' ; dot. Aiwneikdi. BEPsaeida (BqOuai&ri), ' Beth- Alaiksandrus('Ahi&dpos),M. saida.' ' Alexander ' ; gen. Alaik. BE sfagei {Rqt?u$wy{), yfi sandr&us. 'Jethphage-. ; dat. B+s- Alfaius ('~X+nios), sm. ' Al- fagein. phaeus ' ; pen. Alfaidus. Aadraias ( AuB,&zs), wm. ' An- Dafkapalilis (AcrdroXtr), fm. drew ' ; acc. Andraian ;.gen. ' DecapoIis ' ; gen. Dafkapa~i. Andraiins ; daf. Andrailn. laiTjs ; daf. Daikapaitlein. Anna ('~vva),fern. ' Anna '. Dalmatia (~ahpn~in),sf. ' Dal- Antiadkia f'tivrtoxin), sf. ' An- matia ' ; dat. Dalmatidi. tioch '; dat. Antiaukihi. Daweid (Anvri6), set. 'David '; Arinia aia Apipnflin), 'Arima- qert. Daweidis. thaea P., grn.r Arimapaias. hemas (A~~;;F),m. ' Demas'. As% ['A~rjp),svz. 'Aser'; gen. AsEris. Eika?niiniij ('Ixdv~ov),wf. .' Iconi- Asia ('Ada), sf. 'Asia '; dat. urn ; dat. Eikadnion. Asidi. Rsaeie ('Hueins),m. '-Esaias'; Auneiseifalirus C~vq~tc#o'pos), acc. Esai'an; grn2 Esaeiins sm. ' Onesiphorus ' ; gen. (Eisaeiins) ; dnf. Esaiin. Atineiseifauriius. FanuEl (@nvov+X), sm. ' Pha- nuel ;pen. FanuGIis. Baiaflzaibuf (Breh(+o;X), m. Fareisalus (@apiuaios), sm. ' Beelzebub '. norn. pl. Fareisaieis, Phari- Barabbas (Bapn@@Cs),m. ' Bar- sees' ; gen. pl. FareisaiG; abbas' ; acc. Barabban. dat. pl. Fareisaium. 364 Glossary of Proper Names FilBtus (@rXqrds), sm. ' Phile- Iairusabl yma CIcpoadXvp), sf. tus '. ' Jerusalem ' ; dat. Iairu- Filippus (@Armroc),sm. ' Phi- sablymli ; gen. Iairnsatil y - p ' ; acc. Filippu; ge~. mijs. FilippBus ;daf. Filipphu. Iairusarilymeis, $1. ' Jem- Fygaflus (@+eAos), sm. ' Phy- salern', 'the people of Jem- gellus '. salem ' ; dat. $1. Iairusalily. Fynikiska, aj. ' Phenician '. mim. IakGb ('Iautjfl), sm. 'Jacob ' ; GaddarTnus (~a8~prlvdr),sm. ; gen. IakGbis; dat. Ia. en. pl. GaddarEnE, 'of the k6ba. Eadarenes! IakGbus ('Ic~K~BoP),snr . Gairgaisainus (~epytu~vdr), 'James ' ; acc. Iakijbu ; gen. sm. ; gen. $1. Eairgafsainz, IakEblus, Iakijbis ; dat. 'of the Gergesenes.' Iak6blu, Iakzba. Galatia (raXario), sf. ' Galatia ' ; Ialirdanus ('ldpSavor),sm. 'Jor- dat. GalatiBi. dan ' ; ,yen. Iatirdankus ; dut. Galeilaia (t*oXrXo;a),fern. ' Gali- Iaurdanan. lee ' ; ace. Galeilaian ; .gen. Idumaia ('f8ovPala),'Idumaea' ; Galeilaias ; dat. Gaieilala. dat. Idumaia. Galeilaius (raXcXaios), srrt. IEsus ('I~uo~s),sm. 'Jesus ' ; ' Galilaean ' ; gen. $1. Galei. acc. voc. IZsu ; gen. IEsuis; laiE. dat. IEsua (IGsu). Galil gadpa (I'oXyo0G), ' Gol- IGhannEs, .is ('1o6vvrls), m. gotha.' 'John '; act* IGhannSn, 16. Gabmaurns (ropdppor), sm. an hannE ; gen. 16hannis. inhabitant of ' Gomorrha' : IGhannCs ; dat. Iohanne, 16hannEn. ('ICOV,;$), sm. Hafleisaius f ~htrraios),sm. Eli- I+ef 'Joseph ' ; ' Pen. IijsGfis : dat. IGsEfa. seus ' ; acc. Haileisaiu ; dat. gen. Haileisailu. 1'6sEs ('locrij),sm. ' Joses ' ; Hairijdiadins, see HErijdia. 16sEzis. Isak ('Ivnci~),sm. Isaac ; daf. HGlias ('Hhiar), m. ' Elias ' ; ' ' gen. Heleiins ; dat. HElijin ; Isaka ; gen. Isakis. acc. HGlian. Iskariotes, IskarjGtZs ('Imun- HTrGdGs, -is sm. pr~hiqs), 892. ' Iscariot ' ; acc. ~H~;S~S),IskariEtEn. ' Herod ' : daf. Heroda. dnf. HZrGdia rHpa8tris), z!f. ' Hero- IsraGl ('Icrpajh), ' Israel ' ; dias ' ; Fen. HErGdiadins, Isragla ; gen. Israelis. ~air~diahins. Iudaia ('~ov&aia),' Judaea ' ; sm. acc. Iudaian; daf. Xudaia ; HEriSdianus ('Hpw8iavds), gen. ' Herodian ' ; dat. pl. HSrG- Iudaias. dianum ; gen. el. HGrGdianE. Iudaialand, sn. ' Judaea '. *Iudaieis ('1r)v8aioc), snz. pl. IairikZi ('lcprXb),wf. ' Jericho ' ; 'Jews ' ; $en. Iudaiz. dat. IafrikGn. Iudas ('Iov&as), m. 'Judas'; Iairusal5m (IrpovlraXrjp), fern. acc. Iudan ; en. Iudins. 'Jerusalem '. IUS~(.Ioui), 'foses. Glossa fy of Proper Names 365

Jseirtls ('In'cipos), SN~.'Jairus '. NazarafP (N~&~Z~),Naza- JannEs ('Iuvv~s),m. ' Jannes'. reth.' NazGrEnus (Na[op7vds), sm. Kafarna~m(Kn~~Pv~~o;P,Ka~f~' Nazarene '; voc. NazijrEnu, vao6p), ' Capernau m.' NazGrEnaf. Kaisaria (~ntcrnpia),f. ' Cae- sarea ' ; gen. Kaisarias. KananeitEs (Kavar~i~~s),m. Paitnls (ni~poo),sm. ' Peter ' ; ' Canaanite' ; acc. Kananei- acc. Paltru ; gen. PaitrAus: (lmi;X ' Paul . tEn. sm. Karpus (K.plroel, Sm. Car- PeilZtus (nrcXiiror), Pi- pus1 ; daf. Karpiiu. late ' ; daf. PeilZtau. Kvreinaius (K~pr~vtoc), sm. Cyrenius'; dat. Kyrei. Rzma ('P+a, Lat. RGma), sf. naidu. ' Ronie ' ; dat. RiimBi.

LaigafGn (X*yehv), ' Legion.' Saddukaieis (Pa88ouxaiot), nom. Laiwweis (~cvh),sm. ' : ' Levi pl. 1 the Sadducees ncc. Laiwwi. SalGmE (BaXchpV),f.' Salome *. *Lauidi or 'Lauidja (ha;$), sf. 1 Saraspta (Bdprvra), ' Sarepta'. Lois ' ; dnt. LauidjBi. 1 Satana and Satanas (nnmvir), Lazarus ( ALCnpos), sm. ' La- I m. ' Satan ' ; acc. Satanan. zarus ' : acc. Lazaru ; Saudadma (Bdfioprt), Sodorn.' LazarBu. 1 Saddadmus, sm. an inhabi- Lukas (hovxiis), sm. ' Luke'. tant of Sodom ; en. PI. Sad. I~ystra( h6orpfl, ALorP), dadmja ; dat.$l. gaudatinaim, ' Lystrai; datpl. in Lystrys. saddadmjam. ' ;v h6crrpots! ~aula~imijn(EoXopchv), sm. "agdalm (Ma~8a"v)t 'Magda- ' Solomon '. Ian.' S~L~(rjpo:),. sm. I syrian s ; MagdalEnE (MayhaX71nj), nom. daf. pl. Saurim. and daf. ' Magdalene '. Salirini,f. a Syrian woman. >Iambr& (blop&r;s), m. 'hfam* SeidGna (Ecpov), sf. ' Sidon ' ; bres '. Ren. SeidEndis. frlaria, Marja (Mapin), fern. Seidoneis, m. PI. the inhabi- . Mary, ; act. M~~~~~;ge,t. tants of Sidon ; gen. SeidGnG. Marjins ; dal. Mariin. SeimGn (P;lio~,). m. 'Slmon' ; (M~~~~~,,~Sm.' M~~~ , ; acc. SeimGna, SeimGnu ; gen. acc. Marku. SeimEnis ; daf. SeimEna. 3Iarpa fbrhp8a),f&t$. ' Martha '. fZrov)~fem. '. 'ymaiGn ("pc'v)l m. lllatpaius (Mar8aior). st=. ' Mat- ' Si- thew ' ; acc. Matpaiu. meon '. McsCs (~~~j~),sm. ' Mosesq ; Syria (Ev~ia),Sf. gen. pen. M6sEzis : dal. M6sEza. SyriAis. MGsE. Teimaius (~t~nios),sm. ' Tim. Naimfln (Narpdv), m. ' Naa- aeus ' ; gen. TeimaiAus. man. ' I Teimadpafus (TI~~B~os),SP~L Glossary of Proper Names

'Timothy' ; dat. Teima6pai- Pzmas (eapiis),m. 'Thomas ; &a. acc. PBman. Teitua (Tiror), sm. ' Titus '. Trauada (Tpotis), sf. ' Troas' ; dat. Trauadki. XrEskus (Kpjvxqs), m.' Cres- Tykeikus (TV~LK~S),~~.'Tychi- tens'. cus '; acc. Tykeiku. Xristus (XP~u~ds)J~.' Christ' ; Tyra (Titpos), Tgre.' acc. Xristu ; gen. Xristgus. Tyrus (TGpns), sr~.' Tyrian '; $2- gen. TY~Ei daf. T~rinl. Ymainaius ('Y$vacos), sm. ' H ymenzus . Paddaius (~oS%n;oc),sm.'Thad- d~us' ; kc. Paddaiu. Pafssalatineika (Bruuahovi~?), Zafbafdaius (Ztj3tbaios), sm. sf. 'Thessalonica ' ; dat. pais. ' Zebedee ' ; gen. Zaibai. salauneikki. daigus ; acc. Zaibaidaiu.